[Page]
[Page]
A Map of PENNSYLVANIA DELAWARE NEW JERSEY & MARYLAND, with the Parts adjacent.
[Page]

THE History of Pennsylvania, IN NORTH AMERICA, FROM THE Original Institution and Settlement of that Province, under the first Proprietor and Governor WILLIAM PENN, in 1681, till after the Year 1742; WITH AN INTRODUCTION, RESPECTING, The Life of W. PENN, prior to the grant of the Province, and the religious Society of the People called Quakers;—with the first rise of the neighbouring Colonies, more particularly of West-New-Jersey, and the Settlement of the Dutch and Swedes on Delaware. TO WHICH IS ADDED, A brief Description of the said Province, AND OF THE General State, in which it flourished, principally between the Years 1760 and 1770. The whole including a Variety of Things, Useful and interesting to be known, respecting that Country in early Time, &c. With an APPENDIX.

Written principally between the Years 1776 and 1780, BY ROBERT PROUD.

"PULCHRUM EST BENEFACERE REIPUBLICAE, ETIAM BENEDICERE HAUD ABSUR­DUM EST, VEL PACE VEL BELLO CLARUM FIERI LICET."

Sal. Catalin.

"SED CUM PLERIQUE ARBITRENTUR RES BELLICAS MAJORES ESSE QUAM URBANAS, MINUENDA EST HAEC OPINIO."

Cic. Off.

VOLUME II.

Philadelphia: PRINTED AND SOLD BY ZACHARIAH POULSON, JUNIOR, No. 106, Chesnut-street, Nearly opposite to the Bank of North America. 1798.

[Page]

THE HISTORY OF PENNSYLVANIA.

CHAPTER XVIII.

Governor Gookin arrives.—The Proprietor's letter by him to his friends.—Assembly's address to the Go­vernor.—Names of the members of Assembly.—They continue their fo [...] [...] animosity.—The Governor's answer; to which [...] Assembly reply.—The Coun­cil's address to the Governor.—The Assembly dis­pleased with the Council, and present a remon­strance of grievances to [...]e Governor.—Evil ten­dency of these disputes; and dangerous effects of party spirit.—The Governor's speech to the As­sembly, containing a military [...]quisition in 1709.

GOVERNOR GOOKIN, arrived at Phila­delphia, 1709. in the first month, March, O. S. The Proprietary, in a letter to his friends, The Pro­prietor's character of Governor Gookin. in the pro­vince, recommended him, as a person of years, experience and moderation, as well as of good character, example and abilities; and descended [Page 4] of a good family in Ireland; and that, having ta­ken leave of a military life, and his nat [...] coun­try, he came with intention, if he found the place agreeable to his expectation, to settle, and spend the remainder of his life and fortune in the pro­vince. *

[Page]The Assembly was sitting at the time of his ar­rival, and immediately presented him with the fol­lowing congratulatory address, viz.

The Address of the Representatives of the free­men of the province of Pennsylvania, The Assembly's ad­dress to Go­vernor Gookin. in assem­bly met, the 9th. day of the month called March, 1708-9, presented to Charles Gookin Esq by the Queen's royal approbation, Lieu­tenant Governor of the said province, &c.

May it please the Governor,

HAVING this opportunity, we can do no less than congratulate thy seasonable accession to this government, and render our most grateful acknow­ledgments to the Queen, for her gracious accep­tance of the Proprietary's nomination of thee, to supply his absence, and to him, for constituting a person of so fair a character, furnished, as we hope, with a full resolution, as well as power, to [Page 6] redress the grievances, and remove the oppressions, that this poor province has, for some time, labour­ed under, occasioned by the irregular administra­tion of the late Deputy Governor; who was too much influenced by evil counsel; to which the mi­series and confusion of the state, and divisions in the government, are principally owing.

We are ready to represent such of those public grievances, as are laid before us, or occur to our knowledge, in particular articles, and bring them to a proper examen; but, perceiving by thy message to the house yesterday, that thou art not ready, at this time, to proceed with us to business, we shall take leave only to mention some of those things, of which the public weal of this country loudly calls for a most earnest application and speedy re­dress.

In the first place, we are to lay before thee, that of the false alarm in May, 1706; wherein the late Governor was chief actor; and for which he is highly chargeable; having shot at the Queen's subjects, putting many of the inhabitants of this town in danger of their lives, and forced great quantities of powder and lead from the owners, and gave it to such as wasted it, when he knew there was no occasion to use it; whereby he deprived the place of what ammunition might be ready for those, that had freedom to make use of it, for their defence, in case of an attack.

The next is that notorious act of hostility, he committed by firing shot at the Queen's subjects passing by Newcastle, in the river, upon their law­ful trade, to and from this port.

We mention these, as they are, in our opi­nion, offences of a deep dye, and committed against the Queen's crown and dignity, as well as against the peace, and ought to be charged upon [Page 7] him, before he departs this province; but the method of the prosecution against him we submit to thy prudent care and discretion, and we shall be ready to do what is proper on our parts.

That the Treasurer * of the last tax has refus­ed to comply with the directions of the Assembly, in paying the public debts, according to the re­spective orders drawn upon him, and signed by the Speaker; and that the Collectors of the said tax, who neglected their duty, in gathering the same, have not been obliged thereunto, according as the act of Assembly, in that case, directs, and more particularly the Collector of the city and county of Philadelphia.

That the courts of judicature of this pro­vince have been, and are, erected by ordinances of the Governor and Council, against the advice, and without the assent of the Assembly; which we complain of, as a great oppression and aggriev­ance to the people, we represent, and desire the same may be speedily redressed, and the bill pre­pared for the establishing courts, with other useful bills, ready to be presented to the Governor, may be considered.

We are given to understand that thou brought some commands from the Queen to this government, as well as instructions from the Pro­prietary, relating to the public, which, with a copy of thy commission, and the royal approba­tion, we desire may be communicated to this house, at our next meeting, which we intend on the twentieth day of the next month, and shall adjourn accordingly, unless it be thy pleasure to call us sooner; which we shall be ready to comply with, not only in expectation of a speedy redress of our grievances, but to settle by law, how mo­ney [Page 8] shall be paid upon contracts made, before the new currency of money takes effect.

Signed by order of the House, DAVID LLOYD, Speaker. *
*
Viz. S. Carpenter.
*
The names of the Members of this Assembly, elected on the first day of October, 1708, were, For Philadelphia county.
  • David Lloyd, Speaker,
  • Joseph [...],
  • John Ro [...]e [...]s,
  • France Rawle,
  • Joshua Carpenter,
  • Griffith Jones,
  • Francis Cooke,
  • John Cooke.
Bucks county.
  • William Paxon,
  • William Biles,
  • Joshua Hoopes,
  • Henry Paxon,
  • Samuel Darke,
  • Samuel Beak [...],
  • Ezra Cr [...]asda [...],
  • Thomas Milborn.
Chester county.
  • Daniel Williamson,
  • Samuel Levis,
  • Henry Lewis,
  • Richard Hayes,
  • John Hood,
  • Thomas Pearson,
  • William Bartram,
  • Daniel Hoopes.
City of Philadelphia.
  • Abraham [...]ckley,
  • William Lee.

Thus, by the Assembly's very first address to Governor Gookin, were the former animosities continued; for the principal and ruling members of the house were still the same, who had so long been accustomed to complain of grievances, if not to exaggerate, or imagine some things of that kind; insomuch, that, though they had sufficient reason to complain of part of Evans's conduct, in proper time and place, The Assem­bly shew more of temper than prudence, &c. yet their manner of mentioning some things under the name of oppression and griev­ance, and in demanding, or urging, for others, such a mode of satisfaction, as the nature of their case rendered impossible to obtain in the province, par­ticularly those respecting Evans and his admini­stration; which, perhaps, would have been more prudently dropped, with the removal of their cause, seemed to shew more their temper of mind, than prudence: but Evans's ill or imprudent conduct had made such deep impression on their minds, and disposed them so much to a discontented and angry disposition, that in some of their represen­tations▪ they appear not only to have exaggerated [Page 9] what might truly be called grievances, but also complained of some things as such, which, in reality, and according to the laws and constitution, could not properly come under that name.

The Governor's reply to the Assembly's address is contained in his first speech to the house, on the 13th of the next month, April, as follows, viz.

Gentlemen,

It would have proved a much greater satis­faction to me, The Go­vernor's an­swer to the Assembly's address. if at this first time of my speaking to you, I had nothing to take notice of, but what I myself might have to lay before you; but your address, presented to me in March last, when you sent me notice that you were sitting, will, before we proceed to any other business, require some answer; in which I will be plain and short, as the matter will bear.

I thank you, gentlemen, for your congra­tulations, and do assure you, that I come with full resolutions, on my part, to employ the power, with which the Proprietary has thought fit to ho­nour me, and her Majesty has graciously pleased to approve of, to render the people of this government as happy and easy as is possible for me, in all things, that shall concern their true interest, and be to their real advantage. I have enquired what might be meant by those aggriev­ances, oppressions and confusions, which you complain of, and whatsoever I shall meet with, that deserves those names, shall have my ready concurrence to remove them, as far as they shall appear; but must say, that, I believe, one effectual method to free all people from the apprehensions of griev­ances, will be, to lay all former animosities and jea­lousies aside, and, for the future, apply themselves to such business as they are concerned in, for the public, with a freedom and openness of temper, and an unbiassed inclination to promote the com­mon [Page 10] good, without any other particular view: if we should be so fortunate as to take example from her Majesty's glorious administration of her domi­nions at home, and that of her parliament, we should not fail of being extremely happy.

As to those two past actions of my immediate predecessor, of which you complain, I can only inform you, that they were both well known in Britain, before I left it; and that I had no di­rections to make any enquiry into them; and that, upon the best advice I can receive here, I find they will not properly fall under my cogni­zance, in the station I am placed in, and therefore cannot think it fit to concern myself with them.

But I am obliged to observe to you that the Council of the province, now with me, think themselves very unjustly treated by the mention you have made of them, if they (as it is generally understood) be intended by the evil counsel, of which you have taken notice; and therefore, will take the liberty to vindicate themselves, as you will see, by their application to me; to which I refer you.

The charge against the Treasurer,* I find, is occasioned by his and the Council's understand­ing the act of Assembly, by which the money, that comes into his hands, has been granted, somewhat differently from what the present and late Houses of Representatives have done: he pleads the law, as his best direction; and you cannot but agree, that it is fit that this alone (I mean the law) ought to determine the matter. As far as I have hitherto been able, I have pressed the collection of the taxes, and shall continue the best of my care, until they be finished.

The method of establishing courts, by the Governor and Council, was also well understood [Page 11] in Great Britain, and was approved of there, as being grounded on unquestionable powers, grant­ed the Proprietary. The bill formerly proposed by the Assembly, for that purpose, which is now before the board, has not been allowed of; but seeing the present establishment, which was drawn, as I am informed, according to the plan laid down in that bill, carries some inconveniencies with it, and requires an alteration, I shall be ready to agree to any other reasonable bill, that you shall hereafter propose, for settling courts of judi­cature, in such a regular method, as may be a lasting rule for holding them.

I have no instructions, gentlemen, from her Majesty, that will concern you; those from the Proprietary being to myself, as occasion offers, and where it may be proper, I shall acquaint you with the particulars. I have ordered copies of my commission, and her Majesty's approbation, to be prepared and delivered to you.

I should now propose to your serious consi­deration some other matters of the highest import­ance, without which government cannot long sub­sist; as a due provision for the support of it, and for the security of the people; but what I shall principally recommend to you, at this time, is the latter part of the last paragraph of your address, viz. To prepare a bill for settling by law, how money shall be paid, upon contracts made, and to be made, before the new currency of money takes effect: This, as I find, by the great uneasi­ness of the people, is a matter that will require a very speedy provision, and, therefore, hope you will find such just and equal methods for it, as neither the debtors, on the one hand, nor credit­ors, on the other, may suffer by the alteration; to which I desire you may forthwith proceed, with as little loss of time as is possible; after which we [Page 12] may have opportunity to enter into consideration of such other matters, as may naturally fall before you.

The Assem­bly reply to the Govern­or, &c.The Governor's speech produced an answer from the Assembly, on the 14th; in which, be­sides insisting on what they had before advanced, they distinguished what they meant, in their ad­dress, when they said, "The late Governor was too much influenced by evil counsel," by expressly throwing the whole blame on James Logan, and some other persons, who were not of the Govern­or's council. They moreover promised to make due provision for the support of government; and agreed to consider and prepare the bill, which the Governor recommended, as a very necessary part of their business; and then they hoped and expect­ed a redress of their grievances.

The following is the Council's address to the Governor, in reference to the evil counsel, men­tioned in the address of the Assembly, and replied to in the Governor's speech, but, in order of time, it precedes the Assembly's answer, viz.

The Coun­cil's address to the Go­vernor.To the honourable Charles Gookin, Esq Lieu­tenant Governor of the province of Pennsylva­nia, and counties of Newcastle, Kent, and Sussex, on Delaware.

May it please the Governor,

WE, the members of Council for the said province, who attended the board, during the ad­ministration of the late Lieutenant Governor, up­on viewing the address presented by the Assembly on the 9th day of March last, think ourselves obliged to observe, that, in the first paragraph of it, complaining of aggrievances and oppressions, which, they say, this province has, for some time, laboured under, occasioned by the irregular admi­nistration of the late Deputy Governor, they have [Page 13] thought fit to add these words, who was too much influenced by evil counsel; to whom the miseries and confusions of the state, and divisions in the government, are principally owing.

It was long, may it please the Governor, before we could induce ourselves to believe, that men, so well acquainted with the characters of most of us, in our several stations, in the country, could possibly intend us by the charge, until, by the observations of others, we were forced to take a nearer notice of the expressions; upon which we are sorry to find, that the word counsel, as there used, together with the general construction of the sentence, seems not to admit of any other interpretation, but that to us principally is owing whatever the Assembly has thought fit to complain of, or, can reduce, under the general terms they have used: if they will disavow any such intention, we shall crave no other satisfaction; but, if not, we must then desire, that they, and all men con­cerned in these affairs, may know,

That, notwithstanding the Proprietary and late Lieutenant Governor, according to the established rules in all governments whatsoever, from the most polite, to the most barbarous, nations in the world, finding themselves under a necessity of hav­ing a Council about them, to advise with, in affairs of government, have thought fit to choose us for that service, in which, according to our several solemn engagements, we have acquitted our­selves, to the best of our judgments and abilities, yet not one of us receives, or ever expects, any other advantage by it, than the satisfaction of having discharged our duties to the country we live in, and to advance the prosperity and happiness of it, as much as may lie in our power. We have no salaries, nor allowance, paid us by the country for this, nor offices of profit, to encourage us; [Page 14] what we do is at our own expense of time, trou­ble and charge, and upon our own estates is all our dependance, which, giving us as good an in­terest in the country, as others can pretend to, and being out of the reach of any possible views different from the good of the whole, no man, without a manifest violence to his reason, can ima­gine but that we are as much concerned, and, therefore, would be as careful to prevent and divert any miseries, confusions, or divisions, that may threat­en the province, as any other sett of men what­soever; so that this charge, from the Assembly, if levelled against us, is not only unjust, but will be judged, we believe, exceedingly ungrateful, by all that impartially consider us, and our circum­stances, among our neighbours.

After this general accusation, involving us in all things, that have been irregularly commit­ted, or, that any person can think so to have been, they enumerate four particulars, which they call aggrievances. To the two first we have nothing to say; and we hope no man can believe, that any one of us was so much as privy to them, much less that we advised them; we here solemnly declare, each for himself, that we did not. The other two we acknowledge ourselves to be con­cerned in, and shall always justify: that is, first, That we advised the Treasurer to take his directi­ons from the law alone, and without regard to the partial order of the assembly to the contrary, to make his payments in equal portions; which, we hope, cannot be accounted a grievance: and in the next, To prevent the greatest of all possible grievances, the want of public justice, of which, by the measures taken by the Assembly of that time, the country was long deprived; we advised the Governor to make use of the powers, with which he was unquestionably vested, to open the courts again, and to restore the courts of justice to the [Page 15] oppressed country; which had long languished through the want of it, until they could be other­wise established. Men unacquainted with affairs of this kind, and who must take their information from others, may be imposed on by persons of design, and believe that to be irregular, which, in itself, is a most wholesome and necessary act; but we can, with assurance, affirm, that we had full satisfaction, from men of the best abilities, that what we advised and concurred in this matter, was regular, just and legal.

Upon the whole, may it please the Governor, though on the one hand, we shall be exceedingly unwilling to have any misunderstanding with the representatives of the people, well knowing it to be an unhappiness, that all reasonable measures should be taken to prevent; yet, on the other, we shall not, by any contrivances, be diverted from discharging the trust reposed in us, during our continuance, in this station, with honour and justice, to the best of our abilities; but, from time to time, shall offer to the Governor such ad­vice as we shall judge most conducive to the gene­ral good of the province; in the welfare of which we are so nearly concerned, in our several private interests; and in the meantime, hope we may justly expect to be secured from calumny and misrepre­sentation.

  • EDWARD SHIPPEN,
  • SAMUEL CARPENTER,
  • JOSEPH GROWDON,
  • JASPER YEATES,
  • SAMUEL FINNY,
  • WILLIAM TRENT,
  • CALEB PUSEY,
  • RICHARD HILL.

[Page 16]With an exception to what is said of offices of profit, though I enjoy none, as a member of Council, I sign this.

JAMES LOGAN.

The Governor having laid this representation of the Council before the Assembly, The Assem­bly displeas­ed with the Council, &c. it produced an address to him, by way of answer, from the House. In this they blamed the Council, for seeming to apply to themselves, in general, what was meant by the words, evil counsel; of which, they said, they had given their explanation before, in their answer to the Governor's speech. * They were displeased at the Council's declaring, they had nothing to say, respecting the two particulars of Evans's conduct, mentioned in the Assembly's address, viz. That of the false alarm, in 1706, and the affair at Newcastle. As to the other two points, in regard to the Council's advising the Treasurer and the Governor, as they acknow­ledged themselves to have done; the Assembly appeared incensed at the Council's presuming to do the former, as it was not properly their office; and they censured them for opposing the late As­sembly, in their advice to the Governor, on the bill of courts, and their assenting, at the same time, to the Governor's ordinance, for carrying into execution the same thing, and so nearly in the same manner, that the said bill was intended to do; in short, they were angry that the Coun­cil should present (in their words, patronize) such an address, so opposite to the views and drift of the House, and declared, they considered it, as an indignity offered to them, as well as to the late Assembly.

[Page 17]After this was laid before the Governor, the Assembly presented a remonstrance, complaining of divers particulars, in the province, The Assem­bly present a remon­strance of grievances, &c. which they stiled grievances, and requesting his concurrence to remove and redress the same: some of which seem to have been either trifling, mistaken, or aggravated, and to shew more the temper of the House, than real grievances; the rest have already been mostly mentioned.

The resentment of David Lloyd, the Speaker, Enmity between Lloyd and Logan too much the cause of these pro­ceedings, &c. against James Logan, and the too ready devotion of the House to his humour, are represented to have had too much place, in some of these trans­actions. It is scarcely to be doubted that there was real occasion, in some cases, to complain of grievances, which demanded proper attention and relief; but the word grievance, was become com­mon, and so often used, that its proper applica­tion seems not always to have been sufficiently at­tended to; for it is certain, that by too much in­dulging a disposition and habit of complaint, it has sometimes remarkably affected the imagina­tions of men, and magnified, in appearance, what was but small, in reality; and there have been in­stances, wherein it has so far prevailed as to induce the mind entirely to mistake one thing for another, and to create a firm belief of the absolute exist­ence of what, in truth, had no being.

There are but few things, for which an apology may not be made, and plausible reasons given; Apology for the As­sembly's conduct. and it may reasonably be alledged that the views and intentions of some of these Assemblies, in thus carrying their disagreement with the Execu­tive, in some cases, to such extreme, were good; and consequently mistake, or excess, in their con­duct, might be the more excusable; for it is not to be denied that some good effects to the province, in reality, resulted from these proceedings. Be [Page 18] that as it may, it ought likewise to be remembered, that no wrong action can justify the intention; Though not to be justified in everything, &c. nor can any profitable consequence alter the nature of an unwarrantable design; and however lauda­ble, or just, the general views of some of these Assemblies may be alledged to have been, who carried affairs to such extremity, yet it sufficiently appears, that under the allegation of grievances, some of them too much gratified their animosity; and that, in part of these controversies, at least, they cannot, in every thing, be fully justified, notwithstanding certain good consequences may from them have arisen to the province; which is no certain proof that they might not have been the cause, or means, of preventing greater advan­tages from arising to it, besides too much endan­gering those, which they already enjoyed.

They did not suffici­ently consi­der the ten­dency of such dis­putes, &c.But whatever were their real motives, they seem not to have duly considered the end, to which the nature of such continued discontents might finally tend, and the consequence of rendering the government more uneasy and disagreeable to the Proprietary, Vid. antea. than was really and absolutely necessary: for the disposal of it to the crown, to which, as before hinted, he had such strong and various inducements, at a time, when measures were in agitation for reducing all the Proprietary governments to regal ones, would soon have freed him from all his difficulties, respecting the govern­ment of the province, and would have effectually enabled him to discharge all his debts and incum­brances, principally occasioned on its account; from which, so far as appears, he had too much reason to complain, as he did, of his small, inad­equate and discouraging returns; besides the na­ture of these disagreements, and continued en­deavours to diminish his power and interest in it, as appeared in the proposed bill of courts, and the attempts of the Assembly to turn his quit-rents [Page 19] to the support of his Deputy, * were further and great inducements for him to endeavour to dimi­nish his difficulty and trouble on its account; Vid. postea. more especially when it was in his power, in such an easy and effectual manner, to accomplish it; to which it also appears, by his private letters, yet extant in his own hand writing, he was sometimes so much disposed, that had he not studied what he was persuaded was the particular interest and real good of the province, before his own preca­rious gain, and present quiet, he would, before this time, have put the same in execution: for it was most probable, and he appears to have been fully of opinion, that the inhabitants of the pro­vince could not have been advantaged, or better­ed, by such a change of government, in those times, but the contrary; provided they rightly understood their present privileges, and knew [Page 20] how to make a proper use of them; for otherwise liberty and privilege become pernicious. *

The wisest councils sometimes err, &c.But absolute, or unlimited, perfection is not to be expected in human nature; and if the wisest councils of men sometimes err, how much more may a young Assembly of honest, or well mean­ing, colonists be reasonably supposed liable to mis­take their own real interest, under the most plau­sible views of any, in thus contending for what they thought the rights and privileges of the people? who, in a legislative capacity, had not yet arrived at that maturity of judgment, and prudence of action, which length of time and experience alone can give?

After having presented their remonstrance, the House adjourned; and at their next meeting, on the first day of the fourth month, the Governor made them the following speech, viz.

Gentlemen,

The Go­vernor's speech to the Assem­bly.The Queen, for the good of her subjects of the provinces, has fitted out an expedition, with great expense, for the retaking of Newfoundland, and for the conquest of Canada, and has entrusted Colonel Vetch with her Majesty's letters to the re­spective Governors, and instructions to agree on proper measures, for putting her Majesty's designs in execution. Boston, Rhode Island and Connecticut have outdone her Majesty's expectations; and I hope we shall not be wanting in our duty.

The quota for this province is one hundred and fifty men, besides officers, to be victualled and paid, as those of the other governments; the [Page 21] charge, I suppose, will amount to about four thousand pounds.

Perhaps it may seem difficult to raise that number of men, in a country where most of the inhabitants are obliged, by their principles, not to make use of arms; but, if you will raise, for the support of government, the sum demanded, I do not doubt getting the number of men, whose principles allow the use of them, and Commis­sioners may be appointed for disposal of the coun­try's money; that the people may be satisfied, that the money is applied to no other use, than this expedition.

I must recommend to you the present cir­cumstances of the three lower counties; you are not now falsely alarmed; Newcastle seems the only place, proper to make any defence; I find them ready and willing to do any thing, in their power, for the good of the country, and look on them­selves as a frontier to you, though a weak one; and if they perish, in all probability, your destruction will not be far off; therefore, in my opinion, it is your interest, that they be furnished with all things necessary to oppose the enemy.

I have only to add, that, as all private af­fairs ought to be postponed to her Majesty's imme­diate service, so it will not consist with my duty to hearken to any proposals [...] [...]ter into any business with you, till he [...] [...] [...]y's commands be complied with; and, th [...]ore, desire you will give this affair all possible dispatch.

[Page 22]

CHAPTER XIX.

Observations on the nature of the Governor's requi­sition; and the design of settling Pennsylvania by the Quakers; who are principled against war.— The Assembly's conduct, on the occasion; who vote a present to the Queen.—The Governor not satis­fied with their offer; and they adjourn.—Pro­ceedings of the next meeting of Assembly.—They agree to augment the sum, voted before to the Queen; and request the Governor's concurrence to divers bi [...]ls.—Further dispute between the Go­vernor and Assembly; with reasons of the former for not agreeing with the latter; upon which they re­monstrate to the Governor, and are much displeased with the Secretary, James Logan.—Proceedings between the Governor, and the next Assembly, consisting principally of the same Members.—Their proceedings against James Logan.—His petition to them.—They are disappointed in their design against him by the Governor.—The Secretary goes to En­gland, &c.

1709.IT cannot be supposed, but that the nature of this requisition must have created a difficulty with a people, who, by their religious persuasion, were not permitted to bear arms, nor to be actively, or immediately, concerned in promoting military affairs; and such, at this time, were the inhabi­tants of the province, in general. It may likewise [Page 23] be here observed, that it does not appear reasona­ble why this principle of the Quakers against war, The Qua­kers princi­ples against war not to be so much blamed as they are by some, &c. and the evil consequences arising from it, when duly considered, should be an objection, so very material, as some persons make it, against any class or description, of people, in the general community, whose profitable industry, and benefi­cent conduct, in all other respects, render them of so much the greater utility, and real benefit to the public and common good, even, in this, and every other department; and that more especially in these latter, more improved, or refined ages of the world, since war is become more a trade, or study of a certain class of men only, and more restricted to, and managed by, a part of the ge­neral community, appropriated to that purpose, than it was formerly, in the more barbarous state of mankind, when every one went to war, capa­ble of bearing arms, while now it is experienced that the far greater part of the people, in all the most civilized states, are better, or more prefera­bly employed, in promoting and procuring the necessary support of the whole community, at large: it would be a very great impropriety, to blame any one member of the human body, which is confined, or appointed to one particular office, for not performing that of another; for which it is neither qualified, nor intended, by the Author of human nature: the body politic con­sists of many parts, or members, as well as the human; and their offices, in a well regulated state, are as various: They are more con­sistent with humanity, than the contrary &c wisdom is no less requisite than strength; and the arts of peace, with the labours of the industrious colonist, are, at least, as necessary as those of war; which would soon make but a very sorry figure, in any nation, with­out those means, which are the effects of the for­mer. Can any thinking and reflecting mind be so unacquainted with the excellency of those quali­ties, [Page 24] which distinguish the rational from the irra­tional creation, as not to be sensible, that it is better by wisdom, or good policy, to prevent war, than by force of arms, and the art military to support, or only to suspend it? For it is impossi­ble, that the application of a thing, by which, in reality, that same thing solely exists, and is kept alive, should put an end to it, or entirely take away its existence. War is certainly the greatest punishment in the world, that the Almighty hath assigned for the wickedness of the human race; and it is the departure of mankind from their true interest, and real good alone, which makes it neces­sary; consequently, as a principle of thinking and acting gains ground, or increases, in the world, which approaches nearest to the standard of truth, and takes away the cause of punishment, in the same proportion, must the necessity and practice of this evil decrease in it.

Absurd ob­jections against the Quakers of Pennsylva­nia.But, of all people those appear to have the least reason to make this objection a subject of com­plant against the Quakers of Pennsylvania, who, knowing their principle, in this respect, never­theless, in preference to all the rest of the colonies, and, even, to all the rest of the world, which were before them, equally free for their choice, have removed from various distant parts, and settled among them; yet many such have been known in this province! But, which is still more remarkable, that people professedly of a different way of thinking, in this particular, should, in greater numbers, and much more abundantly, flock into Pennsylvania, from abroad, than into any other of the colonies besides; and yet this has been the real case here, both in later years, and also in the more early times of the province: which certainly shewed a very distinguishing pre­ference, which, in reality, was thereby given to the Quakers and their principles, notwithstanding [Page 25] the high absurdity, which any of those people, who have thus made Pennsylvania their choice, may since have exhibited, by declaiming against them on this account: for it cannot be reasonably supposed they were ignorant that this country, and the government of it, could not possibly have been granted, at first, to the Quakers, on account of their fighting principles, or that they should de­fend it with arms, by any who properly knew them, notwithstanding they were empowered, or entrusted, so to do, if they chose it; but, on the contrary, for those other qualifications, at least, not less necessary and beneficial, Intention of the grant and govern­ment of Pennsylva­nia, &c. for the support and real happiness of any country, of which the King and government, at that time, were fully sensible the Quakers were possessed; because, in a nation, where sufficient numbers of fighting men are not wanting, on occasion, and may, at any time, be had for money, to defend all parts of its dominions, and where no man, by the laws, is compelled to fight, who pays his equivalent to the support of the government, there would be no absolute necessity, neither was it intended, in the grant of the province, and of the powers of go­verning it, under the crown, to take these peace­able people from that proper attention, which was due to the department, in which they were placed, for the general good, in their civil capacity; nor, on that account, to oppress any one part of the com­munity, for the sake of the other's advantage, unequally.

This appears to have been the principal end and design of the British government, at first, respect­ing this province, notwithstanding those demands of a military nature, which, either from a mistaken notion of thereby more effectually serving the public utility, or from other views, different from the real nature and original design of the first set­tlement and constitution of Pennsylvania, have [Page 26] since been made from it; not sufficiently adverting to the natural, advantageous, and more excellent consequences, which absolutely, and of necessity must always ultimately arise from the principle, practice, industry, and virtue of such a people, to the general community, in proportion to the small number of those, who hold this principle, as the Quakers do; Number of Quakers ne­ver likely to be very great, &c. a number, which, in all pro­bability, if we may judge of the future by the past, from the nature and effect of such a princi­ple, as held by them, whether viewed in a favour­able, or unfavourable light, will never be very large. *

The Assembly having considered the Governor's speech, divers of the Members consulted a num­ber of their principal constituents, and Members of Council, being Quakers, on the occasion; which the House mentioned, in their address, or answer to the Governor; in which they declared,

"That were it not, that the raising of money to hire men to fight (or kill one another) was matter of conscience to them, and against their religious principles, they should not be wanting, according to their abilities, to contribute to those designs." They expressed their regard and loyal­ty to the Queen, and their prayer for the long continuance of her reign, and concluded, "That, though they could not, for conscience sake, comply with the furnishing a supply for such a defence, as [Page 27] the Governor proposed, yet, in point of gratitude to the Queen, The Assem­bly vote a present to the Queen, for her great and many favours to them, they had resolved to raise a present of five hundred pounds," &c.

By this mode of business they appear to have made, or intended, For the ge­neral sup­port of the govern­ment. a distinction between grant­ing supplies for the support of government, in general, or, for its mixt purposes and uses collec­tively, and that of contributing for the military alone; Being not answerable for the ap­plication &c besides their not being answerable for the application particularly, or for the duty of the executive part of the government: whereby it may be supposed, they thought they acted consci­entiously, according to their religious principles, in contributing their proportion of what is abso­lutely due to the general support of government, or supreme authority, according to the practice of the primitive Christians: the benefit and protec­tion of which they e [...]ed in common with others, and as they were not actively concerned either in directing or executing that authority; which was out of their line of duty; though this their mode ultimately answered equally the Go­vernor's request, or intention.

To this they added, in their address, "That they humbly hoped he would be pleased to accept this, as a testimony of their unfeigned loyalty, and thankful acknowledgment, for her grace and clemency towards them, and the rest of her subjects; and though the meanness of the present were such as was unworthy of the favour of her acceptance (which indeed, said they, was caused not through want of good-will, and loyal affection, but by inabilty and poverty, The Assem­bly plead poverty, &c. occasioned by great losses, late taxes misapplied, * lowness of the [Page 28] staple commodities of the country, great damp upon trade, and their neighbours non-compliance with the Queen's proclamation for reducing the coin) yet they hoped she would be graciously pleased to regard the hearty and cordial affections of them, her poor subjects, instead of a present of value; and to prevent misapplication thereof, they had agreed, that it should be accounted part of the Queen's revenue.

"They, therefore, humbly entreated the Go­vernor to put a candid construction upon their pro­ceedings, and represent them favourably to their gracious sovereign, the Queen; to whom they trusted they should ever approve themselves (though poor) her most loyal and dutiful subjects," &c.

The Go­vernor not content with the sum offered &c.The Governor was dissatisfied with this answer, principally on account of the smallness of the sum; and, in reply, represented the urgent necessity of their further exerting themselves, on the occasion. But the Assembly pleaded their poverty and inabi­lity, and adhered to their resolve of presenting the Queen with £. 500, requesting the Governor duly to consider the nature of such a refusal, and of his interposing between them and their Sovereign, in such a case.

He urges them to give a larg­er sum, &c.The Governor again, in his turn, pressed their compliance to a more generous contribution, de­claring, his present conduct, in the affair, to be his indispensible duty, in consequence of the Queen's letter; and of the utmost importance to them, to [Page 29] secure her favour, and disappoint those, who de­sired a dissolution of the present government.

After this several messages and answers passed between the Governor and Assembly, on the sub­ject, but without any effect; for the House, being determined to adhere to their resolve, They ad­here to their resolve. concluded it to be their opinion, that, as the Governor had refused to give his assent to their proposal of raising the £. 500, above mentioned, and to proceed to other business, till it was now too late, in the sea­son, to sit longer, at present, they would there­fore adjourn, till the harvest was over.

Of this the Governor, being informed, by a written message from the House, it produced fur­ther altercation, or dispute between them; the Governor being determined to proceed to no other business, till that of the Queen was first issued; and the House declaring, they would not agree to the Governor's proposal of raising money, either directly, or indirectly, for the expedition to Ca­nada, for the reasons they had given; yet they continued their resolution of raising £. 500, as a present to the Queen, and intended to prepare a bill for that purpose, at their next meeting, on the 15th day of August next; The Assem­bly adjourn. to which time they adjourned.

The Governor convened the Assembly before the time, to which they had adjourned; and, in a speech, he told them, "That their enemies, Purport of the Governor's speech, &c. having plundered Lewistown, watered in the bay, and sounded it, as they passed along, gave alarming apprehensions of a nearer visit; and that he de­manded some provision to be immediately made, in case of emergency."—"That the chiefs of several Indian nations, being in town, a supply was immediately requisite, to make them a suit­able present; that the importance of their friend­ship, [Page 30] and the easy terms of maintaining it, were sufficiently evident;"—"That, of the mo­ney, which had been appropriated for that use, now nothing remained, for a present to them; and that, though money could not so sud­denly be raised, as the case required, yet they might find means to procure credit, so as that they might not go away empty."—"That there was no manner of provision for the Governor's support; That the Proprietary, on whom the As­sembly had too often had expectation, in the case, had, by his late hard treatment, from some, whom he had too far trusted, been entirely disa­bled (were it in itself reasonable) to continue any such provision; consequently their immediate re­solution was absolutely necessary to contribute what was proper in this point; otherwise they must expect a change that would prove more chargeable."

Part of the Assembly's answer, &c.The Assembly expressed their concern for what had happened at Lewistown; and that the Go­vernor was already acquainted how far the gene­rality of the people of the province could oppose such an attempt. They admired, that, after such large sums, raised for the support of government, they were notwithstanding left so unprovided, as the Governor had represented; and they earnestly requested his assistance, to call the late Governor and Secretary to account, for the money, which, they said, should have been applied to the use of the public. They agree to augment the sum voted be­fore, &c. To the £. 500, which they had al­ready voted, they agreed to add £. 300 more, for the other necessary expenses, besides £. 200, to­wards the Governor's support. They intimated their expectation of his concurrence to redress their grievances, and recommended to his consi­deration a number of bills, prepared by former Assemblies, and agreed to by the present; of [Page 31] which one was for establishing courts, * &c. to all which they desired to have his concurrence, or to know his objections.

The Governor, in reply, Purport of the Governor's reply. acknowledged he was made sensible, that many inhabitants of the pro­vince could not, in any case, bear arms, so he did not propose it to them, but only a necessary supply in money, without engaging any man against his religious persuasion. That, in regard to what they had said respecting Colonel Evans and the Secretary, he could not well understand it; the former having affirmed, he received only what was directly allow­ed by the Assembly, for his own support, and thought himself not at all accountable for it; and that the Secretary seemed to admire what should induce the House to name him, upon that occasion; there being none of it payable to him, but for his own services as an officer. That he thanked them, for taking his support into their consideration, hoping future provision of that kind would be made more easy; and that he would readily agree to any thing, consistent with his duty, and the trust reposed in him.

That, respecting the bills, The Go­vernor can­not agree to any bill against the Proprietors power or interest, &c. the Proprietary was not at all against establishing courts by law, yet his instructions would not permit him to agree to those points, in the bill, which broke in, either upon his powers in government, or his just inte­rest; [Page 32] why such a bill should interfere with these, he could not see; but as he was willing to agree to a bill, for the ease and security of the people, in that respect, properly regulated, and, on his part, to do his duty, so he hoped they would be careful to offer him nothing that he could not as­sent to, without a violation of his honour and trust, &c. he recommended their reviewing the bills, passed by the former Assemblies; and thanked them for the provision, which they had made for the Indians: which concluded the sessions.

The Assem­bly persist in their former de­mands.The Assembly, at their next sitting, in August, notwithstanding the Governor's recommending them to conduct their proceedings so far conform­able to the powers, he had to oblige them, that their labours might not be in vain, and his point­ing out to them the exceptionable parts of the bill of courts, &c. still remained tenacious of their own method, and adhered to their former claims. Upon which, at their next meeting, on the 28th of September, he sent them a written mes­sage, which concludes with the following para­graph.

Part of a message from the Governor."But now, gentlemen, I must be so plain as to tell you, that, though I have been very desirous to see all these matters brought to a ripeness, that they might actually be passed into laws, yet, until I see the country as ready to discharge their duty, in providing for my support, in the administra­tion, independent of any supply from the Propri­etary, who, as I told you before, cannot now (were it even reasonable) spare any part of his estate here, to that purpose, I shall account myself very unjust to the duty I owe myself, if I concur in any other public act, in legislation, though truly inclinable to do all, for the advantage of the public, that can reasonably be expected from me: but a Governor cannot lie under a greater obligation to the people, than they do to him; nor can that be [Page 33] accounted a free gift from them, which is but their indispensible duty; for, at this time, there is no support for a Governor, in this government, but what must be granted by an act of an Assem­bly. You have told me, that you had voted five hundred pounds to the Queen, three hundred pounds for the service of the public, and two hundred pounds to me; and you have lately informed me, that when I had passed the other acts, the Speaker would present a bill to me, for raising that mo­ney. It is possible when the others were passed, the Speaker might do so; but, can it, in reason, be expected, that, while you shew so unprecedented and unusual diffidence, on your side, that you would not so much as let me see the bill, but in private, nor allow, that it should, upon any terms, The Assem­bly allow not their bill to be communi­cated to the Council, &c. be communicated to the Council, with whom I am to advise, (though you cannot but be sensible, that, should I design it, yet it is not in my power to pass a bill into a law, until the Speaker has sign­ed it) which is usually done at the time of passing it. Could it be expected, I say, that I should pass all that you desired of me, and then depend on your presenting that bill? Or, can it be thought reasonable, or, for the security of the public, that I should pass an act, for raising and applying eight hundred pounds, for several uses, besides those two hundred pounds, said to be grant­ed to me, without taking proper advice upon it, of those, whom the discharge of my duty, as well as my inclinations, obliges me to consult, in all public matters; nor that I should have it in my power to object to, or alter, any part of the whole bill, after it is presented? No, gentlemen, as I have no designs, but what are plain and ho­nest, so I must expect a suitable treatment; and, therefore, I now desire you faithfully to lay before the people, whom you represent, and to whom you are returning, what I have here said to you; [Page 34] and, upon this occasion, assure them from me, that unless they take care to grant a requisite support, and in such a manner, The Go­vernor re­fuses fur­ther to act, unless he is supported, &c. as is fit to be accepted, I shall not at all think myself concerned to attend the affairs of the public, in legislation; and what measures the Proprietary will find himself obliged to take at home, I have formerly sufficiently hint­ed to you; but as I shall not be wanting, on my side, to concur in any thing, that is reasonable, so I hope, the next time I meet the representatives of the people, we shall have such confidence in each other, and they will so far consider their duty, and take such methods, for effecting busi­ness, that all things necessary may be concluded to our mutual satisfaction, for the true advantage and benefit of this province."

The Go­vernor re­strained from pas­sing any bill without consent of the Coun­cil, &c.By this plain declaration of the Governor, the Assembly easily perceived, to their great mortifi­cation, that, by reason of the Proprietary's in­structions, the Governor could not pass any bill, without the advice, or approbation of his Coun­cil; which, how reasonable soever it might ap­pear, in itself, was deemed to have no foundation in the royal charter; by which the whole power of legislation was understood to be vested in the Governor, and the representatives of the people. This the House observed in their remonstrance to the Governor, the next day, declaring, that had they known he was so restricted, they would nei­ther have given him, nor themselves, so much trouble, as they had done: they likewise com­plained of some other matters, that were not redres­sed: Their greatest re­sentment against James Lo­gan, &c. but their greatest resentment appears, in this remonstrance, to be against the Secretary, James Logan; against whom is exhibited, in a very an­gry manner, a long complaint; representing him as the grand obstacle of their proceedings; and, that, though they had endeavoured to reduce him within proper bounds, yet, by reason of his great [Page 35] influence with the Governor and Proprietary, he was now advanced above their power, obstructed all their public transactions, that did not please him, treated the Members of the House with in­sult and abuse, and, in effect, was the chief cause of their grievances and calamities.

In October next following, The old Assembly mostly re-chosen. the same Members of Assembly were mostly re-elected, and David Lloyd again chosen Speaker: to whom the Governor, in his speech, on the 17th, after having mentioned divers other affairs, before the former Assembly, unfinished, and further pressed their making due provision for the support of the lieutenancy of the government, a duty, which, he said, was so in­cumbent upon them, that without it, no govern­ment could have a being; he thus expressed him­self:

"Gentlemen, you are met for no other end, Part of the Governor's speech to the Assem­bly. than to serve the country, whom you represent; I hope, therefore, you will study all possible means, that may contribute to the real happiness of that: which, I believe, you will find, may be much promoted by improving a good understand­ing between you and me, in our respective sta­tions.

"I would not willingly look back upon some of the proceedings of the last House, only from thence I must give you a necessary caution, to dwell less, than has been done, on that general language of evil counsel, or counsellors, generally used, as an artful method, to strike at the counsel­led; but, with me, I believe, without occasion; or, that of grievances and oppressions, words, by God's blessing, understood by few, (I find) in this pro­vince, who form them not in their own imagina­tions; for I assure you, gentlemen, if we are not as happy as the circumstances of the place will admit, it lies much in your power to make us so; [Page 36] of which I hope you will consider, and use your endeavours accordingly, with a full resolution to remove whatever may stand in the way.

"I have already said, that I would not look back to the proceedings of the last House; but the Secretary has found himself so much aggriev­ed by their remonstrance, that he has presented, for my perusal, a long defence; in which I shall not think myself any further concerned, than to observe to you, that, to my surprise, he has charged the Speaker of that House with some proceedings, which, if true, will require your consideration, and some further measures to be taken upon them; for which reason, I have or­dered him to lay a copy of them before you; and I must say, if that representation be well grounded, I cannot see that, under this govern­ment, such a person can be accounted fit for that station; but, at present, I shall no further enquire into it, only recommend to you, to proceed with diligence, in whatever is incumbent on you, in your stations, as well in this, as in all other mat­ters, that may concern the welfare of the public, and honor of this government, as now established."

The As­sembly give an answer the next day.This the Assembly answered the next day; tel­ling the Governor, that, among other things, they also had under consideration the making pro­vision for his support; and, after having made some angry reflections against the Secretary, whom they considered, in great measure, as the cause of the misunderstanding between them and the Go­vernor, Part of their an­swer. they said:—"But, may it please the Governor, we beg leave to observe, that the duty incumbent on us, to contribute to this general support of the lieutenancy, is grounded upon a condition precedent; so that the people, accord­ing to the fundamental rules of the English go­vernment, [Page 37] are not obliged to contribute to the support of that administration, which affords them no redress, when their rights are violated, their liberties infringed, and their representative body affronted and abused: hence it is, that that branch of the legislative authority seldom move to give supplies till their aggrievances are redressed, and reparation made, for the indignities they meet with from the other branch of the same authority.

"We are very sensible that the end of our meeting is to serve the country; and we assure the Governor, there shall be nothing wanting, on our parts, to promote it, and improve a good un­derstanding between him and us, in our respective stations: but let not the language of the repre­sentatives of the people, about evil counsellors, grievances and oppressions, be irksome to the Go­vernor; for we shall not answer the true end of our meeting, nor discharge our duty and trust to those, that sent us, if we be silent, and not insist up­on redressing those things, that are amiss, with a resolution to use our endeavours to remove what appears to stand in the way.

"We have, with all the application, this short time could allow, informed ourselves of the pro­ceedings of the late Assemblies, and find no just grounds for the Governor to suppose that their complaints of evil counsel or counsellors have been used as methods to strike at him; but, we be­lieve, it was their care, as we find it to be ours, that the Governor may not be imposed on, or prevailed with, to adhere to evil counsel, and ren­der his actings inconsistent.

"We suppose it needless to be more express, than the late Assembly have been, to demonstrate what an enemy the Secretary has been to the wel­fare of this province; and how abusive he has [Page 38] been to the representatives of the people; so that we can do no less than repeat the request of for­mer Assemblies, to have him removed from the Governor's Council; which we doubt not will be a most effectual means to improve a good under­standing between thee and us.

"If the Governor will look back, and duly consider the complaints and remonstrances of the late Assemblies, it will appear, that grievances and oppressions are words, which are formed upon just complaints; and for which the country wants re­dress; so that what the Governor supposes, on that head, is not candid towards the representatives of the people.

"May it please the Governor, whatever might be the occasion, or design, of the last clause, in thy speech, we are of opinion, it was not well timed; for if the Secretary's charge, against our Speaker, had any weight, it should have been propounded as an objection against the Assembly's choice of him, for Speaker: but, after thou hadst declared thy approbation of their choice, that thou shouldst be prevailed upon so far to patronize the Secretary's insinuation against the Speaker, as to make it a part of thy speech to us, before we had seen, or heard, the charge, we can do no less than resent it, as an indignity offered to this House; for, though we are men, that cannot be much meaner in the Governor's eye, than we are in our own esteem, yet we must put him in mind, that, since the royal charter commits this part of the legislative authority to our care, we ought to have the regard, due to our stations."

After this the Governor went to Newcastle; and in the mean time the Assembly adjourned. On their meeting again, about the beginning of No­vember, the Secretary, James Logan, intending [Page 39] for England, presented to them a petition, * request­ing that preparation might be made for his trial, The Secre­tary petiti­ons the As­sembly for his trial, &c. upon the impeachment of a former Assembly, in the year 1706. They, therefore, fell upon his case, and took into consideration his defence; and his charge against their Speaker, David Lloyd, [Page 40] mentioned in the Governor's speech. They car­ried their resentment so far, They issue out a war­rant to ap­prehend the Secre­tary, &c. in the affair, that they actually issued out a warrant to the high Sheriff of the city and county of Philadelphia, signed by the Speaker, for apprehending the Secretary, and for committing him to the county gaol of Philadelphia, founded on what they thus expressed, in the said warrant, viz. "For his offence, in reflecting upon sundry Members of this House, in particular, and the whole House, in general, charging the proceedings of this Assembly with unfairness and injustice." * [Page 41] But, by a supersedeas from the Governor, the ex­ecution thereof was prevented, Their de­sign frustra­ted by the Governor, &c. to the great dis­pleasure of the Assembly; as appears by their resolves, in the minutes of the House; wherein they assert, "That this measure of the Governor was illegal and arbitrary. *

The temper and disposition of the House now were such, that, after this, it does not appear any further transactions passed between the Go­vernor and this Assembly.

But the Secretary, by reason of his useful abili­ties, and faithful services, to the Proprietary, was [Page 42] so thoroughly fortified in both his and the Govern­or's esteem and confidence, that he was above the power of his opponents; The Secre­tary Logan, proceeds to England, and disap­points their views, &c. he prosecuted his voyage to England; and with such perseverance and abili­ty vindicated himself, and so far succeeded against the violence of the opposition, that he not only survived the storm, and continued in his offices, but also was afterwards President of the province; and discharged the office with much reputation to himself and satisfaction to the public, as will here­after appear; and after a wise recess of many years from the cumber of public affairs, at last, in the year 1751, honourably finished his days, in a happy tranquillity.

[Page 43]

CHAPTER XX.

Party spirit endangers the government and constitu­tion.—The Proprietor's letter to the Assembly, re­specting their late transactions.—An entire new Assembly elected in October 1710.—Names of the Members.—Harmony between the Governor and this Assembly productive of more agreeable and better consequences, &c.—Proceedings of the Legislature in consequence of an express from England, received by the Governor, relating to an expedition against Canada.—The Queen's letter of instructions to him.—The colony thought to be over-rated in the requisition; yet the Assem­bly vote two thousand pounds for the Queen's use. —The next year produces a change in the Assem­bly.—The Proprietor, in his letters, desires to serve the country, &c.—The Proprietor agrees to dispose of the government to the Queen; and is seized with an apoplexy.—Wine and rum imported in 1712.—Settlement of New Garden and London Grove, in Chester county.—Samuel Carpenter.— The Governor's writ for summoning the Assem­bly.—Altercation between them.

WHILE human nature is subject to infirmity, 1709. and so long as some men are wiser and better than others, will the actions of mortals, whether good or bad, have different constructions put upon them, [Page 44] and be attended with approbation and contradic­tion, according to their believed importance, and the various mediums, through which they are seen: this province appears to have been never entirely without a discontented and murmuring party in it, from the beginning, Party in the province in early time, &c. or, at least, from very early times; who thought it their duty and interest con­stantly to oppose the Proprietary, in all cases indis­criminately, where either his power, or interest, was concerned; and though frequently but small and weak, yet they were sufficiently able to em­barrass the public proceedings, and endanger the general tranquillity, according as time and oppor­tunity offered: these, for a number of years past, having, by continual complaints of great and nu­merous grievances unredressed, worked up the minds of many well-disposed persons, in the pro­vince, into the belief of the reality of more of this kind than ever existed in it, thereby occasion­ed hard thoughts of the Proprietary, and some­what of an unworthy treatment, even, from some of his friends; insomuch, that, for a considera­ble time, they had obtained a majority in the As­sembly, and visibly acted in the extreme against him.

The increase of this opposition seems principal­ly to have arisen from the Proprietary's absence, his not seeing with his own eyes, Party in­creased by the Propri­etor's ab­sence, &c. and trusting his affairs too much to deputies; to which the nature and necessity of his situation and circumstances, in these times, particularly obliged him; as fully appears by many of his private letters, during the latter part of his life, largely expressing his ardent and longing desire to live and die in this country; consequently some things, in his province, were not in that order, which could have been desired, though far from being as they were represented; which, in such a new, young and unexperienced [Page 45] government, in a colony composed of such an heterogeneous mixture of people of different hu­mours, opinions and interests, and in a land of so great liberty, as this then was, so much the more required the presence of an able and constant hand, to manage and redress; though, in the whole, compared with others, it was manifestly in a very happy, thriving and flourishing condition.

From hence, however, his adversaries, And endan­gers the go­vernment and consti­tution, &c. and the discontented party, took occasion to magnify what was amiss; and, as it is an easy matter to persuade people that they are aggrieved, more especially when under such a variety of difficulties as is common and natural, at least in some degree, to any new settlement of this kind, they, therefore, influenced many of the well-meaning to join in the opposition; which was now carried on with a high hand; though, it is, with great reason, ap­prehended, divers of these neither designed, nor saw, the consequence, to which their proceedings naturally and ultimately tended; which, at length, about this time, produced the following severe and expostulatory letter from the Proprietary to the Assembly, viz.

My old Friends,

It is a mournful consideration, and the cause of deep affliction to me, that I am forced, The Pro­prietor's letter to the Assembly in 1710. by the oppressions and disappointments, which have fal­len to my share in this life, to speak to the people of that province, in a language, I once hoped, I should never have occasion to use. But the many troubles and oppositions, that I have met with from thence, oblige me, in plainness and free­dom, to expostulate with you, concerning the causes of them.

[Page 46] 1710.When it pleased God to open a way for me to settle that colony, I had reason to expect a so­lid comfort from the services, done to many hun­dreds of people; and it was no small satisfaction to me, that I have not been disappointed in seeing them prosper, and growing up to a flourishing country, blessed with liberty, ease and plenty, beyond what many of themselves could expect; and wanting nothing to make themselves happy, but what, with a right temper of mind, and pru­dent conduct, they might give themselves. But, alas! as to my part, instead of reaping the like advantages, some of the greatest of my troubles have arose from thence; the many combats, I have engaged in; the great pains, and incredi­ble expense, for your welfare and ease, to the de­cay of my former estate; of which (however some there would represent it) I too sensibly feel the effects; with the undeserved opposition, I have met with from thence, sink me into sorrow; that, if not supported by a superior hand, might have overwhelmed me long ago. And I cannot but think it hard measure, that, while that has proved a land of freedom and flourishing, it should become to me, by whose means it was principally made a country, the cause of grief, trouble and poverty.

For this reason I must desire you all, even, of all professions and degrees, for although all have not been engaged in the measures, that have been taken, yet every man, who has an interest there, is, or must be, concerned in them, by their effects; I must, therefore, I say, desire you all, in a serious and true weightiness of mind, to consider what you are, or have been, doing; why matters must be carried on with these divisions and contentions, and what real causes have been given, on my side, for that opposition to me, and my interest, which I have met with; as if I were [Page 47] an enemy, and not a friend, after all I have done and spent, both here and there: I am sure, I know not of any cause whatsoever. Were I sen­sible you really wanted any thing of me, in the relation between us, that would make you hap­pier, I should readily grant it, if any reasonable man would say it were fit for you to demand; provided you would also take such measures as were fit for me to join with.

Before any one family had transported them­selves thither, I earnestly endeavoured to form such a model of government, as might make all, concerned in it, easy; which, nevertheless, was subject to be altered, as there should be occasion. Soon after we got over, that model appeared, in some parts of it, to be very inconvenient, if not impracticable; the numbers of members, both in the Council and Assembly, were much too large; some other matters also proved inconsistent with the King's charter to me; so that, according to the power reserved for an alteration, there was a necessity to make one, in which, if the lower counties were brought in, it was well known, at that time, to be on a view of advantage to the province itself, as well as to the people of those counties, and to the general satisfaction of those concerned, without the least apprehension of any irregularity in the method.

Upon this they had another charter passed, nemine contradicente; which I always desired might be continued, while you yourselves would keep up to it, and put it in practice; and many there know much it was against my will, that, upon my last going over, it was vacated. But after this was laid aside (which indeed was begun by yourselves, in Colonel Fletcher's time) I, accord­ing to my engagement, left another, with all the privileges, that were found convenient for your [Page 48] good government; and, if any part of it has been, in any case, infringed, it was never by my approbation. I desired it might be enjoyed fully. But though privileges ought to be tenderly pre­served, they should not, on the other hand, be asserted, under that name, to a licentiousness: the design of government is to preserve good or­der; which may be equally broke in upon by the turbulent endeavours of the people, as well as the overstraining of power, in a Governor. I de­signed the people should be secured of an annual fixed election and Assembly; and that they should have the same privileges in it, that any other As­sembly has, in the Queen's dominions; among all which this is one constant rule, as in the par­liament here, that they should sit on their own adjournments; but to strain this expression to a power, to meet, at all times during the year, without the Governor's concurrence, would be to distort government, to break the due propor­tion of the parts of it, to establish confusion in the place of necessary order, and make the legislative the executive part of government. Yet, for ob­taining this power, I perceive, much time and money has been spent, and great struggles have been made, not only for this, but some other things, that cannot, at all, be for the advantage of the people to be possessed of; particularly the appointing of Judges; because the administration might, by such means, be so clogged, that it would be difficult, if possible, under our cir­cumstances, at some times, to support it. As for my own part, as I desire nothing more than the tranquillity and prosperity of the province and government, in all its branches, could I see that any of these things, that have been contended for, would certainly promote these ends, it would be a matter of indifference to me how they were settled. But seeing the frame of every government ought [Page 49] to be regular in itself, well proportioned and sub­ordinate, in its parts, and every branch of it in­vested with sufficient power to discharge its respec­tive duty, for the support of the whole, I have cause to believe that nothing could be more de­structive to it, than to take so much of the pro­vision, and executive part of the government out of the Governor's hands, and lodge it in an un­certain collective body; and more especially since our government is dependent, and I am answerable to the crown, if the administration should fail, and a stop be put to the course of justice. On these considerations I cannot think it prudent, in the people, to crave these powers; because not only I, but they themselves, would be in danger of suffering by it; could I believe otherwise, I should not be against granting any thing of this kind, that were asked of me, with any degree of common prudence and civility. But, instead of finding cause to believe, the contentions, that have been raised about these matters, have pro­ceeded only from mistakes of judgment, with an earnest desire, notwithstanding, at the bottom, to serve the public (which, I hope, has still been the inducement of several concerned in them) I have had but too sorrowful a view and sight to complain of the manner, in which I have been treated. The attacks on my reputation, the ma­ny indignities put upon me, in papers sent over hither, into the hands of those who could not be expected to make the most discreet and charitable use of them; the secret insinuations against my justice, besides the attempt, made upon my estate; resolves past in the Assemblies, for turning my quit-rents, never sold by me, to the support of government; my lands entered upon, without any regular method; my manors invaded, (under pre­tence I had not duly surveyed them) and both these by persons principally concerned in these attempts [Page 50] against me here; a right to my overplus land, unjustly claimed by the possessors of the tracts, in which they are found; my private estate con­tinually exhausting, for the support of that go­vernment, both here and there; and no provision made for it by that country; to all which I cannot but add, the violence, that has been particularly shewn to my Secretary; of which (though I shall, by no means, protect him in any thing, he can be justly charged with, but suffer him to stand or fall by his own actions) I cannot but thus far take notice, that, from all these charges, I have seen, or heard of, against him, I have cause to believe, that had he been as much in opposition to me, as he has been understood to stand for me, he might have met with a milder treatment from his prose­cutors; and, to think that any man should be the more exposed there, on my account, and, instead of finding favour, meet with enmity, for his be­ing engaged in my service, is a melancholy con­sideration! In short, when I reflect on all these heads, of which I have so much cause to complain, and, at the same time, think of the hardships I, and my suffering family, have been reduced to, in no small measure, owing to my endeavours for, and disappointments from, that province, I can­not but mourn the unhappiness of my portion, dealt to me from those, of whom I had reason to expect much better and different things; nor can I but lament the unhappiness, that too many of them are bringing on themselves, who, instead of pursuing the amicable ways of peace, love and unity, which, at first, hoped to find in that re­tirement, are cherishing a spirit of contention and opposition; and, blind to their own interest, are oversetting that foundation, on which your hap­piness might be built.

Friends, the eyes of many are upon you; the people of many notions of Europe look on that [Page 51] country, as a land of ease and quiet, wishing to themselves, in vain, the same blessings, they con­ceive you may enjoy: but, to see the use you make of them, is no less the cause of surprise to others, while such bitter complaints and reflections are seen to come from you, of which it is difficult to con­ceive, even, the sense or meaning. Where are the distresses, grievances, and oppressions, that the papers, sent from thence, so often say, you lan­guish under! while others have cause to believe, you have hitherto lived, or might live, the hap­piest of any, in the Queen's dominions?

Is it such a grievous oppression, that the courts are established by my power, founded on the king's charter, without a law of your making, when upon the same plan you propose? If this disturb any, take the advice of other able lawyers on the main, without tying me up to the opinion of prin­cipally one man, whom I cannot think so very proper to direct in my affairs (for, I believe, the late Assembly have had but that one lawyer amongst them) and I am freely content you should have any law, that, by proper judges, should be found suitable. Is it your oppression that the officers fees are not settled by an act of Assembly? No man can be a greater enemy to extortion, than myself: do, therefore, allow such fees as may reasonably encourage fit persons to undertake these offices, and you shall soon have (and should have always cheerfully had) mine, and, I hope, my Lieute­nant's concurrence and approbation. Is it such an oppression, that licences for public houses have not been settled, as has been proposed? It is a certain sign you are strangers to oppression, and know nothing but the name, when you so highly bestow it on matters so inconsiderable; but that business, I find, is adjusted. Could I know any real oppression, you lie under, that is in my power to remedy (and what I wish you would take pro­per [Page 52] measures to remedy, if you truly feel any such) I would be as ready, on my part, to remove them, as you to desire it; but according to the best judgment, I can make of the complaints, I have seen (and you once thought I had a pretty good one) I must, in a deep sense of sorrow, say, that I fear, the kind hand of Providence, that has so long favoured and protected you, will, by the ingratitude of many there to the great mercies of God, hitherto shewn them, be, at length, pro­voked to convince them of their unworthiness; and, by changing the blessings, that so little care has been taken, by the public, to deserve, into calamities, and reduce those, that have been so clamorous, and causelessly discontented, to a true, but smarting sense of their duty. I write not this, with a design to include all; I doubt not, many of you have been burdened at, and can, by no means, join in the measures that have been taken; but while such things appear under the name of an Assembly, that ought to represent the whole, I cannot but speak more generally than I would de­sire, though I am not unsensible what methods may be used to obtain the weight of such a name.

I have already been tedious, and shall now, therefore, briefly say, that the opposition, I have met with from thence must, at length, force me to consider more closely of my own private and sinking circumstances, in relation to that province. In the mean time, I desire you all seriously to weigh what I have wrote, together with your duty to yourselves, to me, and to the world, who have their eyes upon you, and are witnesses of my early and earnest care for you. I must think there is a regard due to me, that has not of late been paid; pray, consider of it fully, and think soberly, what you have to desire of me, on the one hand, and ought to perform to me, on the other; for, from [Page 53] the next Assembly, I shall expect to know what you resolve, and what I may depend on. If I must continue my regards to you, let me be en­gaged to it by a like disposition in you towards me. But, if a plurality, after this, shall think they owe me none, or no more, than for some years I have met with, let it, on a fair election, be so de­clared, and I shall then, without further suspense, know what I have to rely upon. God give you his wisdom and fear, to direct you, that yet our poor country may be blessed with peace, love and industry, and we may once more meet good friends, and live so to the end; our relation, in the truth, having but the same true interest.

I am, with great truth, and most sincere regard, your real Friend, as well as just Proprie­tor and Governor,

WILLIAM PENN.

What reply was made to this letter does not ap­pear; but notwithstanding what might have been thought deficient, or amiss, on the Proprietary's side, the serious nature of it could not but affect the considerate part of the Assembly with more regard for the father of their country, now, in his declining age, and for his difficult situation, occasioned originally and principally on account of it, or, for the real advantage of the colony, than they had, for some time past, exhibited; seeing it plainly hinted to what their proceedings necessarily tended, and the means, though not expressed, which he should soon be obliged to use, without an immediate alteration of the Assembly's conduct, relative to him and his interest. The consequence thus far appears, that, at the next annual election of the Members of Assembly, in October, 1710, there was not one of those Members returned, An entire new Assem­bly elected. who served in the preceding year, but an entire [Page 54] new House▪ of which Richard Hill was chosen Speaker. *

The Governor, in his speech to the House, on the 16th of the month, Part of the Governor's speech to the new Assembly. told them, "That he did not doubt it was obvious to every one's under­standing, why he could not agree with the last Assembly; but, as he took them to have different sentiments, they might promise themselves, that his ready assent to all bills, drawn up for the pub­lic good, would not be wanting; and that, as he had often expressed his resolution of settling among them, he could have no aims, contrary to the in­terest of the people: that thus a confidence might be established in each other, he hoped, they would cheerfully proceed with their bills, and make such provision for the support of the government as consisted with the character, that the province justly bore, in all her Majesty's dominions. He concluded with recommending them to dispatch, and cautioning them to avoid the expense of a long sitting; a practice, that some former Assem­blies, by giving way to, had left a debt upon the country, that, perhaps, they would not very easily discharge."

Harmony between the Governor and this As­sembly, &c.The harmony, which subsisted between the Go­vernor and this Assembly was productive of much more agreeable and satisfactory proceedings, and salutary effects, in the public transactions of the [Page 55] government, than had been, for some years be­fore; and many laws were mutually agreed on, and passed during the winter.

In the summer of the year 1711, 1711. Governor Gookin, having received an express from England, Expedition to Canada, &c. respecting the expedition against Canada, conven­ed the Assembly, and acquainted them therewith, and the preparations of the northern colonies, for that end.

He recommended them to exert themselves, suitably on the occasion, not to be behind their northern neighbours, in answering the Queen's expectation, and to enable him to raise and sup­port the quota of men, assigned this province, or else, that they would make an equivalent; and he laid before the House certain papers, with the Queen's instructions to him, relative to the affair; which last were as follows:

Anne R.

Trusty and well-beloved, we greet you well. The Queen's let­ter of in­structions to the Go­vernor. Whereas, we have sent our instructions to our Go­vernors of New York and New Jersey, and of the Massachusetts Bay and New Hampshire, relating to an expedition, we design to make against the common enemy, the French, inhabiting North America. And whereas, We have directed our said Governors, and Francis Nicholson, Esquire, to communicate to you such part of our said in­structions, as relates to the province, under your command. Our will and pleasure is, that you d [...] in all things, conform yourself to the said instruc­tions. And we do hereby command you to be aiding and assisting in carrying on the said expedi­tion: and, in order thereunto, that you do meet our said Governors, and the said Francis Nicholson, at such place, and at such time, as they shall, for that purpose, signify unto you; and that you put [Page 56] in execution such things, as shall then be resolved to be acted and done, on your part; in doing of which, we do expect you to use the utmost vigour and diligence; and for so doing this shall be your warrant: So we bid you farewell.

By her Majesty's command, H. ST. JOHN.
To our trusty and well-beloved, the Governor, or Lieutenant Go­vernor, or Commander in Chief, for the time being, of our pro­vince of Pennsylvania, in Ame­rica.

The congress of Governors, or council of war, met accordingly at New London, in Connecticut, where the several quotas, or proportions, expected from each colony, were fixed; but by reason of the short space of time, and great distance, Go­vernor Gookin could not attend it, nor properly represent the state and ability of the province; and the Assembly of Pennsylvania thought the colony over-rated: The Indi­ans a con­stant ex­pense to Pennsylva­nia, &c. for this province particularly was con­stantly at a considerable expense, for the preser­vation of the friendship of the Indians, in such manner, as was very important and interesting to all the neighbouring governments, and the gene­ral utility; they nevertheless voted two thousand pounds, to be raised upon the inhabitants of the province, for the Queen's use, by a tax of five pence half penny per pound, on estates, and twenty shillings per head, on single freemen: and a bill for that purpose was passed by the Governor.

[Page 57]In the Assembly, elected October, 1711, there was a considerable change of Members; and Da­vid Lloyd's name again appears among them; but Richard Hill was chosen Speaker.

The Governor, in a speech to the House, this winter, expressed, That the Proprietary, The Pro­prietor de­sires to serve the people of the pro­vince, &c. in his let­ters to him, had signified his desire to serve the people of this province, and left it to themselves, to think on the means, that might best conduce to their own quiet and interest: at the same time, offering his ready concurrence to any thing of that nature, which they should propose, consist­ent with the honour and interest of the crown, of the Proprietary, and of the public welfare; and recommending to their consideration, that, as to himself, he had been above three years engaged in the affairs of the province, and almost so long in it; that what he had received from the public, ap­peared by the acts of the last Assembly; which was far short of what the Proprietary gave him to expect from the people.

The House, in answer, thankfully acknowledged the Proprietary's kind regard, and desires to serve them, with the Governor's offered and ready con­currence to what should contribute to that end. They promised to take care of the Governor's support; and accordingly, afterwards agreed on such provision for the same, as was to mutual satisfaction.

The year 1712 was remarkable for two things, 1712. respecting Pennsylvania; the first was, an agree­ment for the sale of the government of it, The Pro­prietor dis­poses of the govern­ment to the Queen; and the territories, to Queen Anne, by the Proprietary; the most probable inducements for which have already, in part, been mentioned: for though a temporary alteration was made the last year in the Assembly's conduct, respecting him, yet it appears, in this manner, he thought it most prudent to ex­tricate [Page 58] himself from the debt and difficulties, in which the province had too much involved him. The second was, And is seiz­ed with an apoplexy, &c. a failure of those mental facul­ties, in the Proprietary, which, during most of his life, had shone so bright, and been so benefi­cent to many people, both in Europe and America, by means of a distemper, supposed to be an apo­plexy; which deprived him, in part, of his former abilities, and rendered him incapable of public business, and consequently disabled him from exe­cuting a surrender of the government, according to agreement.

Governor Gookin, in his speech to the Assem­bly, on the 15th of October, this year, of which Isaac Norris was Speaker, thus hinted the former of these affairs, Purport of the Govern­or's speech to the As­sembly. expressing, That the Proprietary, in a letter to a Member of the Council, had signified his intentions of surrendering the government, in a few months: in consequence of which he had reason to believe, he should not be continued Go­vernor under the crown; he declared his readiness to serve them, during the short time he should probably be in the administration; and he request­ed them to take effectual measures, to have ready, when called for, the sum granted by the late As­sembly; that the debts incurred, on account of the Indian treaties, be immediately discharged, and that the Indians, then in town, be well satis­fied; who had proposed, in behalf of the Five Nations, to establish a free and open trade between them, in Pennsylvania, for the future. He de­clared, that, as to himself, he had but a melan­choly prospect; that, after all he could hope for, and his administration over, he should find him­self a great loser, by coming to Pennsylvania; which, as they probably would be the last Assem­bly, that he should meet, he recommended to their serious consideration, especially the expense of his return.

[Page 59]The House, in answer, acquainted the Govern­or, That, it being inconvenient, at that season, for them to attend in Assembly, Purport of the Assem­bly's an­swer. they intended to ad­journ, and appoint a committee, to inspect the pub­lic accounts of the province, in the mean time, and to prepare matters for the better dispatch of business, at their next meeting; and recommending the care of the Indians to the Governor and Coun­cil, according to the law, in such cases, after the Governor had signified his approbation of their proposed adjournment, They ad­journ. the House accordingly ad­journed.

In October, 1713, 1713. Joseph Growdon was Speaker of the Assembly; and on the 15th of the month, the Governor, in a speech, informed them, Part of the Governor's speech. That the government was not yet surrendered, and pro­bably would not very shortly; that, being still in­vested with the proprietary powers, he was ready to use them for the welfare of the people, in all their reasonable expectations; and that, he took this opportunity to give the country his thanks for 13 [Page 60] the care taken for his support, 1714. in the administration, by the last Assembly, and hoped its continuance.

David Lloyd a­gain Speak­er of the Assembly, &c.In October 1714, David Lloyd was again chosen Speaker of the Assembly; and notwithstanding, in the beginning of their year, they had several sessi­ons, yet nothing material was concluded between them and the Governor: they, therefore, on the 26th of the first month, adjourned themselves to the latter part of September, 1715; but before that time, early in the spring, the Governor sum­moned them, by the following writ:

The Go­vernor's writ for summoning the Assem­bly.

CHARLES GOOKIN, Esquire, Lieutenant Governor of the province of Pennsylvania, &c.
To the Sheriff, &c.

WHEREAS the Assembly of this province, in the month of March last, divers matters of the greatest weight and importance before them, which required to be dispatched, for the public good and safety, notwithstanding thought fit, without my consent or approbation, to adjourn themselves to the latter end of their yearly sessions; by which means 1 [Page 61] means, the expectations of all good people, who depended on a suitable provision to be then forth­with made, to answer the several exigencies of the government, became entirely disappointed. The great inconveniencies of which must still con­tinue unremedied until another Assembly be cho­sen, unless they are called together before the time of their said adjournment. These, therefore, are (by an [...] with the advice of the Council) to require and command you, that you forthwith summon all the representatives, chosen in your county, for the said Assembly, that they meet me, at Phi­ladelphia, the second day of May next, to proceed to the dispatch of the said affairs, and such other matters as I may have occasion to lay before them; and without delay make return of this writ into the Secretary's office.

1

Notes.

Names of the members of Council present, May 16th, 1712.
  • Edward Shippen,
  • Joseph Growdon,
  • Samuel Carpenter,
  • Thomas Story,
  • James Logan,
  • Richard Hill,
  • Isaac Norris,
  • Samuel Preston,
  • Jonathan Dickinson,
  • Robert Ashton.

In the year 1713, died Samuel Carpenter, of Philadelphia, the Trea­surer of the province; and was succeeded in his office by Samuel Preston, appointed by the Assembly.

Samuel Carpenter arrived very early in the province, and was one of the most considerable traders and settlers in Pennsylvania; where he held, for many years, some of the greatest offices in the government; and through a great variety of business he preserved the love and esteem of a large and extensive acquaintance. His great abilities, activity and bene­volent disposition of mind, in divers capacities, but more particularly among his friends, the Quakers, are said to have rendered and distinguish­ed him as a very useful and valuable member, not only of that religious society, but also of the community in general.

The Assembly met, in pursuance of this writ, which appears to throw some reflection on the manner of their adjournment. Ill humour and altercation, which, during the latter part of the preceding year, had been gaining ground be­tween the Governor and the Assembly, Ill humour between the Governor and the House. appeared now again too much to prevail between the differ­ent branches of the Legislature.

The Governor addressed the House with a re­prehensory speech, blaming their adjournment to near the end of their year, without his consent, The Go­vernor blames the House, &c. or knowledge; their leaving the great exigencies of government unprovided for; their being the cause of so long obstruction of the administration of justice, with its consequences, by their refusing to accommodate the bills, prepared for that purpose, so that it might be in his power to pass the same; [Page 62] which might easily have been done; and their neglect of making provision, for his support, so immediately necessary, and justly due to him, &c.

The Assem­bly throw the blame on the Go­vernor, &c.The Assembly, in their turn, throw the blame upon the Governor, for his refusing to pass the bills, as they had prepared them, to answer the exigencies of the province, and the support of the administration. They, notwithstanding, after­wards so far agreed, But they accommo­date mat­ters, &c. that the Governor passed a considerable number of laws before the end of the month. 14

[Page 63]

CHAPTER XXI.

The Assembly's address to the Governor respecting tumults, &c. in Philadelphia, with his answer. —An Indian treaty held in Philadelphia, in 1715.—The Governor intends to go home.—The Assembly's address to King George the First.— The Governor disagrees with both the Council and Assembly.—Names of the Members of Assembly and some of the Council.—The Assembly's repre­sentation to Governor Gookin, containing a variety of things, in 1716.

IN the summer of this year, 1715. (1715) there was complaint made in the House, of frequent and great tumults, raised in Philadelphia, Complaint of tumults, &c. under the pretence of supporting and abetting of one Francis Philips, who had been indicted for high crimes and misdemeanors; upon which the Assembly presented to the Governor the following address, viz.

To CHARLES GOOKIN, Esq Lieutenant Governor of the province of Pennsylvania, &c. The Assem­bly's ad­dress to the Governor thereupon.

The address of the representatives of the freemen of the said province, in General Assembly met, the 10th day of June, 1715.

May it please the Governor,

We were in hopes, that the opening of the courts of justice might have been a means to put a stop to those tumults, which frequently happen­ed in this city, since the beginning of our session, [Page 64] so that our meeting now would have been to crown our labours with a general satisfaction.

But, to our great disappointment, we un­derstand, by credible information, that some of those who occasioned those tumults, in order to annoy their opposite party, are now levelling their malignity against the Magistrates of this city and county, and endeavouring to prevail with the Governor to be of opinion, that here is no power to bring to trial a certain clergyman, who is charged by indictment, at the King's suit, for committing fornication, against the King's peace, and the law of this province, &c.

Note. The following Indian treaty, may shew the manner of treating with these people about this time; omitting the marks or figures of the different belts, which were in the margin of the original.

Present,

  • the honourable Charles Gookin, Lieutenant Governor,
  • Joseph Growdon,
  • Griffith Owen,
  • James Logan,
  • Richard Hill,
  • Isaac Norris,
  • Robert Ashton.

The chiefs of the Delaware and Schuylkill Indians, in a visit to the Governor, &c met in the court house, at Philadelphia; Sassoonan being their head, and Opessah, the late Shawanese king, with his companions attending him; and then opening the Calamet, with great ceremony of their rattles and songs, it was offered by Sassoonan, the king, to the Go­vernor and Council, and to all others of the English there met; and af­terwards it was also offered by him to all his Indians; and then with the same ceremony was put up again.

Then Sassoonan rose, and spoke to the Governor, and said, "That the Calumet, the bond of peace, which they had carried to all the nations round, they had now brought hither; that it was a sure bond and seal of peace amongst them, and between them and us; and they desired, by holding up their hands, that the God of heaven might be witness to it, and that there might be a firm peace between them and us for ever."

To which the Governor answered;

That he was very glad to see them retain so strong a sense of that firm peace, which was settled between William Penn, the Founder and Chief Governor of this country, at his first coming into it, in behalf of himself, and all his people, with them and all theirs; that they were sensible we had always preserved it unviolated, on our side; and were glad we had reason to say, they had done the same, on theirs; that we d [...]sired nothing more, than that the great God, who made heaven and earth, and all living creatures, and who knew the thoughts, and saw all the actions of men, to whom they applied, should be witness of what [Page 65] now passed between us; and, that this renewal of the same bond of peace might be recorded between them and us, for ever.

With which speech they expressed themselves greatly satisfied.

Sassoonan added, that hearing of some murmurs among some of themselves, to prevent any misunderstanding, they came to renew the former bond of friendship:—That William Penn had, at his first coming, made a clear and open road, all the way to the Indians; [by this meaning a friendly communication] that they desired the same might be kept open; and that all obstructions should be removed; of which, on their side, they will take care.

He then presented a belt of Wampum, and added to the same effect:

That they desired the peace, which had been made, should be so firm; that they and we should join hand in hand so firmly, that nothing, even the greatest tree, should be able to divide them asunder.

After this, they, seeming to wait for an answer, were desired to pro­ceed, and to deliver what they now had further to say; and that answers and returns, for binding the friendship, on our side, would be made to them altogether.

Sassoonan accordingly proceeded and said, That their late king Skalit­chi desired of them that they would take care to keep a perfect with the English, and that they should be joined as one; that the Indians should be half English, and the English make themselves as half Indians, that they might the better be as the same.

He further added, laying down a second belt, That, as the fathers have been in peace, so they desired that their children [...]d our children still, as they should be born, and come into the world [...], might be brought up in the same union; and that it should be continued between their and our posterity, from generation to generation for ever.

[Page 66]

He added, That, in the last council, which they held with us, they spoke concerning the sun; by whose influence they had lived in warmth and plenty, from the beginning; that they now desired the same happi­ness might be continued to them with us, in the firmest peace; and that it might last as long as the sun should endure: that when any clouds in­terpose between them and the sun, it brings coolness, and is unpleasant; the same will be, if any cloud should arise between them and us; and, therefore, they desire, if any thing of that kind appear, it may be dissi­pated, without delay.

He laid down a third belt, and continued in the same strain, desiring as before, that they might still enjoy the warmth of the sun, and our friend­ship together; that then they should want no necessaries of life, but en­joying all the comforts of it, with their wives, and might repose them­selves with them in peace and safety, without any disturbance.

This he delivered in behalf of all our Indians, on this side Susque­hanna, who are all concerned with him in this treaty; and this was all he had to say on this subject.

He then began again, and laying down a bundle of deer skins, said, That now they would discourse of matters of trade between them and us; that hitherto it had been like a house with two doors, one for them, the other for the English; but the goods were placed in the dark; so that they were wholly ignorant how they had been dealt with, or how they should trade.

He repeated the same, laying down a second bundle of skins, and de­sired they might be informed of the terms, they might trade upon, that if occasion were, they might, at any time, send their wives, and be out of danger of being cheated.

He added a third bundle of deer skins, complaining how hard it was upon them; for that they knew not what they were to expect for their goods, and that they could scarce purchase ours.

Laying down a fourth bundle, being skins and furs, he desired, that we might be as people, eating all of the same dish, and so they might be dealt with, as if they were our own people.

Presenting a fifth bundle, he said, that formerly they exactly knew the prices both of our goods and theirs; but now they varied so much, there was no understanding them.

[Page 67]

With a sixth bundle, he said, That through this uncertainty, he wore himself such ragged breeches, that he was ashamed to shew them, and desired this inconveniency might be remedied.

Offering a seventh, he complained that they were often imposed on by the weight of our money, when they came to sell, that we certainly knew the value of theirs; but they could not understand ours; and, therefore, desired that this great inconveniency might also be remedied.

He offered an eighth, informing, that Opessah (formerly king of the Shawanese, but now abdicated) lived at a great distance, and entertained them with victuals and provisions, when they went that way; and there­fore they desired, that when he should come among us, he might be re­ceived as one of themselves, with the same openness, that he received from them.

Having ended their discourse, they were told, that to-morrow they should receive answers to all they had said; and were, for the present, dismissed.

Orders were given to the Mayor of Philadelphia, Isaac Norris, and the Secretary, to take an account of the presents, now made, and their value; and that goods should be provided, to be ready in the morning; and the said presents were found to consist of,

45 Raw Fall Deer skins, wt. 138 lb. at 9 d £.5 3 6
8 Summer ditto, 16 at 13 ½ 13
53 Dressed 57 at 2ʃ6 7 2 6
84 Whole Foxes, at 18 d 6 6
12 Racoons, at 12 d 12
3 Ordinary Fishers, at 3 s 9
    £. 21 11
[Page 68]

Present,

  • the honourable Charles Gookin, Esq Lieutenant Governor,
  • Griffith Owen,
  • James Logan,
  • Richard Hill,
  • Isaac Norris,
  • Robert Ashton.

Presents having been prepared, according to order, and the Indians being met and seated, the Governor ordered the interpreter to inform them, "That their visit, on so friendly a design, as still further to strength­en the bond of Peace between us, was very acceptable; that we doubted not but they would think themselves, and their children from generation to generation, obliged to keep inviolable those firm treaties of peace, which had been made, and which we had kept, and were resolved ever to keep firm, on our side; and hope none of them have any cause to murmur: if they knew of any, they are desired to mention it freely.

That the great Queen of England, who had, for so many years, reigned with great success, was now dead, and was succeeded by a King, who has been a great General, in the wars, is a wise King, and has more dominions, than any King of Great Britain ever had before him; that under him, as well they (the Indians) as we, his other subjects, may live in the same peace, that we have enjoyed any time before; that our Proprietary, their Friend, William Penn, is still living, though but weak in health.

That, as to the complaints, they made concerning trade, the Go­vernor is sorry he cannot give them a more entire satisfaction in it, and [Page 69] remove every hardship, which they lie under; but that all trade is un­certain; our own wheat the last year, yielded twice the price, it does this; all our goods, which they buy, are brought from England, whi­ther we also send theirs; that sometimes a habit, which is in fashion one year, is laid aside the next; and accordingly the skins, of which they are made, will be of a higher or lower value. It is the same with all our other merchandize, as with those which they buy; their only security and safety will be, to trade with the honestest men, and those of the best reputation, and prefer those who will give the most; that this is our rule, in all our business, and they must do the same.

That Opessah has long been under a league of friendship with us; and though he has now left those Indians, among whom he formerly lived, yet we shall shew him the same friendship as ever; and shall depend upon the same from him; and that, upon this further recommendation from them, he will think himself as one of them, and under the same bond with them; and, therefore, we desire, that, as he lives at a great dis­tance, and may see many foreign Indians, he will, from time to time, inform us, if he hears of any thing, which may concern us; and this we desire, and shall expect and depend on from him, and all his friends there; as also that, if they know any thing now of any late motions to or from the southward, they would acquaint us.

Concerning which, being particularly asked, Opessah affirmed, he knew nothing.

The Governor further ordered, they should be told, That all the sober English very much lamented that they could not guard themselves better against liquor; that they should send their young men abroad to hunt, and, at their return, should sell their goods for such things as would be of real service to them, and not throw it all away for that de­structive liquor rum; which robbed them, not only of their goods, but of their lives also

All which being delivered together with the presents, which were provided, Pokehais, in the name of the rest, expressed their satisfaction and thanks, for the savours now shewed them."

The presents were

16 Stroud matchcoats at 19ʃ £. 15 4
10 Duffil ditto 10ʃ6 5 5
6 Blankets, 13ʃ4 4
6 Shirts, 8ʃ6 2 11
50 lb. Powder, 4 10
100 lb. Lead and 100 at 3 d each 2 10
12 doz. Pipes. 4 6
  £. 32 4 6

[Page 65]We desire the Governor to consider, that fornication, and such like offences, which, in other places, may be of ecclesiastical connusance, are, by the laws of this province, made triable in the quarter sessions; and as our laws are, by the royal charter, to be inviolably observed; so the Governor and Magistrates are bound in duty to cause the same to be put in execution: therefore we are of opinion, that whoever doth, or shall, assert, or endeavour to incense, or persuade, the Governor, or any other, that the court of quarter sessions, as by law established, hath no cognizance of the said offences, are, and shall be, deemed enemies to the Governor, and government, of this province.

[Page 66]And now, may it please the Governor, to take speedy care, by such ways and means, as may be effectual, to discourage and suppress the said tumults, and disperse all tumultuous gather­ings of people, in this city; and more especially those, who shall endeavour to weaken the hands of the Magistrates, in the discharge of their duty, or shall speak, or act, in derogation to their autho­rity, or shall, in any wise, attempt to screen, or rescue the said malefactor from the course of justice.

[Page 67]As we have been, and hope, shall be, wil­ling to support the government, so we are ear­nestly concerned, that the King's subjects may be protected under thy administration; and for that end we do insist that thou wilt be pleased to cause the laws to be duly put in execution; and to counte­nance, and not discourage, the Magistrates and officers, in the discharge of their duties; that so the people may be reduced to their former obedience, and application for redress elsewhere prevented.

We also desire that persons be commissionat­ed, and courts called, for speedy trial of those criminal causes now depending.

To this the Governor, by a message, returned the following answer:

[Page 68]
Gentlemen,

The Go­vernor's an­swer.The tumults, that have hitherto happened, I have immediately endeavoured to quell; and I hope with good effect; the courts are now open­ed; the administration of justice is restored; and if any should be so audacious as to oppose the Magistrates, they should not want my countenance and assistance to suppress the attempt: I am sor­ry it should be surmised to the Assembly by any, that those who shew a malignity to the magistracy could have grounds of hope to prevail with me to favour them; on the contrary, they shall find (if there be any such) that I shall exert all the autho­rity with which I am invested, to support the proprietary powers of government, and the Ma­gistrates, in the execution of the laws, and full discharge of their duty.

The commissions, that are not yet issued, will be forthwith expedited.

[Page 69] Joseph Growdon was chosen Speaker of the As­sembly, elected in October, 1715. At the first meeting of this Assembly, in the same month, The Go­vernor in­intends to go home, &c. the Governor in his speech, acquainted them with his intention of going home, in the spring; on which account he had writ to the Proprietary for his leave, and to some other persons of note, to pro­cure [Page 70] him the King's licence of absence for twelve months; this notice he gave them, that they might dispatch such necessary business, while he was with them, as could not be done without a Governor present.

1716.Queen Anne having deceased the last year, this Assembly drew up, and sent to England, the fol­lowing address to King George, on his accession to the throne, viz.

The Assem­bly's ad­dress to King George.To GEORGE, King of Great Britain, &c.

The humble address of the representatives of the freemen of the province of Pennsylvania, in Assembly met, the first of the month called May, 1716.

Gracious Sovereign,

Though by divers concurring causes, and particularly the great indisposition of our Pro­prietary and Governor in chief of this province, * we have been hitherto, to our great trouble, pre­vented the opportunity of expressing to the King our sincere joy, for his happy and peaceable ac­cession to the throne of his ancestors, and thereby securing to all his protestant subjects the full en­joyment of their religious and civil rights; yet none could be more sensible of the great blessing, nor express a warmer zeal for his service, in their earliest approaches, than, at all times since, has filled our thankful breasts; and although we had not the desired advantage of expressing these our sentiments, yet we became the easier under that disappointment, by accounting the majority of this province included in that general application, made by their friends at London, in behalf of the [Page 71] whole community, wherein our thoughts, 1716. with their own, were most truly represented.

Such has been the King's goodness, not only expressed in his first generous royal declaration, and repeatedly since, from the throne, but more powerfully exerted through a most wise and stea­dy administration, in pursuing every measure, that might contribute to the safety and happiness of his people; in making the known laws the invaria­ble rule of his government; in restoring the ho­nour of the British nation abroad; and in procur­ing for his subjects such advantages, in commerce, as could scarce be hoped for, after they had been so unhappily given away, that, even, the remotest parts of the King's great dominions feel the be­nign influences of his paternal affection to the whole, and are laid under doubled obligations to make the utmost returns of gratitude, as well as obedience, for their happiness, under his auspicious reign.

It is, therefore, the more surprising, that there should be any of the British race, within that Island, so lost to all sense of their own inte­rest, as well as their engaged duty to a Prince of the most conspicuous and most consummate virtues, as to express the least uneasy murmurs, much less to rise in an open and unnatural rebellion; for the suppression of which, by the great wisdom and vigilance of the King, and his ministry, and faithfulness of his servants, we do, with hearts full of the sincerest gratitude and joy, return our most humble acknowledgments to the Fountain of infinite goodness and mercy, that has so eminent­ly appeared in the support of the royal throne, established on the lasting foundation of justice, and to the confusion of all the detestable machi­nations, vainly formed against it.

[Page 72]As for us, our known principles are so essen­tially interwoven with the protestant interest of Great Britain, and our greatest concerns do so entirely depend on the preservation of thy person, and royal issue, long to reign over us, that we cannot possibly separate our own welfare from the indispensible duty of shewing ourselves with the most hearty affection, thy loyal and most obedient subjects.

That confusion and disapointment may at­tend all the wicked devices of thy enemies; that the minds of thy people may be composed, and universally inspired with the same spirit of love and obedience, as that, wherewith we now ap­proach thy throne; and that the watchful provi­dence of Almighty God may always attend the King, and confirm the wisdom and justice of his rightful government over us, is the most sincere and unfeigned desire of the King's humble and dutiful subjects.

Signed by order of the House, JOSEPH GROWDON, Speaker.
*
The Proprietary, as before deserved, had, in the year 1712. been so affected, as to his health, (supposed to be by an apoplexy) that, in a great treasure, from that time forward, he became more and more inca­pable of public business, till his death, in 1718.

In October following, Richard Hill was chosen Speaker of the new Assembly; during whose ses­sions not much of public importance, in a legis­lative capacity, for the benefit of the province, seems to have been transacted: The Go­vernor dis­agrees with both the Assembly and Coun­cil.—for the Govern­or, about this time, appears to have differed, in sentiment, not only with the representatives of the people, in his refusing to qualify Quakers for Magistrates, and in other important affairs, but he also disagreed with the Council. *

[Page 73]He had repeatedly charged the present Speaker of the Assembly, who was then also Mayor of the city of Philadelphia, and James Logan, the Se­cretary of the province, men in high office and trust, with disaffection to the King; of which they complained to the Assembly; but he refused to give either them or the House any satisfaction, or proofs, for what he had asserted.

The Assembly, therefore, declared it their opi­nion, that the said charge was without any ground, or reason to support it, and seemed to be intended to render these persons obnoxious to the King and government.

But these, and some other matters of com­plaint, more fully appear in the following repre­sentation which was presented to the Governor, in the ninth month this year; and a duplicate of it sent to Great Britain, viz.

[Page 74]

To CHARLES GOOKIN, Esq Lieutenant Govern­or of the province of Pennsylvania, &c.

The Assem­bly's repre­sentation to Governor Gookin.A representation of the freemen of the said pro­vince, in General Assembly met, the third of the ninth month, 1716.

May it please the Governor,

When our Proprietary and Governor in Chief, first obtained a grant of this province from the crown, and a numerous colony of industrious people settled therein, we are well assured it was his inclination, as well as visible interest, to ren­der them as safe as possible, under his administra­tion.

And, as his religious persuasion, as a dissen­ter from the established Church of England, was well known, and therefore those of the same profession made a great part of the first adventurers with him, it cannot be doubted but that he would ever think himself obliged to provide that they should enjoy, in Pennsylvania, at least, equal ease and privileges with any other English subjects of the same rank, in any of the King's dominions.

Accordingly when necessitated to be absent from us, as he has, for the most part been, he took care, from time to time, to appoint such persons, to be his deputies, in the government, in whose moderation and tenderness towards his friends, as well as loyalty to the crown, and jus­tice to all its subjects, he believed he might confide.

When the Governor, therefore, first brought over the Proprietary's commission of deputation, for the government, we could not doubt but that, being the Proprietary's choice, and acting solely by powers, derived from him, he would steadily pursue the measures, that had generally been ta­ken, from our first settlement, and endeavour to make all the subjects of the crown, under the Proprietary's government, equally secure and easy.

[Page 75]On this expectation, confirmed by the Pro­prietary's letters of recommendation, the Assem­blies, not doubting the Governor's good intentions towards them, freely discharged what was incum­bent on them, and it is hoped, in no small mea­sure, to the Governor's satisfaction.

Nor while the Proprietary's health, and for­mer abilities happily continued, had the inhabitants much reason to complain, but that the Governor made the Proprietary's directions, from home, as far as they could be obtained, and the advice of those, the Proprietary had instructed here, the rule (in great measure) of his conduct, in what related to the Proprietary's interest, or govern­ment, and to the privileges of the people.

But whether it be now owing to the discon­tinuance of those orders and directions, which has followed on the late great and melancholy change, in the Proprietary's health, or to some unhappy advice from others, or to any new formed views, we know not; but this House of Repre­sentatives, soon after their first meeting, finding the Governor had, at length, so far lost sight of the obligations he lay under to his principal and con­stituent, as to enter on measures inconsistent with his interest, and our constitution, and the liberties of the people, we judged it our indispensible duty to apply to the Governor for redress; who declaring his opinion to be such as would not admit of any, we desired, with due submission, that he would be pleased to suffer the reasons of that opinion to be argued before him; but finding, to our trou­ble, that all our endeavours were in vain, we think ourselves obliged, in the discharge of the trust reposed in us, fully to represent the fatal consequences, as well as the unreasonableness, of those measures, to the end that a proper relief may be obtained; without which the greater part [Page 76] of the inhabitants of this province must be ren­dered miserable; which we humbly offer, as fol­lows:

Those, who accompanied the Proprietary in the settlement of this colony, being chiefly (as has already been observed) of those called Qua­kers, who, lying under some hardships, in their native country, because, for conscience-sake, they could not comply with the laws there, for taking oaths, expected that, by virtue of the powers of legislation, granted by the crown, to the Proprie­tary and them, they might, after the hazard and toil of their removal hither, be capable of enjoy­ing the privileges of English subjects, without violation of their religious principles.

Accordingly the Proprietary and Assemblies provided laws, by which those people might be enabled to hold any offices (there being but few others at that time, to fill them) or to give evi­dence in any case whatsoever.

Some disputes afterwards arising on this sub­ject, the late Queen, by her order, in Council, dated the 21st of January, 1702, was pleased to extend to this province, the affirmation allowed to the Quakers, in England, by the seventh and eighth of William the Third, not only for the pur­poses intended by that in England, but also for the qualification of Magistrates and officers; and the same being from thence applied to other cases, this order, on the repeal of our own acts, in a great measure, supplied what was necessary, in this point, for the administration of justice.

But the act of parliament itself being near its expiration, it was found necessary, as well on that, as some other considerations, to establish, by an act of the province, the qualifications of officers, and the manner of giving evidence, by affirmation; and the Governor (upon the Assem­bly's [Page 77] performing the conditions proposed them) passed acts for that, as well as other purposes, to answer the exigencies of the government.

That the said affirmation-acts should have full force, according to the intention of them, of such importance to the ease and security of the whole province, that it could scarcely be suppos­ed, any person amongst us, who professed, even, the most slender regard for the people's welfare, would attempt to deprive them of the advantages thereof.

It is, therefore, the more surprising, that the Governor himself (from whose station, and the trust reposed in him, by our Proprietary, the most tender concern for the safety and well-being of all his Majesty's subjects, under his care, might reasonably be expected) should be the principal, if not the first, person, in the government, who would render the intention of those acts void to us, though passed by himself into laws so lately before, by publicly declaring his opinions, in such manner, as would render the said acts repugnant to the laws of England, and repealed by the act of parliament of the first of his present Majesty; in pursuance of which opinion, he has refused to qualify such persons for offices, that could not take the oath, according to the law of England.

The consequence of which is, that, as no Quaker in Great Britain, is qualified, or permit­ted, to give evidence, in any criminal causes, or serve on any juries, or bear any office, or place of profit, in the government; so, should the same hold, in this colony, not only the great number of the first adventurers, with their descendants, of the same profession, are to be wholly excluded from having any part, or share, in the administra­tion of justice, and the execution of the laws of the country, (which, as it would be a general in­conveniency, [Page 78] so would it throw the burden too hea­vily on a few of the inhabitants) but, what is of no less importance, for the security of those of other professions, the greatest outrages and barbarities, against any person, may be committed, in the face of any number of Quakers, and the male­factors, though brought to trial, must escape with impunity, for want of legal evidence, if that of the Quakers is not to be so accounted; of which the Governor cannot forget a very memorable in­stance, when (at a time, that unhappily there was no act of the province, for an affirmation, but the Queen's order was thought sufficient, during that interval, for all but capital cases) it is presumed a murderer escaped the sentence, that was due to him, for want of such evidence, as was esteemed legal, though more than one Quaker appeared in court, who were witnesses to the fact.

But, besides these inconveniencies, however great, there remains one further consequence of that construction of the act, which, perhaps, the Governor is not sufficiently advised of; which is, That, if no Quaker, in Great Britain, nor the Plantations, can bear any office, or place of pro­fit, in the government, some may judge it a natu­ral inference, that the Proprietary himself is equally affected by it; and then all powers derived from him, as well those lodged in the Governor, by his deputation, as the magistracy and inferior offi­cers, fall together.

Having thus far pointed out the destructive consequences of that opinion, should it fully take place in this province, we judge it, in the next place, incumbent on us, in duty to the Governor, and for the discharge of the trust, reposed in us, by those we represent, to offer to the consideration of the Governor, and all others concerned, such reasons as have occurred to us, in our enquiry into [Page 79] this head; which we hope (with submission) will render it incontestibly evident that the affirmation-acts of this province are in full force; and are neither repealed, nor affected by any act of parli­ament, that has come to our knowledge; but that the Governor is obliged to take care that the same be equally, with any other act, put duly in execu­tion.

By the same royal charter of King Charles the Second, by which this province, with licence to transport an ample colony thereunto, was granted to our Proprietary, and the Governor in Chief, the said King grants to him and his heirs, &c. pow­er to make laws jointly with the people; and di­rects the force and limitation of them, in the fol­lowing words, as they stand in divers parts of the said charter, but are here collected, viz,

We, reposing special trust and confidence in the fidelity, wisdom, justice and provident circum­spection of the said William Penn, for us and our heirs and successors, do grant free, full and abso­lute power, by virtue of these presents, to him and his heirs, and their deputies and lieutenants, for the good and happy government of the said country, to ordain, make, enact, and, under his and their seals, to publish any law whatsoever, for raising of money, for the public uses of the said province, or for any other end, &c. by and with the advice, assent and approbation of the freemen of the said country, or the greater part of them, or of their delegates, &c. and the same laws duly to execute unto and upon all people within the said country, and limits thereof; which laws, so as aforesaid to be published, our pleasure is, and so we enjoin, require and command, shall be most absolute and available in law: and that all the liege people and subjects of us, our heirs and successors, do observe and keep the same inviola­bly [Page 80] in those parts, so far as they concern them, under the penalties therein expressed, or to be ex­pressed, Provided nevertheless, That the said laws be consonant to reason, and be not repugnant, or contrary, but as near as conveniently may be, agreeable to the laws, statutes and rights of this our kingdom of England. And our further will and pleasure is, That the laws for regulating and governing property, within the said province, as well for the descent and enjoyment of lands, as likewise for the enjoyment of succession of goods and chattels, and likewise felonies, shall be and continue the same as they shall be, for the time be­ing, by the general course of the law, in our king­dom of England, until the said laws shall be alter­ed by the said William Penn, his heirs and assigns, and by the freemen of the said province, their de­legates, or their deputies, or the greater part of them. And to the end that the said William Penn, his heirs, or others, the planters, owners, or in­habitants of the said province, may not, at any time hereafter, by misconstruction of the powers aforesaid, through inadvertency, or design, depart from that faith, and due allegiance, which, by the laws of this our realm of England, they, and all our subjects, in our dominions and territories, always owe unto us, our heirs and successors, &c. Our further will and pleasure is, That a transcript or duplicate of all laws, which shall be, as aforesaid, made and published, within the said province, shall, within five years after the making thereof, be trans­mitted and delivered to the Privy Council, for the time being, of us, our heirs and successors; and if any of the said laws, within the space of six months, after they shall be so, as aforesaid, transmitted and delivered, be declared by us, our heirs and succes­sors, in our or their Privy Council, inconsistent with the sovereignty, or lawful prerogative of us, our heirs, or successors, or contrary to the faith and [Page 81] allegiance due, by the legal government of this realm, from the said William Penn, or of the plant­ers, or inhabitants of this province; and that thereupon any of the said laws shall be adjudged and declared to be void, by us, our heirs or suc­cessors, under our, or their privy seal, that then, and from thenceforth, such laws, concerning which such judgment and declaration shall be made, shall become void, otherwise the said laws, so transmit­ted, shall remain and stand in full force, according to the true intent and meaning thereof.

Pursuant to these powers, the said acts of this province, for an affirmation, were made and pub­lished. And though a considerable part of the five years, limited in the charter, is yet unexpired, the same have been duly transmitted; nor have we heard any thing, but that they are, or may be, well approved of; having reason to hope, that they contain nothing, for which (according to the tenor of the said royal charter) they ought to be declared void; and, therefore, are of as full force, as absolute and available, and to be observed and kept as inviolably as any law whatsoever, that can be enacted in this province, and ought accordingly to be as duly executed by the Governor, to the full extent thereof.

But the Governor, in answer to a resolution of this House of the 18th of October last, which was, That the royal charter makes the acts of this province most absolute and available in law, until repealed by the King, is pleased to say, That he joins with the Assembly, in this resolve, provided the laws are not repugnant to the laws of England; and by the following paragraph, in the same an­swer, which is, That he allows the laws of the province had settled the qualifications of Magis­trates and other officers, until the publication of the act of King George, relating thereto, he has, [Page 82] at last, thought fit to give so much under his hand, as his opinion, the natural construction whereof is, that the said affirmation-acts of this province (being the subject then in hand) were repugnant to the laws of England, and repealed by the said act of parliament.

But this we humbly offer, That, if it must be termed repugnant, because it differs from, or is not the same with, the act of parliament, then the clause of the royal charter, which grants pow­er to the Governor and Assembly here to alter the laws of England, for the descent of lands, enjoy­ing estates, and punishing felonies, in the province (as is above recited from the said charter) appears to be useless and vain.

But it is further to be considered, That, as the term repugnant, always implies an absolute opposition, or contrariety, in matter, it cannot be said that an act of this province, which ena­bles those, called Quakers, to serve in offices, upon juries, and to be evidence, in all cases (the circumstances of the country requiring that it should be so) is contrary to an act of Great Britain, which enables them only to give evidence in civil cases; these two differ, it is true, and so it was certainly considered and expected, at the time of the royal grant, that our acts might, in some mea­sure, differ from those in England; otherwise those in England would suffice; and no such power for altering them needed to have been granted: on the contrary, the act of this province, pursuant to the directions of that royal charter, is as nearly agreeable, as to our conveniency may be, to the statute provided for Quakers, in Great Britain.

But the Governor, we presume, could not intend, by his answer, That this act, at the time of passing it, was repugnant to any of the laws of England, though it differed from them, for in [Page 83] that, certainly, he could not have given it his sanc­tion; it must, therefore, be meant, that it is be­come repugnant only since the supposed publication of the British act, which he conceives repealed it; or, to state what can be alledged on that head, in its full force, and the plainest terms it will bear, that the act of the first of king George, entitled, An act for making perpetual an act of the seventh and eighth years of the reign of his late Majesty, King William the Third, entitled, An act, That the so­lemn affirmation and declaration of the people called Quakers, should be accepted instead of an oath, in the usual form, &c. extends to this province that act of King William, by these words in the last clause of it, viz. Provided always, That so much of this act, as relates to the affirmations to be made by the people called Quakers, shall be ex­tended to that part of Great Britain, called Scot­land, for ever, and to the plantations belonging to the crown of Great Britain, for five years, &c. Therefore, that, as the Quakers are not permit­ted, by that act, in Great Britain, to hold offices, serve on juries, or be evidence in criminal cases, so, by its being extended to the plantations, they are as effectually disabled there, and that all acts of this province, for qualifying Quakers, in these cases, are, by the superior force of this act of parliament, repealed, and made utterly void.

But when the language of the act itself comes to be considered, the whole seeming force of this objection will, we presume, entirely disap­pear; the clause of limitation, in the seventh and eighth of William the Third, is in these words: "Provided, and be it enacted, That no Quaker, or reputed Quaker, shall, by virtue of this act, be qualified or permitted, to give evidence, in any cri­minal causes, to serve on any juries, to bear any of­fice, or place of profit, in the government, any thing in this act contained to the contrary notwithstanding." [Page 84] Upon which we conceive that Brigadier Hunter, Governor, under his Majesty, of the provinces of New York and New Jersey, has (in a case pa­rallel with ours) observed, in his printed declarati­on on that subject, under the title of, "An answer to what has been offered, as argument against the validity and force of an act of Assembly, entitled, An act, that the solemn affirmation and declaration of the people called Quakers, &c. passed in the pro­vince of New Jersey, in the thirteenth year of the reign of Queen Anne, to be of such force, as to be worthy our recital: in which, after he has ob­served, in general, in the following words:— "Into what a woful condition must the planta­tions be plunged, if such laws as shall, by a Legi­slature lawfully constituted by virtue of letters patent, under the broad seal, be enacted for the good government and ease of the subjects there, shall, by implication, or construction, be deemed to be repealed!" &c. he is pleased to say, that act of Assembly is not so much as, by implication, repealed; for the words of that act, upon which they lay the stress of the argument, are these, Provided, that no Quaker shall, by virtue of this act, be qualified, &c. Now I know no Quaker, continues that gentleman, that pretends he is, or can, by virtue of that act, be qualified; but I believe every Quaker thinks that he is, or may be, qualified by an act of Assembly, entitled, An act, that the solemn affirmation and declaration of the people called Quakers, &c. passed in the pro­vince, and sent home, &c. It is as plain as words can make it, that that act, of the seventh and eighth of King William, has no negative, but upon itself, and consequently cannot be alledged in bar to any laws already enacted, in the plantations, or even such as may be enacted; for, by these letters patent, which gave a being to this govern­ment and Legislature, all such laws, as shall be [Page 85] enacted by the Governor, Council and Assembly, are declared to be in full force, from the time of enacting.

The same worthy gentleman and Governor is further pleased, in the said print, to publish an instruction from the late Queen, in whose reign that act of Assembly was made, directing him to pass such an act in New Jersey; by which instruc­tion her Majesty was pleased further to declare her will and pleasure, "That such of the people called Quakers, as shall be found capable of serv­ing in her Council, the General Assembly, and in other places of trust and profit, in New Jersey, and accordingly be elected, or appointed, to serve therein, may, upon their taking and signing the declaration of allegiance to her Majesty, in the form, used by the same people, in England, to­gether with a solemn declaration of the true dis­charge of their respective trusts, be admitted by the Governor to any of the said places or employ­ments." And he adds, "That the same instruc­tions are, word for word, also contained in his present Majesty's instructions to the Governor, dated the first of July, 1715. By which it ap­pears, that both the late Queen was, and his pre­sent Majesty is, willing that the people called Quakers, immediately under their government, in New Jersey, should enjoy the full privileges, which are craved here, as due to the people, we represent, by their charteral rights, under the government of our Proprietary, William Penn.

To this we may add what has also been ob­served, on the same subject, by the Chief Justice of New Jersey, in his speech, delivered at the supreme court, in May last, at Burlington, which is also printed; wherein he clearly gives his opinion in law, very nearly in the same terms, the Governor [Page 86] had done before, and then proceeds, in these words, viz.

The act of parliament of Great Britain is an enlargement of the Quakers privileges to what it never was before; it makes that perpetual to them, in England, which before was temporary and expired, or near expiring, by its own limita­tion, carries the same into that part of Great Bri­tain, called Scotland, where it was not before, and makes it perpetual there, and into the plan­tations, generally, for five years. This does no way hinder, but that, by virtue of the act of As­sembly of the province (which is a municipal law thereof) the Quakers, or reputed Quakers, are qualified to be of juries and evidence, and bear offices of trust and profit, in the government; nor, but that they may be so qualified hereafter, by any other law, hereafter to be made, for that, or the like purpose, although by virtue of that act of parliament, they are not so qualified.

Having thus far stated this point, we shall now leave it; but that we are obliged to give the sense of this House to that part of the Governor's answer to our resolves, in which he is pleased to say, That though he was of opinion he could not be safe in giving any qualification but an oath, yet by a dedimus they, (the officers and witnesses) might have been qualified, as the law directs.

On which we must humbly observe, That though it may be very certain a dedimus potestatem, duly issued by the Governor, is no less sufficient, in law, for administering qualifications to any officer, than the Governor's act, in his own per­son; which, notwithstanding, the Governor has not of late, that we know of, condescended to, but refused to admit such of those called Quakers, as, by virtue of the Proprietary's charter to the people, were elected to serve in certain offices, [Page 87] until that more remarkable case of the last quali­fication of the Mayor of Philadelphia; yet no such dedimus will answer the exigencies of this government, should the Governor's opinion ob­tain: for should it be taken for granted, that the affirmation-act of this province is actually repealed by the act of parliament, then all such qualifica­tions will be construed illegal, whether given by himself, or other persons, empowered by him. And as the Judges of the supreme court have ren­dered their reasons to the House, for their not proceeding to try the criminals, now in the respec­tive gaols of this province, viz. That they cannot think it prudent to proceed, by virtue of the Govern­or's commission to them, in opposition to his opinion, in so tender a point, as the lives of his Majesty's sub­jects: * so all others must be discouraged in cases of such vast consequence; for no dedimus will make that act sufficient, that is in itself illegal.

It has, by this time, we hope, clearly ap­peared, from what has been offered, That the opinion of the Governor is (with submission) nei­ther founded on law nor reason; but from hence we cannot but desire the Governor may be in­duced more seriously and maturely to consider how unaccountable and astonishing it must appear to mankind, that, while such persons as Governor Hunter, who holds his commission directly from the crown, is accountable to no other principal, nor under obligations to any called a Quaker, as a superior, has thought it necessary, in the discharge of his trust, to publish his reasons, in such a man­ner, for removing mistakes, and allaying the disturbances from thence fomented; at the same time, though such an example be set to us, at no greater distance, than the other bank of Delaware, our Proprietary, William Penn's Lieutenant, in the [Page 88] province of Pennsylvania, should be drawn into measures so injurious, not only to the interest of his principal, from which he derives his power, but to the very being of the constitution, over which he is entrusted to preside. We heartily wish we could, by any construction, find other causes, to which these procedures might be im­puted, than a formed design; but we are justly alarmed at some other late proceedings of the Go­vernor, which, as they have naturally fallen under our notice, we think ourselves also obliged, in du­ty, to represent:

When the House had chosen their Speaker, and the Governor, without any objection, ap­proved their choice, they proceeded to take the usual qualifications as the law, in that case, directs; but upon the rumours, that had been spread, of persons disaffected to his present Majesty, that this House might give the utmost expressions, they could, of their loyalty, they, by a message to the Governor, requested to know, if besides what they had taken as usual, the Governor had any directions from Great Britain, or any other qua­lification to offer to the House; to which, he was pleased to answer, he had not: the House notwith­standing resolved to neglect no part of their duty, but to give all the assurances of their loyalty, in their power, thought fit unanimously to take and subscribe the test, called the abjuration, every one, in the way prescribed to them by the several acts of parliament, according to their religious persua­sions, and then proceeded to the business before them.

But being informed that the Governor had, at divers times, and to sundry persons, charged the present Mayor of the city of Philadelphia, now Speaker of the House, as a person disaffected to his Majesty, King George; and that he further [Page 89] alledged, the only cause of difference betwixt him and the said Mayor, was, because the Governor would not agree to proclaim the Pretender, or words to the same effect; the House conceived themselves obliged, in duty to his said Majesty, to enquire into the grounds of this heinous charge, that, in case there should be any found▪ they might purge themselves of the scandal.

Accordingly, having, in a committee of the whole House, taken full proofs, that the Govern­or had so charged the Speaker, and finding, by the same evidence, that he had, in the same man­ner, also charged James Logan, Secretary of the province, they, by a message, desired of the Go­vernor, that he would be pleased to lay before the House his grounds for these accusations; but he returned no other answer, than, "That he thought himself not obliged to render any reasons to the House for his accusation, but would do it at the board at home;" and the Members, sent on the message, could not persuade him to give any rea­sons here.

The House thereupon judged it still the more incumbent on them to enquire fully into the mat­ter; and accordingly they, by a written message, in­formed the Governor, That, being under a deep concern, on all occasions, to shew their loyalty, as faithful subjects, to King George, they could, by no means, think themselves discharged of their duty, without further enquiring into the truth of the report, which they had received, and acquaint­ed the Governor with, which affected their Speak­er and another person, bearing considerable offices and trusts, in the government; and finding the Governor's answer to the last message, concerning the same, not satisfactory, they further acquainted him, that the House intended immediately to re­solve into a committee, in order to enquire into [Page 90] that matter, and that the said committee would be desirous to receive from the Governor, or any other person, any information concerning the same, in order to proceed to the extent of what is their duty, and purge the House of any Mem­ber, or Members thereof, that may appear, or shall be found guilty of disloyalty to the King, or disaffection to his government, under which the House unanimously declared themselves extremely happy, and well satisfied.

But the Governor, though another message was sent to him, to crave his answer, could not be prevailed on to give any, but that he had no­thing to lay before them; the House notwith­standing, while formed into a committee for that purpose, proceeded to make the utmost enquiries, in their power; but could not find the least ground to suspect the persons charged, or to believe the accusations, against them, had any manner of foundation.

Now what sentiments can be formed of such a conduct, in a person, acting in so exalted a sta­tion, the House must acknowledge themselves to be at a loss to determine! But the House would consider it, as no small happiness to the whole province, could they be assured that the Govern­or had no design, by his representations to any board, at home, to raise a merit to himself, on the ruin of others; who, could they be heard there, and f [...]lly known, might be found as faith­ful and loyal, in their stations, to the present esta­blishment and succession, as any of the King's subjects whatsoever.

Had the Governor believed the Speaker to be such a person, as he has thought fit to render him, it was doubtless incumbent on the Govern­or to except against him, when first presented by the House, in that station, or had he suspected either [Page 91] the Speaker, or any other Member, to be disaf­fected to the King, it might be no less expected, that he should have recommended to the House, the further qualification of the abjuration, as a test to them: but, if the Speaker of the House of Representatives of Pennsylvania, and others acting in the great trusts, are to be rendered to the ministry, or to any board, as persons so no­toriously disaffectd, as the Governor's charges im­ply, and this without the least proof offered here, though so importunately, and yet dutifully solicit­ed, it will force all thinking persons on apprehen­sions, that there is more intended by it, than can safely be acknowledged here, where things and persons are better known, than can possibly be at such a distance, as the other side of the ocean.

Having proceeded to such a length, on these two important subjects, we should now chuse to bring this representation to a period, but that the Governor's written answer to another message from the House exacts our notice; in which he is pleased to say, That he is given to understand, (for which he thinks fit to quote the language of former Assemblies, and some of the Council) that this House did not design to make laws, nor raise any money this session, but upon terms inconsist­ent with the Governor's duty and safety to comply with. To which the justest reply we [...] present, return, is, That this House came [...] [...] ther with no other views, than to discharge [...] duty, in all respects, to the best of their skill a [...] power; and they have nothing to crave of the Governor, but what they firmly believe is not only his duty, but for his honour and safety, to grant them: they would willingly have proceed­ed to enquire what further laws may be necessary for the well-being of the province, in general, the Governor having told us, in his speech, That, if [Page 92] we should have any other bills to offer, that might be for the interest and tranquillity of the people, he should be ready to pass them, and promised himself, that he would make a return suitable to their circumstances, and the advantages they will receive by them: but, in his next written mes­sage, he informed the House, "That he disa­greed from both the Council and Assembly, in his opinion, upon a point of such importance to the security, as well as tranquillity of the people, that no bill of ours can be of more to us:" the pur­port of which was, that he declared (in opposition to both Council and Assembly) that one of the last laws, he himself had passed, which most near­ly affected us, was void, and this by construction only; we could not, therefore, find any encou­ragement from the Governor's proposals to us, to think any other bill, we could offer, was worth the soliciting, and much less deserving, a further consideration.

To this we must not omit adding, That we find judgment was given against one Hugh Lowdon, at the court of common pleas, in September last, whereupon the said Hugh Lowdon, giving way to the greatest resentment and rage, vowed revenge, at the utmost hazards, against the aforesaid Speak­er and Secretary (being two of the Justices of that court) and having furnished himself with pistols, way-laid them, at their doors, and meeting the Speaker, the same night, he presented at him a pistol loaden with bullets; although, by the over­ruling hand of Providence, no further mischief ensued. As this attempt could not but raise a horror in the hearts of all good men, we find the said Lowdon was bound over to the court, now sit­ting, and indictments were sound against him, for the same; at which the Governor, instead of pro­tecting the Magistrates, in the discharge of their [Page 93] trusts, has now thought fit to grant Noli Prosequi's, in the said Lowdon's favour, in the same manner he had formerly done, for one Francis Phillips (that scandal to his order) when indicted and pro­secuted for notorious crimes, after all the neigh­bouring clergy had disowned him. Which pro­ceedings, as they rendered the administration con­temptible, so we also justly fear they will encou­rage ill-minded men to the same attempts, in hopes of the like favour.

But, to sum up the whole, we can truly say, we are extremely troubled, that we cannot enjoy the same happiness, that most of our neighbours respectively do, of seeing our Governor take such measures, as should, by an agreeable force, sway the people's inclinations, to render him easy, in all respects; which can be effected by no means so powerfully, as first rendering them easy, in the enjoyment of those privileges, which they have an undoubted right to: and we are but too well as­sured, that the only cause of a failure herein, is the Governor's mistake, since the Proprietary's indisposition, in the choice of his advisers; who, whatever views they may, at present form, will, at length, be found the sole occasion of all the disappointments, that may fall to the Governor's portion; for, even, though acting by commission, immediately from the crown, he would have the same injured people to deal with.

*
The names of these Judges were, William Trent, Jonathan Dick­inson and George Roach.

Thus far this representation: what follows of it is chiefly a number of law cases, adduced in confirmation of the opinion of the House; which may be seen at length, in the printed votes of the Assembly of the province.

[Page 94]

CHAPTER XXII.

Governor Gookin takes his last leave of the Assembly, being superseded by Sir William Keith.—Governor Keith's first speech to the Assembly, with their answer and his reply.—Governor and Assembly concerned at the great influx of foreigners.—Dr. Griffith Owen.—Address of the Governor and Assembly to the King.—Great harmony between the Governor and Assembly.—William Penn's death and character, &c.

1717.IT doth not appear that Governor Gookin made any reply to this representation; but that, in the first month, 1716-17, by a written message to the House, The Go­vernor Gookin takes his last leave of the Assem­bly, &c. he took his last leave of them, in full as­surance, that he should soon be superseded; and, without making any further reflection on them, or their conduct, he recommended to their consi­deration the charge of his returning to seek ano­ther employment; declaring, that the uncertainty of his being provided for at home; the thoughts of what he had left, to serve the Proprietary and the province, and the disappointments he had met with, so filled his mind, that they would excuse his not saying any more.

The Assembly gave him two hundred pounds, on the occasion; and on the first of May next following, Governor Gookin is superseded by Sir Wil­liam Keith he was superseded by Sir William Keith; who, by summons, convened the Assembly, on the 19th day of the sixth month, 1717.

[Page 95]Sir William Keith was a man of popular address, and acquainted with the art of gaining the affec­tion of the people; which, Sir Willi­am Keith was a man of popular address, &c. after so much alterca­tion and tedious dispute between the Assembly and the two preceding Governors, Evans and Gookin, had so much the more effect, and rendered his ad­ministration both the more acceptable and useful to the province. The following was his first speech to the Assembly, on the twentiety day of the sixth month, August, O. S.

Mr. Speaker, and Gentlemen of the Assembly,

Being informed, upon my arrival here, Governor Keith's first speech to the Assem­bly. that the season of harvest, then at hand, could not well permit you to meet me, in your representative capacity, until that busy time be over; I did, out of a tender regard for your interests, then delay the satisfaction I still proposed to myself, in meet­ing with this present Assembly; and I will always endeavour to make the time, you must necessarily bestow on the public service, as easy and pleasant to yourselves as, I hope, it will be profitable and satisfactory to the country in general.

If an affectionate desire, to oblige and serve the people of this province, can qualify me, in their good opinions, for the station wherein I am now placed, I may then expect that the country's and the Governor's interest will be effectually esta­blished upon one bottom, as that he, who truly wishes well to either, cannot but find himself en­gaged to serve both; and you yourselves may easily infer the warmth of my inclinations towards the service and prosperity of this country.

First, From the expensive application, last year, by which I carefully introduced to his royal highness, the Prince of Wales, then Regent, the humble address of the Assembly to the King, in [Page 96] such manner, as freely to obtain his royal high­ness's most gracious assurance, that the people called Quakers, were a body of loyal subjects, for whom the King had great regard; and that his highness was sorry the King was not then present to receive so good an address; but that the Qua­kers might, at all times, depend on his highness's good-will, to serve them, in any thing, they had to ask of his royal father.

Then, the diligence, wherewith I obtained, at a considerable charge, the commission of Go­vernor, without any other certain prospect, or advantage, but only that I should be thereby enabled more effectually to serve you.

And, lastly, by the great fatigue I have un­dergone, since my arrival here, that no opportu­nity might be slipped, to encourage virtue, and promote the general good of your country; but these considerations are trifles, compared with the indispensible obligation, that is of necessity upon you, to support the dignity and authority of this government, by such a reasonable and discreet establishment, as the nature of the thing, and your own generosity will direct.

And whatsoever you shall think sit to do, in that kind, pray let it no longer bear the undeserved and reproachful name of a burden upon the peo­ple; but rather let your Governor be enabled to relieve the country from real burdens, by putting it in his power to direct a better oeconomy, and more frugal management of such taxes, as would answer the uses, for which they are intended, if not squandered by the bare-faced partiality and un­profitable expense of the officers appointed to assess and collect the same.

Gentlemen, I doubt not, but you will take the first opportunity, under a new administration, to examine the state of your laws, in order to [Page 97] revive some, that are obsolete, [...] expired; and to make such alterations and additions, as shall be found necessary, for perfecting the constitution, and good order of government, in this province.

For that end, I am, on my part, ready to concur with you, in every thing, which you can possibly desire, or expect, from a Governor, who conscientiously intends to observe, and steadily resolves to pursue the duty of his office.

On the twenty-second, the Assembly presented him the following address, viz.

The address of the freemen of Pennsylvania, The Assem­bly's an­swer to the Governor's speech. in Assembly met, in answer to the Governor's speech of the twentieth instant.

May it please the Governor,

We gladly embrace this first opportunity to congratulate the Governor's happy and safe arri­val to us, with an eye to that good Providence, which preserved him and his family from pirates; who, at that time, much infested our coast; some of whom (as we are informed) waited with hopes of his falling into their hands.

This House, maturely considering the Go­vernor's speech, find themselves obliged, in duty, to make grateful acknowledgments, for the Go­vernor's tender regards to the interest of the pub­lic.

The Governor's affectionate desire, to oblige and serve the people of this province, doth, and shall, meet with dutiful returns, in all matters, that come before us; and this House will contri­bute all, in their power, to preserve the interest of the Governor and people upon one bottom.

And as we must acknowledge the people of this province to stand highly obliged to the Go­vernor's application and care, in presenting to the [Page 98] Prince, then Regent, the humble address of the Assembly of this province, so we gladly take this occasion to confess the warmth of our hearts, in loyalty, duty and affection to the King, and roy­al family, and entreat the Governor, upon all oc­casions, so to represent us.

We cannot but express the pleasure, and great satisfaction of this House, in that the Pro­prietary hath been pleased to place, and his Ma­jesty to approve of, so worthy a gentleman, in commission over us; and hope our behaviour, and that of all the people of this province, will always be such as may preserve the good inclinations of the Governor to serve the country; an instance whereof we have in the fatiguing journeys he hath taken, in the late hot season, to promote the good of those under his government.

As the Governor was pleased to defer calling us, for the sake of harvest, so we crave leave to observe to him, that seed time being just at hand, it will be a great inconveniency to many of the Members to stay long at this season, so that we do not undertake, at this sitting, to enter upon an examination of our laws, or any business that will require length of time, but, depend upon the Governor's resolves and good intentions to oblige the people, by concurring with any thing, they can reasonably desire, for their service.

We, on our part, being fully satisfied, in our duty of supporting, as far as in us lies, the dignity and authority of this government, have at this time voted, nemine contradicente, that the sum of five hundred pounds shall be given to the Go­vernor, and paid out of the first public money, that shall arise, by any means, in the treasury; and to make it more certain, are now preparing a bill, which will be offered to the Governor, for augmenting the public stock.

[Page 99]To this address the Governor made the follow­ing reply, viz.

Mr. Speaker, and Gentlemen of the Assembly,

I received a very affectionate address from your House; for which I heartily thank you; Governor Keith's rep­ly. and the generous acknowledgment, you have been pleased to make of my late endeavours to serve this country, cannot but greatly encourage me diligently to carry on the same public service, in all its parts.

Your dutiful expressions of loyalty and affec­tion to the King and royal family, shall be care­fully represented by me to his Majesty, and his servants, in the ministry; and while the spirit of unanimity, and so amiable a temper, with respect to government, is continued and preserved amongst you, I will take upon me to say, that you may be firmly assured of the King's favourable counte­nance, and gracious condescension, in all our ap­plications to the throne.

Gentlemen, since you have observed to me, that it will be inconvenient for you to enter upon any business now, which may detain you from your urgent affairs, at this time, in the country, I cannot but condescend that you may make such an adjournment, as you think will best suit with the season of the year; for I shall still have a great regard to the opinion, as well as the advantage and ease, of so good an Assembly.

The Assembly, elected in October, 1717, chose William Trent, Speaker. About which time, Many fo­reigners ar­rive in the province. the great influx of foreigners, * into the province, [Page 100] created such apprehensions, that Governor Keith, in his speech to the House, after recommending their revising and amending their laws, The Go­vernor con­cerned at the great influx, &c. of foreign­ers. proposed to their consideration, whether some regulation might not be necessary, in regard to the unlimited numbers of these foreigners coming without li­cence from the King, or leave of the government? On which affair, the Assembly, in their reply, likewise expressed their concern, with the jealou­sies and uneasiness, raised in the minds of the in­habitants, respecting the inconveniencies, that might attend their settlement, in too large num­bers together, in one place, or promiscuously among the Indians. They desired the Governor's sentiments thereon; and that he would either ap­point a committee of the Council, to join with one of the Assembly, on this business, or other­wise, as he thought proper.

This the Governor approved of, but, as he had lately wrote to the Secretary of state, on the affair, the further consideration of it was, for the present, deferred, in expectation of advice from England: and being desired by the Assembly to give them his assistance, in the revisal of their laws, he willingly and obligingly agreed to their request.

1718.In the spring of the year 1718, Sir William Keith proposed to join with the House, in the following address to the King; which was drawn up by him, and laid before the Assembly, for their concur­rence; [Page 101] to which, with some alteration, 1718. or amend­ment, and an exception to the style of it, * they acceded; and it being signed by the Governor, and Speaker of the Assembly, was accordingly forwarded to Great Britain, viz.

To the King's most excellent Majesty.

The humble address and representation of the Governor and General Assembly, Address to the King, by the Go­vernor and Assembly. of your Ma­jesty's province of Pennsylvania, met, at Phi­ladelphia, the [...] day of May, 1718.

Most gracious Sovereign,

We, your Majesty's most dutiful and loyal subjects and servants, being filled with a dutiful and just sense of that tender care and concern, which your Majesty has, on every occasion, been pleased to express, for the peace and prosperity of all your people, do, with profound humility and submission, presume to address your sacred Majesty, in behalf of your Majesty's good subjects, the people of this province, whom we have the ho­nour, at this time, to represent, in a legislative capacity.

May it, therefore, please your Majesty to know, that, in the year 1681, this colony was settled by a considerable number of English sub­jects, called Quakers, under the care, encourage­ment and direction of William Penn, Esquire, our Proprietary and Governor in Chief.

That the persecution, which, in those days, prevailed against Protestant dissenters, in England, was the principal motive and reason, why the first [Page 102] settlers of this country removed the [...] estates and families hither, where they might quietly and peaceably enjoy that innocent liberty of conscience, which they conceived to be every man's natural right.

That, by the unwearied application, industry and expense of the inhabitants, this colony is now increased to a considerable body of people, whereof the majority continue to remain in the society of Friends, called Quakers.

That, such being the peculiar and distinguish­ing circumstance of this, from any other colony, under his Majesty's dominions, in America, the offices of government must, of necessity, be sup­plied, and the powers executed, by those of the Quaker's persuasion, intermixed with such others, as are to be found here, in the communion of the Church of England, and good Protestant subjects, well affected to your Majesty, and your govern­ment.

That the happy influence of your Majesty's most equal and just administration, every where, has perfectly united our hearts and minds to con­tribute our utmost endeavours, for carrying on the business of the government of this province, in such manner, as may be most agreeable and ac­ceptable to your Majesty, and your ministry, at home.

That, for this end we have laboured, more generally of late, to regulate the proceedings, in our courts of judicature, as near as possibly could be done, to the constitution and practice of the laws of England.

That, from many years experience, we are not only convinced that the solemn affirmation al­lowed in Great Britain, to the people called Qua­kers, doth, in all respects, and in every case, here, [Page 103] answer the legal and essential purposes of an oath, but also the growing condition of this colony, which brings great numbers of people yearly from Europe, to reside among us.

The multitude of pirates abroad, and other loose vagrant people, who are daily crowding in, to shelter themselves under the peaceable admini­stration of this government; and the absolute ne­cessity there is to punish such, as shall dare to op­pose, and break through, the known laws of society and humanity, lays us under the greatest obligations, with security to our lives, as well as the just maintenance of your Majesty's royal au­thority over us, not to reject or despise, the solemn affirmation, allowed to the Quakers; without which, we humbly beg leave to assure your Ma­jesty, judges, juries, nor evidences, sufficient, could never yet be found here, in the most crimi­nal and notorious cases.

That formerly, it having been found imprac­ticable to keep and preserve the public peace, within this government, any other way, than by admitting the solemn affirmation, in all cases what­soever, to have the same force and effect in law, as an oath, upon a representation thereof to the board of trade, the late Queen Anne, by an order, in council, dated the 21st of January, 1702-3, was pleased to direct, in the alternative, viz. "That all persons, acting in any judicial, or other, offices, within this province of Pennsylvania, and three lower counties upon Delaware, should be obliged to take an oath, or, in lieu thereof, the solemn affirmation allowed, in England, to the peo­ple called Quakers, and that, in all their public and judicial proceedings, the said judges and offi­cers shall be obliged to administer the oaths, ap­pointed by law, or the said attestation.

[Page 104]That the Quakers, in general, having ap­proved themselves to be an industrious and quiet people, most heartily attached to your Majesty's royal person and government, your loyal subjects of that persuasion, in this province, do humbly hope that your Majesty will vouchsafe to indulge their tender consciences, in the case of oaths, with the same freedom, that has been granted to them by your royal predecessors, and thereby we shall be effectually enabled to perform our respective duties, in preserving your Majesty's peace, within the ju­risdiction of this province, and to enforce the just regard and obedience, due unto your royal autho­rity, as becomes, may it please your Majesty, your Majesty's most loyal, most faithful, and most obe­dient subjects and servants.

This affair of the solemn affirmation of the Qua­kers, appears not to have been finally settled, or fixed, to the satisfaction of the province, and ac­cording to that right, which the inhabitants of it thought themselves justly entitled to, till the year 1725; which will be mentioned hereafter in its proper place.

At the conclusion of this session, near the ap­proach of harvest, Governor Keith, in his speech to this Assembly, The Go­vernor praises the Assembly, &c. highly complimented them, on account of the valuable and wholesome laws, "which (says he) were composed with so much care, by your diligent application, and the great temper, and perfect unanimity, wherewith the public affairs had been carried on, through all the parts of the administration of the government, for the last twelve months; which, he further de­clared, must, by that time, have convinced all reasonable men, among them, of the many and great advantages, that such a harmony secures to the commonwealth; at the same time assuring them of his fixed resolution, according to the ut­most [Page 105] of his capacity, to act, in every respect, for the general good and interest of the province.

On the 30th day of the 5th month, William Penn's death, &c. (July) 1718, at Rushcomb, near Twyford, in Bucking­hamshire, in England, died the truly honourable Proprietary and Founder of the province of Penn­sylvania, William Penn, aged about seventy-four years. He had, in the year 1712, as before men­tioned, been seized with some fits of the apoplec­tic kind; which, for the last six years of his life, had so affected his mental faculties, especially his memory, as to render him, in great measure, in­capable of public business; which, with the gra­dual decline of his strength of body, continued to increase, till the last period of his days: during which time, nevertheless, he is said to have been mostly sensible, intelligent, and, by his behaviour and expressions, at different times, to those, who were present with him, manifested, that he re­tained, till his death, the happy enjoyment of that divine and mental felicity, which resulted from the nature of his religion, and manner of life.

Much of his character may be seen in the pre­ceding sketch of his life, Of his cha­racter, &c. and in this Historical Account of Pennsylvania: a life of universal be­nevolence, and good actions, to mankind, in ge­neral, both in a religious and civil capacity. But the most lasting memorial of his great utility to the human race is his literary works, first printed in two folio volumes, and his flourishing and hap­py province of Pennsylvania. The former being instructive, in the paths of virtue, and true feli­city, to future generations; and the latter, an ex­cellent example, for surrounding countries, and succeeding ages, to imitate, of the happy effects of a wise and generous plan of liberty, and a pru­dent religious toleration, among a virtuous people.

[Page 106]As to himself, I find expressed of him, by those, who had the best opportunity of being acquainted with his true character and real merit, Particular properties. That he was a person endowed with great penetration and forethought; and a most sincere lover of truth and sincerity (which, in no small degree, is also manifest from the short sketch of his life and trans­actions, given in the preceding part of this work). He had great natural abilities, and much acquired knowledge; which he ever rendered subservient to the great interests of religion and virtue. He was chaste and circumspect, yet pleasant in con­versation; and of an engaging and obliging dis­position and behaviour. He exhibited to the world a bright and amiable example, wherein the most excellent qualities of the accomplished gen­tleman, and real Christian united; and, in diffe­rent countries, ranks and conditions of men, ap­peared a shining instance, that piety and virtue are not incompatible with a fine understanding.

Religious benefit.Besides, being divinely qualified, he was a very able and excellent instrument, in the hand of divine Providence, in removing much of that superstitious bigotry and ignorance, which, for ages, had overspread, and, even, till his time, remained, in a very remarkable manner, to cover the minds of all ranks of people; and, by intro­ducing, in their stead, especially among the higher class of men, a more liberal, and rational, way of thinking, on religious subjects; and in what relates to the best improvement of the human mind, and its truest, and most lasting interest.

Moreover, actuated by the same principles, and induced by the same motives, of universal bene­volence and improvement, in the condition of the human race, he has, in the much admired, and long conspicuous effects of his civil polity and go­vernment, Political [...]ility. eminently exemplified to the world, [Page 107] how happy it is possible for mankind to live here, on earth, if the fault is not their own; a glorious example, and worthy of all imitation! wherein it is most manifest, that, contrary to the common course of human affairs, war, violence and injus­tice have, in an extraordinary manner, given way to the happy and glorious means of peace, and of Christian perseverence in patience, equity and be­neficence to mankind; insomuch, that if the fable of the golden age was ever verified, or a paradisical state introduced on earth, in reality, it has been universally acknowledged, they must have borne the nearest resemblance to that of Pennsylvania!

In his printed works themselves are exhibited the manner of his writing and the nature of his compositions: his style is free and sweet, Printed works. yet strong and nervous; without affectation, and not laboured with a tedious formality of expression; which before had been so customary and fashiona­ble, in the nation; but his periods are generally short, yet full, flowing and agreeable, that he in­sensibly gains upon his reader; and while he allures his attention, he adds profit to delight: but orna­ment of speech was the least part of his study; the grand objects of his concern were the nature and importance of his subjects; which, though some of them respected particular times, persons and things, were generally the most interesting, that could possibly employ the attention of the human mind.

Should any persons be disposed to censure him, Of William Penn's go­vernment. on account of some of his Lieutenant Governors, or, the want of still further advantages, which, they may apprehend, were in his power to have granted the province, it may be observed, That it is not so much the possession, as the proper use, of any thing valuable, which renders people happy; and the perversion thereof causes their mi [...]ery; [Page 108] that the state and condition of human nature is such, as will only bear what may be called blessings to a certain degree; beyond which they become the contrary:

"Est modus in [...]obus; sunt certi denique fines;
Quos ultra, citraque nequit consistere rectum." *
Hor.

In forming a proper judgment of this nature, the considerations, on both sides of the question, ought to have due weight.

Proportion­ate power and means necessary for actions. First, Not only what may be desirable and use­ful for the governed, but also the power, and pro­per requisites of government itself, ought to be duly considered; for no valuable effect can reason­ably be expected, without the possession and preserv­ation of suitable power, ability and means, in the ef­ficient, to perform it: these, in a limited proprietary under the crown, with the terms and obligations, upon which they were held of superior power, ought, in forming a just estimate, His actions great, com­pared with the means, &c. in this case, to be com­pared with the valuable and happy effects, which were really experienced, in consequence of the pow­er and authority, with which he was, in this restricted capacity, invested: for there is great and sufficient reason to suppose, that, had he, contrary to what he actually did, pursued a conduct, agreeable to the partial interest of some, or the contracted minds of others; or, had he acted from views of that impracticable equality, or ungovernable liberty, which the Eutopian imaginations of some shallow projectors, and [...]ash schemers, might endeavour to promote, who, by attempting too much, lose all, many would never have so happily experienced, nor the world have seen, the glorious effects of his excellent management, for so long a space of time.

[Page 109] Secondly, In forming such a decision, the cla­mours of some of the Assemblies ought not to be the sole criterion, to judge by; Clamours of some of the Assemblies against Wil­liam Penn, mistaken, &c. parti­cularly, in their contending for more power than, it is most manifest, was ever intended them, or, from the best rational principles, judged to be for their real benefit; clamours, in great measure, either groundless, mistaken, or magnified, for particular purposes; and of dangerous, or, at least, of uncertain consequence, both to the Pro­prietary and themselves; and probably impossible for him safely to comply with: for it is most certain, that it was not always in his power to do as he pleased; and his ever being a friend to rational, or [...]ue, liberty, was never questioned; but he very well knew, that power, unduly proportion­ed, in the different parts of government, weakens its force▪ frustrates its design, and, without pru­dence, judgment and unanimity, soon destroys its own existence.

Thirdly, A just and proper estimate and com­parison should be made, The great­ness of his actions to be compar­ed with his means and ability, &c. not only of the restricted power, and over-ruled authority of the Proprie­tary, but also of the smallness of his fortune, or the narrowness of his circumstances, with the great­ness of his actions; his long and assiduous labour and attention, his great expense and patience, both in effecting and preserving what he effected, in regard to the province, as originating in a just debt, due to his father, ought not only to have due place, in such an account, but also the nu­merous and various acts of both public and pri­vate beneficence, should be truly estimated; in which, it is most certain, he was continually, and in an extraordinary manner, engaged for the gene­ral and particular good of mankind, in Europe, be­sides his founding the province of Pennsylvania, and effectually providing for such advantage, freedom [Page 110] and prosperity of its inhabitants, as no other per­son, that we know of, had done for any country; with the nature and deficiency of his returns from thence; * which, instead of producing him a real benefit, proportionate, or similar, to what he had done for that province, afford no small argument in his favour, and as little honour to such as may be most disposed to cavil, in this respect, that, in the latter part of his life, when, it might reasonably be thought he ought to have reaped dif­ferent fruits from that department of his labours, See his let­ter to the Assembly, anno 1710. he should have any real occasion to say, or la­ment, as he did, that those, which he received from thence, were actually the cause of grief, trouble and poverty! Some of William Penn's ob­stacles to further be­neficence, &c. Moreover, how much he stood on his terms with the different interests at court, is a circumstance of no small moment; with the changes in the government, at that time, in En­gland, especially at the revolution: for there, it is manifest, as well as elsewhere, he was not with­out adversaries; and those not the least powerful and dangerous. Likewise the difficulties, conse­quent on a vast expense, was another obstacle in his way to further good service, and his wonted libe­rality; in which it is well known his great gene­rosity, in settling and encouraging the colony, had, in a particular manner, involved him, to the great reduction of his private estate, so liberally, and most evidently spent for a more public and general benefit; but, it is to be regretted, that the ingratitude of some people is too liable to mis­construe, slight, or undervalue, the kindest bene­ficence, though, in its consequences, to them­selves very considerable, while they think any more may be had. Besides, the embarrassment of his [Page 111] private affairs, in which, during the latter part of his time, an ungrateful agent is said to have in­volved him, was another great disappointment, and heavy incumbrance, with which he had to struggle; and which rendered the preserving of the province▪ for his posterity, still more difficult; but, in some of these cases, his great interest among his friends, the Quakers, in England and Ireland, is said to have been of singular service to him.

As to what few small irregularities and defici­encies, really existed in the government, His absence mostly the cause of what was really amiss in the pro­vince. or ma­nagement of the province, unmagnified by his adversaries, or mistaken friends, which, at any time, wanted proper redress, or assistance, they were principally owing to his absence from it; which, it is certain, was very much against his mind, and chiefly occasioned by the necessity of his circumstances, the unsettledness of the go­vernment in England, together with the attempts of his enemies, and his great beneficence to his province, with his small and discouraging returns from thence.

From these and similar considerations, it will be easy to perceive the nature of some of his dif­ficulties, and the obstructions to such further pub­lic service, as might have been desired, in a per­son of his disposition, rank and station; which may account for part, at least, of the exceptionable conduct of some of his Deputy Governors; for whose office it was no easy matter to procure pro­per, and, in every respect, suitable persons; Suitable de­puty Go­vernors not easily to be had, &c. as appears in the resignation of Thomas Lloyd; and, in his more than once, even, offering to the As­sembly themselves the choice of naming the De­puty Governor, or his Representative, during his absence! a very remarkable condescension! which Governors, though so much blamed, and doubt­less [Page 112] some of them justly, in some things; yet, in such a limited sphere, as they acted in, they were not so much unjustifiable, Their con­duct in the administra­tion not so blamable as some ima­gined. in their general conduct, as a partial view of their administration might sug­gest; which, in the main, there is great reason to apprehend, would either not have been prudent, safe, or possible, for the Proprietary, in his then present circumstances, to have contravened, in such manner, as some seem to have expected he ought to have done; for the very maintaining, and immediate preservation of the government, and consequently of the privileges of the province itself, at that time, undoubtedly depended more on much of the same conduct, which these seem to have judged so exceptionable, on the part of the Proprietary, or of his Deputy Governors, than they appear to have apprehended: instead of which, such a change of the government, as would then most probably have been effected, either by a re­sumption, or disposal, of it, to the crown, (which, in consequence of the attempts of his and its ene­mies, at home, and also of the opposition and liberties, used in the province, against his long sinking interest there, appeared likely to ensue) would, beyond all controversy, have been of much greater importance, and of such fatal effect to what was contended for, in the province, or the extension of its excellent privileges, in the manner desired, and that, even, to the discon­tented party in it, in some respects, as certainly ought to silence every attempt of detraction, The Pro­prietor's conduct a­bove the power of envy and detraction, &c. and the narrowness of party spirit, against such exalt­ed and true merit, and the general good conduct of the Proprietary; whose wise counsels, and worthy actions, so far transcended and over-ba­lanced every little failing, and human weakness, that could possibly be alledged against him, even, by an enemy; from which no mortal man, on earth, is, at all times, entirely free: these, in [Page 113] such a case, should not be retained long in our minds; but the virtues, and excellent services, of such illustrious and worthy persons ought to be had in everlasting remembrance: services, which, being immortal here on earth, crown their agents with deathless praise, and eternal felicity; and place them beyond the power of envy and detraction; where, besides that serenity of mind, which arises from the sense of a life well spent, their companion in this mortal state of existence, they also enjoy that glorious eternity, in the hap­py mansions above, which Cicero, in his treatise, entitled, Somnium Scipionis, declares to be the portion of all true and genuine Patriots: "A certain place, in heaven (says he) is assigned to all, who preserve, or assist their country, or in­crease her glory; where they are to enjoy an eter­nity of happiness. For nothing is more accepta­ble to that God of Gods, who governs the system of the world, and directs all human occurrences, than those councils and assemblies of men, that, being united by social laws, from thence are term­ed states; of these the governors and preservers, having proceeded from thence, do thither again return." *

[Page 114]

CHAPTER XXIII.

How William Penn left his estate and property at his decease.—Part of his last will.—State of his agreement with Queen Anne, for the sale of the government, &c.—Jonathan Dickinson.—Govern­or and Assembly's conduct, on hearing of the Pro­prietor's decease.—Names of the Members of As­sembly.—The late Proprietor's eldest son, William, claims the government, &c.—But afterwards, John, Thomas, and Richard Penn, the younger branch of the family, became the sole Proprietors, &c.—Conduct of the Governor and Assembly, re­specting said claim.—The Indians of Pennsylva­nia attacked by some foreign Indians.—Proceedings of the Governor and Assembly.—William Trent.— Vincent Caldwell.—William Baldwin.—Governor Keith, with the Assembly's consent, establishes a court of chancery, &c.—Names of the masters in chancery.—The Governor endeavours to prevent ill consequences among the Indians.—Account of a treaty held by Sir William Keith, with the Indi­ans at Connestogo, in Pennsylvania, in 1721.

1718.THE late Proprietary left his estate, in En­gland and Ireland, amounting to the yearly value of £. 1500 sterling, How Wil­liam Penn left his estate, &c. and upwards, to William Penn, his eldest surviving son and heir, by Gu­lielma Maria, his first wife, and to the issue of [Page 115] that marriage; which, at the time of making his last will, in 1712, besides his said son William Penn, and his daughter Laetitia, appears to have consisted of three grand children, Gulielma Maria, Springett and William, the children of his son William. He could, therefore, make no provision, out of the said estate, for the payment of his debts, which were very considerable; nor for his widow, and his offspring by her; which are men­tioned, in his last will, to be, John, Thomas, Margaret, Richard, and Dennis, all minors.

It is observable that his estate in Europe, about this time, was esteemed of more value, than all his property in America, especially under its then present incumbrance (the mortgage of 1708 not being yet entirely discharged *) and as he left it by his last will and testament, made on the sixth of April, 1712; wherein both the province, and the government of it, are left and devised in the fol­lowing manner, viz.

"My eldest son being well provided for by a settlement of his mother's, Part of the Proprie­tor's last will, &c. and my father's estate, I give and devise the rest of my estate, in manner following. The government of my pro­vince of Pensilvania and territories thereunto be­longing, and powers relating thereunto, I give and devise to the most honourable, the earl of Oxford, and earl Mortimer, and to William, earl Powlett, so called, and their heirs, upon trust, to dispose thereof to the Queen, or any other person, to the best advantage they can, to be applied, in such manner as I shall hereafter direct. I give and devise to my dear wife, Hannah Penn, and her father Thomas Callowhill, and to my good friends, Margaret Lowther, my dear sister, and to Gilbert [Page 116] Heathcote, physician, Samuel Waldenfield, John Field, and Henry Gouldney, all living in England, and to my friends, Samuel Carpenter, Richard Hill, Isaac Norris, Samuel Preston, and James Lo­gan, living in, or near Pensilvania, * and to their heirs, all my lands, tenements and hereditaments, whatsoever rents, and other profits, situate, lying and being in Pensilvania, and the territories there­unto belonging, or elsewhere in America, upon trust, that they shall sell, and dispose of, so much thereof, as shall be sufficient to pay all my just debts, and from and after payment thereof, shall convey to each of the three children of my son, William Penn, Gulielma Maria, Springett and Wil­liam, respectively, and to their respective heirs, 10,000 acres of land, in some proper and benefi­cial place, to be set out by my trustees aforesaid. All the rest of my lands and hereditaments what­soever, situate, lying, or being in America, I will, that my said trustees shall convey to and amongst my children, which I have by my present wife, in such proportion, and for such estates as my said wife shall think fit; but before such conveyance shall be made to my children, I will, that my said trustees shall convey to my daughter Aubrey, whom I omitted to name before, 10,000 acres of my said lands, in such places, as my said trustees shall think fit. All my personal estate, in Pen­silvania, and elsewhere, and arrears of rent due there, I give to my said dear wife, whom I make my sole executrix, for the equal benefit of her, and her children. "

[Page 117] William Penn, prior to, or about the time of, making his last will, had offered the government of Pennsylvania for sale to Queen Anne; He had a­greed to dispose of the govern­ment to Queen Anne, &c. to whom afterwards an agreement was actually made, for disposing of the same, for £. 12,000; of which sum, on the 9th of September, 1712, or soon after, he received one thousand pounds, in part of payment. But after this, and before a sur­render of the said government was effected, he was, by sickness, rendered incapable of executing the same; so that the government, at the time of his decease, still remained to be vested in the afore­said earls, in trust, by virtue of his will, and as therein abovementioned is expressed: but it ap­pears, that upon his eldest son, and heir at law, William Penn's claiming the government of the province, after his father's death, and upon the question arising, whether, what was, as aforesaid, devised to the said earls, to be sold, should, as, at present circumstanced, be accounted part of the real, or personal, estate of the testator, William Penn, (the latter, by the will, being the property of the widow) the earls, therefore, The Trus­tees for the govern­ment de­cline to act, &c. declined to act, in their trust, or assign over the same, with­out the decree of the court of chancery, for their indemnity; which decree, the lords, commissioners, of the treasury declared, was absolutely necessary, with an effectual conveyance to the King, before the residue of the said £. 12,000 could be paid to the executrix Hannah Penn. *

[Page 118]The news of the long expected death of the Proprietary appears not to have reached Pennsyl­vania, till after the election, and first sitting of the Assembly, in October, 1718; of which As­sembly Jonathan Dickinson was chosen Speaker; * [Page 119] to whom Governor Keith, in his speech to the House, on his being presented to him, for his ap­probation, thus expressed himself.

Mr. Speaker,

The modesty and candour of your deport­ment, for many years, in public business, has, The Go­vernor's address to the Speaker at this time, in the two most eminent stations, just­ly determined the choice both of the city and country, in general, and this flourishing city, in particular, upon you, sir.

And, from this beginning, I promise myself, that, by your prudent example and conduct, they will, at last, be persuaded heartily to unite, in all such matters as plainly tend to the honour and advantage of the province, &c.

But when the melancholy account arrived, The Go­vernor's conduct on the news of the Propri­etor's death. though it was provided by a law of the province, that, on the death of the Proprietary, the Lieu­tenant Governor, for the time being, should con­tinue the government, as usual, till further order, from the King, or from the heirs of the said Pro­prietary, or Governor in Chief, yet Sir Willam Keith immediately thereupon, not only consulted the Council, who were unanimously of opinion, that his continuing the administration of the go­vernment, in all its parts, was both warranted and directed by the said law, but he also laid the minute of the Council thereon, before the Assem­bly, at their next meeting, in the 10th mo. request­ing [Page 120] their sentiments on the same. The House, after mentioning their deep sorrow at the Pro­prietary's death, highly approved of both the Council's advice, and the Governor's conduct, in the affair, and heartily thanked him for his care of the public welfare. *

The heir at law, Willi­am Penn, junr. claims the govern­ment, &c.It was before hinted, that notwithstanding the plain terms of the late Proprietary's last will, his eldest son, then living, or heir at law, William Penn, junior, after his father's decease, laid claim to the government of the province; which claim was continued by his eldest son Springett, after the death of his father William Penn, the young­er; who is said to have died at Liege, about the year 1720.

1719.The conduct of Governor Keith, and the pro­vincial Assembly, respecting this claim, appears by the speech of the former to the House, in the 3d mo. 1719, with their answer, as follows, viz.

Gentlemen of the Council, Mr. Speaker, and Gentlemen of the Assembly,

The Go­vernor's speech to the Assem­bly, on the occasion.According to my promise, I have called you together, in order to acquaint you, that I lately received a commission from the honourable William Penn, Esq as our Governor in Chief, with instruc­tions to publish his accession to the government, by advice of the Council, in the most solemn [Page 121] manner; which said commission and instructions, with the minute of Council thereupon, I have or­dered to be laid before you.

Since that I have seen the probate of the late Proprietary's last will and testament, in the hands of Mr. Secretary Logan, whereby the powers of government, over this province, seem to be de­vised in trust, after a peculiar manner; and I am told these differences are not likely to be speedily adjusted.

Gentlemen, my duty to the crown unques­tionably obliges me, while in this station, at all times, to use my utmost diligence, in preserving the good order and peace of the government, and to keep the King's subjects of this colony, firm in their allegiance, and dutiful obedience, to his most excellent Majesty, and our Sovereign Lord King George; to the end, therefore, that this may be done, with the greatest cheerfulness and unanimity, and likewise, that all due respect might be paid to Mr. Penn, and every other branch of the late Proprietary's family, I must desire that you will assist me with your opinions and advice; which, I doubt not, will have the same weight with all parties concerned in Britain, as you may be assured, it will ever have with me.

I have received a message from the Indian Chiefs of Conestogoe, by a letter to Mr. Secretary Logan; which informs us, that our Indian hunters had been attacked, near the head of Potowmack ri­ver, by a considerable body of southern Indians, come out to war with the Five Nations, and the Indian settlements of Susquehanna. They have killed several of our people, and alarmed them all; so that the careful attention and vigilance of this government was never more called upon than at this juncture; and much will depend upon your [Page 122] unanimous and speedy resolutions to support the administration, in all its parts.

To this the Assembly returned the following an­swer, viz.

To the honourable WILLIAM KEITH, Esq Lieute­nant Governor of the province of Pennsylvania, The As­sembly's answer to the Go­vernor's speech. &c.

The address of the representatives of the free­men of the said province, in Assembly met, in answer to his speech of the seventh instant.

May it please the Governor,

The memory of the honourable William Penn, our late Proprietary and Governor in Chief, be­ing dear to us, we cannot but have a just and due regard to his family, and should account it our happiness to be governed by a branch there­of, under the most auspicious reign of our royal Sovereign, King George.

And since the Governor has been pleased to shew so great a regard to the advice of the repre­sentative body of the freemen of this province, as to consult them, in a matter, which so highly concerns them, we must acknowledge is a great condescension, and an additional instance of his known affection to this colony, with kind incli­nations to preserve the public peace and weal of this government.

The contents of those instruments and writings, which the Governor was pleased to lay before this House, brought us under a very deep concern, how to assist him with advice, suitable to the pre­sent emergency; for we find the first part of the Proprietary's will seems to vest a trust in the no­ble lords, there named, in order to accomplish the treaty of surrender of this government to the crown, which was begun by our late Proprie­tary.

[Page 123]And though that trust may occasion various opinions in law and equity, yet that does not so much affect us, as the want of ascertaining the terms, which we have been always given to expect would accompany the surrender, in favour of the people called Quakers, who embarked with the said Proprietary, in the laudable design of this considerable addition of the British empire; and, therefore, think it our duty, at this juncture, to claim those rights and favours, which have been promised us.

The Governor well knows that the present administration of this government, since the Pro­prietary's decease, is supported by a law, confirmed by her late Majesty, Queen Anne; and by virtue thereof, is to continue till further order from the King, or the heirs of the said late Proprietary and Governor; and notwithstanding the great regard, the Governor has to the commission, sent him by the said Proprietary's heir at law, yet since that heir seems not, by the aforesaid will, invested with the powers of government; but the devise thereof, made to the said Lords, being allowed by his own council to be good; and since it doth not appear that commission is attended with the necessary re­quisites, directed by acts of parliament, for quali­fications of persons concerned in such stations, and security of plantation-trade, we conceive it will contribute to the peace of this government, and be safe for the Governor, that he, for the present, forbear to publish the said commission; and hope there will be no just occasion given, if the Go­vernor should wave superseding the powers given him by the said heir at law, until he receive the pleasure of the said trustees, or has the Lord Chan­cellor's decree, for his direction; the rather, be­cause we understand that an amicable suit is depend­ing in chancery betwixt the executrix, and heir at law, in order to settle both their claims to this go­vernment. [Page 124] We heartily join with the Governor in his good resolutions, to preserve the good order and peace of the government, and loyalty of his Majesty's subjects, in this colony.

As touching the attack lately made upon our neighbouring Indians, we hope the Governor hath already taken proper measures in that affair, to­wards quieting their minds, and will use his utmost endeavours to prevent such incursions upon them, for the future, by due representations to the neigh­bouring governments, and persuasions to our Indi­ans, not to give further provocations, but that they will fall in with more peaceable inclinations; as the same will contribute to their ease and safety, and obtain the friendship and protection of this government; and this House gives the Governor assurance, that the necessary charges thereof shall be provided for; and that it is their full purpose, to support the administration, to the best of their power.

Signed by order of the House, JONATHAN DICKINSON, Speaker.

Whether it was in consequence of the above mentioned amicable suit, which was then depend­ing in chancery, between the heir at law, and the executrix, The go­vernment was after­wards set­tled in fa­vour of the younger branch of the family &c. Hannah Penn, or otherwise, the affair of the government appears to have been after­wards settled in favour of the younger branch of the family: the different parties, in the mean time, mutually agreeing to unite in the necessary appoint­ments and management of the government of the province, till the said suit, dispute, or agreement, should be determined, or decided: so that not only the province itself, which, by virtue of the late Proprietary's last will, was vested in his widow, and other trustees, for the use of her children by him, but also the government of it, afterwards [Page 125] descended to John, Thomas and Richard Penn, the surviving sons of the younger branch of the family, thenceforward the Proprietaries.

In October, 1719, William Trent * being chosen Speaker of the new Assembly, the Governor pre­sented them with the royal assent to, A very im­portant law confirmed. and perpetual confirmation of, a very important law to the pro­vince, which had been passed by him, in May, 1718, entitled, "An act for the advancement of justice, and more certain administration thereof." The success of which, he assured them, was chiefly owing to the perfect harmony and good correspond­ence, that had hitherto subsisted between him and the representatives of the people. To whom the House in reply, expressed their lasting obligations to the Governor, for his extraordinary diligence, in so speedily getting the royal approbation to the said law, for his care and services, on other occa­sions, and his affection for the inhabitants of the province.

In the spring of the year 1720, 1720. Sir William Keith, in a message to the Assembly, then sitting, after mentioning some other things, made the fol­lowing proposal, viz.

"Upon some representations, that have been made to me, that a court of equity, or chancery, Governor Keith pro­poses to establish a court of chancery. was very much wanted, in this government, I thought proper to consult the opinions of gentle­men learned in the law, and others of good judg­ment; who all agree, that neither we, or the representative body of any of his Majesty's colo­nies, are invested with sufficient powers to erect [Page 126] such a court, or that the office of Chancellor can be lawfully executed by any person whatsoever, except him, who, by virtue of the great seal of England, may be understood to act as the King's representative, in the place; but the opinion of your House, of what may be with safety done, for your country's service, in this case, shall princi­pally direct my conduct."

To which the Assem­bly agree.The Assembly agreed to the necessity of such a court; only, in their address thereupon, they re­quested, that such Members of the Council, as had heard the same cause, in any inferior court, might be exempted from being assistants in the said court. Hence, from the encouragement, given him by the Council and Assembly, Govern­or Keith soon afterwards established a court of chancery, in Pennsylvania, by the following pro­clamation, viz.

The Go­vernor's proclama­tion for a court of chancery.By Sir William Keith, Esq Governor of the province of Pennsylvania, and the counties of Newcastle, Kent and Sussex, upon Delaware, A PROCLAMATION:

Whereas complaint has been made, That courts of chancery, or equity, though absolutely necessary, in the administration of justice, for mitigating, in some cases, the rigour of the laws, whose judgments are tied down to fixed and unal­terable rules, and for opening a way to the right and equity of a cause, for which the law cannot, in all cases, make a sufficient provision, have, notwithstanding, been too seldom regularly held, in this province, in such manner as the aggrieved 1 [Page 127] subjects might obtain the relief, which by such courts ought to be granted. And whereas, the representatives of the freemen of this province, taking the same into consideration, did, at their last meeting in Assembly, request me, that I would, with the assistance of the Council, open and hold such a court of equity, for this province: to the end, therefore, that his Majesty's good subjects may no longer labour under these incon­veniencies, which are now complained of, I have thought fit, by and with the advice of the Coun­cil, hereby to publish and declare, that with their assistance, I propose (God willing) to open and hold a court of chancery, or equity, for the pro­vince of Pennsylvania, at the court house of Phi­ladelphia, on Thursday, the 25th day of this in­stant, August; from which date the said court will be, and remain, always open, for the relief of the subject, to hear and determine all such matters, arising within this province aforesaid, as are regularly cognizable before any court of chan­cery, according to the laws and constitution of that part of Great Britain, called England; and his Majesty's Judges of his supreme courts, and all other, whom it may concern, are required to take notice hereof, and to govern themselves ac­cordingly.

WILLIAM KEITH. 2
1

Note. On the 10th of March, 1720, died Vincent Caldwell, of Marl­borough, in Chester county, an eminent and highly esteemed preacher among the Quakers: he came to Pennsylvania in 1699, and retained a good character till his death.

In the next following year▪ [...]lled William Baldwin, of Bucks county, an eminent preacher in the [...]me religious society, and in great esteem both among them and others.

2

Note. In the chancellorship of Sir William Keith, the following per­sons appear to have been masters in chancery, and mostly Members of the Council, viz.

James Logan, Jonathan Dickinson, Samuel Preston, Richard Hill, Anthony Palmer, William Trent, Thomas Master, Robert Ashton, William Ashton, John French, Andrew Hamilton, Henry Brooke, William Fishbourne, Thomas Graeme, and Evan Owen.

Note. This court of chancery, afterwards in Governor Gordon's time, came to be considered as so great a nuisance, that it was, therefore, then entirely laid aside.

[Page 128] 1721.Of the Assembly, which was elected in October, this year, Isaac Norris was Speaker; and the usual good harmony appears to have continued between the different branches of the Legislature.

Disagree­ment a­mong the Indians, &c.It has already been observable, from what passed between the Governor and the Assembly, in the beginning of the year 1719, that the disagreement which happened about that time, between the southern Indians, and those of Pennsylvania and more northward, appeared to demand the atten­tion of the government, to prevent further ill consequences; accordingly, in the year 1721, as the dispute still continued, and seemed to increase between them, further endeavours and suitable means were used for that salutary purpose.

Governor Keith goes to Virginia, and holds a treaty with the Indians, &c.The Governor, in the spring, made a journey into Virginia, on this occasion; and also held a treaty, in Pennsylvania, with the Indians of diffe­rent nations, after his return: of which the follow­ing is an extract, from the printed account of it, published at that time, in Philadelphia, entitled, "The particulars of an Indian treaty, at Conesto­goe, between his Excellency Sir William Keith, Bart. Governor of Pensilvania, and the deputies of the Five Nations," &c. whereby appears the method of managing these people at that time, viz.

Extract from the account of the treaty."The Indian village of Conestogoe (says the ac­count) lies about seventy miles distant, almost di­rectly west of the city; and the land thereabouts being exceeding rich, it is now surrounded with divers fine plantations, or farms; where they raise [Page 129] quantities of wheat, barley, flax and hemp, with­out the help of any dung.

"The company, who attended the Governor, consisted of between seventy and eighty horsemen; many of them well armed, &c.

"And, at his return from Conestogoe, he was waited upon, at the upper ferry of Sculkil river, by the Mayor and Aldermen of this city, with about two hundred horse, &c.

"On the 5th of July, Governor Keith's treaty with the Indians at Conesto­goe. the Governor arrived at Conestogoe, about noon; and in the evening, went to captain Civility's cabbin; where four deputies of the Five Nations, and a few more of their peo­ple, came to see the Governor; who spoke to them by an interpreter, to the following purpose, viz.

"That this being the first time that the Five Nations had thought fit to send any of their Chiefs to visit him, he had come a great way from home to bid them welcome; that he hoped to be better acquainted, and hold a further discourse, with them, before he left the place.

"They answered, That they were come a long way, on purpose to see the Governor, and to speak with him; that they had heard much of him, and would have come here before now; but that the faults, or mistakes, committed by some of their young men, had made them ashamed to shew their faces; but now, that they had seen the Go­vernor's face, they were well satisfied with their journey, whether any thing else was done, or not.

"The Governor told them, That to-morrow morning he designed to speak a few words to his brothers and children, the Indians of Conestogoe, and their friends, upon Susquehanna; and desired that the deputies of the Five Nations might be pre­sent, in council, to hear what is said to them.

"Conestogoe, July 6th, 1721.
  • [Page 130]"Present, Sir William Keith, Bart. Governor.
  • Richard Hill, Jonathan Dickinson,
  • Caleb Pusey, & Col. John French, Esqrs
  • James Logan, Esquire, Secretary.

"The Governor spoke to the Conestogoe Indians, as follows, viz.

"My Brothers and Children,

"So soon as you sent me word, that your near friends and relations, the Chiefs of the Five Na­tions, were come to visit you, I made haste, and am come to see both you and them, and to assure all the Indians of the continuance of my love to them.

"Your old acquaintance and true friend, the great William Penn, was a wise man; and, there­fore, he did not approve of wars, among the In­dians, whom he loved; because it wasted and de­stroyed their people; but always recommended peace to the Indians, as the surest way to make them rich and strong, by increasing their numbers.

"Some of you can very well remember since William Penn, and his friends, came first to settle among you, in this country: it is but a few years, and like as yesterday, to an old man; nevertheless, by following that great man's peaceable counsels, this government is now become wealthy and pow­erful, in great numbers of people. And though many of our inhabitants are not accustomed to war, and dislike the practice of men killing one another; yet you cannot but know, I am able to bring seve­ral thousands into the field, well armed, to defend both your people and ours, from being hurt by any enemy, that durst attempt to invade us.

"However, we do not forget that William Penn often told us, that the experience of old age, which is true wisdom, advises peace; and I say to [Page 131] you, that the wisest man is also the bravest man: for he safely depends on his wisdom; and there is no true courage without it.

"I have so great a love for you, my dear bro­thers, who live under the protection of this go­vernment, that I cannot suffer you to be hurt, no more than I would my own children. I am but just now returned from Virginia; where I wearied myself, in a long journey, both by land and water, only to make peace for you, my children, that you may safely hunt in the woods, without danger, from Virginia, and the many Indian Nations, that are at peace with that government. But the Go­vernor of Virginia, expects, that you will not hunt within the great mountains, on the other side of Potowmack river; being a small tract of land, which he keeps for the Virginia Indians, to hunt in: and he promises that his Indians shall not come any more on this side Potowmack, or behind the great mountains this way, to disturb your hunting. And this is the condition I have made for you; which I expect you will firmly keep, and not break it on any consideration whatsoever.

"I desire that what I have now said to you may be interpreted to the Chiefs of the Five Nations present: for as you are a part of them, they are, in like manner, one with us, as you yourselves are; and, therefore, our counsels must agree, and be made known to one another: for our hearts should be open, that we may perfectly see into one another's breasts. And that your friends may speak to me freely, tell them I am willing to for­get the mistakes, which some of their young men were guilty of, amongst our people. I hope they will grow wiser with age, and hearken to the grave counsels of their old men; whose valour we esteem, because they are wise; but the rashness of their young men is altogether folly."

"At a council held at Conestogoe, July 7th, 1721.
  • [Page 132]"Present, Sir William Keith, Bart. Governor.
  • Richard Hill, Jonathan Dickinson.
  • Caleb Pusey, & Col. John French, Esquires.
  • James Logan, Secretary, with divers gentlemen.
Sinnekae's Nation.
  • Ghesaont
  • Awennoot.
Onondagoe's Nation,
  • Tannawree
  • Skeetowass.
Cayoogoe's Nation,
  • Sahoode
  • Tchehughque.

"Smith, the Ganawese Indian, Interpreter from the Mingoe language to the Delaware.

"John Cartlidge, Esquire, and Mr. James le Tort, Interpreters from the Delaware into English.

"Ghesaont, in the name, and on the behalf of all the Five Nations, delivered himself, in speaking to the Governor, as follows:

"They were glad to see the Governor, and his Council at this place; for they had heard much of the Governor, in their towns, before they came from home; and now they find him to be what they had then heard of him, viz. their friend and brother, and the same as if William Penn were still amongst them.

"They assure the Governor and Council, that they had not forgot William Penn's treaties with them; and that his advice to them was still fresh in their memories.

"Though they cannot write, yet they retain every thing, said in their councils, with all the nations they treat with; and preserve it as carefully in their memories, as if it was committed, in our method, to writing.

"They complain, that our traders, carrying goods and liquors up Susquehanna river, sometimes [Page 133] meet with their young people, going out to war, and treat them unkindly, not only refusing to give them a dram of their liquor, but use them with ill language and call them dogs, &c.

"They take this unkindly; because dogs have no sense, or understanding: whereas they are men, and think that their brothers should not compare them to such creatures.

"That some of our traders calling their young men by these names, the young men answered; "If they were dogs, they might act as such;" whereupon they seized a cag of liquor, and ran away with it."

N. B. This seems to be told in their artful way, to excuse some small robberies, that had been com­mitted by their young people.

"Then laying down a belt of wampum upon the table, he proceeded and said,

"That all their disorders arose from the use of rum, and strong spirits; which took away their sense and memory; that they had no such liquors among themselves; but were hurt with what we furnished them; and therefore desired that no more of that sort might be sent among them.

"He produced a bundle of dressed skins and said,

"That the Five Nations faithfully remember all their ancient treaties; and now desire that the chain of friendship, between them and us, may be made so strong, as that none of the links can ever be broken.

"Presents another bundle of raw skins, and observes,

"That a chain may contract rust with lying, and become weaker; wherefore, he desires it may [Page 134] now be so well cleaned, as to remain brighter and stronger, than ever it was before.

"Presents another parcel of skins and says,

"That, as, in the firmament, all clouds and darkness are removed from the face of the sun, so they desire that all the misunderstandings may be fully done away; so that when they, who are now here, shall be dead and gone, their whole people, with their children and posterity, may en­joy the clear sun-shine of friendship with us for ever; without any thing to interpose, or obscure it.

"Presents another bundle of skins, and says,

"That, looking upon the Governor, as if Wil­liam Penn was present, they desire, that, in case any disorders should hereafter happen between their young people and ours, we would not be too hasty in resenting any such accident, until their council and ours can have some opportunity to treat amicably upon it; and so to adjust all mat­ters, as that the friendship between us may still be inviolably preserved.

"Presents a small parcel of dressed skins, and desires,

"That we may now be together as one people; treating one another's children kindly and affec­tionately, on all occasions.

"He proceeds and says,

"That they consider themselves, in this treaty, as the full plenipotentiaries and representatives of the Five Nations; and they look upon the Go­vernor, as the great King of England's represent­ative: and, therefore, they expect that every thing now stipulated will be made absolutely firm and good, on both sides.

"Presents a bundle of bear skins, and says,

[Page 135]"That having now made a firm league with us, as becomes our brothers, they complain that they get too little for their skins and furs, so as they cannot live by their hunting; they desire us, therefore, to take compassion on them, and con­trive some way to help them, in that particular.

"Presenting a few furs, he speaks only as from himself, to acquaint the Governor,

"That the Five Nations having heard that the Governor of Virginia wanted to speak with them, he himself, with some of his company, intended to proceed to Virginia, but do not know the way, how to get safe thither.

"On the 8th of July, the Governor and his Council, at the House of John Cartlidge, Esq near Conestogoe, having advised upon, and pre­pared, a proper present, in return for that of the Indians, and in confirmation of his speech, ac­cording to custom, in such cases, which consisted of a quantity of strowd match-coats, gun powder, lead, biscuit, pipes and tobacco, adjourned to Conestogoe the place of treaty."

"At a Council, held at Conestogoe, July 8th, 1721. P. M.

"Present, the same as before; with divers gentlemen attending the Governor, and the Chiefs of the Five Nations; being all seated in council, and the presents laid down before the Indians, the Governor spoke to them, by an interpreter, in these words:

"My Friends and Brothers,

"It is a great satisfaction to me, that I have this opportunity of speaking to the valiant and wise Five Nations of Indians, whom you tell me, you are fully empowered to represent.

[Page 136]"I treat you, therefore, as if all these nations were here present; and you are to understand, what I now say, to be agreeable to the mind of our great Monarch, George, the King of England, who bends his care to establish peace amongst all the mighty nations of Europe; unto whom all the people, in these parts, are, as it were, but like one drop, out of a bucket, so that what is now transacted between us, must be laid up, as the words of the whole body of your people and our people, to be kept in perpetual remembrance.

"I am also glad to find that you remember what William Penn formerly said to you. He was a great and a good man: his own people loved him; he loved the Indians, and they also loved him. He was as their father; he would never suffer them to be wronged; neither would he let his people enter upon any lands, until he had first purchased them of the Indians. He was just, and therefore the Indians loved him.

"Though he is now removed from us; yet his children and people, following his example, will always take the same measures; so that his and our posterity will be as a long chain, of which he was the first link; and when one link ends, another succeeds, and then another; being all firmly bound together in one strong chain, to en­dure for ever.

"He formerly knit the chain of friendship with you, as the chief of all the Indians, in these parts; and lest this chain should grow rusty, you now desire it may be scoured, and made strong, to bind us, as one people, together. We do assure you, it is, and has always been, bright on our side; and so we will ever keep it.

"As to your complaint of our traders, that they have treated some of your young men un­kindly, I take that to be said only by way of ex­cuse [Page 137] for the follies of your people, thereby en­deavouring to persuade me, that they were pro­voked to do what you very well know they did; but, as I told our own Indians, two days ago, I am willing to pass by all these things; you may therefore be assured, that our people shall not of­fer any injury to yours; or, if I know that they do, they shall be severely punished for it. So you must, in like manner, strictly command your young men, that they do not offer any injury to ours. For when they pass through the utmost skirts of our inhabitants, where there are no people yet settled, but a few traders, they should be more careful of them, as having separated themselves from the body of their friends, purely to serve the Indians more commodiously with what they want.

"Nevertheless, if any little disorders should, at any time, hereafter arise, we will endeavour that it shall not break, or weaken, the chain of friendship between us: to which end, if any of your people take offence, you must, in that case, apply to me, or to our chiefs. And when we have any cause to complain, we shall, as you de­sire, apply to your chiefs, by our friends, the Conestogoe Indians: but, on both sides, we must labour to prevent every thing of this kind, as much as we can.

"You complain, that our traders come into the path of your young men, going out to war, and thereby occasion disorders among them; I will, therefore, my friends and brothers, speak very plainly to you, on this head.

"Your young men come dawn Susquehanna river, and take their road through our Indian towns and settlements, and make a path between us and the people, against whom they go out to war. Now, you must know, that the path, this [Page 138] way, leads them only to the Indians, who are in alliance with the English; and first, to those, who are in a strict league of friendship with the Go­vernor of Virginia; just as these, our friends and children, who are settled among us, are in league with me and our people.

"You cannot therefore make war upon the Indians, in league with Virginia, without weaken­ing the chain with the English: for, as we would not suffer these, our friends and brothers of Co­nestogoe, and upon the river, to be hurt by any persons, without considering it, as done to our­selves; so the Governor of Virginia looks upon the injuries, done to his Indian brothers and friends, as if they were done to himself. And you very well know, that, though you are five different nations, yet you are but one people; so as that any wrong, done to one nation, is receiv­ed as an injury, done you all.

"In the same manner, and much more so, it is with the English, who are all united under one great King, who has more people, in that one town, where he lives, than all the Indians, in North America, put together.

"You are in league with New York, as your ancient friends, and nearest neighbours; and you are in league with us, by treaties, often repeated, and by a chain, which you have now brightened. As, therefore, all the English are but one people, you are actually in league with all the English go­vernments, and must equally preserve the peace with all, as with one government.

"You pleased me very much, when you told me, that you were going to treat with the Go­vernor of Virginia. Your nations formerly entered into a very firm league with that government; and, if you have suffered that chain to grow rusty, it is [Page 139] time to scour it; and the Five Nations have done very wisely to send you there for that purpose.

"I do assure you, the Governor of Virginia is a great and a good man; he loves the Indians, as his children, and so protects and defends them; for he is very strong, having many thousand Christian warriors under his command; whereby he is able to assist all those, who are in any league of friendship with him. Hasten, therefore, my friends, to brighten and strengthen the chain with that great man; for he desires it, and will receive you kindly. He is my great and good friend; I have been lately with him; and since you say, you are strangers, I will give you a letter to him, to inform him of what we have done, and of the good design of your visit to him, and this country.

"My friends and brothers, I told you two days ago, that we must open our breasts to each other; I shall, therefore, like your true friend, open mine yet further to you, for your good.

"You see that the English, from a very small people, at first, in these parts, are, by peace amongst themselves, become a very great people amongst you, far exceeding the number of all the Indians, we know of.

"But while we are at peace, the Indians con­tinue to make war upon one another; and destroy each other, as if they intended that none of their people should be left alive; by which means you are, from a great people, become a very small people; and yet you will go on to destroy your­selves.

"The Indians of the south, though they speak a different language, yet they are the same people, and inhabit the same land, with those of the north. We, therefore, cannot but wonder, how you, that are a wise people, should take delight in put­ting [Page 140] an end to your race: the English, being your true friends, labour to prevent this. We would have you strong, as a part of ourselves: for, as our strength is your strength, so we would have yours to be as our own.

"I have persuaded all my brethren, in these parts, to consider what is for their good; and not to go out any more to war; but your young men, as they come this way, endeavour to force them. And because they incline to follow the counsels of peace, and the good advice of their true friends, your people use them ill, and often prevail with them to go out, to their own destruction. Thus it was, that their town of Conestogoe lost their good King, not long ago; and thus many have been lost. Their young children are left without pa­rents; their wives without husbands; the old men, contrary to the course of nature, mourn the death of their young; the people decay, and grow weak; we lose our dear friends, and are afflicted. And this is chiefly owing to your young men.

"Surely, you cannot propose to get either riches, or possessions, by going thus out to war: for when you kill a deer, you have the flesh to eat, and the skin to sell; but when you return from war, you bring nothing home, but the scalp of a dead man; who, perhaps, was husband to a kind wife, and father to tender children, who never wronged you; though, by losing him, you have robbed them of their help and protection; and, at the same time, got nothing by it.

"If I were not your friend, I would not take the trouble of saying all these things to you; which I desire may be fully related to all your people, when you return home, that they may consider in time, what is for their own good. And, after this, if any will be so madly deaf and blind, as neither to hear nor see the danger before them, but will [Page 141] go out to destroy, and be destroyed, for nothing, I must desire that such foolish young men would take another path, and not pass this way, amongst our people, whose eyes I have opened; and they have wisely hearkened to my advice. So that I must tell you plainly, as I am their best friend, and this government is their protector, and as a father to them, we will not suffer them any more to go out, as they have done, to their destruction. I say again, we will not suffer it; for we have the counsel of wisdom amongst us, and know what is for their good. For though they are weak, yet they are our brethren; we will therefore take care of them, that they be not misled with ill counsel. You mourn when you lose a brother; we mourn, when any of them are lost; to prevent which they shall not be suffered to go out, as they have done, to be destroyed by war.

"My good friends and brothers, I give you the same counsel, and earnestly desire that you will follow it, since it will make you a happy people. I give you this advice, because I am your true friend; but I much fear you hearken to others, who never were, and never will be, your friends.

"You know very well, that the French have been your enemies, from the beginning; and though they made peace with you twenty-two years ago, yet, by subtle practices, they still endeavour to ensnare you. They use arts and tricks, and tell you lies, to deceive you; and if you would make use of your own eyes, and not be deluded by their jesuits and interpreters, you would see this your­selves: for you know they have no goods of any value, these several years past, except what has been sent to them from the English of New York, and that is now all over. They give fair speeches, instead of real services; and as, for many years, they attempted to destroy you in war, so they now [Page 142] endeavour to do it in peace; for when they per­suade you to go out to war against others, it is only that you may be destroyed yourselves; which we, as your true friends, labour to prevent; be­cause we would have your numbers increase, that you may grow strong, and that we may be all strengthened in friendship and peace together.

"As to what you have said of trade, I suppose the great distance, at which you live from us, has prevented all commerce between us and your peo­ple. We believe those, who go into the woods, and spend all their time upon it, endeavour to make the best bargains they can, for themselves; so, on your part, you must take care to make the best bargains you can with them. But we hope our traders do not exact; for we think that a strowd coat, or a pound of powder, is now sold for no more buck skins than formerly. Beaver, indeed, is not, of late, so much used in Europe; and, therefore, does not give so good a price; and we deal but very little in that commodity. But deer skins sell very well among us; and I shall always take care that the Indians be not wronged. But, ex­cept other measures be taken to regulate the Indian trade every where, the common method used in trade will still be followed; and every man must take care of himself; for thus I must do myself, when I buy any thing from our own people; if I do not give them their price, they will keep it; for we are a free people. But if you have any further proposals to make about these affairs, I am willing to hear and consider them; for it is my desire that the trade be well regulated to your content.

"I am sensible rum is very hurtful to the Indi­ans; we have made laws, that none should be car­ried amongst them; or, if any is, that it should be staved, and thrown upon the ground; and the [Page 143] Indians have been ordered to destroy all the rum, that comes in their way, but they will not do it; they will have rum; and when we refuse it, they will travel to the neighbouring provinces and fetch it; their own women go to purchase it, and then sell it amongst their own people, at excessive rates. I would gladly make any laws to prevent this, that could be effectual; but the country is so wide, the woods are so dark and private, and so far out of my sight, if the Indians themselves do not prohi­bit their own people, there is no other way to prevent it; for my part, I shall readily join in any measures, that can be proposed, for so good a purpose.

"I have now, my friends and brothers, said all, that I think can be of service, at this time, and I give you these things here laid before you, to confirm my words, viz. Five coats, twenty pounds of powder, forty pounds of lead, for each of the Five Nations; that is, twenty-five coats, one hundred pounds of powder, and two hundred pounds of lead, in the whole; which I desire may be delivered to them, with these words, in my name, and on behalf of this province: I shall be glad to see often some of your chief men, sent in the name of all the rest; and desire you will come to Philadelphia, to visit our families, and our chil­dren born there, where we can provide better for you, and make you more welcome; for people always receive their friends best at their own houses. I heartily wish you well on your journey, and good success in it. And when you return home, I desire you will give my very kind love, and the love of all our people, to your kings, and to all their people.

"Then the Governor rose from his chair; and when he had called Ghesaont, the speaker, to him, [Page 144] he took a corronation medal of the king, and pre­sented it to the Indian in these words:

"That our children, when, we are dead, may not forget these things, but keep this treaty, be­tween us, in perpetual remembrance, I here deli­ver to you a picture, in gold, bearing the image of my great master, the King of all the English: and when you return home, I charge you to deli­ver this piece into the hands of the first man, or greatest chief of all the Five Nations, whom you call Kannygooah, to be laid up and kept, as a token to our children's children; that an entire and last­ing friendship is now established for ever, between the English, in this country, and the great Five Nations."

[Page 145]

CHAPTER XXIV.

The Governor's concern to promote the country's bene­fit, &c.—Anthony Morris.—Proceedings in con­sequence of the barbarous murder of an Indian.— Names of some Members of Council about this time.—Divers useful laws passed, with some of their titles, &c.—Increase of law suits.—Names of the Members of Assembly.—Regulation of bread and flour.—Paper currency scheme first introduced in 1722.—Advocated by the Governor, and fa­voured by the generality of the people; but disliked by some.—Sentiments of several gentlemen and merchants, relating to a paper currency, presented to the Assembly.—Answer to these sentiments, &c. —Governor Keith's judgment, on the same sub­ject, in writing, to the Assembly.—Reply to the answer to the above sentiments, &c.

OF the Assembly, elected in October, 1721, 1721. Jeremiah Langhorne was Speaker; to which As­sembly, in the winter, the Governor, in his speech, Governor Keith ex­presses his concern and scheme for the public good. having intimated the necessity of their united and diligent application to restore the planter's credit, without discouraging the merchant, by whose in­dustry alone, says he, "Their trade must be sup­ported with a sufficient currency of cash," thus fur­ther expressed himself: "My mind is so fully bent upon doing this province some effectual service, that I have lately formed the design of a consider­able [Page 146] settlement amongst you, in order to manu­facture and consume the grain; for which there is, at this time, no profitable market abroad; and although this project will doubtless, at first, prove very chargeable and expensive to me, yet, if it meets with your approbation, and the good will of the people, I am well assured it cannot fail of answering my purpose, to do a real service to the country, and every interest and concern of mine shall ever be built on that bottom," &c.

The house was highly pleased with the Govern­or's [...] for the public good; The [...] [...] bly acknow­ledge the Governor's regard, &c. "His zeal to restore the planter's credit, with his just care of the merchant, who, of late, with others equally, had laid under the greatest disadvantages of want of a sufficient currency of cash, as appeared to them, from the melancholy complaints of the peo­ple, declaring they would readily fall in with any scheme, that should appear to them conducive to a remedy." They gratefully acknowledged his patriotic design to manufacture and consume the grain of the country, and heartily thanked him for his good condescension, and repeated offers of advice and assistance, for the public utility.

Proceed­ings re­specting the murder of an Indian."In the spring of the year 1722, an Indian was barbarously killed, within the limits of the province, somewhere above Conestogoe. This mur­der was supposed to be perpetrated by one or two 29 [Page 147] persons, of the name of Cartlidge. The Govern­or, 1722. having commissioned James Logan, and Col. John French, two of his Council, to go to Cone­stogoe, to enq [...]e into the affair, after their return, at the request of the Assembly, laid their report of it before them. The House, in their address to the Governor thereon, expressed their utmost concern on this affair: they gratefully acknow­ledged, and highly commended the Governor's prudent conduct, and steady administration of justice; but more especially at that time, on an occasion of the greatest importance to the peace and safety of the government, by his empowering two gentlemen of his Council so able and pru­dent, on the present emergency; "Whose wise conduct (said they) is very conspicuous from their report laid before the House by the Governor;" "That, at the relation of the dismal circum­stances, they were filled with horror and surprise, that, after so long continuance of the peace, first settled by the honourable Proprietary, William Penn, with the Indians, any breach should be now made by those, under the name of Christians, to the reproach of that name, and danger of the safety and peace, both of this province and others."

They earnestly requested the Governor to per­sist in his laudable endeavour, to bring the ag­gressors to condign punishment, with all possible speed, lest, by delay of justice, the Indians should be induced to withdraw their allegiance to the crown of Great Britain, and affection from this government, and be provoked to do themselves justice, in a manner, that might be of most dan­gerous consequence: "That he would advise with his Council, in making treaties with them; for, (said they) as they are some of the principal inhabitants of this government, we have no reason [Page 148] to doubt but [...] will be concerned for the good of the same." *

They further pressed the maintaining the [...]eague of friendship, first made by their worthy Proprie­tary, as a thing of the greatest importance, that could possibly come before them; and therefore, they unanimously recommended the execution of strict justice, as the best and most effectual means for that end; the want of which, in the appre­hension of that vindictive people, had produced sad and fatal consequences to other provinces; they likewise proposed to the Governor's con­sideration some particulars, to be immediately done, in the affair; and mentioned the repeated request of the Indians, that strong liquors should not be carried, nor sold, among them; with the petition of sundry inhabitants of the province, to the same import; which the laws hitherto made, in that case, had not been able to prevent; they, therefore, requested the advice and assistance of the Governor and Council therein, &c.

The Governor thanked them for the great satis­faction, which they expressed, with his conduct and administration; and declared, "That he had carefully endeavoured to follow the late honour­able Proprietary's steps in such affairs; to keep the natives always in a lively and perfect remem­brance of his love to them, and to build all their treaties of peace with them, upon the same prin­ciples and maxims of good policy, which he used and maintained when he was here himself." He likewise assured the House, that he had, at that time, all the probability, which the nature of the [Page 149] case would admit of, for settling matters again [...] Indian nations, [...] that just, firm and [...] foundation, which the House so earnestly desired and recommended to him. He acknow­ledged the insufficiency of the laws, to restrain people from carrying too great quantities of rum, and selling it among the Indians, thereby debauch­ing and cheating them; which, he said, he had complained of to former Assemblies.

Great pains were taken, in this affair; an In­dian messenger, Satcheecho, was dispatched to the Five Nations; the suspected persons were commit­ted to prison; and the Governor, with two of the Council, met and treated with the Five Nations, at Albany, respecting it; besides the presents, which were made to the Indians. The Five Na­tions desired that the Cartlidges should not suffer death; and the affair was, at length, amicably settled.

Among the wholesome laws, passed by the Go­vernor, this year, Several wholesome laws passed this year, &c. for improving the produce of the province, meliorating its staple commodities, then in bad credit, at foreign markets, and for other purposes; there was one also entitled, "An act to prohibit the selling of rum, and other strong liquors, to the Indians, and to prevent abuses, that may happen thereby." *

Joseph Growdon was Speaker of the Assembly elected in October, 1722. The Governor, in [Page 150] his speech to this Assembly, on the first of the 11th month, having passed an encomium on the great harmony and unanimity, which had subsist­ed between him and the former Assemblies, with the means, and happy consequences thereof, took occasion thence to recommend to them, among other things, that they would direct their enqui­ry, to find out, from whence it proceeded, that such a multiplicity of expensive and vexatious law suits had been, of late, commenced in their courts, beyond what was usual, or known, in the province before. *

The Go­vernor's re­marks on the increase of law suits, &c."Because, says he, if this sudden change should appear to arise only from the increase of trade and riches, it is well; but, if from any other cause whatsoever, I conceive it will be at­tended with dangerous consequences to the body of the people, whom you represent; and, in such case, it will require your immediate applica­tion." He also observed, "That, for the sake of the whole country, who must live by the pro­duct and manufacture of grain, it was absolutely necessary, that the making good bread and flour, [Page 151] be so regulated, as to recover their lost credit, in the market, in the West Indies; upon which their whole traffic entirely depended:" He concluded with expressions of the warmest zeal, to join with them in whatever means should be found neces­sary to ease the present burdens of the people, and to relieve their complaints.

The House, in answer, as kindly acknowledged the Governor's care, and constant inclinations, for the good and prosperity of the province; and, joining with them, in sentiment, respecting the necessary things, which he recommended to their consideration, they undertook the regulation and improvement of some of the law proceedings; especially respecting attachments; and several laws were passed, for these purposes.

About this time the province appears to have been under great difficulties, Scheme for a paper cur­rency first introduced into Penn­sylvania, 11th mo. 1722. respecting the de­cay, or discouragement, of its trade and credit, and the want of a sufficient medium, or currency, of cash; for the relief of which divers proposals were made; and among the rest, that of paper money, or paper bills of credit, was now intro­duced; which occasioned considerable debate, between men of different sentiments, respecting it.

The Governor was a strong advocate for a pa­per currency, and took great pains to promote it; with whom appeared to join the generality of the people. But divers, who were considered as persons of most property, judgment and weight, in the province, did not like the scheme: but then their dislike was chiefly founded on the difficulty of preserving the said currency from depreciation; Of the in­troduction of the paper currency. which they saw, had, in general, occasioned mis­chievous and fraudulent consequences, in other provinces; together with some modes, which were proposed, of issuing and conducting the same; so that their opposition was not so much entirely [Page 152] against a paper credit, properly guarded and con­ducted, as against fraud, or those modes of form­ing and managing it, which had been so ruinous in other places, or such as they judged would be equally pernicious, if adopted here. Hence, in the 11th month this year, when the scheme was under consideration of the Assembly, Isaac Nor­ris and James Logan, in the name and behalf of several gentlemen and merchants, presented the following sentiments thereon, in writing, to the House, viz.

To the honourable House of Representatives of the province of Pennsylvania. *

Sentiments of divers gentlemen and mer­chants, &c.Being admitted, upon our address to the House, presented yesterday, to exhibit any further sentiments, in relation to a paper credit, now vi­gorously pressed to be established by law; we [Page 153] accordingly offer the following heads, which may be supported by solid arguments, when the House thinks fit to require them.

First, Of the in­stitution of the paper currency. That as this province derives all its powers from, and is wholly dependent on the kingdom of Great Britain, it will be the highest wisdom in our Legislature, upon all exigencies, to direct themselves by the same prudent and just measures, which the parliaments of that kingdom have always pursued, in the like cases; in whom nothing has been more conspicuous than a most strict care, that no subject should lose by the coin, or public credit, of the kingdom.

[Page 154] Secondly, That as, when the nation was most grievously distressed, in the time of a dangerous and expensive war, by a general debasing of their current coin, the parliament would hearken to no proposal (though many were made) for relieving the state, by raising the new minted money to a higher value; but, under the vastest difficulties, renewed it, at the same weight and fineness, to pass at the former rates; which they have unalter­ably kept to. And further, by the sum of twelve hundred thousand pounds, made good to private persons all the loss of exchanging their clipped and debased coin, for the new milled money, which was delivered out at a par to them: so the like justice and prudence requires, that no further alteration, than what the parliament has made here, should, on any terms, be admitted, in the value of our gold and silver, but that it still con­tinue, as it now passes.

[Page 155] Thirdly, That, as the parliament, as often as they found it necessary to issue bills of credit, called exchequer bills, or notes, took the utmost ca [...]e to keep them equal in value with silver, by giving the Bank of England, when they fell into any discount, vast sums of money, to receive those bills, as their own, and to exchange them with ready cash, on the demand of the bearer: so it appears absolutely necessary, that if bills of credit be raised here, due care should be taken (since we can have no such banks, in this province, as are in Europe, whose rules are to pay down ready money for their bills, upon demand) to establish them on so just a foundation, that, while in being, they may still continue of the same value with real mo­ney, according to the rates, at which they are at first issued.

[Page 156] Fourthly, That, if those bills be issued on any easier terms to the receiver, than gold, or silver would be, if it were to be paid, or lent, out of the treasury, by how much easier these terms are, by so much, at least, will the bills fall in value; for credit has its own laws, as unalterable in them­selves, as those of motion, or gravity, are, in na­ture, and which, such, as are versed in these affairs in Europe, as carefully consider.

Fifthly, That the schemes most commonly talked of, for lending out sums, to be discharged by annual payments, equal to, or not much ex­ceeding, the interest, for a certain number of years, without paying any principal, are partial and unjust, and would be destructive to public credit; bacause the consideration given is not an equivalent to the sum received.

[Page 157]For instance, should one hundred pounds be lent out, to be discharged, by the payment only of eight pounds annually, for sixteen years; were such an annuity to be bought, according to the known rules for purchasing estates, it would here be worth no more than seventy pounds sixteen shil­lings and three pence, in ready money; nor is an annuity for nine pounds ten shillings per annum, for twelve years, worth more than seventy-one pounds twelve shillings. In either of these cases, the borrower, could he discharge debts of that value with it, though he were to pay the annuity in gold and silver, would gain near thirty pounds by the loan, but no other person would feel the least advantage by it; now, if no man would let out his own money on these terms, none ought to desire it so of the public; the credit of which is of vastly greater importance, than any private per­sons; because a failure, in that, affects the fortune of every individual, in his money, the medium of his commerce and dealing.

[Page 158] Sixthly, That all such projects are either ex­ceedingly weak, or unjust; for the paper money is to be lent either to all, who shall desire it, on a tender of the security, proposed, or to some only: if to all (as it is natural for all men to desire what they may gain by) it will be impracticable to strike enough, to answer all demands; or, if it were struck, it would, because of its quantity, become of little, or no value; if to a few only, what tribunal can be erected, to judge and distinguish, who of the King's subjects, are to be admitted to the favour, and who to be rejected? If the poor only are to be the objects, they have not security to give, or, if they had, perhaps they have as lit­tle merit as any: commonly people become weal­thy by sobriety and industry, the most useful qua­lifications in a commonwealth, and poor by luxury, idleness and folly. What rules then can be found, for dispensing the public favours?

[Page 159] Seventhly, That by these schemes, the more the currency, or paper money falls in value (by which word falling, is meant the rising of gold, silver, English goods, and all other commodities, in nominal value, which is the certain proof of the other's falling) the greater is the borrower's advan­tage; for the more easily will he pay his annuity; so that he may happen, by virtue of the act, to discharge, with the value of twenty pounds, a debt of one hundred, due to the man, who, per­haps, kindly lent him the money, to relieve him in distress, or honestly sold him his land, or goods, at their real value, at the time of lending, or sale.

[Page 160] Eighthly, That all those deceive themselves, who, because gold and silver may be had at New York, or other places, in exchange for their pa­per money, suppose that the one, therefore, is as good as the other, unless the silver can be had at eight shillings per ounce, or the gold at six shillings per penny weight, at New York, as they were rated at the first striking of their bills; but when their silver brings from nine to ten shillings per ounce, and their light pistoles pass at twenty-eight shillings, or higher, then bills are truly so much fallen in va­lue, as the others are advanced. So, in Carolina, silver is to be purchased for their bills, but it is at thirty shillings per ounce, though they were struck, as is said, at seven shillings only!

These being premised as general heads, what next follows, is to point out what are conceived to be the only means of supporting the credit of such a currency, if issued.

[Page 161] First, That the whole sum struck be but small, and just sufficient to pass from hand to hand, for a currency.

Secondly, That it be not continued for any longer time; for the paper will wear out, and it will not be so easy to exchange it for new, as some have imagined; which, it is much to be doubted, will be found impracticable: besides, the sooner it is to expire, the more easily will people be satisfied to take it. But further, our laws can continue in force no longer than five years, without the royal approbation.

Thirdly, That care be taken to force the sink­ing of it in course, and in a just manner, by mea­sures, that shall render it absolutely necessary for the public to have it sunk; which, it is conceived, [Page 162] none of the methods hitherto discoursed of will effect. These heads, may it please the House, are what we have, at present, humbly to offer to your consideration, on this subject.

*
A few days after this the following paper was laid before the House, in answer to these sentiments of several gentlemen and merchants, in relation to a paper currency, viz.

To the honourable House of Representatives of the province of Penn­sylvania, in Assembly met, the 24th of January, 1722-23.

May it please the honourable House,
We beg leave to lay before you some considerations, in answer to the sentiments of several gentlemen and merchants, in relation to a paper cre­dit which they were admitted to present, the tenth instant.
First, It is but just to concede to their notion, that this province is dependent on, and derives all its powers from, Great Britain; and that it is the highest wisdom, in our Legislature, to direct themselves by the same prudent measures, as far as our circumstances with theirs may agree.
Secondly, It is by them alledged, that when the nation was distressed by war, and their coin generally debased, yet the parliament would not advance their currency, on any account; and that they renewed it, at the same fineness, to pass at the former rates; and they have unaltera­bly kept to the same. And further, that twelve hundred thousand pounds made good to private persons all their loss, received from exchanging their clipped and debased coin, for the new milled money, delivered at par: to which we say, that we know (by what authority soever it was, or is done) that since, if not then, the coin hath been (particularly the gold) often raised and lowered; and that the twelve hundred thousand pounds did make good all the loss in the kingdom, for the debased coin, is an assertion, we doubt not, but there are many, in Great Britain (and some here) can inform those gentlemen otherwise.
Thirdly, In concurrence with the sentiments of these gentlemen, in their third paragraph, we humbly recommend it to our legislators, that our bills be established upon so just a foundation, that, while in being, they may still continue of the same value with real money, according to the rates, at which they are first issued.
Fourthly, If those bills cannot be procured, where they are to be issued, for a less pledge or security, than gold, or silver, would be, the easy terms of refunding them will not lessen their value; for the stamp of authority has its own laws, as unalterable in themselves, as those of interest, or increase, are in usury; and which, such as are versed in those affairs, as carefully consider.
Fifthly, The schemes most commonly talked of, for lending out sums to be discharged by annual payments, equal to, or not much exceed­ing the interest, for a certain number of years, without paying any prin­cipal, are not partial and unjust, nor destructive to the public credit; for the pledge secured is more than an equivalent to the sum received, and the interest given is not inconsiderable, even, of the lowest rated schemes. To whom are they partial and unjust, since no method is proposed, or contrived, for any particular man, or men, excluding others? The benefit is to be general; and though the necessities of the poor chiefly call for the succour, yet it is more within the compass of the rich to be thereby fa­voured; because they have plenty of pledges: let them not, then, complain of partiality, or injustice, through their own negligence. How are such schemes destructive to public credit, since the public is capable of yield­ing so much relief to a necessitous people, without hurting itself? No, the design is laudable, and greatly becomes our generous patriots. But, perhaps, there are some, that are partial to themselves, although they seem to speak in defence of the public, affording us room to guess, they would have no money borrowed, but of private persons, and begrudge the borrowers of the public, the gain of near thirty pounds, according to the exquisite calculation of those gentlemen; because they themselves know, that such an advantage is not equal to the sweet incomes of usury.
Sixthly, All such projects are not exceedingly weak and unjust; for what man, had he money by him to lend, would refuse it, on sufficient security? And if he does lend it, on such security, where can we suppose the lender's loss to be? Or, wherein is the paper credit lessened, when there is more than its value to support it? Their supposing it to be lent to all, is an amusement; and the tribunal is easy to be erected, to find out persons of worth, from those that are worth nothing; and the poor (who, they say, have as little merit as any) may have a chance to get it by labour, by the employers having something to pay both to their own, and the poor man's advantage: and thus a way may easily be found for dispensing the public favours. We presume to add, to these great and rich men (and, therefore, according to their account, sober and industri­ous men) that we humbly hope a medium, in business, will run us from the loose way of luxury, idleness and folly, which often, happens from be­ing non-plus'd in a regular dispatch of affairs, for want of pay, when due.
Seventhly, This currency, or paper money, will not fall in value, it raised on a good foundation, as recommended in the third article. The rise of silver is alone owing to the avarice of the possessor; who, know­ing there is no other currency (and that too, at this time, extremely scarce) they have imposed on the necessities of the people, by advancing it near two shillings in the pound; but it is not improbable that our bills, being always capable of purchasing our country produce, their value be­ing equal to silver, will again reduce it to its stated worth, and be a [...] satisfactory to the kind lender, who, (according to them) relieved the borrower in distress, or sold him land, or goods, at the real value, at the time of lending, or sale.
Eighthly, Those do not deceive themselves, who, because gold and silver may be had, at New York, or other places, in exchange for their paper money, suppose that the one is as good as the other. It is a re­ceived maxim, that the value of any thing is in proportion to what it will purchase: now paper bills will, at this time, and would formerly, purchase, in New York, goods cheaper than cash will, at Philadelphia; and it is obvious that some other reason may have occasioned the rise of silver and gold there; since we have here advanced, at least, six pence per ounce, on silver, beyond the rate ascertained by act of parliament, without any such motive as paper money.
These being premised on the general heads, what next follows is in answer to their three conclusive points.
1st. If the whole sum struck be so small, that it will not answer the absolute and immediate necessities of those who have real securities to give, it will not (we humbly conceive) be sufficient to pass from hand to hand, for a currency.
2d. That which is a benefit to any person, for five years, will be a further benefit, for a longer term; and, perhaps, the fixing it to a short date may abridge some persons from effecting what they might accom­plish for their own good, and the country's advantage, in more time. The difficulty of exchanging worn out bills for new, in an office to be erected for that purpose, we doubt not the care and ability of this As­sembly to surmount, and render practicable. And, if our laws can con­tinue in force no longer than five years, without the royal approbation, yet we presume a law so beneficial to the subject here, so concurrent to the practice of neighbouring colonies, and no ways repugnant to the laws of England, will, when duly represented at home, not want that ap­probation.
3d. We confide in this, that the wisdom of this honourable House needs no direction, in the care to be taken, of sinking the paper currency in course, and in a just manner; for we esteem you (and not these gen­tlemen petitioners) to be proper judges of the methods hitherto discours­ed of.
These observations, may it please this honourable House, on the sentiments of those gentlemen, we humbly offer to your consideration, and pray your favourable construction.
Soon after the preceding answer was delivered to the House, it was followed by a paper, in reply to it, containing, the further sentiments of the gentlemen, merchants, &c. on the same subject, viz.

To the honourable House of Representatives of the province of Pennsylvania.

In the important affair of a paper credit, now under the considera­tion of your House, it is to be hoped that all honest men, amongst us, think of it from the same principles, and with the same inclinations, viz. to promote the true interest and reputation of this colony.
Upon these views alone we lately took the liberty to petition your honourable House, to be heard upon the subject, and the next day ex­hibited our sentiments, in writing, drawn into several heads, and built, on such solid foundations of truth, that we are well assured they cannot be shaken.
Yet, as the opinions of men are extremely various, and great pains have, of late, been taken here, to instil and strengthen popular errors, on that subject; we find divers of these drawn up, in a paper, lately presented to, and received by, the House; containing, as it says, some considerations, in answer to our said sentiments, but truly consisting, in a great measure, of those common mistakes, which have unhappily oc­casioned such differences in opinion, even, among the well-meaning, who, we presume, all aim at the public good.
The more clearly, therefore, to manifest these popular deceptions, to prevent the unhappy consequence, that may attend their obtaining further place, and more effectually to establish the truth and certainty of those heads, we before presented, we humbly beg leave to offer the fol­lowing observations, on the several parts of that paper, with some fur­ther sentiments, on the whole matter; which, we hope, will be inter­preted according to their true intention, that is, to serve the public, in which we are all jointly embarked.
The design of what we then exhibited to the House (as is evident from all the parts of it) was not to oppose a paper credit, but to shew the danger of ill concerted schemes, and to point out, as far as was then proper, what we conceived to be the most effectual measures, for an­swering all the just ends, proposed by such a credit.
In the three first articles was represented how much it became us, as a government depending on Britain, to copy after the great examples, their parliaments have set before us; particularly these two cases of keeping our coin constantly to the same rates, and supporting the credit of our bills, when issued, equivalent to such money.
To the first of these, those, concerned in that paper, are obliged to concede.
To the second they answer with a gross mistake, and an unbecom­ing trifling: for, it is positively true, that since the great reformation of the English coin, in 1696, there has not been the least alteration in it; guineas, which, till lately, never were a legal tender, were limited that year, that they should not, under a penalty, be received at more than twenty-two shillings each. But no sooner did silver, the true lawful mo­ney of the kingdom, circulate freely again, which, by the great dili­gence of the several mints, they did, within six months after; but the people refused to take them at more than twenty-one shillings and six pence, as formerly; at which rate they have constantly continued, till the mines of America, especially of Brasil, producing much more gold than silver, in value, the first has fallen, in Europe; on which, to prevent the ex­portation of silver, they are, by a late act of parliament, reduced to twenty-one shillings; and at that rate, at length, made a legal tender, that is, lawful money of the nation. If foreign gold, or silver, be meant, which are only merchandize, and rise, as the demand is for ex­portation, these are entirely out of the question. To the other part, where they alledge, that the twelve hundred thousand pounds did not make good all the loss, in the kingdom; we say, that our informations are as good as any can pretend to, in this province.
That sum, on large trials, made in the exchequer, of the monies re­ceived the year before, was judged sufficient to make good the whole loss; and all, who brought in their money, within the time limited, had it made good to them. It is true, some persons disaffected to the go­vernment, and others fond of their hoards, forbore, and suffered accord­ingly, but the great care of the parliament, and therefore the truth of our assertion, are from hence equally clear.
The third head, which is the greatest point, of keeping up our bills to the same value with real money, according to the rates, or which they are, at first, issued, is also conceded, in general terms; and the just foundation mentioned, is all that is contended for.
But what is advanced in the fourth and fifth articles, is the grand popular error, that endangers a disappointment, in that great end pro­posed. For no stamp of authority can give an intrinsic worth, where it really is not. Experience, whose instructions, even the weakest may reach, will shew us, that bills of credit have been issued in no place on this continent, where they have not, sooner or later, sunk below the value, at which they were, at first, made; and yet they all had as pow­erful a stamp of authority as any we can give. We are now upon put­ting in practice a project of the same kind; it is, therefore, the more highly [...]ncumbent on us, prudently and advisedly to consider, in time, by what means the inconveniences, that have attended others, in theirs, may be prevented in our undertaking.
The first remark, we offered, on this head, was from this founda­tion, that, if the public, by their terms of issuing their bills, shew they estimate them [...] less than they would real money; all mankind, but es­pecially the trader, whose business it is to exchange his commodity for its real value, w [...] naturally be taught to do the same. The greatness of the security ma [...]es no manner of difference, unless the borrower of the bills should be obliged, for one hundred pounds lent in them, to repay, upon that security, the like sum of gold or silver, and not in the same specie; for should one, upon lending any rarity, of no great intrinsic va­lue, take a security of one hundred pounds, to have it returned, this would not add to the real worth of the thing lent, though it shewed, the len­der resolved to have it restored to him; or, if a man should assign the bond of another person of dubious credit, for one hundred pounds due, for the consideration of fifty pounds only, to be paid by the assignee, in twelve months, to the assignor; and for the payment of the fifty pounds, should take a mortgage, or security, worth five hundred pounds, this in­deed will make the debt of fifty more certainly good, but will not add one farthing to the value of the bond assigned, in the same manner, if a person be possessed of fifty pounds, in bills of credit, though there be a security of one or two hundred pounds given for them, in the office, by the borrower, of the first taking of them out, should these bills, for the same reasons, that have prevailed in Boston, and other places, in the li [...] case, sink in their value, and become worth less than forty pounds, while in that person's hands, the security given will, in no manner, compen­sate that loss to the possessor; for neither he, nor even the public, can have any satisfaction from the security; because, if the borrower re­turns the bills again, when due from him, though they should not then be worth twenty pounds of that coin, by which they were first rated, his security will be entirely discharged by the payment. This is most evi­dent and plain to any man of reason, who will make use of it: but per­sons over-run with the common notions, depending on the applause of such as are ready prepared to give it to every thing, favouring their own opinions, may think it sufficient for answering the most certain truth, barely to deny it, and confide in the numbers, that are to support their assertions; which we conceive has been the only motive to those persons, who drew up, or presented the paper, now under consideration; but the unhandsome reflections, that are cast, in that part of it, shall, for the present, be waved, and referred to the close of this, as a more proper place.
In our fifth and sixth heads we asserted, that such schemes as were then commonly talked of, were partial, weak and unjust; as they were intended to make grants very beneficial to the first borrower, but injuri­ous to the others: that all would equally covet the same advantage; but that, from the nature of the thing, all could not possibly partake of it; unless the quantity of the bills were so [...]ast as to render them of little, or no value. The truth of all which is so clear and plain, that it would be little less than a mockery to human reason, to offer arguments for supporting what, if understood, is self-evident. But this is now entire­ly out of time, the wisdom of the Assembly having admitted none of those schemes, there guarded against, and it will be difficult to find a reason for offering that part of the paper to the House, after all the votes, that have been passed on this affair, unless it be to prepare, with an extreme modesty, for another push, to overset all that has hitherto been voted.
Their whole answer to the seventh head is grounded on another great mistake, in the cause of the rise of silver amongst us; which is truly thus: In the year 1709, when the act of parliament, for reducing our coin, took place, silver was our common currency; gold being then but rarely seen; but as it was judged necessary (seeing the act was silent in it) to make that also, as well as silver, pass current by weight, at some determinate rate; and being, at that time, worth four pounds an ounce, or four shillings per penny weight, in Britain, it was advanced in the same proportion with sil­ver, ( viz. one third) to five shillings and four pence per penny weight; but because this sum could not be so divided by twenty-four, as to render it practicable to reckon single grains by farthings, without a fraction, it was, by common consent, raised to five shillings and six pence, that a grain might be accounted at two pence three farthings. This seeming small difference, with the advance given in England by the East India compa­ny for Spanish silver, wrought so great a change in our currency, that our payments were mostly made in gold, New York and Britain gradu­ally exhausting our silver; insomuch that, even, nine or ten years ago, five per cent. advance was given, in gold, in exchange for Spanish sil­ver; though afterwards, upon a greater importation of the latter, this difference, for some time, abated; but gold having still further fallen in value, in Britain, the disparity has again further increased; for account­ing pieces of eight, only at five shillings and four pence per ounce, which is under a medium for their common price; and gold at three pounds eighteen shillings, which is near its present, or late value, in England; a [...] ounce of Spanish silver is truly equivalent to seven shillings and six pence, in gold, at five pounds ten shillings per ounce, as we rate it. It is there­fore, neither avarice, nor sharping, that has occasioned this advance, in the exchange of these two metals, but the essential difference, in their intrinsic value, at the market, to which they are carried; which is es­timated by rules, that ever will prevail among competent reasoners on the basis of trade; though such, as go beyond their last, will meddle with matters out of their sphere, are uncapable of comprehending them.
But, from hence a sure rule may be taken, in relation to paper that by so much as the value of public bills sink, by so much will gold and silver rise, in proportion to their intrinsic worth; as we find our sil­ver has done, in proportion to our gold; and the constant standard, to measure this by, will be the exchange between the English colony, where they are made current, and Great Britain. From hence the loss on bills is to be estimated in all places, where they pass: the exchange in New York, before the bills fell, viz. in 1716, was fifty per cent. and in Boston, not long before; but since 1717, the year they uttered their last great quantity of bills, it arose to sixty-five per cent. and in Boston, it is now near one hundred and fifty per cent. as in Carolina, it is from five to six cents advance on one hundred pounds sterling.
The answer to the eighth is of a piece with the rest, a presumptu­ous denial of a positive truth, that is in itself incontestible; for the lan­guage of the New York bill runs thus, viz. for a bill of twenty shillings; "This bill, of two ounces ten penny weight of plate, due from the colony of New York to the possessor thereof, shall be equal, in value, to Seville pillar, or Mexico plate," &c. And yet that very bill shall, at this time, purchase very little more, (if any thing) in pieces of eight, than two ounces. It is, therefore, undeniably true, that such a bill is not equivalent to two ounces and a half of such plate; because, being fallen from its first in­tended value, it will not purchase so much: and it is really surprising how any men, in direct contradiction to common sense, can amuse themselves and others with such groundless notions. The price of goods at New York, whether cheaper or dearer, than at Philadelphia, is out of the ques­tion; unless it could be alledged, that a bill of twenty shillings will pur­chase as much of those goods, as can be bought with the real weight of two ounces and a half of Spanish silver; which the boldest assertor will scarce venture to affirm.
We further beg leave to observe, on their answer to the three last articles:
First, That to supply the want of a medium for commerce is the honest intention of the proposal for bills of credit, and not to discharge the debts of those who want means, from the public, to get clear of them.
Secondly, All bills, bonds, &c. on an equal security, are the more valued, the sooner they become due; and the sooner public bills are to sink, the greater will be their credit. It is true, that the longer the time is, the more easy it may seem to the first borrower; but, in the whole course of the bills, after their second payment, this will but di­minish their credit. If eight years be preferable to five, because of the length of the time, the same argument may be urged for sixteen or twenty.
Thirdly, It is extremely mannerly (we grant) to leave it entirely to the Assembly, to consider the manner of sinking the bills; but this com­plaisance, it is doubted, is more owing to an unconcernedness in that point, when, or whether ever, they sink, provided they are once obtain­ed, than to any real modesty; otherwise, it was certainly a breach of that, after the House had voted both the sum and the time, not to ac­quiesce in their wisdom, but to solicit an enlargement.
We pay as great a deference, may it please the House, to the legis­lative authority, as any others; yet we well know their wisdom will in­fluence them to lend constantly an open ear to all necessary hints from without doors, that may contribute any advantage to the important af­fairs, brought from time to time, under their consideration.
From hence it is, that we shall yet crave liberty to offer our further sentiments, not only in relation to a paper credit, but upon some other points, that nearly concern the prosperity of this colony.
Such bills, we find, have been issued in America, on two different, foundations; the one has been to raise a large sum immediately, on the credit of future taxes, duties, &c. by which they were to be regularly sunk in time; the other to be lent out on securities, and to be sunk by the borrowers repaying them into the treasury. Those of New York and South Carolina were by the first method, and those of New England. and Rhode Island, by the second.
In Carolina they were obliged, for the defence of their town and country, against some threatened invasions, to raise an immense sum, for so small a colony, vastly exceeding the occasions they had for a currency, especially since their rice, which foreigners come to carry away, will purchase most of the goods they want; and this sunk the credit of their bills to the low state they were depressed to. In New York, their first bills, raised by the same method, viz. by anticipating the duties, by which they were to be sunk again, kept up their credit; and, because of the certainty of their terminating, and the quantity being moderate, for a place of such large and extended commerce, they continued of equal value with their current silver, until the year 1717, when they issued another large sum▪ and for a longer term; upon which their credit im­mediately fell to a disparity with their real money.
Farther to the castward, their bills being issued on loans only, by which method they cannot be called in, with so much certainty, they consequently fell more than one third below the value, at which they were first struck; and the same may be expected from the like measures to happen here; for seeing very few borrowers are found to discharge their mortgages to private persons, in time, and according to contract, it will be expected that the public, to whom such loud cries are raised, for succour to the distressed, will rather be more indulgent, than ri­gorous, to their humble suppliants.
It will, therefore, be evident, that to keep up the credit of bills, the quantity must be moderate, and should be somewhat under a suffici­ency for a circulating currency, that we may, as they do in New York, contrive means to supply ourselves with some quantities of cash, which is real treasure in a country, while bills are no more than borrowing from one another without adding one penny to the wealth or stock of the colony; and next, that a certainty of their being sunk in a reasona­ble time, will principally contribute to support that credit.
It was observed before, in the last article, presented by us, to the House, that such measures ought to be taken for this, as shall render it absolutely necessary for the public, that the bills shall be sunk regularly.
It is therefore, upon the whole, with all due submission, proposed to the consideration of the House, whether it may not be rather requisite to retrench the quantity, last voted, than to augment it, as some de­sire; considering that ten pounds of that currency will probably cir­culate more and faster than twenty or thirty of gold or silver; because the latter has a constant intrinsic value, while the other, more subject to change, and designed only for a medium of commerce, will be more briskly shifted from hand to hand, to answer that pupose? and whether the following methods of applying it may not render it more serviceable; viz. that, seeing the public is now, by the Treasurer's account, besides some other sums not yet settled, above one thousand six hundred pounds in debt, and the support, for the ensuing year, is yet to be provided for, a sum of about three thousand pounds, to be paid out of the bills, to be sunk, by an excise, or such other method as the House shall best approve of, for returning that sum, in three, four or five years, as shall be judged most convenient.
That a sum, sufficient to finish the prison and workhouse of Philadel­phia, be lent out of the bills of the city and county, to be returned into the treasury, by a yearly tax on the inhabitants, not exceeding one penny per pound, till the said sum be discharged; the present taxes of three pence per pound being too heavy, in these difficult times, for the public to bear.
That the rest be lent out, as is already proposed to the House, on good unquestionable securities, at the interest agreed on; but, for the better assuring their sinking, that all public monies, raised by any taxes, excise, or duties whatsoever, be paid into the respective treasuries only in that specie, to be there sunk; and the full value of such public monies be made good out of the sums, paid in by the borrowers, whether in coin, paper, or country produce, to answer the ends, for which the same was raised; by which means the bills must necessarily be sunk, and the payments be duly made by the borrowers, without any excuse or sa­vour.
That, for the more effectual support of the credit of the bills, six­pence in the pound be allowed to the person, who pays them in, as pub­lic money, to be made good out of the interest, paid by the borrower.
These measures, may it please the House, it is believed, will very much contribute to answer the just ends, proposed by the bills, with the least injury, or loss, to the receivers.
The reflections, in this last paper, as well as others, which have industriously been rendered popular, shall be answered, by shewing, from the state of the country, how destructive to its true interest that spirit is, to which too many appear to have resigned themselves, that those, who are sincerely well affected to the public, may, with a more distinguish­ing judgment, observe the measures, by which our common interest may be most effectually promoted; for which end, we beg leave to add the following remarks, viz.
That this small colony, consisting, at present, only of three coun­ties, and of no extraordinary soil, situate but on one side of one naviga­ble river; is, therefore, inferior, in natural advantages, to all others around us; and having no produce, but what other colonies, more com­modiously situated, not only rival us in, but, of late, have outdone us, we cannot, therefore, equally flourish with others, unless we compensate these natural defects, by such improvements, in industry, and other good qualities, as may deservedly acquire us a reputation.
That the husbandman and merchant are the principal supporters of the colony, from whom all other kinds of business, among us, receive their encouragement; the one raising the produce, and the other export­ing it by navigation.
That, by the common methods of our trade, for want of a vent abroad, for our wheat, and what is manufactured from it, we can never become considerable; and therefore it is necessary that the countryman should endeavour for some other improvements, and the merchant labour to find out new channels for commere, by pursuing it in all the branches, that may lie open to us, in other countries; for both these will ever, in reality, have a natural dependence on each other.
That it is an unhappiness to this country, that there are not more wealthy men in trade, who, by large stocks, could force such an extend­ed commerce, as in New York and Boston; for by these means more ship­ping, and therefore, more workmen and people would be employed; and both a greater exportation and consumption of the country produce, to the encouragement of the farmer, would be occasioned by it.
That it has ever been accounted a great advantage to a country, to have men in it, who can supply others with money, in their necessities, on such terms as the laws approve; for, from such opportunities, the industrious and ingenious, who, for want of something in their hands, might be ever tied down to poverty, may find means to raise themselves (as many have done) to fortunes and a capacity of being extremely use­ful; from hence many have received vast advantages, by compassing bargains, that otherwise they must, forever have gone without. In short, there is nothing more equitable than that the active and industrious should, for a moderate consideration, have the use of other men's stocks, who either for want of skill, or inclination, cannot employ it them­selves.
That the wealth of a country consists of the riches of its inhabitants, and the richer any country is, the better it is for a poor man to live in. All these being unquestionable truths, it is as astonishing to consider, while we have scarce one man in the country, that can be ac­counted rich, when compared with divers in other colonies; while the province really suffers for want of more men of ability, to promote its interest, and enlarge its commerce; on which great numbers of the people have their dependance; while money can scarce be had on any terms, to lend, or borrow, and seldom ever could be obtained on loan, but by entreaty, and with solicitation; it is astonishing, we say, to con­sider how it is possible, that there should be any amongst us, who, is despite of common sense, will suffer themselves to be misled into such a spirit of malignity, as, in direct opposition to the interest of the whole, to insult and abuse those few, in the place, who are the most capable of promoting that interest; to return reproaches for what was obtained by prayer; and under the endearing appearance of popularity, to strike at the very sinews of a country's strength, and the evident means of its prosperity; in which all would, according to their ranks, be more or less partakers.
We humbly crave the House's excuse for these observations, which the unhappy prevailing humour of the time (as the honourable House, from the last, and other applications, cannot but be sensible) has ren­dered necessary, for rectifying the distempered notions of the misguided. On which no better advice (we conceive) can be recommended to such persons, than that of the apostle, viz, "To fellow after the things, which make for their peace; to study to be quiet, and to do their own business," &c. as he has recommended. Rom. xiv ch. 19 ver. 1. Thess. iv ch. 11 [...].
Although it is true, we are, at present, very poor, yet love and unity appear not less wanting among us, than money; and while we are applying to the Legislature for means to supply the one, if we could be so happy as to join in the other, it would mere effectually render it easy to this honourable House to provide for our public necessities, which, that we may, is the earnest desire of their most faithful friend.

A few days after this was presented to the House, the Governor also delivered them his sentiments, in writing, on the same subject, as follows:

Mr. Speaker, and Gentlemen of the Assembly,

Governor Keith's sen­timents on introducing [...] paper currency.I have, at your request, very carefully consi­dered the resolutions of the House, upon your journals, relating to public credit; and also some things, which, I find, have been offered to you, upon the same subject.

Credit may, no doubt, be compared to the mathematics, in so far as both sciences will admit [Page 163] of deducing solid conclusions from self-evident and clear principles; and yet, by the subtilty of an artist, truth, or falsehood, in either of them, is often so wrapped up and involved, that it is lost unto, or misapprehended by the plainest, and, generally speaking, much the honestest part of mankind.

But the common necessity, and general inte­rest of the whole body of the people, being a sub­ject of importance, on which we ought to speak plainly, and act freely, I shall, without any pre­amble, or disguise whatever, communicate my thoughts to you, in the simplest, and most intelli­gible manner, that I can.

First, If it be true, that the riches and pro­sperity of this province chiefly depend on the ma­nufacture of provisions, and the exchanging of that manufacture, with other things, to advantage, it will also be true, that whatever increases the one, and, at the same time, encourages the other, will [Page 164] justly deserve the name of a public good; and the majority of those, employed in such manufacture and exchange, have thereby a right to be consi­dered as the body of the people, whom you repre­sent.

Secondly, It is evident, that, where there is no public debt, and a real value, in lands, to be pledged, paper money may, if there is occasion for it, be struck to advantage, without any risk at all; for though, perhaps, it may contribute to hurt some weak people, in the ill management of their private affairs, yet, while any unfrugal per­son is lost to the community, and is succeeded by one more industrious than he, the public cannot suffer by such a change.

Thirdly, If, in the case of a paper currency, among us, it should happen to follow (as it may be supposed it will) that silver and gold will be kept up for remittances to Great Britain, we shall then have no other means of dealing with one ano­ther, but the paper: should the quantity, there­fore, [Page 165] be less than is necessary to circulate our home trade, in its natural course, usurers and sharpers would have the same opportunity as they have now, to lie at catch for bargains, and make a monopoly of trade, by engrossing the current money into their hands.

Fourthly, The very essence and nature of cre­dit, as well as the practice and experience of the greatest banks in Europe, directs all such bills to be issued at something less than the common interest, for that is, in effect, a premium by the public, to encourage their circulation: and whosoever is pleased to say, that the bank of Amsterdam loses credit, by lending money at two per cent. or the bank of England, by lending money at four per cent. shall scarce prevail with me to think the asser­tion worthy of any answer.

Fifthly, I am not of opinion with those gen­tlemen, who are pleased to alledge, that the value of silver, at New York, which, in the month of September last, was from eight shillings and six [Page 166] pence to eight shillings and nine pence, is occasioned by their paper; for, in this province, where there never has been any paper yet, from five to ten per cent. has, for several years, been given in exchange for silver. And as to their computation of gold, the gentlemen, perhaps, have not had occasion, of late, to be informed, that the heaviest pistoles, in York, go at no more than twenty-eight shillings, and smaller, or cut gold, at the common standard value, in that province; where, it is believed, the people could not possibly carry on half the quantity of their present trade and business, without the help of paper.

Sixthly, I must also take leave to differ, in opinion, with those, who, without enquiry, and by wholesale, are pleased to condemn all schemes of lending money, to be discharged by annual pay­ments; for I truly think that method will not only suit the different circumstances and conveniency of [Page 167] the people best, but, in all respects, will prove the safest and most profitable, as well as equal; and my reasons for it, are these:

1st. Whatever quantity be issued, if one fifth, sixth, or tenth part, of the sum, according to the time, for which it is to last, must necessarily come into office every year, it may be lent out again, at five per cent. for any time, within the term, to such persons as had no place, or opportunity, to come into the first loan: by which means all the frightful, odd things, mentioned in the gentle­men's sixth observation, will presently vanish; for every man, in this case, according to his ability, may, if he thinks fit, share in that advantage; which the public most generously and prudently offers to the necessities of the people.

2ndly, If so great a share of the whole comes in yearly to the office, in order to be lent out again, it will, in a great measure, prevent engrossing, [Page 168] and help the circulation considerably; it will also give more frequent opportunity of discovering frauds, and gradually increase the public stock and revenue of the bank; and by that means it will demonstrably sink the original sum, within the time prefixed; that is to say, the paper, at the end of that term, will either be found in the office, or its value in cash, ready to pay what shall then happen, by accident, to be yet abroad.

Seventhly, If too great a security is demanded for the loan of public money, I think, it will, in a great measure, frustrate the design of relieving many of the middling, or most industrious, sort of the people; wherefore, it is my opinion, that [Page 169] one half of the value of ground rents may very safely be lent to those, who are willing and able to give such security.

Eighthly, If, upon further consideration, you find that the sum intended may be issued to better advantage, for a longer time, I think the objection, that our acts can only subsist five years, without being approved, is of no weight; for, besides, that it would not be very civil, to suppose that the legislative authority here would deliberately go up­on any act of that importance, or indeed, of any kind, which we had the least cause to suspect would be disagreeable to his Majesty, or the sentiments of his ministry: we know very well, it is in his Majesty's royal power and prerogative, to repeal and make void, at any time, all acts of Assembly, to be made, or passed, in America: and, for my [Page 170] part, if I did not, in my conscience, believe that the act, now proposed, would be made on such a rational, just and equal foot, as would rather claim his Majesty's gracious favour, in assenting to it, than render it obnoxious to his impartial justice, I should neither have given myself nor you this trouble.

Gentlemen, these are most frankly and sin­cerely my present sentiments of the matter before you; and, as I do not find myself inclined to dis­pute, and much less to shew any stiffness, or ob­stinacy, in an affair of such a general concern, I shall very much rely on your diligent circumspec­tion and care, for the good of your country, being still ready and willing to give you all the assistance in my power.

WILLIAM KEITH.
[Page 171]

CHAPTER XXV.

The Assembly's conduct in the affair of a paper cur­rency.—Dr. Douglas, &c. on paper money, in New England.—Further account of the Pennsyl­vania paper currency, till 1749.—Governor Keith a lover and solicitor of popularity, violates his instructions from the Proprietary, which causes party dispute, &c.—Reasons given for and against the same by the Governor and David Lloyd, on one side, and by James Logan, for the Proprie­tary family, on the other.—Names of the Members of Assembly, elected in 1725; and of some Mem­bers of Council about that time.—The widow Penn's answer to the remonstrance of the Assembly relating to said instructions.—Disputes afterwards relative to Proprietor's instructions.—William Al­len.—Thomas Lightfoot.

IN this important affair, the Assembly proceed­ed with the utmost caution and circumspection; 1723. The As­sembly pro­ceed with great cau­tion, &c. for having both the examples and mistakes of the other colonies before their eyes, they saw the prin­cipal thing, which they had to guard against, was the depreciation of their bills; * which nothing [Page 172] could so much effect as an over-quantity, defect of solid security, and of proper provision to recal and cancel them; so in this, their first experiment of the kind, they issued only £. 15,000, on such terms as appeared most likely to be effectual to keep up their credit, and gradually to reduce and sink them. For which purpose the act, among [Page 173] several others, was passed by the Governor, on the second day of the first month (March) 1722-33. Two acts passed this year, for emitting £.45,000. But, from the advantage, which was soon experi­enced by this emission, together with the insuffici­ency of the sum, the government was induced, in the latter end of the same year, to emit £. 30,000 more, on the same terms.

But, that it may appear, Further ac­count of the paper cur­rency in Pennsylva­nia. with what caution this province, in early time, advanced in this affair, it may not be improper, in this place, to observe, upon a requisition afterwards from the government, in Great Britain, in the year 1739, to have the state of the paper currency, with the rates of pas­sing, buying and selling gold and silver, in the British colonies, from the year 1700, to that time, laid before the parliament: the Assembly of Penn­sylvania, therefore, in November 1739, drew up and delivered to Governor Thomas, the following report, which exhibits the further account of this affair, to the said year, viz.

"An account of the several acts, passed in the province of Pennsylvania, for creating, or issuing, paper bills, or bills of credit, with the account of those bills, and the value thereof, in money of Great Britain; and the provision made for sinking, of discharging the same, together with the sum of bills, that have been sunk, or discharged; also the sum of bills subsisting, or passing in payment, at this time, with the amount of the value thereof, in money of Great Britain.

[Page 174]"In the year 1723, two acts were passed, for creating the first bills of credit, by which forty-five, thousand pounds were issued; and for the effectual discharging, or sinking, the said bills, it was therein provided and enacted, that a real estate, in fee simple, of double the value of the sum lent out, should be secured in an office, erected for that purpose; and that the sums, so lent out, should be annually repaid into the office, in such equal sums, or quotas, as would effectually sink the whole capital sum of forty-five thousand pounds, within the time limited by the aforesaid acts; which sum, being computed in silver, as it was then received, and paid, among us, and reduced to sterling money of Great Britain, amounts to £. 29,090 13 4; * but in the year 1726, the sum of £. 6,110 5 [...] part of the capital sum of forty-five thousand pounds, by virtue of the two aforesaid acts, being totally [Page 175] sunk and destroyed, the province found themselves greatly straightened by means thereof, and likely to become subject to many disappointments and losses, for want of a sufficient medium in trade, if the remaining quotas, or payments, should con­tinue to be sunk, according to the direction of the acts; therefore, an act was then passed for conti­nuing the remaining sum of £. 38,889 15, for, and during the term of eight years, by re-emitting, or lending out again, the quotas, or sums, to be paid in, by the respective borrowers, on the same securities and provisions, as were directed by the former acts.

"The bills of credit, emitted in the year 1723, being thus reduced by the sinking of the aforesaid sum, and the inhabitants of the province growing exceeding numerous, through the importation of foreigners, and others settling among us; by which means the trade became greatly enlarged; and the difficulties still increased, and the province found themselves under the necessity of making an addition to those bills of credit; and accordingly, in the year 1729, the further sum of thirty thou­sand pounds was then created, and issued upon the same security of real estates, in f [...]e simple, to be mortgaged in double the value of the sum lent; and to be paid in by yearly quotas, and sunk and destroyed, as the former acts, passed in the year 1723, had provided and directed in the case.

"In the year 1731, the acts, for issuing bills of credit, passed in the year 1723, being near ex­pired, and the annual quotas remaining due, on [Page 176] the said acts, by virtue thereof, being at this time, to be sunk and destroyed, which would unavoid­ably have involved the merchants, as well as farm­ers, in new difficulties, and laid the province un­der a necessity of making new acts of Assembly, for emitting more bills of credit in lieu thereof, an act was then passed for continuing the value and currency of those bills, for the term of eight years, by lending out the same, as they became due, with the same provisions, and on the same real securi­ties, provided for, and directed by, the former acts.

"The amount of the bills of credit, in the present year 1739, by virtue of the several afore­said acts, amounting only to £. 69,889 15, from the daily increase of the inhabitants, and the con­tinued importation of foreigners, among us, being found by experience, to fall short of a proper me­dium, for negociating our commerce, and for the support of government, an act was passed for cre­ating and issuing a farther sum of eleven thousand one hundred and ten pounds five shillings, and for continuing the whole amount of our bills of cre­dit, for a short time of years, under the same real securities, and with the same provisions and limi­tations, as directed by the former acts; by means of which additional sum, the whole amount of the bills of credit, current in the province, is at this time eighty thousand pounds: which sum being computed, as now purchased here, and reduced to sterling money of Great Britain, makes £, 50,196. Yet, notwithstanding merchants and others have given some advance, to purchase gold and silver, we are assured, from experience, that difference arises only from the balance of our trade, with Great Britain, being in our favour, by means of the far greater quantity of English goods import­ed into this province, since the creating and issu­ing our bills of credit; for the adventurers ad­vancing [Page 177] the price of their commodities, and, en­couraged by meeting with a ready sale, became great gainers, while wheat, flour, and all the valuable produce of the province, continued at, or near, the usual prices, and are, at this time, to be purchased with our bills of credit, as low, or lower, than has been almost ever known, when gold and silver were the medium of our trade; and all tradesmen, hired servants, and other la­bourers, have always been, and are still, paid at the same rates, and no more, for their labour, than they formerly received, before the creating, or issuing, our bills of credit." *

In October 1723, David Lloyd was elected Speaker of the Assembly, and in the year next following William Biles was in the same office; during which time, the usual cordiality and har­mony appear to have subsisted between the two branches of the Legislature.

The Governor, Sir William Keith, Governor Keith a so­licitor of popularity, &c. appears manifestly, not only in his administration, but also in his general conduct, to have been a great solicitor of popularity; and he both possessed and [Page 178] practised those arts, 1724. which seldom fail to please the popula [...] [...] which, in persons of ability are no less dangerous, in the extreme, to which there is the greatest temptation, than they are really ne­cessary, when kept within due bounds, and pro­perly tempered, to execute any good and important design in public affairs: this appears to have been so far the case, with respect to Governor Keith, that, though his exerting himself, at all events, to please those he governed, and his harmonizing so very much with the Assembly, were productive of di­vers advantages, and much benefit to the province, yet his views of raising and supporting himself upon the foundation of popular applause, carried him to such an extreme, that, the more firmly to establish himself in the favour of the people, from whom he drew his support, he neglected those who advanced him to the station, which he filled, and broke through the terms, on which he had engaged in the government, by rejecting the advice of the Council and the Proprietary's friends, Governor Keith disre­gards his instructions &c. and by acting contrary to the instructions of his principal; the absolute observance of which was the compact of his lieutenancy; this was, "That he should pass no laws, nor transact any thing of moment, relating to the public affairs, with­out the advice and approbation of the Council." This instruction, which, on his appointment to the government, he had obligated himself invio­lably to observe, he, now encouraged by the As­sembly, held to be illegal, and persisted in his not being bound by any restraint of that nature. *

Governor Keith's conduct causes much dis­pute, &c.This conduct of Governor Keith, in the latter end of the year 1724, caused much dispute, in the province, tending unhappily further to divide, [Page 179] and make an incompatibility of interests between the proprietaries and the people; which, in reali­ty, were so nearly and intimately connected and interwoven, that, in all the public proceedings, they ought ultimately ever to have been regarded as one: the managers, or chief actors, in this controversy, were principally the Governor and David Lloyd, on the one side, and on the other, James Logan, the Secretary, and agent to the Proprietary's family. *

The Governor, with those, The Go­vernor's reasons for his conduct &c. who opposed the Proprietary interest being the more numerous, and who now, upon this occasion, began again more particularly to distinguish and exert them­selves, advanced, That the power of legislation, was, by the royal charter, solely and entirely vested in the Proprietary, or in his Deputy, with the representatives of the people; that, as the latter, or the delegates of the people, in their legislative capacity, were so far from being liable [Page 180] to be bound, or restrained by any instructions, from their constituents, that their acts were abso­lutely binding upon them; so, neither has the former, or the Proprietary, any just authority to lay restrictions upon his Deputy, (whose acts are also equally binding upon his principal) to hinder him from acting, as he pleased, in conjunction with the other part of the legislature; and conse­quently all instructions of this nature were void in themselves; that, moreover, by the present charter of privileges, granted by the Proprietary to the people, the Council was no part of the legisla­ture; and, therefore, had no right to interfere, in acts of government, so as to be a restraint upon the Governor therein. *

[Page 181]The Proprietary's friends, on the other hand, alledged the reasonableness and justice of the thing, Reasons of the Propri­etor's friends against the Governor, &c. and the absolute necessity of such a Coun­cil, or of the Council's having such a check on the Deputy Governor, both for the safety of the Pro­prietary, and, even, the further security of the people; besides the constant practice of the first, or late Proprietary, William Penn, and its consisten­cy with the nature of an English constitution:— For, said they, in all the royal governments, the Governors are the King's deputies, or represen­tatives; and there is not one of them in America, who is not bound by similar, and much more ex­tensive instructions, in reference to their respective Councils, notwithstanding their office of deputy, and representative capacity;—That, in the absence of the Proprietary, who is so greatly interested in whatever concerns the public affairs, for a Lieu­tenant [Page 182] and temporary Governor, perhaps, of some distant country, and with little, or no solid con­nections, in the province, to be left to act, in government, entirely as he pleases, in respect to his principal, without any check whatsoever from a Council, composed of such of his friends as are inhabitants of the first character and property in the province, and thence so much the more inter­ested in its welfare, was in such an important sta­tion, very unsafe not only for the Proprietary, but also unreasonable and unjust, to expect it; and, even, if duly considered, less secure to the people themselves; that, by the royal charter, "The full and absolute power of legislation was vested in the Proprietary, or in his Deputy, with the advice, assent and approbation of the freemen, or their delegates, &c. to be assembled for that purpose, in such sort and form, as to said Pro­prietary and them shall seem best; but that the Assembly, by the present charter of privileges, agreed on between the Proprietary and people, in 1701, are not authorised to advise, (a part re­quired [Page 183] of the freemen by the royal charter) but only to enact;—That, for this purpose, &c. the Council was established by the Proprietary, William Penn, as most reasonable, just and necessary; which, in its very nature, could not possibly be injurious, but might be, as it had been, in many cases, beneficial to the country, as well as a security to the Proprietary himself; and that moreover, it was most evidently more consonant to the nature of an English constitution.

The Governor strenuously maintained the de­bate, and persisted in his conduct, The Go­vernor per­sists till he is supersed­ed, &c. till he was su­perseded in the government by Patrick Gordon, in the summer of the year 1726: * before which time, in the month of March preceding, James Logan, in order to terminate the dispute, present­ed to the Assembly, a paper, in which he thus expressed himself, viz.

"James Logan never alledged that the Council of this province under the present constitution, James Lo­gan to the Assembly, &c. is a part of its legislative authority; or, that, as a [Page 184] Council, 1725. they are otherwise concerned in it, than in conjuction with the Governor, at the board or, in committees, conferences, by his appoint­ment and direction; or that an act, passed by the Governor and Assembly, without the Council, is not of as much force, as if it had their concur­rence and approbation: but, even, David Lloyd himself has fully acknowledged their part in it, in these words of his print, viz. that he never knew any so senseless, as to say, that the Governor is excluded (by law or charter) of having a Coun­cil, to advise and assist, in legislation; beyond which no man ever asserted they have a right, in this province.

"And whether the Proprietary can lay his De­puty under restrictions, is now rendered fully in­telligible to every capacity, by the Governor him­self, in reducing the case to this narrow point, viz. "That the greatest of Deputies can break their in­structions; and that they are liable to be removed for it;" beyond which the matter will not bear a further argument.

"All other attempts, therefore, to labour these points, can only tend to continue dishonourable disputes, in the government, and engage the whole country in quarrels, that can no otherwise affect it, than by involving it in reproach, and heaping provocations on the Proprietary's family."

By the widow Penn's answer to the Assembly's remonstrance of the 20th of March 1724-5, * on this affair (which remonstrance is mentioned, but [Page 185] not inserted, in the printed votes of the House) both the design of the Proprietaries, by these in­structions, and also the views of the persons, who were primarily and principally concerned in thus representing the same, as contrary to the charter­al rights of the province, are further intimated, as follows, viz.

To the Representatives of Pennsylvania, in General Assembly met.

It gave me no small concern, The widow Penn's let­ter to the Assembly, in 1726. when I received the remonstrance of the 20th of March, 1724-5, from the late House of Representatives of the free­men of the province of Pensilvania, with their resolution, that some part of a private letter of instructions, sent by me to the late Deputy Go­vernor, * was contrary to the liberties and privi­leges, granted by charter to the people of that province; and my concern was the greater, when I considered, that, as their happiness had ever been the peculiar care of my late husband, in his life time, so the continuance of it has been no less the desire of myself, and the whole family, ever since his death. I purposed long ere this time to have answered that remonstrance, but finding my sincere intentions to preserve peace and unanimity, in the province, had been manifestly perverted, to the great disquiet of the people; and that too by those, whose duty it was to have acted another part, I was willing to lay hold of a more favourable opportunity, (when you might be left to your own prudent deliberations, without being influ­enced to misinterpret the good intentions of the [Page 186] family towards you) to assure you, that, if, at any time, I fall short of doing any thing, that may advance your interest and reputation, it must proceed only from my not having it in my power. And as to that part of my letter, which was made use of to procure that remonstrance, I do acknow­ledge it was designed as a cautionary direction, or limitation, upon the acting Governor; but with­out the least apprehension that it could ever have been construed, by the Assembly, as any design upon the liberties of the freemen of Pensilvania: because the Council, according to its constitution, either is, or ought to be, composed of persons of the best circumstances and abilities, residing and inhabiting within the said province; and whose interest must, without all doubt, be the same with your own, and that of the people, whom you re­present. Nor was this instruction any other, but, in effect, the same with what had ever been given, by my late husband, your Proprietor, to all his Deputy Governors: and (without mentioning the unhappy occasion given, for writing that letter) I was the rather induced to renew this instruction, because by the proceedings of your own House, but a few years ago, it appears, the then Assembly expressed a very particular concern at the Deputy Governor's declining to take the advice of the Council, upon the bills, sent to him, from their House, to be passed into laws: * and, therefore, I must conclude, that, if in this, you had been en­tirely left to have followed the resolutions of your own judgments, you would have continued of the same sentiments, and have judged it a very necessa­ry instruction, at that time, all circumstances con­sidered; (but more especially if you had been aware of what has happened but too plainly since) that this very remonstrance was obtained with de­sign to wrest the government out of the hands of [Page 187] the Proprietor's family; and by that means, at once, to deprive you of those valuable privileges, secured to you, as well by the royal charter, grant­ed to the late Proprietor, as by the several grants and laws, made by him, under the same; for the preservation of which you express so just a con­cern: and I do assure you, it is not easy for me to say, whether for your safety, or my own, I am better pleased that this attempt upon the rights of our family, and your privileges, has proved un­successful: and, without saying any more of that piece of management, I hope, we shall, all of us, learn to cultivate and maintain so entire an agree­ment, and mutual good understanding, as may preserve us from ever becoming a prey to design­ing men; who, it is evident (notwithstanding their fair pretences) consider none of us in any other light, than to serve their own ends and pur­poses, even, though at the expence of all that is valuable to us. My age, and low state of health make it tedious and difficult for me to apply my thoughts to business; and, therefore, I shall add no more, but that the Governor, * appointed by my grandson, with the concurrence and consent of the family, is, for his prudence, well recom­mended to us here, and hath, in charge, from us, as much as lies in his power, to do every thing, which he lawfully may, to make you a happy people; which we apprehend to be the surest way to advance the interest of our family, in Pensilva­nia, as well as most agreeable to my own inclina­tion and desires.

HANNAH PENN.
*
This letter was written after the appointment of Governor Gordon, and was probably sent by him.
*
Governor Gookin, vid. pag 91, &c.
*
Governor Gordon.
Springett.

To conclude the subject of the right, lawful­ness, or propriety of Proprietary instructions, Further dis­putes about Proprietary instructions &c. or of this kind of restrictions, in this case, though [Page 188] it take us beyond the present time, it is observa­ble, that the government of Pennsylvania was ab­solutely as much the property and estate of the Proprietary, under the crown, as the soil thereof, and both of them intimately connected; conse­quently during the absence of the Proprietary, rules, instructions and restraints from him to his Deputies, to act by, respecting that property be­came as proper and necessary, as the directions from any employer to his agent, whose acts are obligatory upon his principal, can be justly sup­posed to be, notwithstanding which it has been long complained and contended in the province, since that time, "That the power given to the Deputy Governors of Pennsylvania, by the royal charter, of making laws, with the advice and consent of the Assembly, for public uses, &c. ac­cording to their best discretion is taken away by the Proprietary instructions enforced by penal bonds, and restraining the Deputy from the use of his best discretion," &c. to this the Proprietaries, Thomas and Richard Penn, by their agent, Ferdinand John Paris, in November, 1758, thus answer:

Answer of the Propri­etaries on this subject"As long as instructions are constantly given to every person entrusted with the government of any British colony; (and bonds also required from every such person, for observance of such instructions) as long as instructions are constantly given to all persons whatsoever, executing, even, the regal government of his Majesty's kingdoms, during the royal absence; as long as these Proprie­taries are repeatedly commanded, by the crown, 42 [Page 189] upon the nomination of each successive Lieutenant Governor, to give instructions to such Lieutenant; and as long as a Lieutenant Governor may, by his misbehaviour (if left entirely to his discretion) bring the Proprietaries estate and franchises into danger; so long the Proprietaries must contend to give instructions to, and take bonds from, their Lieutenant Governors."

[Page 190]

CHAPTER XXVI.

Affirmation, &c. instead of an oath, established in Pennsylvania.—Forms of the declaration of fideli­ty, abjuration and affirmation of the Quakers in Pennsylvania.—Quaker's grateful address to the King, on the occasion.—Conduct of the Quakers in England on a similar affair.—Custom of the Quakers appearing in courts of justice with their hats on their heads interrupted and restored,— Their address to the Governor and his compliance with their request, on this occasion.—His too great popularity creates faction in the province, and he is superseded in the government by Patrick Gordon, in 1726.—Governor Gordon's administration.— Robert Fletcher.—State of Pennsylvania about this time.—Its trade and produce, &c.

1725.THE use of an affirmation, instead of an oath, in all cases, Of the af­firmation act, esta­blished in Pennsylva­nia. was one of those privileges, for the enjoyment of which Pennsylvania was first set­tled by the Quakers; and which they had en­joyed uninterrupted for above twenty years, with the happy effects of the consequence thereof, in the province. But after the resumption of the government, on the laws being revised, in 1700 and 1701, the law respecting the manner of giv­ing evidence, with divers others, were remitted to Queen Anne, in Council, in 1705; when the said law was repealed; not with design to deprive the Quakers there of the said privilege, but solely on account of its making the punishment, for false [Page 191] affirming, greater than the law of England re­quired, for false swearing; as appears by the At­torney General Northey's opinion thereon.

The repealing of this law occasioned much dif­ficulty among the Quakers, in the province; and divers attempts were made, from time to time, for reviving the aforesaid privilege, but without success, till the year 1725, when an act, pre­scribing the forms of declaration of fidelity, abju­ration and affirmation, instead of the forms before required, having been passed in the province, was ratified by the King, in Council; and thereby became perpetual.

The Quakers, in New Jersey, were, And in New Jersey &c. for a con­siderable time, subject to similar difficulties, upon the same account; though the equity of their right to an affirmation, in their own form, was as old as the constitution; and, in fact, the settle­ment of the province primarily depended upon the enjoyment of that religious and civil liberty, 43 [Page 192] of which this was a part; yet means were found to put a considerable interruption to this just and reasonable privilege; which, at length, finally terminated in the act of the first year of George the Second; which act was confirmed, and render­ed perpetual, by the King in Council, on the 4th day of May, 1732.

Of the af­firmation act, &c.The Assembly of the province of Pennsylvania, in the year 1725, and also the Quakers, from their yearly meeting, at Philadelphia, separately, to manifest their gratitude for the royal confirma­tion of the affirmation act of Pennsylvania, ad­dressed the King, on the subject; * the address of the latter was, as follows, viz.

[Page 193]

To our Gracious Sovereign, George, King of Great Britain, &c.

The humble address of his Protestant subjects, Quakers address to the king, &c. called Quakers, from their yearly meeting, held at Philadelphia, in the province of Penn­sylvania, the 21st day of the 7th month, 1725.

In an humble sense of the many▪ blessings and virtues, which flow from the Divine Being, dispensed to the nations and people, over whom he hath been pleased to establish so gracious a prince, great, in his goodness and love to his people, great, in the benignity of his reign, which reaches to the most distant of his subjects, and great, in the sight of the nations round about.

If any of the present age should yet, through wantonness or wickedness, shut their eyes, and [Page 194] not see, or be thankful for such happiness, ages to come will look upon it with admiration; and kings may set before them the example; posteri­ty may mark it in their annals; and if ever again attempts should be made upon true liberty and the laws, princes may find the mistake and disho­nour in such endeavours, in former times, and remark thy reign, as the way to true grandeur.

We have great cause, among the rest of our fellow subjects, to express our affection and duty to our sovereign, and to be, as we truly are, par­ticularly thankful for the royal assent to an act of this province, entitled, An act for the prescribing forms of declaration of fidelity, abjuration and af­firmation, instead of the forms heretofore required in such cases.

This benevolence of our king, in a matter, which so nearly touches the conscience, makes deep impressions on our hearts; but to the Al­mighty, who sees them, do we earnestly pray for [Page 195] the long continuance of his reign, and that an increase of blessings may be showered down on his person and throne, and that his posterity, may be established therein.

The Quakers of Pennsylvania, Their gra­titude exhi­bited in this address, &c. though this was their indubitable right, as a part of their first pur­chase, in the original settlement, it is plain, look­ed upon their being replaced in the enjoyment thereof, as a great favour; and so far were they from thinking it unnecessary to express it, that they declared it, their duty thus gratefully to acknow­ledge it: which, with their continued care and practice afterwards, not to abuse the same, shewed as much a disposition worthy of such favour and beneficence, on the one hand, as it exhibited, on the other, a regard for the justice and happiness, due to that people, in those, who were possessed of power: such actions will ever remain an obli­gation on their posterity, so long as they continue in the profession of the same principles, and duly [Page 196] regard the example of their forefathers, to incite their circumspection, in both their religious and civil [...]onduct, with all dutifulness and fidelity to the government, [...]der which they partake not only of the common protection, but also enjoy such particular indulgence.

The Qua­kers privi­lege of ap­pearing in courts, in their own way, in Pennsylva­nia,With the restoration of the enjoyment of this pri­vilege to the Quakers, in Pennsylvania, may be mentioned that of another, viz. the liberty of appearing covered, or, with their hats on their heads, (according to their usual custom every where) in all courts of judicature: which this people, in that province, likewise considered as one of their charteral, or legal and indubitable rights, however small, trifling, or humoursome, it may appear to those persons, who, by their con­duct, while, at the same time, they may thus re­present, or make light of the ceremony of the hat, absurdly render it an affair of so very great importance, as scarcely on any terms whatsoever, to bear, or dispense, with an emancipation from the use of it, in any people!

[Page 197]The institution of a court of chancery, in the province, in the year 1720, has been already mentioned. At this court, in which Sir William Keith was President, John Kinsey, a Quaker and a lawyer of eminence, who was afterwards Chief Justice of Pennsylvania, was, in the year 1725, obliged, in the way of his business, to at­tend; where appearing with his hat on his head, Is inter­rupted, &c. according to the usual manner of that people, the President ordered it to be taken off; which, was accordingly done. His friends the Quakers, took the affair under consideration; and soon after, at their quarterly meeting, in Philadelphia, appointed a committee to wait on the Governor; and, in a respectful manner, to request him to continue the privilege, to which the Quakers conceived them­selves legally entitled, of appearing in courts, or otherwise, in their own way, according to their re­ligious persuasion; an address, being accordingly prepared, was presented to the President, Go­vernor Keith; which, with the entry made there­on, [Page 198] by his order, in the court of chancery, and certified by the Register, is as follows, viz.

To Sir William Keith, Baronet, Governor of the province of Pennsylvania, &c.

The humble address of the people called Qua­kers, by appointment of their quarterly meeting, held in Philadelphia, for the city and county, 2nd of the 2nd month, 1725.

May it please the Governor,

The Qua­kers ad­dress to Governor Keith thereon.Having maturely considered the inconveni­encies and hardships, which we are apprehensive all those of our community may be laid under, who shall be required, or obliged, to attend the respective courts of judicature, in this province, if they may not be admitted, without first having their hats taken off, from their heads, by an of­ficer; as we understand, was the case of our friend, John Kinsey, when the Governor was pleased to command his to be taken off, before he could be admitted to speak, in a case depending, at the court of chancery, after that he had declared, that he could not, for conscience, comply with the Governor's order to himself, to the same purpose; which, being altogether new and unprecedented, in this province, was the more surprising to the spectators, and as we conceive (however slight some may account it) has a tendency to the sub­version of our religious liberties.

This province, with the powers of govern­ment, was granted by king Charles the Second to our Proprietor, who, at the time of the said grant, was known to dissent from the national way of worship, in divers points, and particularly in that part of outward behaviour, of refusing to pay unto man the honour, that he, with all others, of the same profession, believed to be due only to the Supreme Being; and they, on all occasions, [Page 199] have supported their testimony, so far as to be fre­quently subjected to the insults of such as required that homage.

That the principal part of those, who accom­panied our said Proprietor, in his first settlement of this colony, with others of the same profession, who have since retired into it, justly conceived, that, by virtue of said powers, granted to our Proprietor, they should have a free and unques­tioned right to the exercise of their religious prin­ciples, and their persuasion, in the aforementioned point, and all others, by which they were distin­guished from those of other professions; and it seems not unreasonable to conceive an indulgence intended by the crown, in graciously leaving the modelling of the government to him and them, in such manner, as may best suit their circum­stances; which appears to have been an early care in the first Legislators, by several acts, as that for liberty of conscience; and more particularly, by a law of the province, passed in the 13th year of king William, chap. xcii, now in force: it is pro­vided that, in all courts, all persons, of all per­suasions, may freely appear, in their own way, and, according to their own manner, and there personally plead their own cause, or, if unable, by their friends; which provision appears to be directly intended to guard against all exceptions to any persons appearing in their own way, as our friend did, at the aforesaid court.

Now, though no people can be more ready, or willing, in all things essential, to pay all due regard to superiors, and honour the courts of jus­tice, and those who administer it, yet, in such points as interfere with our conscientious persua­sion, we have openly and firmly borne our testi­mony, in all countries and places, where our lots have fallen.

[Page 200]We must, therefore, crave leave to hope, from the reasons here humbly offered, that the Governor, when he has fully considered them, will be of opinion with us, that we may justly and modestly claim it, as a right, that we, and our friends, should at all times, be excused, in the government, from any compliances against our conscientious persuasions, and humbly re­quest, that he would, for the future, account it as such to us, thy assured well-wishing friends.

Signed by appointment of the said meeting,
  • RICHARD HILL,
  • RICHARD HAYES,
  • MORRIS MORRIS,
  • ANTHONY MORRIS,
  • EVAN EVANS,
  • JOHN GOODSON,
  • ROWLAND ELLIS,
  • REESE THOMAS,
  • SAMUEL PRESTON,
  • WILLIAM HUDSON.

The Go­vernor com­plies with their re­quest, &c.On consideration had of the humble address, presented to the Governor, this day read in open court, from the quarterly meeting of the people called Quakers, for the city and county of Phila­delphia, it is ordered, that the said address be filed with the Register, and that it be made a standing rule of the court of chancery, for the province of Pennsylvania, in all time to come, that any prac­titioner of the law, or other officer, or person whatsoever, professing himself to be one of the peo­ple called Quakers, may and shall be admitted, if they so think fit, to speak, or otherwise officiate, and apply themselves, decently unto the said court, without being obliged to observe the usual cere­mony of uncovering their heads, by having their hats taken off, and such privilege hereby ordered [Page 201] and granted to the people called Quakers, shall, at no time hereafter, be understood, The Go­vernor's or­der, &c. re­specting the manner of the Qua­kers ap­pearing in court, &c. or inter­preted, as any contempt, or neglect, of the said court, and shall be taken only as an act of con­scientious liberty, of right, appertaining to the religious persuasion of the said people, and agree­able to their practice, in all civil affairs of life.

BY SIR WILLIAM KEITH, Chancellor.

Governor Keith, by his popular behaviour and administration, which, in many cases, had been highly beneficial to the province, had so far inte­rested himself in the favour of many of the people, Governor Keith much in favour with the people. that upon intelligence of his intended removal from the government, by the Proprietary family, they were much displeased, and petitioned the Assembly to make him a gratuity: they, even, after his re­moval, chose him for a Member of Assembly, and he accepted the office.

But whatever might have been his motives for his popular conduct, in the government, Pennsylva­nia indebt­ed to his ad­ministra­tion, and how far soever he may be thought reprehensible, in studying to gratify those, whom he governed, more than was just and prudent, yet, it is most certain that the real interest of the province of Pennsylvania was much indebted to his care and management, while in that office.

But after he was superseded by Patrick Gordon, His disho­nourable conduct, &c. in the summer of the year 1726, he resided some time in the province, using all means in his power, to divide the inhabitants, embarrass the administra­tion, * and distress the Proprietary family; till at [Page 202] length, 1726. having thereby rendered himself odious to the people, as he had done before, to the Pro­prietaries, Governor Keith is at last rejected by them whom he had courted &c. he returned to England; and it is said, at last he died poor, in London, about the year 1749: which, though it reflect not much honour on those, who so highly approved of, and loudly declared themselves to have been extraordinarily benefited by his public conduct, in the administra­tion, if it was in their power to have prevented his being in such a situation, is nevertheless, per­haps, an instance of the general and natural con­sequence and folly of too great a dependance on popular favour.

Governor Gordon first meets the Assem­bly, &c. Patrick Gordon appears to have first met the Assembly of Pennsylvania, in the beginning of the 6th month, 1726, though he arrived in the pro­vince, with his family, some time before. But during the fore part of his administration, for two or three years, the public transactions were not a little disturbed, or obstructed, by the faction created by Sir William Keith; who, as before ob­served, was chosen a Member of Assembly, at the next election, in October, of which David Lloyd was Speaker.

Governor Gordon's administra­tion in ge­neral, &c.But Governor Gordon's administration, in gene­ral, was distinguished with moderation and pru­dence, through a great variety of public and important transactions; in which a general good harmony subsisted between the different branches of the Legislature; and, during a happy time of general tranquillity, both at home and abroad, many wholesome laws were made, great improve­ments carried on, and trade considerably increas­ed; [Page 203] insomuch that about this time, the author of a publication, called by Anderson, in his historical deduction of commerce, &c. a judicious tract, enti­tled, "The importance of the British plantations in America to these kingdoms, &c. considered," Lon­don, printed, 1731, speaks thus therein of this province, viz.

"That Pennsylvania which has not any peculiar staple, (like Carolina, State of Pennsylva­nia about this time. Virginia and Maryland) and was begun to be planted so late as 1680, should, at present, have more white inhabitants in it, than all Virginia, Maryland and both the Carolinas, is extremely remarkable! And although the young­est colony, on the continent," [Georgia, &c. was not yet planted] "they have, by far, the finest capital city of all British America; and the second in magnitude. The causes usually assigned for this vast increase of white people, in so short a time, are these, viz. first, their kind treatment of the Indians, their neighbours; here­by rendering that province absolutely safe from their attempts. Some, indeed, have gone so far, as to assert, that they are the only British colony that have treated the poor native Indians with hu­manity: for, that no other British colony admits of the evidence of an Indian against a white man: nor are the complaints of Indians against white men duly regarded, in other colonies; whereby these poor people endure the most cruel treatment, from the very worst of our own people, without hope of redress! And all the Indian wars, in our colonies, were occasioned by such means. Se­condly, the excellency of Pennsylvania's laws; whereby property is effectually secured to all its Note. Robert Fletcher of Abington, in Pennsylvania, died in August, Robert Fletcher obiit. 1726. He had filled several public stations with honour and integrity; and is said to have had a clear character, was much respected by most sorts of people, and made a happy exit, at last, as his death-bed expres­sions, in manuscript, testify. His death was accounted a great and public loss, but more especially to his friends, the Quakers, and his neighbours. [Page 204] inhabitants. Thirdly, the unlimited toleration for all manner of religious persuasions, without permitting any claims to ecclesiastical power, to take place. All men, who are Protestants, are indifferently eligible to the magistracy and Legis­lature, let their private opinions be what they will, without any religious test."

1731.Respecting Pennsylvania's product, commerce, and benefit to Great Britain, about this time, (1731) the same author further says, viz.

Articles of trade and produce of Pennsylva­nia, anno 1730, &c."The product of Pennsylvania, for exporta­tion, is wheat, flour, * bisket, barrelled beef and pork, bacon, hams, butter, cheese, cyder, ap­ples, soap, myrtle-wax candles, starch, hair-pow­der, tanned leather, bees wax, tallow-candles, strong beer, * linseed oil, strong waters, deer-skins, and other peltry, hemp (which they have encou­raged by an additional bounty of three half pence per pound weight, over and above what is allowed by act of parliament) some little tobacco, lumber [ i. e. sawed boards, and timber for building of houses, cypress wood, shingles, cask-staves and headings, masts, and other ship timber] also drugs, of various sorts (as sassafras, calamus aromaticus, snake-root, &c.) lastly, (adds our author) the Pennsylvanians build about 2,000 tons of shipping a year for sale, over and above what they employ in their own trade; which may be about 6,000 tons more. They send great quantities of corn to Portugal and Spain, frequently selling their [Page 205] ships, as well as cargo; 1731. and the produce of both is sent thence to England; where it is always laid out in goods, and sent home to Pennsylvania." "They receive no less than, from 4,000 to 6,000 pistoles from the Dutch isle of Curaçoa alone, for provisions and liquors. And they trade to Surinam, in the like manner, and to the French part of Hispaniola, as also to the other French sugar islands; from whence they bring back molasses, and also some money. From Jamaica they some­times return with all money and no goods; be­cause their rum and molasses are so dear there. And all the money they can get, from all parts; as also sugar, rice, tar, pitch, &c. is brought to England, to pay for the manufactures, &c. they carry home from us; which (he affirms) has not, for many years past, been less than £. 150,000 per annum. They trade to our provinces of New England, Virginia, Maryland and Carolina, and to all the islands in the West Indies, (excepting the Spanish ones) as also to the Canaries, Madeira and the Azores isles; likewise to Newfoundland, for fish; which they carry to Spain, Portugal, and up the Mediterranean; and remit the money to England; which, one way or other, may amount to £. 60,000 yearly; but without their trade to the French and Dutch colonies, in the West Indies, they could not remit so much to England; neither could they carry on their trade with the Indians if they did not take off the rum and molasses, as well as sugars of those colonies, in part of payment of the cargoes they carry thither."

[Page 206]

CHAPTER XXVII.

Thomas Penn, one of the Proprietaries, arrives in the province from England in 1732.—Assembly's address to him, with his answer.—Boundaries between Pennsylvania and Maryland agreed on; with a description of the same.—Dr. Douglas's [...]ccount of this affair, &c.—John Penn, the eldest [...]roprietor arrives in the province in 1734.—The Assembly's address to him, with his answer.—Lord Baltimore attempts to obtain of the king the terri­tories, and such part of Pennsylvania as were supposed to be within the grant to his ancestors; upon which the Assembly address the king; and John Penn returns to England.—Assembly's ad­dress to him, on his departure, with his answer. —Death of John Penn and Governor Gordon. —Administration of the Council, James Logan, President.—Names of some Members of Council. —Benjamin Franklin, &c.—Disturbances from Maryland, on the borders of Pennsylvania.—Ex­pences of Indian affairs.—Arrival of Governor Thomas.—His administration.—Part of Andrew Hamilton's speech to the Assembly, on the cause of Pennsylvania's prosperity, at his taking leave of the House, as Speaker, &c.

1732.IN the month of August 1732, Thomas Penn, one of the Proprietaries from England, arrived in the [Page 207] province; where he continued a number of years. On the 15th of the month the Assembly presented him with the following address, viz. Thomas Penn ar­rives in the province, &c.

To the honourable Thomas Penn, Esquire, one of the Proprietaries of the province of Pennsylvania.

The humble address of the Representatives of the freemen of the said province, The Assem­bly's ad­dress to him &c. in Ge­neral Assembly met.

May it please our honourable Proprietary.

At the same time that we acknowledge the goodness of Divine Providence in thy preservation, we do most sincerely cong [...]tulate thee upon thy safe arrival into the province of Pennsylvania.

Our long and ardent desires to see one of our honourable Proprietaries amongst us, are now fulfilled; and it is with pleasure we can say thou art arrived at a time, when the government is in perfect tranquillity; and that there seems to be no emulation amongst us, but who shall, by a peace­able and dutiful behaviour, give the best proof of the sense, they have of the blessings, derived to us, under our late honourable Proprietary your father, whose goodness, to his people, deserves ever to be remembered with gratitude and affection.

Be pleased to accept of our best wishes for thy health and prosperity; and give us leave to say, as no discouragements, nor any artifices of ill men, have hitherto been able to deter the good people of Pennsylvania from a firm adherence to your honourable family, so we shall always, to the utmost of our power, support and maintain that government, under which we do, with all gratitude, acknowledge, we enjoy so many valu­able privileges.

To which the Proprietor returned this answer, viz.

[Page 208]"That he heartily thanked the House for their affectionate address; The Pro­prietor's answer. and that, as he looked upon the interest of Pennsylvania, and that of his fa­mily, to be inseparable, the House might assure itself, that it should be his study to pursue those measures, which had rendered the name and go­vernment of his father so grateful to the good people of this province."

Boundaries fixed be­tween Pennsylva­nia and Maryland.In the year 1732, on the 12th of May, was signed by John, Thomas and Richard Penn, the Pro­taries of Pennsylvania, a commission, directed to Governor Gordon, Isaac Norris, Samuel Preston, James Logan and Andrew Hamilton, Esquires, and to James Steel and Robert Charles, gentlemen, ap­pointing them, or any three, or more of them, commissioners, with full power, on the part of the said Proprietaries, for the actual running, mark­ing and laying out, the boundary lines, between both the province and territories of Pennsylvania and Maryland, according to articles of agreement, indented, made and concluded upon, the 10th of May, in the same year, between Charles, Lord Baltimore, the Proprietary of Maryland, and the above mentioned Proprietaries of Pennsylvania. * [Page 209] And an instrument of the same tenor and date, was executed by the said Lord Baltimore, directed to Samuel Ogle, Charles Calvert, Philemon Lloyd, Michael Howard, Richard Bennit, Benjamin Tasker and Mathew Tilghman Ward, Esquires, appointing them, or any six, five, four or three of them, commissioners, for the same purposes, in the part of the said Charles, Lord Baltimore.

In which articles of agreement, between the said Proprietaries, published in Philadelphia, in 1733, respecting the limits and boundaries between the two provinces, including those of the territo­ries of Pennsylvania, it is mentioned to the follow­ing purport, viz.

That a due east and west line shall be drawn from the ocean, beginning at cape Hinlopen, Boundaries between Penn and Baltimore. which lies south of cape Cornelius, upon the eastern side of the Peninsula; and thence to the western side of the Peninsula, which lies upon Chesapeak bay, and as far westward as the exact middle of that part of the Peninsula, where the said line is run.

[Page 210]That from the western end of the said east and west line, in the middle of the Peninsula, a strait line shall run northward, up the said Peninsula, till it touch the western part of the periphery, or arch, of a circle, drawn twelve English statute miles distant from Newcastle, westward towards Maryland, so as to make a tangent thereto, and there the said strait line shall end.

That from the northern end of the last menti­oned strait line, drawn northward, a line shall be continued due north, so far as to that parallel of latitude, which is fifteen English statute miles due south of the most southern part of the city of Philadelphia.

That in the said parallel of latitude, fifteen miles due south from Philadelphia, and from the north­ern [Page 211] end of the last mentioned north and south line, a line shall be run due west across Susquehanna river to the western boundary of Pennsylvania; or so far, at present, as is necessary, which is only about twenty five miles westward of the said river, &c.

All which lines to be the boundaries between the respective provinces of Maryland, and Pennsyl­vania, including the territories of the latter.

Notwithstanding this agreement, the perform­ance was long delayed, or obstructed, Boundaries not finally finished till 1762, &c. by alterca­tion, or disputes, between the parties, about the mode of doing it, said to have been occasioned principally by the Proprietary of Maryland: in consequence of which the inhabitants on the Penn­sylvania side, near where the boundary line ought long before to have been ascertained and marked out, were sometimes exposed to unreasonable de­mands from Maryland claims, and disagreeable, or ill treatment of that government, for want of the same: for it was not finally executed till the year, 1762; when these families, or Proprietaries, agreed to employ two ingenious mathematicians, Charles Mason, and Jeremiah Dixon, after their return from the cape of Good Hope; where they had been to observe the transit of Venus, in the year 1761, finally to settle, or mark out the same; which was accordingly performed by them; and stone pil­lars erected, to render the same more durably conspicuous.

In October, 1734, John Penn, the eldest of the Proprietaries, and a native of Pennsylvania, The Pro­prietor John Penn arrives in the pro­vince. ar­rived in the province from England; whom the Assembly, on the 16th of the month, presented with the following address, viz.

To the honourable John Penn, Esquire, one of the Proprietaries of the province of Pennsylvania, &c.

[Page 212] 1734.The address of the representatives of the free­men of the said province, in General Assem­bly met. The As­ [...]embly's ad­dress to [...]

May it please the Proprietary,

Excited by affection and gratitude, we chear­fully embrace this opportunity of congratulating thee on thy safe arrival to the place of thy nativity. When we commemorate the many benefits, be­stowed on the inhabitants of this colony, the reli­gious and civil liberties, we possess, and to whom these valuable privileges, under God and the king, are owing, we should be wanting to ourselves, and them that we represent, did we not do justice to the memory of thy worthy ancestor, a man of principles truly humane, an advocate for religion and liberty.

What may we not hope for from the son of so great a man, educated under his care, and in­fluenced by his example! May his descendants in­herit his virtues as well as his estate, and long continue a blessing to Pennsylvania.

Signed by order of the House, ANDREW HAMILTON, Speaker.

To which address he returned the following an­swer, viz.

"Gentlemen,

The Pro­prietor's answer."I return you my hearty thanks for this affec­tionate address. The kind regard you express for the memory of my father is most agreeable to me; and, as it was always his desire, so it is strongly my inclination, to do every thing in my power, that can promote the happiness and prosperity of this province."

1735. Lord Bal­timore at­tempts to get the low­er counties, &c.In the summer of the year 1735, Governor Gordon received accounts from England, that ap­plication had been made to the king by the Lord Baltimore, Proprietor of Maryland, for obtaining a [Page 213] grant, or confirmation, 1735. of the three lower coun­ties on Delaware, and a part of Pennsylvania, as lands within the descriptive part of the charter, granted to his ancestors; and that his application had been opposed both by a petition, presented to the king, by Richard Penn, Esquire, one of the ho­nourable Proprietaries of Pennsylvania, and also by a representation from the people called Quakers, in England, in behalf of the province and terri­tories, The As­sembly ad­dress the king on the occasion. &c. upon which occasion the Assembly of Pennsylvania drew up an address to the king, in the month of June this year.

This affair seems to have hastened the return of the Proprietor John Penn, to England; who soon after this time left the country; upon which, about the middle of September, the Assembly presented him with the following address, viz.

To the honourable John Penn, Esquire, The As­sembly's address to John Penn, on his de­parture for England. one of the Proprietaries of the province of Pennsylvania.

The humble address of the Representatives of the freemen of the said province, in General Assembly met.

May it please the Proprietary,

That just esteem and grateful sense, which the people of this province have always retained for the memory of thy honourable father, our late Proprietary and Governor, raised in them the strongest desires to see some of the descendants of that great man among us.

As his wise example gave us just reason to hope, so it was our daily wishes, that his virtues, as well as his estate, might descend to his posteri­ty. And it is with pleasure we can now say, it was not in vain we promised ourselves from thee that affection and regard, which is natural for a good man to have for the place of his nativity.

[Page 214]That humility, justice and benevolence, which has appeared in thy conduct, since thy ar­rival here, has very deservedly gained thee the esteem and affections of the people; and we do, with truth, say, thy leaving us at this time, gives an universal concern to the inhabitants of this pro­vince.

May thy voyage be prosperous, and thy suc­cess equal to the justness of thy cause; and may we soon have the happiness of seeing thee return a blessing to thy native country: and give us leave to hope, that, thou wilt, upon every occasion, join thy favourable sentiments towards the people of this place, with those of thy honourable bro­ther, who, by his stay here, will have frequent opportunities of doing what will always endear your honourable family to the freemen of Pennsyl­vania.

To which the Proprietary returned the following answer, viz.

"Gentlemen,

John Penn's an­swer."I am very sensible of the concern you express for me, and am obliged to you for this kind ad­dress. I am glad of this opportunity of seeing the Representatives of the freemen of Pennsylvania, at my departure; and you may be assured I shall make it my particular care to do every thing in my power, that may advance the interest of this my native country.

John Penn, of whom the inhabitants of Penn­sylvania appear to have conceived a favourable opinion, John Penn dies in 1746, &c. and great expectations, never returned; but died unmarried, in October, 1746; and by his will, lest all his part of the province, which con­sisted of two shares, or half of the whole, to his brother Thomas, who, from that time forward, with the youngest brother Richard, became the sole Proprietaries.

[Page 215]Governor Gordon, 1736. after a prudent and prosper­ous administration of about ten years, Governor Gordon dies, &c. died in the summer 1736; when consequently the government devolved on the Council, James Logan being Presi­dent; a person of experience and ability. *

President Logan, James Lo­gan Presi­dent of the Council, &c. during the time of his Presi­dentship, as well as both before and after it, in conjunction with the Council, appears to have had occasion, among other things, to exert his abilities, in the management of Indian affairs; among which people he had great influence. In which time likewise the claims of Maryland upon the Pennsylvanians, who were settled near the place where the boundary line ought to have been mark­ed out before this time, and the disturbances arising from the government and people of Ma­ryland on that account, gave much uneasiness and trouble to divers inhabitants who were settled within the bounds of Pennsylvania; but in gene­ral, during his administration, the public affairs seem to have been well conducted, for about the space of two years, Governor Thomas ar­rives in 1738. till the arrival of George Tho­mas, Esquire, in the summer of the year 1738, who succeeded in the government.

Governor Thomas appears to have been a man of abilities and resolution, but, in some things, Governor Thomas's administra­tion, &c. did not sufficiently understand the nature and ge­nius of the people, over whom he presided: in [Page 216] the forepart of his administration his conduct seems to have been satisfactory to the country; 1738. but afterwards, the war commencing between En­gland and Spain, about the year 1740, his manner of urging some military demands, with which the Assembly, being chiefly Quakers, on account of their religious principles, could not comply, seems to have introduced so much altercation and dispute between them, for some years, as to render the administration disagreeable to both, though the Assemblies, at that time, were not averse to grant money for the general use of the crown; which they then did, at different times, to a considerable amount. *

Governor Thomas first meets the Assem­bly, &c.He first met the Assembly of Pennsylvania in the sixth month, 1738; and in his first speech to the House, on the 8th of that month, informed them, he had been appointed to the government above a year before; but his embarkation was im­peded by unexpected delays, made by Lord Bal­timore's objecting against the Proprietaries of Penn­sylvania appointing a Governor over the three low­er counties, &c. which objection, after some time, was disregarded, and his appointment both over the province, and the said counties, approved by the king.

1739.In the sixth month, 1739, the Speaker of the Assembly, Andrew Hamilton, in his speech, when he took leave of the House, on account of his age and infirmities, &c. expressed himself in the following manner, respecting the happy constitu­tion [Page 217] and prosperity of Pennsylvania, in these times, viz.

"I would beg leave to observe to you, Part of Andrew Hamilton's last speech to the As­sembly, on the causes of Penn­sylvania's prosperity, &c. that it is not to the fertility of our soil, and the commo­diousness of our rivers, that we ought chiefly to attribute the great progress, this province has made, within so small a compass of years, in im­provements, wealth, trade, and navigation, and the extraordinary increase of people, who have been drawn hither, from almost every country in Europe; a progress, which much more ancient settlements, on the main of America, cannot, at present, boast of; no, it is principally, and almost wholly, owing to the excellency of our constitu­tion; under which we enjoy a greater share both of civil and religious liberty than any of our neigh­bours.

"It is our great happiness, that, instead of triennial Assemblies, a privilege, which several other colonies have long endeavoured to obtain, ours are annual; and, for that reason, as well as others, less liable to be practised upon, or cor­rupted, either with money or presents. We sit upon our own adjournments, when we please, and as long as we think necessary; and we are not to be sent a packing, in the middle of a debate, and disabled from representing our just grievances to our gracious sovereign, if there should be oc­casion; which has often been the fate of Assem­blies in other places.

"We have no officers, but what are necessary; none but what earn their salaries, and those gene­rally are either elected by the people, or appointed by their representatives.

"Other provinces swarm with unnecessary of­ficers, nominated by the Governors; who often make it a main part of their care to support those officers, (notwithstanding their oppressions) at all [Page 218] events. I hope it will ever be the wisdom of our As­semblies to create no great offices nor officers, nor indeed any officer at all, but what is really neces­sary for the service of the country, and to be sure to let the people, or their representatives, have, at least, a share in their nomination, or appoint­ment. This will always be a good security against the mischievous influence of men holding places at the pleasure of the Governor.

"Our foreign trade and shipping are free from all imposts, except those small duties, payable to his majesty, by the statute laws of Great Britain. The taxes which we pay, for carrying on the public service, are inconsiderable; for the sole power of raising and disposing of the public mo­ney for the support of government, is lodged in the Assembly; who appoint their own Treasurer; and to them alone he is accountable. Other inci­dental taxes are assessed, collected and applied by persons annually chosen by the people themselves. Such is our happy state, as to our civil rights.

"Nor are we less happy, in the enjoyment of a perfect freedom, as to religion. By many years experience we find, that an equality among religious societies, without distinguishing any one sect with greater privileges than another, is the most effectual method to discourage hypocrisy, promote the practice of the moral virtues, and pre­vent the plagues and mischiefs, that always attend religious squabbling.

"This is our constitution; and this constitution was framed by the wisdom of Mr. Penn, the first Proprietary and Founder of this province; whose charter of privileges, to the inhabitants of Penn­sylvania, will ever remain a monument of his be­nevolence to mankind, and reflect more lasting honour on his descendants, than the largest pos­sessions. In the framing this government, he re­served no powers to himself, or his heirs, to op­press [Page 219] the people, no authority, but what is neces­sary for our protection, and to hinder us from falling into anarchy; and therefore (supposing we could persuade ourselves, that all our obligations to our great lawgiver, and his honourable descend­ants, were entirely cancelled, yet) our own inte­rests should oblige us carefully to support the go­vernment, on its present foundation, as the only means to secure to ourselves and our posterity, the enjoyment of those privileges, and the blessings flowing from such a constitution, under which we cannot fail of being happy, if the fault is not our own.

"Yet I have observed, that, in former Assem­blies there have been men, who have acted in such a manner, as if they utterly disregarded all those inestimable privileges, and (whether from private pique and personal dislike, or through mis­take, I will not determine) have gone great lengths in risking our happiness, in the prosecution of such measures, as did not at all square with the profes­sions, they frequently made, of their love to our government.

"When I reflect on the several struggles, which many of us, now present, have had with those men, in order to rescue the constitution out of their hands, which, through their mistakes (if they really were mistakes) was often brought on the brink of de­struction, I cannot help cautioning you, in the most earnest manner, against all personal animo­sity, in public consultations, as a rock, which, if not avoided, the constitution will, at some time or other, infallibly split upon." *

[Page 220]

CHAPTER XXVIII.

Conduct of Governor Thomas, respecting the enlisting of indented, or bought servants, for soldiers, in the province, during the war between England and Spain, about this time.—Names of the Members of Assembly.—Speech of John Wright, a Magi­strate of Lancaster county, to the Grand Jury.— Assembly's address to Thomas Penn, on his depar­ture for England, with his answer, in 1741, &c. —Memorial of John Wright.—Of Robert Jordan. —Riotous election in 1742, with observations.— Indian affairs well managed in Governor Thomas's administration.—He resigns the government in 1747.—Names of Members of Council about this time.—Succeeding administration and Governors. —Memorials of John Kinsey, Israel Pemberton, Michael Lightfoot, and John Smith.—Conclusion.

1740.DURING the administration of Governor Thomas, Governor Thomas counte­nances en­listing bought ser­vants, &c. it is observed that the enlisting of indented or bought servants, for soldiers, * was first permitted to be carried into execution, in the province, be­fore the act of parliament, in that case, was made; which being disagreeable and injurious to many of the inhabitants, and contrary to ancient usage, John Wright, one of the people called Quakers, a [Page 221] worthy Magistrate of Lancaster county, 1741. and a Member of Assembly for the same, having spoke his mind freely against it, in the Assembly, was, therefore, with divers others, dismissed from his office, as a Judge, by a new commission which came out for Lancaster without his name; before which, having got intelligence of the intention, he came to the court, in May, 1741, and took his leave thereof, in a valedictory speech, which was printed, and as it is in part indicative of that time, and informing in some cases, it is here inserted below in the notes. *

[Page 222] Thomas Penn, one of the Proprietaries, being about to return to England, The Pro­prietor Thomas Penn going for En­gland; the Assembly, in the sixth month, 1741, presented him with the fol­lowing address, viz.

May it please the Proprietary,

The As­sembly's ad­dress, on the occa­sion.Gratitude to the first Founder of our present happy constitution, the regard paid to his merit, and the hopes of continued obligations from his descendants, united the desires of many of the inhabitants of this province to see one of them, at least, settled within it: this was evident in the joy, which discovered itself in the minds of all sorts and degrees of men, on thy arrival among us.

In transacting of public affairs (as in those, which are private) a diversity of sentiments may have appeared, sometimes among ourselves, some­times perhaps with our Proprietaries; and yet, as [Page 223] our different sentiments have been the result of honest minds, whose determinations (though pos­sibly mistaken) were intended for the public good, it ought not, nor hath, erased those ties of grati­tude, which we desire may ever remain between the descendants of our late worthy Proprietary, and the freemen of this province.

The welfare of the inhabitants of this colony, and that of our Proprietary family, seem to us mutually to depend on each other, and therefore, it is not to be wondered at, that we are so desirous of their residence among us: it being reasonable to think, we are most secure from any attempts on our liberties, when the administration of go­vernment, and the management of the public af­fairs of the province, are under the immediate in­spection of those, whose interest it is to preserve our constitution from any encroachments.

[Page 224]These considerations, as we are informed the Proprietary is determined to leave us, afford not the most pleasing reflections; but, as we presume, the affairs of the family render it necessary, and are in hopes, that either he himself, or some other of our Proprietaries, will, in a little time, return, it behoves us to acquiesce under it. Whatever little differences in opinion may have happened, we hope the Proprietaries will believe the freemen of this province retain that regard, which is due to them; and would be glad of any proper opportu­nity of demonstrating it: and such is our confi­dence in the Proprietary family, that, if any at­tempt shall be made to the prejudice of those rights (which under our gracious king, we now happily enjoy) they will to the utmost of their power, oppose it, and thereby lay us under like obligations for the continuance of those privileges, which we readily own are due to their worthy an­cestor, for bestowing them.

[Page 225]As the welfare of this province hath so near a dependance on that of our Proprietary family, our interest and duty enjoin our particular concern for them; give us leave, therefore, on this occa­sion, to express our hearty desires for thy prosper­ous voyage, and safe return among us.

To this address the Proprietary answered, as follows:

Gentlemen,

I thank you for the regard shewn to my fa­mily, in this address, Thomas Penn's an­swer to the Assembly's address. and for your good wishes for my prosperous voyage.

As I am very sure both my brothers and myself have the true interest of the inhabitants of this province very much at heart, you may rest assured, we will oppose any attempts that may be made on their just rights, which we think it is our indispensible duty to support.

[Page 226]The affairs of my family now call me to En­gland; and I cannot, at our parting, better evi­dence my regard for you, than to recommend it to you to act, in your station, as good subjects to the king, really sensible of the benefits, you en­joy, under his mild and equal administration; and that you will take such measures for the defence of this province, as the present posture of affairs abroad require, in which you will have all the as­sistance from the Governor, that can be expected from a gentleman in his station, who has no view, but the king's honour, and the security of your constitution.

Thomas Penn be­comes the chief Pro­prietor, &c. Thomas Penn, after this, on the death of his brother John, in 1746, became the principal Pro­prietor, and possessed of three fourths of the pro­vince. He lived the longest of the three brothers; [Page 227] but he appears never to have been very popular, 1742. in the province: he is said, in general, to have conducted himself rather too much reserved to­wards the people, and too nearly attached to cer­tain views, for his private interest, in reference to the province; which are things opposite to popu­larity. Besides, the imprudence of some persons in the province, in order to shew their dislike at some part of his conduct, which did not please them, tended to create and increase a similar disposition, where the contrary ought the more to have been cultivated and cherished; but, in general, he was a person of a worthy character, and of moderate principles.

In the fifth year of Governor Thomas's admini­stration, in October, 1742, at the annual election, A riotous election, &c. for the Members of Assembly, in Philadelphia, happened such an instance of the unwarrantable effect of party spirit, as, at that time, made a lasting impression on the minds of many of the inhabitants.

The greatest blessings, Blessings may be changed in­to curses, &c. when perverted to wrong purposes become the greatest curses to mankind; and the very sources of happiness and prosperity, by mistake and abuse, are changed into the causes [Page 228] of infelicity, and the most pernicious evils; even, liberty itself, than which nothing is more desirable, when carried beyond a certain point, degenerates into licentiousness; and, from its effects, pro­ducing the worst kind of tyranny, is, of all evils, frequently rendered the most destructive to the human race; for, as one beast of prey devours another, so men, whatever refined notions they may otherwise possess, or pretend to, when re­strained neither by law nor conscience, are more pernicious, and that often to their own species, than the worst of savages, or, even, the most ra­venous of the brutal kind! It is thus that men originally, by their own actions and depravity, lose that true liberty, to which they would other­wise be entitled; and the human species is thereby brought into vassalage to their own folly. Too great liberty is the cause of too great restraint up­on it; and every extreme is the source of the con­trary; may this never be the case of Pennsylva­nia!

Liberty had drawn ma­ny different kinds of people to Pennsylva­nia, &c. Liberty, which had long been conspicuous in the province, and of which the early inhabitants had, in general, so long shewed themselves worthy, by not making an improper use of it, had drawn great numbers of various sorts of people into the country; many of whom were persons of very different principles and manners from those of the generality of the more early settlers, and many of their successors and descendants. Hence, in suc­ceeding years, certain symptoms of an approach­ing change, in this valuable blessing, began to grow more and more conspicuous, through the forma­tion and increase of party, among many of the later inhabitants, joined and instigated by divers others; and, in their elections for Members of Assembly, to foment the spirit of opposition against the old interest, and the defenders of the establish­ed constitution of the province, and the descend­ants [Page 229] of the early settlers, who were principally concerned for its preservation, being chiefly Qua­kers, to a higher degree, than had ever been known before.

The most remarkable and unwarrantable in­stance of this nature, that I find on record, Account of the riot in 1742, &c. in this province, was this, which I have mentioned, in the year 1742; when a large number of sailors, from the shipping in the river Delaware, during the time of election (not being any way interested, or, of right, concerned therein) armed with clubs, suddenly and unexpectedly appeared, in a tumul­tuous manner, and formed a riot, at the place of election, knocking down a great number of the people, both Magistrates, Constables and others, worthy and reputable inhabitants, who opposed them; and, by violence having cleared the ground, several of the people were carried off, as dead!

This was repeatedly done, upon the return of the electors; till, at last, many of the inhabitants, being enraged, took measures to force them into their ships, and near fifty of them into prison; but they were soon discharged: occasioned by party leaders, &c. for it afterwards appeared, that they had been privately employed, in this work, by some party leaders; it being then in time of war, when consequently party spirit, which is so nearly allied to it, and, in the ex­treme, ends in the same, was encouraged to make greater efforts, to distract the public proceedings, and under this Governor's administration, by more ways than one, to divert the established form of the constitution, from its peaceable order and course, into that of its opposite nature; in which an in­creasing party here, since that time, though gene­rally under the most specious and plausible pre­tences, have ever appeared to take delight: for change is grateful to the human race; and, proba­bly, no government of mankind is, at all times, [Page 230] entirely free from factious spirits; 1743. and a large number will always be found, especially where much liberty abounds, which is only proper for the wise and good, whose interest, as well as plea­sure, it will ever be to favour revolutional conse­quences.

Of Go­vernor Thomas's administra­tion.During Governor Thomas's administration, the Indian affairs, seem mostly to have been well ma­naged, and harmony continued with that people; which has always been a matter of great impor­tance, as well as expence to this province. * But, as before observed, his ardour, in pressing some things of a military nature, appears to have in­troduced unprofitable altercation between him and the Assembly, during part of his administration; which naturally tends to disappointment and dis­like, between parties of such opposite and fixed principles, and so very different views of advancing the public utility, as those of Governor Thomas, and the Assemblies of Pennsylvania were, at that time; Governor Thomas re­signs the govern­ment in 1747, &c. but afterwards, for divers years before his resignation, which was in the summer of the year 1747, a much better understanding existed be­tween them.

[Page 231]In consequence of Governor Thomas's resigna­tion, the administration, as usual, 1748. devolved on the Council, Anthony Palmer being President, till November, 1748; when James Hamilton, Governor Hamilton arrives, &c. in 1748. of Penn­sylvania, arrived Governor from England; a gen­tleman of considerable fortune in the province, and well esteemed by the people: he was the son of Andrew Hamilton, before mentioned as a law­yer of note, in Philadelphia; and who likewise had held several eminent public offices, in the go­vernment, with reputation.

Governor Hamilton continued till his resignation in October, 1754; when he was succeeded, Governor Morris, &c. 1754. in the government, by Robert Hunter Morris of New Jersey, son of Lewis Morris who had been Go­vernor of that province. 55

[Page 232] 1756.In the year 1756, William Denny from England, succeeded Governor Morris; William Denny Go­vernor, &c. and continued in the administration till 1759: at which time he was succeeded by James Hamilton, second time Governor; And James Hamilton a second time &c. who continued till 1763.

[Page 233]In the year 1763, 1763. John Penn, son of Richard Penn, one of the Proprietaries, succeeded Go­vernor Hamilton, in the administration, Succession of Govern­ors. and con­tinued till 1771; when the government devolved on the Council, James Hamilton being President, for a short time; till in the latter part of the same year, Richard Penn, brother of John Penn, Richard Penn Go­vernor. ar­rived from England, invested with the powers of government.

Richard Penn was superseded in the administra­tion by his brother John Penn, who now, John Penn, second time Governor. after his father's death, in 1771, became a Proprietary, and second time Governor of the province, in the latter part of the year.

[Page 234]

CONCLUSION.

THUS far appears the manner of the rise, colo­nization, increase and happy establishment of the flourishing province of Pennsylvania; which, by means of the very remarkable industry, honesty, moderation, and good policy of the first and early colonists and their successors, from a wilderness, became as a fruitful field, and a very valuable and important addition to the British interest in America, without any expence to the parent country. *

The enjoyment of that rational freedom of thinking, and religious worship, with a just and equal participation of natural and civil rights, which, in the populousness, and general polity of Europe, seemed to be either too much lost, or, at least, too partially distributed, was the compact of settlement; and the restoration and fruition of that peace and tranquillity, which the wickedness and folly of the human race had so much banish­ed from the world, by the more effectual encou­ragement and promotion of primitive truth and simplicity, in the actions and manners of men, in a way, that seemed best to those concerned, and so far as the state of human nature would ad­mit, were the chief views and motives to the un­dertaking.

That these were the real principles, upon which the constitution and government of Pennsylvania were primarily founded, it is sufficiently known and manifest, from the best documents, and con­firmed by a series of most certain facts, as given, though defectively, in the preceding history, and [Page 235] in the following view of the general state of the province, between the years 1760 and 1770: that its great and rapid increase, its happy and flou­rishing condition since, down to the present time, have been principally owing to the influence of these same principles, in degree still prevailing, future time will further, and more fully demon­strate, whenever the unhappy reverse thereof shall take place; which now seems to be fast approach­ing: by whose contrary effects will then still more clearly appear, in contrast, both the cause and means of the extraordinary, and so long continued prosperity, and unparalled felicity, for which this province has been long so justly famed, above all other countries, at least, in America, if not in the whole world: a state, in some respect, so nearly resembling that of those saturnian times, in Italy, which, we are told formerly produced the golden age, and so far actually realizing ancient fable, that to its inhabitants, perhaps, before any other people, on the surface of the globe, might parti­cularly, and with great propriety, have been ap­plied the exclamation of the poet Virgil, ‘"Felices nimium sua si bona norint, Agricolee!"’ as well as that of Milton, respecting the state of the first parents of mankind,

—"and, O! yet happiest, if ye seek
No happier state, and know to know no more."

But all things have their time; and both king­doms and empires, as well as smaller states, and particular persons, must die; "finis ac ab origine pendet;" yet folly often shortens their duration, as wisdom and virtue prolong their more happy existence: and we may plainly see men frequently and greedily embrace the former, for the latter, and with great zeal and confidence often pursue their own misery, under a strong persuasion of the contrary: for, as the human body, when in [Page 236] its most plethoric state, and in the greatest appear­ance of health and vigour, is often then most in danger, or nearest a sudden change, so the late and present extraordinary prosperity, the increa­sing, flourishing and happy state of this country, at present, above others, may probably be a prog­nostic, or sign, of its being in a more critical situ­ation and danger.

For so long as the fatal delusion, which, we are told, originally rendered mankind unhappy, still continues, though in different degrees, and various appearances, to except entirely from its baneful influence no part of the human race, every con­dition, in this world, will be subject to muta­bility; but then the remedy has ever been equal to the disease; for the Creator and Supporter of the world, whose peculiar attribute it is, to pro­duce good out of evil, has placed within the power and choice of mankind, those means of recovery from all evil, which are, at least, adequate to the nature and extent of it; and sometimes places special examples before the eyes of the human race, like this of Pennsylvania, to shew them the absolute possibility of a still superior bliss, and more exalted felicity, than is commonly experi­enced in the world, not only in an individual, but also in a collective, or national, and more universal capacity.

[Page]

A VIEW OF THE Province of Pennsylvania, AND OF THE State in which it flourished, chiefly between the years 1760 and 1770: COMPREHENDING FOUR PARTS.

I. A general description of the soil and face of the country, with the most considerable mountains and rivers, both in that and the adja­cent provinces; including something of the nature of the weather, and peculiarity of the seasons, &c.

II. Of the chorography, present produce, trade, improvements, inha­bitants, Philadelphia, other towns, and the internal police of the province.

III. Of the Indians, or Aborigines, of Pennsylvania and its vicinity, &c.

IV Of the religious state of the province.

To give a full and minute account of every particular, which might properly be ranged under these several heads, would exceed the bounds of my present intention, which is only to exhibit a short and comprehensive view of such parts thereof as truth and candour may be able to furnish from certain knowledge, and such information as may be best depended on with such brief observations as may naturally and properly arise from the subjects, in a sum­mary manner.

[Page 238]

PART I.

The seasons and temperature of the weather.—Na­ture of the land and soil, &c.—Face of the coun­try in general; as the mountains, vallies, plains, rivers, and creeks, &c.

Seasons and weather in Pennsylva­nia.THAT greater degree of siccity in the tempe­rature of the air, which prevails more on conti­nents, than islands, or smaller tracts of land, sur­rounded by water, is observable in Pennsylvania. For the weather, round the year, is much dryer here, than in Great Britain, notwithstanding the more violent changes, in this country, when they happen. The winters are longer and more severe; the summers hotter and dryer; the springs very short; the autumn long and mild; but notwith­standing the length and severity of the winters, they are generally more clear, agreeable and heal­thy, than in England; but the summers less so, by reason of their great heat and sudden changes; which cause dysenteries, lingering and putrid fe­vers, with other dangerous distempers, in the latter part of summer, &c.

Tempera­ture of the air, &c.The temperature of the air, and the nature of the weather, are much governed by the particular and variable winds, which prevail most in the dif­ferent seasons: some of which have a very remark­able and sudden influence thereon, especially those in winter; which, during that part of the year, blow more from the west-northerly, than from any other quarter. These winds seldom sail to produce a clear sky, and a remarkable sharp cold, even, in every season of the year: as those from [Page 239] the south-westerly are distinguished for producing haziness and warmth or heat in summer. But the eastern winds are frequent, and as much observed to bring on haziness, fogs, or clouds, and wet or falling weather, as the former are, for their re­spective cold and heat, with their peculiar dryness; and they are observed in later years to be more common and prevalent than formerly represented to have been.

Hence that temperature of the seasons, Extremes of heat and cold, with their cons­equences, &c. which is more peculiar to the insular, than to the conti­nental parts of the world, and so remarkable in Great Britain, is not experienced here, by reason of the heats and colds being more intense, and sudden, often occasioned by the quick and uncer­tain shifting of the wind; which have a surprising effect on vegetation, and even on animal life itself, both to accelerate, and sometimes increase them, as well as to shorten their duration: for, as the vegetables are drawn up in a rapid manner (like plants under glasses, or in a very warm exposure, in colder climates) by the great and sudden heats, in the beginning of summer; whereby the very ground, more especially that which is higher than the rest, and most exposed to the sun, and parch­ing dry winds, appears frequently, in a short time, to be exhausted of its virtue and goodness, or deprived of that fructifying quality, which nou­rishes plants and herbage: so they are often as suddenly cut down by the succeeding frosts, or de­stroyed by the severe cold, or want of moisture. And notwithstanding the spring commences at Philadelphia near a month later than about London, yet the harvest in Pennsylvania is a month earlier than in England; which renders that season very short in the former.

Violent gusts of thunder, wind and rain, are frequent in the warm seasons, with sudden cold [Page 240] after them, and a north west wind; which more often are consequent upon the intense heats. The snows are frequently very deep, in winter, and the frosts so intense, that it has not been very un­common for the large river Delaware, even, where it is near a mile broad, to be frozen over in one night, so as to bear people walking upon the ice in the morning; which river sometimes, in the winter season, for several weeks together, even, opposite to Philadelphia, is as much frequented with loaded carriages of all sorts, bringing country produce upon the ice to the city, as any part of terra firma. *

Duration of animal and vegetable life in Penn­sylvania, &c.And experience demonstrates that the tender­ness of a texture, either of the animal or vegetable kind, formed and nourished under so great a de­gree [Page 241] of heat, as predominates here in summer, is not so well able to bear these great changes, as it would otherwise be; for strangers, who remove hither from colder, or more northern latitudes, are observed generally to bear them better, at first, than the natives of the country, or such as have lived long in it; and the lives of both animals and vegetables, as they mostly arrive sooner at maturity, are generally of shorter duration, than in some of the more northern, or temperate cli­mates; hence, in winter, every green thing of the gramineous kind appears to be entirely dead; and that beautiful verdure, which, in England, remains to adorn the ground round the year, is not to be seen here, in that season; and the effect of these great and sudden changes, even, in the [Page 242] human species itself, in various respects, is, in proportion, no less conspicuous, in this country. *

Nature of the land and soil, &c.In a province of so large extent as that of Penn­sylvania, the nature and quality of the land and soil must consequently be various; yet much more of a similarity, in this respect, runs through the whole of it, at least, so far as at present cultivated, than is to be found in the same extent, any where in England.

If the lands be divided into three parts, or kinds, according to the present application, use and suitableness of them, viz. grazing, arable and barren, or least useful, the first is but a very small proportion; and there is not much, that may properly be called very rich, or good grass land, in it (I mean so far as at present improved) when compared with that of some other countries, ex­cepting near rivers, creeks, and runs of water; where in the vallies, and such low places as are enriched by the floods and washing down of the soil, from the hills and uplands, and longest retain moisture, the land is the most fertile, and com­monly appropriated to grass: but then these places generally are more unhealthy, being very subject to agues, intermittent and slow fevers, while in the more elevated, poor and barren situations, which are less profitable to the cultivator, the in­habitants [Page 243] mostly enjoy a clearer air, and better state of health.

The second sort of land, which is far the great­est part of what is, at present, improved, is rather of a poor, shallow, or middling kind of soil; but, as much of it is of a strong, clayey, or loamy nature, and in some places abounds with limestone, it is mostly very capable of improve­ment, even after it has been much worn out by bad management, and is, for the most part, very suitable for grain; to which use it is chiefly ap­plied, so far back in the country as improvement has hitherto advanced.

Of the third kind of land, in the province, which is of very little, or no value, it is difficult to ascertain the quantity; but, in divers places of the more remote and mountainous parts, no small proportion of the land is so broken, stony, rocky, or barren, as to be either from its present situation, not worth improving, or otherwise entirely incapa­ble of culture; some places scarcely producing any tree, or vegetable, whatever; and others, at best, only those of the most dwarfish, or shrubby kind.

Face of the country, mountains, rivers, &c.

All the land situated south-westward of Hudson's or North River, See Lewis Evans's analysis, &c to the north boundary of Caro­lina, in latitude 36 ½, may be divided into diffe­rent and regular stages; in which the first object to be observed, is a remarkable rief or vein of rocks, of the talky, or isinglass kind, arising gene­rally a little higher than the adjoining land, and extending from New York city south-westerly, by the lower falls of Delaware, at Trenton; by those of Schuylkill, a little above Philadelphia; of Sus­quehanna, a few miles above the head of Chesapeak bay; and of Gunpowder and Palapseo rivers, in Maryland; of Potomack, Rapahannock, and James [Page 244] River, in Virginia; and of Roanoak in North Ca­rolina.

This is supposed to have been a former mari­time boundary of this part of America, and forms a very regular curve. The land between this rief and the sea, from the Navesink hills, near Shrews­bury, in East Jersey, south westward along the whole coast, Lower Plains. may be denominated the Lower Plains; which consists of soil, washed down from above, and of sand, accumulated from the ocean.

Where these plains are not penetrated by rivers, they are white sea sand, about twenty feet deep, and entirely barren. But the borders of the ri­vers, which descend from the uplands, are rendered fertile by the soil washed down by the floods, and mixed with the sand, gathered from the sea: the substratum of sea mud, shells, and other foreign subjects, are a sufficient confirmation of this suppo­sition.

Hence for forty or fifty miles inland from the sea shore, excepting as above, all the space from the Navesinks to Cape Florida, is entirely barren, where the wash, from the upland, has not enriched the borders of the rivers; or where some ponds, or defiles, have not furnished proper support for the growth of white cedars.

Vein of clay, &c.There is commonly a vein of clay seaward of the Isinglass Rief, from three to four miles wide; which is a coarse fuller's earth; and, with a proper mixture of loam, is excellently well adapted for bricks: at, or near, which vein of clay, that part of Pennsylvania, which is nearest the sea, or from about Trenton, on Delaware, to the borders of Maryland, in general commences; and Philadel­phia is partly situated upon it.

From this rief of rocks, over which all the ri­vers fall, (as before mentioned) to that chain of broken hills, commonly called the South Moun­tain, [Page 245] there is a space of very uneven ground, ex­tending, in different places, fifty, sixty, or seventy miles, and rising sensibly on advancing further in­land; which space may be denominated the upland. The upland &c. This consists of veins of different kinds of soil and substrata, for some scores of miles in length; and, in some places it is overlaid with little chains of hills. The declivity of the whole gives a great rapidity to the streams of water; where the vio­lent gusts of wind and rain, to which the climate, in hot seasons, is very subject, have washed, or wore, it much into gullies, and carried down the soil, to enrich the borders of the rivers, in the lower plains. These steep inequalities render much of the country not easily capable of culture; whereby it is likewise impoverished, by reason of the almost continual washing away of the richer mould, that covers the surface.

The South Mountain is not in ridges, South Mountain, &c. like the Endless Mountains, so called, but in small, broken, steep, stony hills; nor does it run with so much regularity. In some places it gradually diminishes to nothing, not appearing again for some miles; and, in others, it spreads several miles in breadth. Between the South Mountain, and the high chain of the Endless Mountains, (often for distinction, called the North Mountain, and in some places, the Kittatinni and Pequélin) there is a valley of pretty even good land, from eight to ten or twenty miles wide, which is perhaps some of the best land, if not the most considerable quantity of it, that the English at present, (about the year 1753, when most of these observations, on the face of the country, were made and published by Lewis Evans of Philadelphia) are possessed of, or have improved; it runs through New Jersey, Pennsyl­vania, Maryland, Virginia; and is every where enriched with limestone.

[Page 246]The Endless Mountains, Endless Mountai [...]s &c. which is the Indian name translated, and expressive of their unknown [...], are the next in order, and make the fourth stage. They are not confusedly scattered, in lofty peaks, over-topping one another, but stretch in long uniform ridges, scarce half a mile perpendi­cular, in any place, above the intermediate vallies. [...] [...]ome place [...] [...] towards the Kaats-Kill moun­tains, near the head of Delaware river, in New York government, and the head of Roanoak, in the south west part of Virginia, they appear to terminate; but, in a little space, they spread out again into new branches, apparently as extensive as before. The further chain, or Allegenny ridge of mountains, keeps mostly on a parallel with the Isinglass Rief, and terminates in a rough, stony place, at the head of Roanoak and New River, on the borders of Virginia, and Carolina. The more easterly chains, as they run further southward, trend, or spread themselves more and more wes­terly; whereby the upland and rich valley, before mentioned, are so much wider in Virginia, than further north; and which causes them to meet and intersect the Allegenny mountains.

Some chains of these mountains are single nar­row ridges; as the Kittatinni; some spread two or three miles broad, on the top; others steep on one side, and extend with a long slope, on the other; and the steeper they are, the more [...]ky; but they are every where woody, where the soil is proper and sufficient to support the trees. To­wards the further ridges, north eastward, the mountains consist of rich land; and in some places, they are only as large as broad banks, three or four miles across. In the way to Ohio, by Franks Town, in Pennsylvania, being past the Allegenny mountains, the ground is rough, in many places, and continues so to the river. Lawrel Hill, &c. Near this place the Lawrel Hill springs from the mountains, and con­tinues, [Page 247] though not large, in a very regular chain, it is thought, to the Ouasioto mountain, or the southern branches of the Ohio. For though the Allegenny is the most westerly, on the west branch of Susquehanna river, in Pennsylvania, yet it is far from being so in Virginia. Except the further ridges, last mentioned, there is but little good land in the mountains; and not one-tenth part is capable of culture; Not much good land in the mountains, &c. but what small quantity there is, consists of extreme rich soil, in lawns on the river sides; being so much rich mud subsided there, and commonly gathered above falls, for­merly in drowned lands, and now drained, by the rivers wearing channels through the rocks.

To the north westward of the Endless Mountains is a country of vast extent, and, in a manner, as high as the mountains themselves. The abrupt termination thereof, near the sea level, as, on the west side of Hudson's, or North river, below Al­bany, appears like a very high mountain. Upper Plains. For Kaats-Kills, though of more lofty stature than any other mountains, in these parts of America, are but the continuation of the plains, on the top; and the cliffs of them, in the front, they repre­sent towards Kinderhook. These upper plains con­sist of extraordinary rich land, and extend from the Mohocks river through the country of the Con­federate, or Six Nation, Indians. Their termina­tion northward is at a little distance from lake On­tario, near latitude 43°; but where it is westward is unknown; for those most extensive plains of Ohio are part of them, which continue to widen, as they extend further westward, even far beyond the Mississippi; and their boundary southward is a little chain of broken hills, about ten or fifteen miles south of the river Ohio.

The Delaware and Susquehanna, Of the tide in these ri­vers, &c. rivers of Penn­sylvania, at, or near their heads, approach, as is [Page 248] supposed, within less than thirty or forty miles of Hudson's, or New York river: and so near to the former does the tide flow up the last menti­oned river; whereas the Delaware runs, perhaps, about one hundred [...]d fifty miles, and the Sus­quehanna, probably near two hundred miles, down their channel [...] before they meet the tide; which phenomenon [...] [...]sily explained, when it is considered, that the [...]elaware and Susquehanna have their heads in these plains, and Hudson's, or North River, has the tide at the foot, or bottom of them.

The flat country, lower plains, which lies be­tween the falls and the sea, is, for the most part, well watered with beautiful bays, rivers and creeks, navigable for all sorts of vessels. Salt marsh­es, &c. All the creeks on Delaware bay, the verges of the sounds, which extend along the sea coast, and some creeks in Virginia, and towards the head of Chesapeak bay, on the west side, are bordered with salt marshes; some a mile or two wide.

Advantage of the hilly [...]ountry, &c.Those parts of New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Ma­ryland, and Virginia, between the Isinglass Vein, and the North Mountain, slope towards the sea with great declivity; whereby the rivers and rivu­lets have great rapidity, and are excellently well adapted for all sorts of mills, turned by water; a great advantage to some of these middle colonies, where bread and flour are the staple of commerce. In the Endless Mountains the rivers are generally stony and rapid; and, in some places, where in­terrupted with riefs of rocks, not yet worn to the level, they fall in cataracts; and above such places they are generally dead and slow, or spread in ponds, and drown the surrounding lands. In the elevated flats, which form the country of the Con­federate, or Six Nation, Indians, and on the Ohio, the rivers are generally easy in their currents; and as that country is of vast extent, they are large [Page 249] and excellently accommodated for inland navi­gation.

Part of the east end of lake Erie is said to be within the bounds of Pennsylvania; Lake Erie, &c. it being sup­posed to be rather south of, or within, the 42d degree of north latitude, and between four and five degrees of longitude west from Philadelphia. It is a beautiful fresh water lake; is said to have a fine sandy shore on the north, as well as in many places on the other sides of it, especially towards the south east part, bordering on Pennsylvania. The weather and temperature of the air is ac­counted more moderate there, than at lake Ontario, (at whose east end is Oswego, in latitude 43° 17′ N.) and the other great lakes; which are all situated further north; See Car­ver's tra­vels, &c. it extends perhaps two hundred and fifty miles east and west, and near sixty or seventy north and south; it communicates with the lake Ontario, on the north east part of it, by the straits cataract of Niagara; and on the north west, with the lake Huron, by a strait called by the French Detroit, passable by large vessels.

The water, or straits of Niagara, Straits and fall of Nia­gara. at the place of the famous and stupendous fall, or cataract, of that name, is said to run from S. S. E. to N. N. W. where the rocks, which form the great fall, extend in a semicircle one thousand and eighty feet across it. This fall is asserted to be one hun­dred and thirty-seven feet perpendicular; and to be sometimes heard at the distance of fifteen leagues: most of the water, which runs from these large lakes, on the N. W. viz. Lake Superior, See P. Kalm's tra­vels, &c. Lake Michigan, Lake Huron, and Lake Erie, passes this fall, in its way to Lake Ontario, and from thence to the river St. Lawrence.

Hudson's, or North River, Hudson's or North River. at whose entrance stands the city of New York, in north latitude 40° 42′ ½, has the tide and a good depth of water, for [Page 250] sloops, to Albany, near one hundred and fifty miles, into the upland, in a north direction; and opens communication with the inland parts of the continent, of very great importance; while all the rivers south-westward, as before observed, are navigable by sea vessels in the lower flats only.

Delaware river, &c. Delaware river, which divides Pennsylvania from New Jersey, from its head, in latitude about 42 ½ north, down to Trenton falls, with all its curves and windings, forms a general course nearly north and south, but a little westward, of above one hundred and fifty miles; and in that space is said to have fourteen considerable rifts, principally below Easton, in Northampton county; yet all pass­able at times, in the long flat boats, used in the navigation of these parts; some of them carrying from five to six hundred bushels of wheat. The worst rifts, or those called falls, are fourteen miles above Easton; and from thence, in different places; for the space of thirty miles, down to Trenton; yet these are all surmounted in freshes, or in floods, by the boats, as far as from the Menesinks. *

West branch of Delaware.The west branch of Delaware, called the Lehi, which goes off at Easton, and waters the county of Northampton, is but inconsiderable, compared with the north east branch, already described. From Trenton, where the river meets the tide, to Philadelphia, the Delaware runs about thirty miles, navigable for sea vessels; and from Phi­ladelphia to the sea, it is above one hundred miles, along the course of the river and bay; first, in a south west, and then in a south east direction; the river is near a mile broad at the city of Philadelphia.

Sculkil river, &c. Sculkil is a fine branch of the Delaware; in­to which it falls about four miles below Philadel­phia; [Page 251] and up which the tide flows about five miles above the city, to the falls; three or four miles above which falls are others; all passable with large boats, in freshes, down to the city. From these falls to Reading, in the county of Berks, for forty or fifty miles into the interior parts of the province, through the counties of Philadelphia and Berks, it forms a fine gliding stream, easily set against, or overcome, with poles; as the bot­tom is generally even; and in moderate seasons, will furnish fifteen or sixteen inches of water, at least, in the shallowest places, all the way: it is capable of much improvement, for the advantage of both town and country. *

There are besides a considerable number of na­vigable streams, or creeks, which run into the Delaware, both on the Jersey and Pennsylvania sides of it, both above and below Philadelphia; which afford an easy conveyance of country pro­duce to that, city; but, in general, they are navi­gable only with small vessels, for a short distance into the country.

Delaware bay is said to be sixty miles long, Delaware bay, &c. from the capes to the entrance of the river at Bombay Hook; and so wide in some places, that a ship, in the middle of it, cannot be seen from the land. It opens into the Atlantic Ocean south east, between cape Hinlopen on the west, and cape May, on the east; these capes are about eighteen miles distant from each other; the former in the territories of Pennsylvania, and the latter in New Jersey. Of the streams, which empty into this bay, Maurice river, in New Jersey, is accounted one of the largest; and is said to be navigable for vessels of one hundred tons fifteen miles, and for shallops, or small vessels, ten miles further.

[Page 252]This bay and river are said to have been named from the title of— West, Lord de la war, Governor of Virginia, about the year 1611; but the Indian name, according to an old Swedish manuscript, was Poutaxat.

Susqua­hanna river &c. Susquahanna river rises beyond the north boun­dary of Pennsylvania, from two small lakes, in about 43° north latitude, and eastward of Phila­delphia, in the government of New York; it runs thence a considerable way southward, and then south westward, in a very crooked, or winding course, into the interior parts of Pennsylvania, then turning eastward, it continues in a south east direction, till it enters Maryland; whence, pro­ceeding a few miles, within that province, it after­wards falls into the upper part, or head, of Che­sapeak bay, after a course of, perhaps, about two hundred and fifty miles, being above a mile wide in some places near its mouth; but much of it shallow, in proportion to its breadth. It is navi­gable for canoes quite from the lakes, at the head of it, to the falls of Conewago, in York county. There are no falls in the upper part of the river, till about three miles below Wioming, in Northum­berland county; but from thence to Conewago there are several. The falls of Conewago are the worst; and below these are several others. By reason of these falls this large river has no continued inland navigation to near its mouth; nor for sea vessels above [...] miles from the head of the bay.

The most considerable branches of the Susqua­hanna are Owege, Tohiccon or Cayuga, Senashe, or West Branch, Juniata, Swatara, Conewago, and Co­dorus, which waters Yorktown; and Conestogo, which runs by, or near, Lancaster. Tohiccon promises well for a good navigation with canoes, to near the head Note. Owege is in north latitude 41° 55′. Shamokin near the junction of the East and West Branches of Sus­quehanna, is in latitude 40° 40′. [Page 253] of Allegenny river; it being a large and gentle stream. The West Branch is said to be shallow and rapid, but has scarce any falls in it. Juniata, which runs through Cumberland county, is said to be a fine navigable stream for a great distance.

The large and beautiful bay of Chesapeak may properly be called the bay of Susquahanna, Chesapeak bay, &c. though all the large rivers of Maryland and Virginia like­wise empty themselves into it. This bay is said to be near one hundred leagues in length, to the sea; and in some places near twenty miles broad, inter­spersed with islands, and navigable for large ships, the whole length of it.

Between this bay and that of Delaware, Peninsula between the bays, &c. is situ­ate the peninsula, which is composed of the three lower counties on Delaware, or the territories of Pennsylvania, on the east, and part of Maryland, on the west and south, with that part of Virginia, on the most southern part of it, which is called Accomac, &c.

The length of this peninsula north and south, from the most southern point of cape Charles, in latitude about 37° 12′ to the head of Chesapeak bay, near latitude 39° 35′, is probably about one hundred and seventy miles; its breadth near Lew­istown, or cape Hinlopen, is about seventy miles; but from thence it decreases in breadth both north­ward and southward; so that opposite to Reedy Island, or near the head of Chesapeak, it is only about twenty-five miles broad.

The many navigable waters, or creeks, Navigable creeks, &c. See Lewis Evans's analysis, &c on each side of this peninsula, which run into their respec­tive bays, on the east and west, are of great ad­vantage here; some of which are described, as follows:

Large sloops may pass to Snow Hill, on Poko­moke river, or creek, which runs into the lower part of Chesapeak bay; the portage is five miles [Page 254] from thence to Sinepuxen sound, on the sea, where ships may come.

Shallops may go up Nanticoke river, from the lower part of the same bay, near twenty miles into the Delaware counties; the portage from thence to Indian river, which runs into the sea be­low Lewis Town, is about thirteen miles, and to Broad Creek twelve.

Choptank, in Maryland, is navigable for shal­lops to the bridge, about six or seven miles within the Delaware counties; and the portage to Mother­kill, which runs into the middle of Delaware bay, is fifteen miles.

From Chester or Newton, river, in the same province, to Salisbury, on Duck creek, which runs into the Delaware, below Reedy Island, the port­age is thirteen miles: and from Sassafras river there is another portage to the same place, thir­teen miles also.

From Frederick town to Sassafras river, in Ma­ryland, where good ships may come, there is a portage to Cantwell's bridge, on Apoquiminy, which runs into Delaware near Reedy Island, fourteen miles.

From Bohemia river, in the same province, where large flats, or small shallops may come, the portage to Cantwell's bridge, being low ground, is only eight miles. * All these creeks, which run into the Delaware, will receive large shallops, but no larger vessels.

Christeen and Bran­dywine creeks, &c.From the head of Elk river, where shallops may come from the upper part of Chesapeak bay, [Page 255] in Maryland, the portage is twelve miles to Chris­teen bridge, in Newcastle county; from which place Christeen creek is navigable, by the south side of Wilmington, to Delaware river; and is capable of sea vessels of above one hundred tons burden several miles above Wilmington; a little be­low which place before it enters the Delaware, it is joined by the Brandywine; a creek, which has its course on the north side of Wilmington, distant about a mile from Christeen, and extends into the interior parts of Chester county, in Pennsylva­nia, This creek is not navigable above the rocks, or falls, two or three miles distant from its mouth, and nearly opposite to Wilmington, where it has a good bridge over it, on the road to Philadelphia, distant about twenty-seven miles; but this stream is not the less useful, in this corn country, Mills of Brandy­wine, &c. for the many excellent grist mills, situated upon the sides of it, especially near Wilmington, called the Bran­dywine mills; where the tide, with convenient shipping, come up to the very doors of divers of them.

This creek and that of Wissahiccon, which runs into Sculkil, a little above Philadelphia, And of Wissahic­con. are no­ted for the best, and most numerous grist mills, either in this province, or any other part of Bri­tish America, within the same extent of country; and which, perhaps, are not inferior in quality to any in the world.

Potowmack river, Potow­mack river. which runs into Chesapeak bay, and divides Maryland from Virginia, is very broad, and navigable for large ships, as far as Alexandria, about perhaps one hundred miles from the bay; and is likely in future to become a very important, if not the sole water carriage from the country about the head of Ohio, to the ocean, in this part of America.

[Page 256] Allegenny and Ohia rivers. Allegenny river takes its rise near latitude 42° northward of Pennsylvania, and about two or three degrees of longitude west from Philadelphia; afterwards it runs many miles within that pro­vince, first south-westerly to Venango, and then more southerly to Pittsburg, where being joined by the Monongahela, a very large stream, it thence takes the name of Ohio, and turning westerly pro­ceeds to the Mississippi. But both these names, Allegenny and Ohio, originally signify the same thing, in different Indian languages; Ohio in the Seneca, and Allegenny, in the Delaware Indian language, [...] [...]ick [...] [...] [...] nal, [...] signifies the Fine, or Fair River; and the whole stream, from its head, to its junction with the Mississippi, was so denominated by these re­ [...]ective Indian nations.

When the winter snows thaw, in the sp [...]n [...] this river is said to rise, in some places, more than twenty feet perpendicular; but scarce ever over­flows its high banks. It keeps a great uniformity of breadth, gradually increasing from two or three furlongs, at Pittsburg, to near a mile; and still growing so much larger before it reaches the Mis­sissippi, that its breadth, depth and easy current are supposed to equal those of any river in Europe, except the Danube. 62

[Page 257]

PART II.

The chorography,—division into counties,—principal towns—produce and chief staple of the country, with its great increase and variety.—Trade and commerce.—Present inhabitants; their great in­crease, &c.—City of Philadelphia.—Other con­siderable towns, &c.—Internal police, and courts of judicature in Pennsylvania, with the public of­ficers in 1772.

HAVING thus far given a general account of the soil, face of the country, mountains, rivers, &c. besides the geographical description of the province, in respect to its situation and extent, as expressed in the royal charter, and in the dispute between Penn and Baltimore, in the preceding history, by which its real extent, north and south, appears to be no more than about one hundred and fifty-seven miles, instead of two hundred and eight, as intended by charter, and about two hundred and sixty east and west, it may be proper, in the next place, to exhibit a sketch of the di­visions, into which the settled or improved and located part of it is formed, &c.

The settled, and located part of Pennsylvania, which, perhaps, is near two-thirds of the pro­vince, is now divided into eleven counties; and each of these again is subdivided into a number of town­ships. Number and names of the coun­ties in Pennsylva­nia. The counties situated between the rivers Delaware and Susquahanna are called the counties of Philadelphia, Bucks, Chester, Lancaster, Berks, and Northampton; the counties on the west side of [Page 258] Susquahanna are those of York, Cumberland, Bed­ford, and Westmoreland; which is the last esta­blished, and extends westward as far as Pittsburg, inclusive, or to the western boundary of the pro­vince; which boundary, though not yet abso­lutely fixed, is supposed to be so far west, at least, or near that place: these, with the county of Northumberland, situated on both sides of Susqua­hanna, northward, and upon the forks of that river, are all the counties, which are yet ascer­tained: but the more northern, and north west parts of Pennsylvania, being not yet taken up, or purchased from the Indians, remain still in their possession, though they are here supposed to be included in the exterior back counties.

The three first mentioned counties of Philadel­phia, Bucks and Chester, with those of Newcastle, Kent and Sussex, on Delaware (which last are al­ready described in another place) were laid out and named by the Proprietary William Penn, in conjunction with the first and early purchasers, when he was the first time in the country. The boundaries, or division lines, of the three former, are said to have been fixed according to his mind, or direction, signified to some of his friends, before he left the province, and afterwards confirmed by the provincial Council, on the first day of the second month, 1685. *

[Page 259]The south east boundary of these three coun­ties is the river Delaware; Boundaries of the countries of Phila­delphia, Bucks and Chester. which river likewise is the north east limit of Bucks county, as the circu­lar line, drawn twelve miles distant from Newcas­tle northward and westward from the river Dela­ware, with part of the north boundary of Mary­land, is that of the county of Chester, on the south. They are now bounded on the west, and north west, by the counties of Lancaster, Berks and Northampton.

These three counties, of which Philadelphia is in the middle, Bucks on the north east, and Ches­ter on the south west of it, extend about seventy miles in length, north east, Their situ­ation, &c. from the Maryland line, to the Delaware, on the upper, or north east side of Bucks county, and about forty miles in breadth, north westward from the Delaware, at Philadelphia, to their north west boundary, which has [...]ly a north east, and south west direction. Chester county is considerably the largest of the three; Bucks is smaller than that of Philadelphia, but there is not much difference in the size and [Page 260] extent of these two counties, though the l [...]tter contains many more inhabitants than any other county in the province, on account of the city of Philadelphia being within its limits. The capitals of the other two counties are the old borough towns of Bristol in Bucks, and Chester in Chester county; both situated on the river Delaware; the former about twenty miles north east, and the lat­ter fifteen miles south west from Philadelphia, be­ing noted for several good inns, for the accommo­dation and entertainment of travellers; but they both have appeared in late years, to be on the decline; and the county courts, for Bucks county, have for some years past, been held at Newtown, in the said county.

Lancaster county, &c. Lancaster county, which before was the north west part of Chester county, was established by law, in the year 1729; bounded by Octoraro creek, which running into Susquahanna, divides it from Chester county, and by part of the Maryland line, on the south; and on the eastward, by a line run­ning from the north branch of the said creek, north easterly, to the river Sculkil: it is now limited at about sixty miles in length north west and south east, and in breadth north east and south west, about thirty miles; having the river Susqua­hanna on the south west and north west, and the county of Berks on the north east of it. Its ca­pital is the borough of Lancaster, situated about one mile from Conestogo creek, which runs into Sus­quahanna river. It is about sixty-six miles west from Philadelphia, and consists of about seven hundred dwelling houses, besides other buildings; but this county contains several other considerable towns.

York coun­ty, &c. York county, on the west side of Susquahanna, was established by law in 1749; when it was sepa­rated from Lancaster county, and bounded north­ward and westward by a line run from the river Susquahanna, along the ridge of the South Moun­tain, [Page 261] till it intersects the Maryland line; south­ward by the said Maryland line; and eastward by the river Susquahanna; which divides it from Lan­caster county. This county is almost of a trian­gular form; whose longest side, next Maryland, is about sixty miles; the other two sides about fifty miles each. It now has Cumberland county on the north west. Its capital is York town, con­taining about four hundred dwelling houses, situ­ated on Codorus creek which runs into Susqua­hanna, and is about eighty-six miles westward from Philadelphia.

Cumberland county, westward of Susquahanna, Cumber­land coun­ty, &c. and north-westward of the county of York, was di­vided from Lancaster county, and established by law in 1749; then bounded northward and westward by the line, or boundary, of the province, and east­ward partly by the river Susquahanna, which divides it from Lancaster county; and by the county of York, and the Maryland line, or boundary on the south; it now has Bedford county, on the west, and part of Northumberland on the north of it. It is of an irregular figure extending about seventy miles in length north and south, and in breadth east and west about fifty in the broadest, and twen­ty miles in the narrowest part. Its chief town, Carlisle, is about one hundred and twenty miles north-north-west from Philadelphia, situated near Conedogwinet creek; which runs into Susquahanna: it is a good town, but not so large as York, or Reading.

Berks county, Berks coun­ty, &c. which before was included in the north part of the counties of Philadelphia, Chester and Lancaster, was established by law in 1752; being then bounded and divided from these counties by a line at the distance of ten miles south west from the western bank of the river Sculkil, opposite to the mouth of a creek, called Monocacy; thence north west to the extremity of [Page 262] the province; and south east, till it intersects the line of Chester county; then by a right line, cros­sing the river Sculkil, to the upper, or north west­ward, line of M'Call's manor; then along the said line to the extremity thereof; and continuing the same course to the line dividing Philadelphia and Bucks counties; then along the said line north west to the extent of the county aforesaid.

This county, at present, has that of Lancaster, on the south west, Northumberland on the north west, Northampton on the north east, and those of Philadelphia and Chester on the south east. It is about fifty miles long north west and south east, and thirty broad north east and south west. Its principal town is Reading, situated on, or near, the river Sculkil, about fifty-six miles north west from Philadelphia. "In the year 1751 it con­tained one hundred and thirty dwelling houses, besides stables and other buildings, one hundred and six families, three hundred and seventy-eight inhabitants, though about two years before it had not above one house in it." It is now near three times as large, and contains about as many houses, &c. as York.

Northamp­ton county, &c. Northampton county, which before was included in the north west part of Bucks county, was di­vided from it, and established by law in 1752: it was then bounded and separated from the said coun­ty of Bucks, by the upper, or north westward line of Durham tract, to the upper corner thereof; then by a right line south westerly, to the line di­viding Philadelphia and Bucks counties, and then by that line to the extremity of the province. But this county, at present, has that of Northum­berland on the north west, and Berks on the south west of it; and it is bounded by the Dela­ware, on the south east and north east. It ex­tends in length, north east and south west about seventy miles, and is perhaps forty miles broad, [Page 263] north west and south east. Easton is its capital town, situated in the forks of Delaware, about sixty miles north from Philadelphia.

The other three are frontier counties, in the back parts of the province, next the Indians: they were laid out but very lately, and, as yet, are but thinly inhabited, and little improved, be­ing the most remote from the capital of the pro­vince.

The natural, Produce of Pennsylva­nia. or original produce of Pennsylva­nia, in regard to animals and vegetables, or trees and fruits, as well as the original inhabitants, &c. has already, in part, been mentioned, in William Penn's account of them, in the preceding history: maize, or Indian corn, is an original; and straw­berries, with grapes, of various kinds, grow natu­ral in the woods, as well as mulberries, &c. Deer, among the quadrupeds, and wild turkeys, among the winged tribe, were formerly very plentiful, but now scarce, &c.

But most kinds of European grain and fruits, as well as domestic, or tame animals, have been naturalized here; some of the fruits have been meliorated by the change, while others degene­rate. But the principal staple of Pennsylvania and its vicinity, is wheat, flour, rye, Indian corn, &c. which will appear in the following account of exports from the port of Philadelphia, where the trade of the province principally centers.

The ground abounds with iron ore, in many places, as well as with marble and limestone, &c. in others; from the former of which, great quan­tities of pig and bar iron, castings, &c. are made both for exportation and home use. But the woods have hitherto been still more remarkable for their abundance of timber, not only for home consump­tion, and ship building, but also for the various articles, exported under the name of lumber, &c. [Page 264] in which it is said there are above seventeen diffe­rent species, or varieties, of oak alone, &c.

Produce and staple of Penn­sylvania.It is supposed that, at least, two-thirds, if not three-fourths, of the cleared, or improved lands, at this time, are arable. The soil, in general, be­ing naturally more adapted for grain, than grass; wheat, rye and Indian corn suit it well. Other grain, as barley, oats, &c. being here mostly of inferior quality to those of some other parts of the world, are more seldom raised in very considerable quantity, in this province: Indian corn and buck-wheat supplying the use of these in divers respects.

The country abounds with excellent mills, turned by water, for various purposes, but chiefly for grinding of grain; for which it is well adapted, by reason of its uneven surface, many hills, rivu­lets, or creeks, so that generally more flour and bread, in latter years, have been exported from hence, than wheat, or grain, unmanufactured: besides, the quantity of flaxseed annually raised here, and shipped to Ireland, has been very con­siderable; as well as that of barrelled pork, to the West Indies, and other markets, &c.

Its increase, &c.The gradual increase of a part only of the prin­cipal staple of Pennsylvania, appears by the follow­ing account of the annual value of wheat, flour and flaxseed alone exported from the port of Phi­ladelphia in the years mentioned, taken from the journals of Assembly and other authentic docu­ments, viz.

In 1731, when wheat was 2ʃ6 per bushel, and flaxseed about 4ʃ8 ½
£. 62,584 0 1
In 1749, when wheat was 5ʃ3 per bushel, and flaxseed about 10ʃ8 ½
£. 148,104 4 11
In 1750, when wheat was 4ʃ per bushel, and flaxseed about 10ʃ
£. 155,174 19 6
[Page 265]In 1751, when wheat was 3ʃ10 per bushel, and flaxseed about 6ʃ6 ½
£. 187,457 11 1
In 1765, when wheat was 5ʃ3 per bushel, and flaxseed about 9ʃ3
£. 422,614 0 0
In 1772, * when wheat was 5ʃ6 per bushel, and flaxseed about 8ʃ
£. 571,050 0 0

In which account it is manifest that the value of these exports was nearly trebled every twenty years.

The export from Philadelphia in 1774, in grain, flour and bread alone, was computed to be equal to about 2,170,000 bushels; of which 140,000 bushels consisted of Indian corn, the whole at five shillings per bushel, amounts to £. 542,500, in value; and if the quantity of flaxseed was equal to that of the next preceding year, it would make the whole value amount to above £. 600,000, in these par­ticular articles alone, at a very moderate compu­tation.

[Page 266] Grass lands, &c.The grass lands in the first settled, or old coun­ties, are but a small proportion, and are chiefly situated on the sides of rivers, creeks and rivulets, or moist places, where, at times, they are partly overflowed, being mostly very rich, and produce abundance, but of a rapid growth. Of this kind are the large quantities of fine low meadows, near and about Philadelphia; which, being secured by banks from the tides and floods of the Delaware, and the creeks which run into it (by which they were formerly overflowed, and tendered useless) are of very great and extraordinary advantage to that city.

Fruits.Large orchards of apple-trees are propagated in almost every plantation; which every where pro­duce great quantities of fine, large, well flavoured fruit; and in some places peaches are so common and plentiful, that the country people feed their hogs with them; likewise cherries, of various kinds, Liquors, are no less abundant and good. But, though cyder is the common drink of this country, and very plentiful and easy to be procured, yet it is not made by the inhabitants to such perfection as it is capable of. Besides, Lisbon and Madeira wines, among the higher rank, and West India rum and spirits are much drank, in mixture, by the people in general. And sometimes a kind of weak beverage is used, made of a mixture of mo­lasses, [Page 267] &c. which is called molasses beer. Malt liquor, which among the first settlers, was more common, is made in some of the principal towns, in small quantity. It has long been at times more or less an article of exportation from Philadelphia. And the use of tea, coffee and chocolate, &c. is very common.

But the liquors of the native growth and pro­duce of the country, and provi­sions, &c. exclusive of what are im­ported from abroad, are, in general, but mean, or scarce and inferior, compared with the provi­sions, which are good and plentiful. This seems to arise, at least, in part, from too much neglect in this particular, occasioned by getting rum and spirits at such exceeding low rates from the West Indies, which has rendered malt liquor, though more wholesome, and profitable for the country, less used than formerly, in the early time of the pro­vince, in proportion to the number of people, notwithstanding it is so great a grain country.

Besides, though grapes grow spontaneously, in great variety and abundance, almost every where in the woods, &c. being natural to the country, and laudable attempts have been made in making wine from them, yet not much has hitherto been done in it to very considerable advantage. And as mul­berry trees are no less plentiful and natural to the soil than the grape vine, so silk has already been attempted in Pennsylvania and New Jersey with much promising success.

It is not my intention, as before mentioned, to give a minute, but only a general account of the state of the province, at the time specified, so I shall observe the same conduct in regard to its trade and produce, Trade and produce, &c. &c. which as exhibited in page 265, has manifestly trebled in value every late twenty years; yet, not to mention the particulars of its surprising increase, many and great improve­ments [Page 268] and manufactures, now here commenced and carrying on, especially in and about Philadel­phia, where many sugar houses have been lately erected, and large quantities of excellent loaf su­gar are made to great perfection; which before was all imported; and glass is now (about the year 1770) manufactured in its vicinity, &c. it may be proper to give, at least, some idea of them in later years, by inserting the following account and estimate, One year's native ex­ports of Pennsylva­nia. as it was published, in the Penn­sylvania chronicle, in March, 1767, of the parti­culars of one year's exports, from the port of Philadelphia, of the product and manufacture of the province and its neighbourhood, * viz.

[Page 269]

"Account of goods exported from the port of Philadelphia, between the 5th of April, 1765, and the 5th of April, 1766.
367,522 bushels of wheat, 40 bushels=1 ton=9,188 tons at 5ʃ 3 per bushel, £ 96,474
148,887 barrels of flour, 9 barrels=1 ton=16,543 tons. at 15ʃ per Cwt. 251,246
34,736 barrels bread, 16 barrels=1 ton=2,171 tons. at 15ʃ per barrel, 32,565
609 barrels of beef, 12 barrels=1 ton=50 ¾ tons at 60ʃ per barrel, 1,827
6,647 barrels of pork, 12 barrels=1 ton=555 tons at 70ʃ per barrel, 23,257
3,912 thousand staves, equal to 7,824 tons at 6 l per thousand, 23,472
358 thousand headings, equal to 716 tons at 8 l per thousand, 2,864
2,114 thousand shingles, equal to 200 tons at 20ʃ per thousand, 2,114
60,205 bushels Indian corn, 40 bushels=1 ton=1,505 ⅙ tons at 3ʃ per bushel, 9,030
  Bar iron, 882 tons at 26 l per ton, 22,932
  Pig iron, 813 tons at 7 l 10 s per ton, 6,097
1,644 boxes soap, equal to 20 ½ tons at 25ʃ per box, 2,055
1,202 boxes candles, equal to 15 ½ tons at 25ʃ per box, 1,502
97 thousand hoops, equal to 20 tons at 70ʃ per thousand, 339
164 cwt. tobacco, equal to 8 ¾ tons at 20ʃ per cwt. 164
783 thousand feet boards, equal to 1,566 tons at 76ʃ per thousand, 2,740
1,288 barrels beer, 8 barrels=1 ton=161 tons at 30ʃ per barrel, 1,932
238 kegs starch, equal to 6 tons at 35ʃ per keg, 416
12,094 hhds. flaxseed, 4 hhds.=1 ton=3,023 tons at 70ʃ per hhd. 42,329
64 chests furs and skins, equal to 8 tons at 100 l per chest, 6,400
35 barrels bees wax, equal to 4 ½ tons at 25 l per barrel, 875
199 firkins lard, equal to 7 tons at 20ʃ per firkin, 199
1,501 firkins butter (half Irish) equal to 20 tons at 40ʃ per firkin, 1,400
5,430 tons new vessels, including iron work, &c. 6 l 10 s per ton, 35,295
    45,306 ⅔ tons. £ 567,521

[Page 270]"Besides logwood, fustic, mahogany, naval-stores, rice, and sundry other articles of European, West India, and North American produce, ex­ported from hence; exclusive of cordage, for the use of new vessels, &c. provisions for ships' use, staves for dunnage, and many other small articles."

Great in­crease of the trade of Pennsyl­vania, &c.But the annual increase of the trade and pro­duce, till about the year 1775, was so great, that it was supposed, by the best judges, they doubled, at least, during these last ten years; insomuch that all the exports of every kind to Great Britain, and other markets, were computed at near £. 1,200,000, or above £. 700,000 sterling, va­lue per annum, upon an average of three years, ending December, 1773; after which time, for the two next succeeding years, they continued still greatly to increase: and the imports from Great Britain alone, in manufactures, and other mer­chandize, into the port of Philadelphia (exclusive of those from the West Indies, &c. in rum, sugar, molasses, &c. which were very great) at above £. 600,000 sterling per annum, upon the same average, at the same time.

An account of the former of which, taking into consideration the large home consumption of 66 [Page 271] the same and other articles, in this populous pro­vince and its vicinity, at the same time, may fur­nish a general idea of its trade and produce, &c. viz. 67

[Page 272] Places of trade with Pennsylva­nia, &c.The principal part of these exports, which, by the merchants of Philadelphia, are sent to Great Britain, Ireland, the West India [...]slands, New En­gland, but of late years more to Portugal, Spain, up the straits, and other places, is carried in their own shipping, built here; which is frequently sold with the cargoes: the produce of all which is sure to centre in Great Britain, in pay for the ma­nufactures and merchandize imported here from [Page 273] thence; except perhaps what is returned higher in wines of Lisbon, Madeira, Canary, or Western Islands, West India produce, with salt and other necessaries, for the use of the country, and con­sumed in the province and its neighbourhood.

The present inhabitants of Pennsylvania, Inhabitants. exclu­sive of the few Indians, still remaining in the re­mote, or back parts, of it, consist mostly of such people as have removed thither from Europe, and of their descendants; and still many of them have connections there; hence they are generally in the practice of the customs and manners of the different countries, from which they originally came, according to their rank in life. Of those which constitute the different religious societies, such as appear to be least known, and most re­markable, either have been already, or will here­after, be mentioned in the proper place.

Besides the great numbers of the first and early colonists, as well as since, from Great Britain, and the large importations of people from Ireland into this province, both in early and latter times, those from Germany have been so great, Germans, &c. that it is supposed near one-third, at least, of the inhabi­tants, at this time, consists of the last, and their descendants: the counties of Lancaster, York, Berks, and Northampton being principally settled by them, and they are very numerous, even, in the city and county of Philadelphia, as well as in the others.

In the summer of the year 1749, twenty-five sail of large ships arrived with German passengers alone: which brought about twelve thousand souls, some of the ships about six hundred each; and in several other years near the same number of these people arrived annually; and in some years near as many annually from Ireland. By an exact ac­count of all the ships and passengers annually, [Page 274] which have arrived at Philadelphia, with Germans alone, nearly from the first settlement of the pro­vince, till about the year 1776, when their im­portation ceased, the number of the latter appears to be about thirty-nine thousand; and their inter­nal increase has been very great. Cumberland county is mostly settled by the Irish, who abound through the whole province. The Germans seem more adapted for agriculture, and the improvement of a wilderness, and the Irish for trade, &c. The former soon get estates in this country, where in­dustry and parsimony are the chief requisites to procure them, &c.

Negroes.The Negroes, or black people, it is supposed, are less numerous in Pennsylvania and New Jersey, than in most of the other colonies, in proportion to the number of other inhabitants; the Legisla­ture, at different times, having used the best en­deavours in their power, to discourage and pre­vent the impolitic and inhuman practice of the introduction or importation, of them; a practice, which has long prevailed in this part of the world, both in its nature and manner, not only the great opprobrium of Christianity, but even the shameful disgrace of human nature itself!

But there is another class of people, whose numbers here, Refuse of other coun­tries, &c. in latter years, have annually so much increased as apparently to portend conse­quences no less dangerous and unhappy to the public good, in some respects, than those last mentioned, as they are more capable of it, and those very consequences manifestly a present ad­vantage to them; I mean such as flee from justice, in other countries, and convicts from Great Bri­tain and Ireland; who frequently find the way hither, after they are landed in other places, to the no small detriment of the honest part of the community; besides the dangerous consequences, [Page 275] which may justly be dreaded from so large, and long continued collection of such kind of people together; which at present seems to demand the public attention more than it has done.

About the year 1759, or sometime before, Number of inhabitants, &c. the number of families in the province was computed at twenty thousand, by a very moderate computa­tion; * and considering the very great increase, di­vers ways, since that time, the whole number of people in Pennsylvania, about the year 1770, may probably be near two hundred thousand, at least, or somewhere between two and three hundred thousand.

For the number of taxables, from time to time, Number and increase of taxables, &c. in the province, as appears by the tax books, and journals of Assembly, may be pretty nearly ascer­tained: and it is probable, by these accounts, that, in the year 1731, they did not exceed nine or ten thousand at most; in 1751, they were about twenty-one thousand; and in 1771, be­tween thirty-nine and forty thousand; nearly doubling every twenty years; so computing the [Page 276] increase of the whole twenty thousand families, with the fresh immigrants, which were very numer­ous, in the same proportion, and allowing seven persons to a family, they would, in 1770, amount to about two hundred and fifty thousand; the tax­ables being, by this computation, nearly one in six, rendered so numerous by reason of the poll-tax, &c. And the three lower counties of New­castle, Kent and Sussex on Delaware might probably contain between twenty and thirty thousand more.

City of Philadel­phia in 1770.The city of Philadelphia, which has been so much, and deservedly admired for its excellent plan, the regularity of its streets, and its great and rapid increase and improvement, it is sup­posed, [Page 277] for several years last past, has been aug­mented with above two hundred new dwelling houses annually, including the suburbs north and south of it, along the side of the river Delaware; where its buildings now extend about two miles in length; but it is not built, perhaps, much above half a mile westward from the river, along High-street, in the middle, or broadest part of it.

The houses are mostly built of brick, and co­vered with shingles of cedar, very uniform, plain and neat; though both good marble, and other stone, are procured, within fifteen miles from the city, by water carriage, and by land near the same distance. They are mostly three stories high, besides the garrets and cellars, more espe­cially in the interior parts of the town; and for the most part it is well paved, watered, lighted, and cleaned; and the general fuel is wood. But too much of a similarity is said, by some, to pre­vail in the structure of this city; and the eye is not delighted with that variety here, which some­times is observable in smaller places.

The number of houses erected upon the plan of the city, exclusive of public buildings, stores, Number of houses and inhabitants. work-houses, &c. in December, 1769, were three thousand three hundred and eighteen; those of the northern suburbs, five hundred and fifty-three; and in the southern suburbs, six hundred and three; in all four thousand four hundred and se­venty-four dwelling houses; which, at the most moderate computation, being multiplied by six, gives twenty-six thousand eight hundred and forty-four inhabitants; but they were supposed to ave­rage nearer seven to a family, which makes thirty-one thousand three hundred and eighteen, in the city and suburbs of Philadelphia at that time, when it was not above eighty-seven years old; and for the next [Page 278] following four or five years, it continued to in­crease with still greater augmentation. *

As to the original plan of the city, which has already been described in another place, though most of it is still retained in the late improvements, yet, in some parts of it, the intention of the great Founder is said to be departed from; and it is too much cut up into small and confined spaces, by narrow lanes and alleys, Some nui­sances, in­convenien­ces, and abuses, &c. not suitable for the heat of the climate, nor proper for the health of the in­habitants; for the benefit of whom, in crowded ci­ties, as much free and open air is requisite as can possibly be obtained. Besides, along the water side, where there ought to be a wide public street, or quay, continued the whole front of the city, for the free and uninterrupted use of the citizens; be­sides wharves, extending further into the water, and other convenient space, for shipping and landing of merchandize, and properly accomodating the general trade, &c. private persons are permitted to build and place obstructions close to the ri­ver. Add to these, the principal street in the city is shamefully obstructed by a court-house in the middle of the most crowded part of it, and by other buildings erected for butchers shambles, and holding a market; now long experienced to be the most inconvenient and improper place that could be appropriated for that purpose in such a crowded and increasing city, as well as contrary [Page 279] to the original intention, which designed all the pub­lic streets for high ways without obstruction, or in­terruption; though in early time, it might have been otherwise, in regard to conveniency, when the place was small, and the people few. These in­conveniences, and abuses, not to say public nui­sances, and impediments to the salubrity of the city, with their growing consequences, if it con­tinues to increase as it has done, and they not re­moved, and better provision made, future time will indoubtedly be more sensible of. *

The public buildings in this city, at this time, Public buildings, &c. are mostly plain, yet some of them elegant; but, in general, they are adapted more for real use and conveniency, than ornament. The state-house, where the General Assembly, and Supreme Court, of the province, are held, is a plain, but elegant and spacious edifice, for the time in which it was built, about the year 1732: it stands on the south side of Chesnut-street; and with its wings and ap­pendages, on each side of it, occupies the whole extent of a square of near four hundred feet, be­tween Fifth and Sixth-streets from Delaware. The prison and work house, at the corner of High-street and Third-street, are strong and spacious buildings, but have nothing very remarkable in their archi­tecture.

Of houses for worship, that of the Episcopalians, Houses of worship. or Church of England, in Second-street, called Christ's Church, is looked upon as the most ele­gant; [Page 280] the rest are generally more adapted for use and conveniency, than shew. The Quakers have four houses for public worship in the city; of which they constantly, at the appointed times for worship, occupy three; the fourth is used on par­ticular occasions. The Episcopalians have three; the Presbyterians, four; the Baptists, one; the Moravians, one; the Roman Catholics, two; the Methodists, one; the German Lutherans, two; and the German Calvinists, one; likewise the Swedish Lutherans, one, in the lower suburbs, at Wicocoa.

Schools and seminaries of learning, &c.Besides the numerous private schools, for the education of youth, in this city, there are two public seminaries of learning, incorporated by char­ter, and provided with funds; the first, in order of time, is that of the Quakers, already mentioned in another place; incorporated by the first Pro­prietor, William Penn; the corporation consists of fifteen persons, chosen by themselves; they have their monthly meetings, for the care and management of the institution; and their regular visitations of the various schools, under their di­rection and notice. *

Besides the schools in other parts of the city and county of Philadelphia, under their care, they have a convenient and handsome building, ele­gantly situated, in the east side of Fourth-street, near Chesnut-street; where, besides reading and writing, are taught grammar and the languages, with the most useful parts of mathematical learning, in different apartments, under their proper masters; where also is kept a library, for the use of the institution: but this seminary, in some respects, has not been improved, or advanced, according to the original intention, or to as great utility as it is capable of.

[Page 281]The second is the College and Academy of Phila­delphia, of a much later standing, College and Academy of Philadel­phia. and not existing as such, before the year 1749; but greatly im­proved of late years; and is likely, if its present prudent management be continued, to become hereafter, the most considerable of the kind, per­haps, in British America: the corporation consists of twenty-four members, called Trustees; they have a large commodious building, on the west side of Fourth-street, near Mulberry-street, where the different branches of learning and science are taught, in the various parts of the institution.

In this city are erected two large and elegant edifices, for charitable uses, Pennsylva­nia Hospi­tal, &c. but not yet compleat­ed; the Pennsylvania Hospital, and the House of Employment for the poor of Philadelphia; it is sup­posed there are not other two institutions of the kind equal to them, in any of the British colonies in America, for the number of persons annually relieved, the spacious, convenient and healthy accommodations, and general good management, in every department; in the former, which had its first rise so late as in the year 1751, there have been cured and relieved above four hundred per­sons annually; * and in the latter, which is of [Page 282] still later standing, House for the poor, &c. about four hundred indigent people, and helpless objects of charity have been constantly provided with suitable employment, or comfortable living and accommodations. The ma­nagers of these institutions are annually chosen by the contributors, according to acts of Assembly, by which they are incorporated: both of them were first promoted chiefly by the Quakers, and still continue under the management principally of the same people.

Other insti­tutions, &c.There are other institutions and companies, in this city, formed either for the good order and security of it, or other patriotic purposes; as, that for the insurance of houses from loss by fire; with a number of fire companies, or associations, to prevent and extinguish fire in it: the society for the relief of poor and distressed masters of ships, their widows and children; the American philosophical society, &c. for promoting useful knowledge; the library company of Philadelphia; the society for promoting the cul­ture of silk, &c.

City corpo­ration, &c.The corporation of the city itself, for its inter­nal government and police, has been already mentioned, in the account of its original institu­tion by the first Proprietor William Penn, in 1701. It consists of a Mayor, Recorder, Aldermen, and Common Council, by the name of, "The Mayor and Commonalty of the city of Philadelphia," &c. They are chosen by the corporation; and the number of Aldermen and Common Council-men is not limited: the nature, constitution, power, and office of the corporation are described in the city charter in the appendix.

[Page 283]Besides the city of Philadelphia, there are se­veral considerable towns in the province, exclusive of the capitals of the counties, already mentioned; some of which have their stated market days, and regular markets for provisions, &c.

Germantown, in Philadelphia county, about six miles north of the city, with which it is nearly coeval, and noted for its manufacture of stockings, by the German settlers and their descendants, who principally inhabit it, consists chiefly of one street, several miles in length, different parts of it ha­ving different names, irregularly built of stone, dug out of the ground where the houses stand; in a high and healthy situation, with distances, or vacant spaces, in some places, between the houses; it affords a pleasant retreat in summer to divers inhabitants of Philadelphia; and contains more houses and people than any other town in the province, Philadelphia and Lancaster excepted.

Wilmington, in Newcastle county, Wilming­ton. which ap­pears to be no older than about thirty or forty years (anno 1772) is now next to Philadelphia, in trade and populousness, on or near the Dela­ware; and in late years, has far exceeded New­castle, which has long seemingly been on the de­cline, 73 [Page 284] though the courts, &c. are still held at the latter place; from which it is only six miles dis­tant, northward, and about twenty-eight south west from Philadelphia. It is situated on an ele­vated and hilly declivity, descending to Christeen creek; which so far, at least, is navigable for ves­sels of two hundred tons burden, and runs into the Delaware at a small distance; from whence, to a spectator, passing on the said river, this town, by reason of its particular and elevated situation, exhibits a pleasant appearance.

Of the internal Police, and Courts of Judicature in Pennsylvania.

The nature and manner of the government, by a Governor and provincial Assembly, as expressed in the last charter of privileges, given in the year 1701, with the powers granted to the Proprietary, William Penn, in the royal charter of 1681, upon which the former is founded, have already been mentioned, in the preceding history; and, there­fore, in this place, need no repetition. Accord­ing to which charter of privileges, there are two negatives in the Legislature; that of the Governor, and that of the Assembly, or Representatives of the people.

Governor's Council, &cThe Council, as before observed, are no part of the Legislature, otherwise than by advising the Governor, in his negative, &c. they are chosen by the Proprietary, or Governor, and are properly called the Governor's Council. The acts of legisla­ture run thus, in the presidency of a Deputy Go­vernor, who is appointed by the Proprietary, with the royal approbation, viz. "Be it enacted by the honourable—Esquire, Lieutenant Governor of the province of Pennsylvania, and of the counties of Newcastle, Kent and Sussex, on Delaware river; by and with the consent of the Representatives of the [Page 285] freemen of said province, in General Assembly met." The Governor's salary, which is a free gift, or in the power of the people, was never permanently fixed by law; but of late years, has generally been about £. 1,000 currency per annum, besides the perquisites, which amounted to a considera­ble sum.

The Assembly, by charter, is elected on the first day of October annually, by the freeholders, Provincial Assembly. in each county. The qualifications, by law, for an elector and elected, is a freeman, resident in the county, for two years, at least, having fifty acres of land, well seated, or otherways worth, in real or personal estate, or both jointly, the value of fifty pounds currency; which, if required, must be declared on oath or affirmation. But the num­ber of the members, and mode of elections, are fixed, altered and regulated by act of Assembly, pursuant to the powers granted by the said charter. They have for many years, before the last frontier counties were added, or till about the year 1771, consisted of about thirty-six; of which number, the city of Philadelphia returned two; each of the oldest counties, of Philadelphia, Bucks and Chester, eight; that of Lancaster four; and the later (and in those times, much thinner inhabited) counties of York, Cumberland, Berks and North­ampton, returned the rest.

The Sheriffs and Coroners are usually elected at the same time with the Representatives, Sheriffs and Coroners. by county elections; the people elect two for each office; out of which the Governor chuses one; who, in the same manner, may be re-elected for three years running; but after three years, cannot be re-elected, unless after the intervention of three years out of office; and then he is capa­ble of a new election.

[Page 286] County Commissi­oners and Assessors.The County Commissioners, for managing of the public affairs of their respective counties, are three, and the Assessors are six, in and for each county; of the latter the whole number is annu­ally chosen, at the same time, with the Assembly, Sheriffs and Coroners, according to act of Assem­bly; the former, or the Commissioners, continue in office for three years; of whom, one, or the oldest Commissioner, is changed, or goes out, and ano­ther is elected in his place every year, in each county.

Juries. Juries are all returned by the Sheriff, excepting in particular cases, but not often; there may be a struck jury, by consent of parties; and that must be in the presence of the Judges, the Sheriff and the parties.

Justices of the Peace. Justices of the Peace are all of the Governor's appointing, and sit in Quarter Sessions, conforma­ble to the laws and institutions of England.

Register General.The Register General is appointed and commissi­oned by the Governor, according to act of Assem­bly, for the probate of wills, and granting letters of administration. His authority extends all over the province; but is executed by a Deputy, in each respective county, except at Philadelphia; where he is obliged to reside himself.

Courts of Judicature.The power of establishing all the Courts of Judi­cature, in Pennsylvania, was granted, by the royal charter, to the Proprietary. They were accord­ingly, for some time, erected and held by ordi­nances of the Governor and Council; but they were afterwards established by laws of the province.

The Courts of Judicature, for the administration of justice, as established by law, within the pro­vince, consist of,

Supreme Court.1. The Supreme Court of Pennsylvania, held in Philadelphia, twice every year, by any two of the [Page 287] three Justices, or Judges, of the said court. Of these Judges, who are commissioned by the Go­vernor severally, by distinct patents, one is distin­guished, in his commission, by the name of Chief Justice; the others, by that of second and third Judge, or Justice; and none of them can sit judi­cially in any inferior court: every of which Jus­tices having full power to issue forth writs of ha­beas corpus, certiorari and writs of error, &c.

This court is empowered to hear and determine all causes, by writ of the same court, Its power, &c. removed from the courts of Quarter Sessions, and Common Pleas, in the several counties, and from the city court: to reverse, or affirm, the judgments of the inferior courts: to examine and punish all officers of courts, for default, &c. to award pro­cess for levying fines: and if occasion require, to go the circuit twice every year, to try the issues in fact, in the counties, from whence the cause was removed: the Judges of this court have power to deliver the jails of persons, committed for treason, murder, and other felonies of death; and to hear and determine all such felonies, committed in the out parts of the province, by a jury of the city of Philadelphia; especially felonies committed by In­dians, &c. But from the final sentence of this court, as well as from that of the Courts of Ad­miralty, and all other courts, within the province, is reserved the right of appeal to Great Britain.

2. The Court of General Quarter Sessions of the Peace and Gaol Delivery, held in each county, Court of Quarter Sessions. four times in a year, by any three, or more, of the Justices, nominated and authorized by the Governor; and special, or private, sessions, as often as occasion requires, pursuant to their commissions, &c. any of which Justices has power in or out of sessions, to take all manner of recognizances, &c.

[Page 288] Court of Common Pleas.3. The County Court of Common Pleas, held four times annually, at the same places, in each county where the Quarter Sessions are kept, by at least, three of the justices thereof, commissioned by the Governor; who are empowered to hear and determine all pleas, suits and causes, civil, personal, real and mixt, &c.

The Judges of the Common Pleas are the Justices of the Peace in each respective county: when the Quarter Sessions are finished, they continue to sit (in most of the counties) in quality of the Judges of Common Pleas, by commission from the Go­vernor.

Orphans' Court,4. The Orphans' Court, held by the Justices of the Quarter Sessions, in each county, in the same week, in which the sessions are held; or, at any other time as they see occasion.

Its power, &c.They are empowered to call to account any person, who is entrusted with, or any wise account­able for, any estate, belonging to any orphan, or person under age; (and even administrators of intestate estates) to oblige the Register General, or his Deputies, to transmit to their court, copies of such writings, as relate to estates of orphans, or minors; to oblige administrators to give better security; and upon neglect thereof, or if the ad­ministrator has imbezzled the decedant's estate, by their sentence to revoke his letter of admini­stration; to oblige as well an executrix, that is married to another husband, without securing the minors' portions, as also all other executors, to give security for the payment, or delivery, of the le­gacies, or shares of estates belonging to minors, and for their maintenance and education: to ad­mit minors to chuse guardians, and to appoint guardians for such as, by the common law, are un­capable of chusing; to direct the putting out mi­nors apprentices: to send their attachments, for [Page 289] contempt, and force obedience to their orders, by imprisonment, or sequestration of lands and goods: finally, to settle the accounts of admini­strators, and to make distribution of the surplus­age of the estate; and to settle and discharge the accounts of bonds of guardians, and other per­sons, entrusted with minors' estates.

5. The Mayor's Court, held in Philadelphia, Mayor's Court. by the Mayor, Recorder, and, at least, two Alder­men of the city, quarterly, by charter, for hear­ing and determining all crimes and offences, com­mitted in the said city: but the power of hearing and determining all felonies of death is, by law, vested in the Judges of the Supreme Court.

Besides these are the Court of Admiralty, Admiralty Courts. for the province of Pennsylvania, and the counties of Newcastle, Kent and Sussex, on Delaware; and the Court of Admiralty, in case of appeals, for the provinces of New York, New Jersey, Penn­sylvania, Maryland, and Virginia; held in Phi­ladelphia only, agreeable to the direction in the Judges' commission.

The courts for the respective counties are held, Places where the county courts are held. 1, at Philadelphia, for the county of Philadelphia; 2, at Newtown, for that of Bucks; 3, at Chester, for the county of Chester; 4, at Lancaster, for that of Lancaster; 5, at Yorktown, for the county of York; 6, at Carlisle, for the county of Cum­berland; 7, at Reading, for the county of Berks; 8, at Easton for the county of Northampton; 9, at Bedford, for Bedford county; 10, at Sunbury, for Northumberland county; and 11, at Pitsburg, for Westmoreland.

In the year 1772, in the administration of Rich­ard Penn, Governor under the Proprietaries Tho­mas and John Penn, the principal offices, in the province of Pennsylvania, were held, as follows:

Officers of govern­ment, &c. in 1772.
Members of the Proprietaries' and Governor's Council.
  • [Page 290]James Hamilton,
  • Joseph Turner,
  • William Logan,
  • Richard Peters,
  • Lynford Lardner,
  • Benjamin Chew,
  • Thomas Cadwallader,
  • James Tilghman,
  • Andrew Allen,
  • Edward Shippen, junior.
  • Provincial Secretary, and Clerk of the Council, Joseph Shippen, junr.
  • Speaker of the House of Assembly, Joseph Galloway,
  • Clerk of the Assembly, Charles Moore,
  • Treasurer of the province, Owen Jones,
  • Agent for the province, in Great Britain, Benjamin Franklin.
Judges of the Supreme Court.
  • William Allen, Chief Justice,
  • John Lawrence, Second Judge,
  • Thomas Willing, Third Judge.
  • Prothonotary of the Supreme Court, &c. Edward Shippen, junr.
  • Attorney General, Andrew Allen,
  • Register General, &c. Benjamin Chew,
  • Master of the rolls, &c. William Parr.
Proprietaries' officers for land affairs, &c.
  • Secretary of the land office, James Tilghman,
  • Receiver General and keep­er of the great seal, Edmund Physick,
  • Auditor General, Richard Hockley,
  • Surveyor General, John Lukens.
Principal officers for the customs, for the port of Phi­ladelphia.
  • Collector, John Patterson,
  • Comptroller, Zachariah Hood,
  • Naval officer, Richard Hockley,
  • Surveyor and searcher, David Drummond, &c.
Court of Admiralty for the province of Pennsyl­vania, and counties of Newcastle, Kent and Sussex, upon Delaware.
  • [Page 291] Judge, Edward Shippen, junior,
  • Register, Richard Peters, junior,
  • Marshal, Judah Foulke.
Court of Admiralty, in case of appeals, for the provinces of New York, New Jersey, Pennsylva­nia, Maryland, and Virginia.
  • Commissary, Honourable Jared Ingersol,
  • Deputy Commissary, James Biddle,
  • Register, Philip How,
  • Deputy Register, John Smith,
  • Marshal and Serjeant at Mace, Arodi Thayer.

About this time the number of Aldermen, for the city of Philadelphia, consisted of twenty per­sons, and the Common Council of thirty six.

[Page 292]

PART III.

The Indians.—Uncertainty of their origin.—Boun­daries of the Six Nations, with their dependen­cies, and the Indians on Ohio, &c.—Account of the Six Nations, their customs and properties, &c. —Of those of Pennsylvania; their general turn of mind, propensities, customs and habits.— Speech of an Indian chief in answer to a Swedish missionary.—Their religious sense of the Deity.— Conrad Weiser's letter on the subject.—Account of some religious Indians in 1760, &c.—Infraction of the peace between the Indians and the people of Pennsylvania, about the year 1754.—Massacre of the Conestogoe Indians, &c.—Causes of the In­dian war.—Means of the ensuing peace in 1764,

Uncertain­ty of the origin of the Indians, &c.AS to the origin of the Indians, or aboriginal inhabitants of America, in general, there is no­thing on record, but mere modern conjecture; which varies according to the different opinions and fancies of those, who have thought and writ on the subject, and endeavoured to account for the first peopling of that continent. It is, per­haps, as improbable for a people, who have not the knowledge of letters, to derive their original from those, who were possessed of that useful and necessary science, and not to retain it among them­selves afterwards, as it would be nugatory to pre­tend to give an account thereof, without the means, absolutely necessary for that purpose? Therefore, without saying any thing of their ori­ginal, [Page 293] or troubling the reader with conjectures, how this country first began to be inhabited by mankind, let it suffice here to observe, in general, Probably a different species of mankind. that these people appear to form a distinct species of the human race, as well as the Negroes, and some other kinds of people, in the world: this is so manifestly visible, from an entire uniformity, among them, of certain marks and characters, peculiar to their persons and features, that they are thereby as sufficiently distinguished from all the rest of mankind, into a different, or distinct species, or variety, of rational beings, as the va­rious species of some of the particular genera of the irrational animals and plants are characterized by their respective and peculiar properties and phenomena. *

The Indians, called the Six Nations, The Six Na­tions, &c. have held sovereignty over all the Indians, both in this and the neighbouring provinces, for a long series of years; and as a similarity of their customs pre­vails much among those, who are subject to them, so previous to an account of the Indians of Penn­sylvania and New Jersey, as they were found and observed by the first and early European or English settlers among them, whose description or obser­vation, may be most depended on, as nearest the truth, it may be proper to say something further respecting these nations, though they have not, at present, their residence within the limits of these provinces.

The Six Nations first entered into an alliance with the English, on the capture of New York from the Dutch, in 1664; which has remarkably continued ever since. The limits of their lands, or country, included all the nations and tribes, [Page 294] which were subject to them, either by conquest, of otherwise; they extended from the south part of lake Champlain, Extent of their terri­tories, &c. in latitude 44°, on the north of New York government, to the borders of Carolina, in latitude 36°, comprehending all Pennsylvania, and the adjacent countries. The Six Nations themselves are seated between the 42d and 43d degree of north latitude, north eastward of Penn­sylvania, within the bounds of New York govern­ment, and on the rivers which run into lake On­tario.

Manner of bounding their coun­tries.The Indians generally bound their countries, or territories, by large wide spaces of land, not by lines, or marks. Their numbers are small, in pro­portion to the land they possess. They fix their towns commonly on the borders of great rivers, on account of the rich lawns, for planting their corn: the intermediate ground they reserve for hunting; which equally serves them for that pur­pose and a frontier.

Manner of naming their nati­ons and tribes.Their nations and tribes are generally distin­guished and denominated by the names of the ri­vers and creeks, or other noted places, of their residence; which original names they commonly still continue to retain after their removal to other places. The tribes, which composed their nations, were frequently in proportion to the number and importance of the creeks, that ran into the rivers which bore their nations. The Delawares so cal­led from the river Delaware, by the English, but by themselves in their own language, Lenelenoppes, or the original people, consisted of the Assunpink (Stony creek) Indians; Rankokas, (Lamikas, or Chichequaas) Mingoes, Andastakas; (Christeen creek, near Wilmington) Neshaminics, in Bucks county; Shackamaxons, about Kensington, near Philadelphia; Mantas, or Frog Indians, about Burlington, and a creek of that name, in Gloucester [Page 295] county, which runs out of Jersey into the Dela­ware, a little below Philadelphia, &c.

Since the conquest and subjection of divers of the Indian nations and tribes, by the Six Nations, Their change of residence, &c. particularly after the Europeans became acquainted with them, (during which time they appear to have been continually decreasing in number) many of their places of residence have been changed for others, by the direction and order of their con­querors, or superiors; especially to make room for the settlement of the Europeans, &c. Hence, after the Susquahannocks were exterminated, the upper parts of the river Susquahanna were allotted to the Nanticokes, from the eastern shore of Ma­ryland; to the Tuteloes, from Meherin river, in the south of Virginia; and to the Delawares, among which last are included the Menesinks, from above the forks of Delaware, and the Man­des, or Salem Indians, &c. and as the country be­comes more inhabited by Europeans and their de­scendants, the Indians move still further back into the wilderness, &c.

Among the most noted nations, Noted na­tions for­merly in New Jersey and Penn­sylvania. which some­times formerly inhabited New Jersey, and the first, or most early settled parts of Pennsylvania, are said to have been the Narraticongs, on the north side of Rariton river, the Capitinasses, the Gacheos, the Munseys, the Pomptons, and some of the Five Nations, before the sixth was added; which was that of the Tuscororas, on account of a similarity in their language to that of the Five Nations, indicating them to have been originally of the same stock, &c.

The Indians on Ohio chiefly consist of the hun­ters of the several nations round, Nations on the Ohio, &c. under the pro­tection or subjection of the Six Nations, as, the [Page 296] Delawares, Sha [...]anesse, W [...]is (called by the French, Ilionois) and their own several nations, * &c.

The Six Nations greatly di­minished, &c.The Six Nations, sometimes called Mingos, and Confederates, as their name denotes, called by the Dutch, Maquaas, or Mahakuase, and by the French, Iroquois, were so greatly diminished in the the year 1757, that they were then supposed to consist only of about twelve hundred fighting men. "They consist (says Colden in his history of them) of so many tribes, or nations, joined together by league, Governor Colden's history of the Five Nations, &c. or confederacy, like the Uni­ted Provinces, and without any superiority of one over the other. This union has continued so long, that the Christians know nothing of the original of [Page 297] it. The people in it are known by the names [...] Mohawks, Oneydoes, Onondagoes, Cayugas, Senekas, and Tuscaroras. *

"Each of these nations is again divided into three tribes, or families, Their dis­tinction. who distinguish them­selves by three different arms, or ensigns, viz. [Page 298] the tortoise, the bear, and the wolf; and the sachems, or old men, of these families, put this ensign, or mark, of their family, to every public paper, when they sign it.

Govern­ment and police."Each of these nations is an absolute republic, and is governed, in all public affairs, by its own sachems, or old men; the authority of these rulers is gained by, and consists wholly in, the opinion the rest of the natives have of their wisdom and integrity. They never execute their resolutions by force, upon any of their people. Honour and esteem are their principal rewards; as shame, and being despised, their punishments. They have cer­tain customs, which they observe, in their public transactions, with other nations, and in their pri­vate affairs among themselves; which it is scanda­lous for any among them not to observe; and these always draw after them either public or private resentment, whenever they are broken.

"Their leaders and captains, in like manner, obtain their authority by the general opinion of their courage and conduct, and lose it by a failure in these virtues.

"Their great men, both sachems and captains, are generally poorer than the common people; for they affect to give away and distribute all the presents and plunder, they get in their treaties, and in war, so as to leave nothing to themselves. There is not a man in the ministry of the Five Nations, Their free and inde­pendent state, &c. who has gained his office otherwise, than by merit; there is not the least salary, or any sort of profit, annexed to any office, to tempt the covetous or sordid; but, on the contrary, every unworthy action is unavoidably attended with the forfeiture of their commission; for their authority is only the esteem of the people, and ceases the moment that esteem is lost. Here we see the natural origin of all power and authority, [Page 299] among a free people; and whatever artificial pow­er, or sovereignty, any man may have acquired, by the laws and constitution of a country, his real power will be ever much greater, or less, in pro­portion to the esteem the people have of him. *

"The Five Nations think themselves, by nature, Their high opinion of themselves, &c. superior to the rest of mankind, and call them­selves Ongue-honwe, that is, men surpassing all others. This opinion, which they take care to inculcate into their children, gives them that courage, which has been so terrible to all the nations of North America; and they have taken such care to impress the same opinion of their people on all their neighbours, that, on all occasions, they yield the most submissive obedience to them." "The Tuscaroras, after the war they had with the people of Carolina, fled to the Five Nations, and are now incorporated with them; so that they now pro­perly indeed consist of Six Nations.

"There is one vice, Drunken­ness com­mon to the Indians, &c which all the Indians have fallen into, since their acquaintance with the Chris­tians; of which they could not be guilty before that time, that is, drunkenness. It is strange how all the Indian nations, and almost every person among them, male and female, are infatuated with the love of strong drink; they know no bounds to their desire, while they can swallow it down; and then indeed, the greatest man among them scarcely deserves the name of a brute.

"They never have been taught to conquer any passion, but by some contrary passion; and the traders, with whom they chiefly converse, are so far from giving them any abhorrence of this vice, that they encourage it all they can, not only for [Page 300] the profit of the liquor they sell, but that they may have an opportunity to impose upon them. And this, as they chiefly drink spirits, has de­stroyed greater numbers, than all their wars and diseases put together.

The history of the Five Nations ob­scure, &c."As to the history of the Five Nations," (says Smith, in his history of New-York) "before their acquaintance with the Europeans, it is wrapt up in the darkness of antiquity. It is said that their first residence was in the country about Mont-real; * and that the superior strength of the Adi­rondacks, whom the French call Algonquins, drove them into their present possessions, lying on the south side of the Mohawks river, and the great lake Ontario. Towards the close of those disputes, which continued for a great series of years, the Confederates gained advantages over the Adiron­dacks, and struck a general terror into all the In­dians. The Hurons, on the north side of lake Erie, and the Cat Indians, on the south side were totally conquered and dispersed. The French, who settled in Canada, in 1603, took umbrage at this success, and began a war with them, which had well nigh ruined their new colony.

Their lan­guage, &c."As to the language of these people (says the same author) except the Tuscaroras, all the Six Na­tions speak a language radically the same. It is ve­ry masculine and sonorous, abounding with guttu­rals, and strong aspirations, but without labials. [Page 301] Its solemn, grave tone is owing to the generosity of its feet, as may be observed in the following trans­lation of the Lord's Prayer; in which is distin­guished the time of every syllable, by the com­mon marks, used in prosody.

The Lord's Prayer, in the language of the Six Nation Indians.

Soūngwăūnchă, cāurŏunkȳāugă, tēhsēētăroān, Pater nos­ter, in the Indian lan­guage. sāulwŏnĕyōūstă, ēs ă, săwănēyŏu, ŏkĕttāūhsĕlă, ēhnĕāūwoūng, nā, cāurounkȳāūgă, nūgh, wōn­shāūgă, nēăttĕwĕhnĕsălāūgă, taūgwăunăutōrŏnŏ­antōūghsick, tōantāngwĕlēēwhĕyoustaŭng, chĕ­nēēyeŭt, chāquătaūtălēywhĕyŏustāūnnă, toūgh­său, taūgwăussărēnăh, tāwantŏttĕnăugăloūgh­tōūnggă, nāsāwnĕ, sāchĕăutāugwāss, cŏntēhsă­lōhāūnzāīkăw, ēsă, săwaŭnēyŏu, ēsă, săshaūtztă, ēsă, soūngwāsōūng, chĕnnĕăuhāūngwā, āuwĕn.

"The extraordinary length of Indian words, and the guttural aspirations necessary in pronounc­ing them, render the speech extremely rough and difficult. The verbs never change in their termi­nations, as in Latin, Greek, and Hebrew; but all their variations are prefixed. A strange trans­position of syllables of different words, Euphonia gratiâ, is very common in the Indian tongue: of which I will give an instance: ōgillă, signifies fire, and căwāūnnā, great, but instead of joining the adjective and substantive, to say great fire, că­wāūnnă ōgillă, both words would be blended into this one, cŏ-gīllă-wāūnnă.

"The dialect of the Oneydos is softer than that of the other nations, and the reason is, because they have more vowels, and often supply the place [Page 302] of harsh letters with liquids. Instead of R, they always use L. Rebecca would be pronounced Le­quecca.

Their art and method of public speaking, &c."The art of public speaking is in high esteem among the Indians, and much studied. They are extremely fond of method, and displeased with an irregular harrangue, because it is difficult to be remembered. When they answer, they repeat the whole, reducing it into strict order. Their speeches are short, and the sense conveyed in strong metaphors. In conversation they are sprightly, but solemn and serious in their mes­sages relating to public affairs. Their speakers deliver themselves with surprising force, and great propriety of gesture. The fierceness of their countenances, the flowing blanket, elevated tone, naked arm, and erect stature, with a half circle of auditors seated on the ground, cannot but im­press on the mind a lively idea of the ancient orators of Greece and Rome.

Belts and strings of wampum, &c."At the clause of every important part of a speech, ratifying an old covenant, or creating a new one, a belt is generally given, to perpetuate the remembrance of the transaction. These belts are about four inches wide, and thirty in length. They consist of strings of conque-shell beads fast­ened together. *

Of the Indians of Pennsylvania and New Jersey.

Indians of Pennsylva­nia and New JerseyTHE Indians of Pennsylvania and New Jersey, like the Six Nations, observed the greatest deco­rum in their councils and public transactions, and [Page 303] in all their discourses and conversation; their lan­guage, like theirs, being lofty and sententious: very seldom, or never, Smith's his­tory of New Jersey more than two held a dis­course at one and the same time, in any one com­pany, though never so large; in which they never interrupted or contradicted each other, while speaking, but always waited in silence till he, that was speaking, had finished what he had to say, before an answer was returned, or any other speech attempted; all the rest remaining in pro­found silence till their turn, without either mur­mur or whisper.

As to their persons, Their per­sons, &c. they are generally more upright and strait, in their limbs, than Europeans are; their bodies strong, but more adapted to endure hardships than to sustain labour: they are very rarely crooked or deformed. Their features are regular; their countenances sometimes fierce, in common rather resembling Jews than Christi­ans; the colour of their skin, a tawney, reddish brown, or copper colour: they all have long, strait, black hair on their heads, which they grease, and make it shine, with bear's fat, espe­cially the women, who tie it behind in a large knot, and sometimes in a bag. They are hardy, lean, and squalid, and the whole manner of their lives uniform. They sometimes paint, or streak, their faces with black, when in mourning; but with red, when their affairs go well. It is said, they have no beards, but whether it be so univer­sally or not, among them, it is certain they have an aversion to hairs growing on their faces; for they always pull them out by the roots, when any appear, &c.

Though they are much given to mirth, Their gene­ral turn of mind and love of li­berty, &c. yet they are sometimes grave, even to sadness, upon com­mon, and more so upon serious occasions. They are very generous and liberal of what they have; not easily provoked to anger; nor soon appeased [Page 304] when incensed. But liberty, in the fullest extent, is their ruling passion; to this every other consider­ation is subservient. Their children are so trained up, as to cherish this disposition to the utmost; they are very much indulged, seldom chastised with blows, and but rarely reproved, or checked. They leave their children's faults for their own reason to correct, when they are grown up; which, they say, cannot be very great, before it arrives at some degree of maturity. They abhor what appears to have a slavish motive to action, as inconsistent with their notion of freedom and independency; even strong and importunate persuasion is industriously avoided by them, as bordering too much on depen­dency, and a kind of violence offered to the will; they dread flavery more than death. They never liked to be asked their judgment twice upon the same thing.

Their cus­toms, em­ployments, &c.Their property was little, and their anxiety to increase it was less; * their intercourse naturally free and unfettered with ceremony. No ideas of state and grandeur; no homage of wealth, office, birth, or learning; no pride of house, habit, or furniture; very little emulation of any kind, to interrupt; these common causes of the violation and preventions of friendships had no place with them. They were constant and steady in their at­tachments to each other, and, in many instances, far exceeded what might be expected. Their chief employment was hunting, fishing and fowl­ing; making canoes, bowls, and other earthen ware; in all which they were ingenious, consider­ing the means used. Their women's business principally consisted of planting Indian corn, parch­ing, or roasting it, pounding it to meal, in mor­tars, or breaking it between stones, making bread, [Page 305] and dressing victuals. They also made mats, ropes, hats, and baskets (some very ingeniously) of wild hemp, and roots, or splits of trees. Besides these and their toil of hunting, they had but few exercises to fatigue them; and this they sweetened with frequently meeting in companies, to feast, dance, and make merry; in short, a life of dissi­pation and ease, of uncertainty and want, of ap­petite, satiety, indolence, and sleep, seemed to be the sum of their character, and the summit, to which their wishes aspired."

In their customs and employments, they were very loving to one another, taking great care of each other in sickness, while hopes of life remained, but afterwards sometimes remiss. If a company of them came to a Christian's house, and the mas­ter of it gave victuals to one of them, and none to the rest, that one divided what was given him into equal shares among his companions. If Chris­tians visited them, they served them first, with the best of their victuals. Their times of eating were commonly the morning and evening; their seats and tables, the ground. They lived much on maize, or Indian corn, roasted in the ashes, sometimes beaten and boiled with water, called homine: they also made an agreeable cake of the ground corn, and raised beans and peas; but the woods and rivers afforded them the chief part of their provisions.

They were great observers of the weather, by the moon; they delighted in fine clothes; and were uneasy and impatient, in sickness, for a re­medy: for which they commonly drank a decoc­tion of roots, in spring water; forbearing flesh meat, excepting of the female only, when in such case they used any. They were naturally reserved, apt to resent, to conceal their resentments, and retain them long; but they were liberal and ge­ [...]rous, [Page 306] kind and affable to the English. They were punctual in their bargains; and observed this so much in others, that it was very difficult for a person, who had once failed in this particu­lar, to get any dealings with them afterwards; they were strict observers of property; yet, to the last degree, thoughtless and inactive in ac­quiring or keeping it. They did justice to one an [...]her, for crimes among themselves, in a man­ [...] [...] peculiar to them; even murder might be [...] by feasts, and presents of wampum: the price of a woman killed was twice as much as that of a man; because, said they, she bred chil­dren, which men could not do. When sober, they rarely quarrelled among themselves. They lived to sixty, seventy, and eighty years, and more, be­fore rum was introduced among them, but seldom so long afterwards.

Their houses, dress, &c.Their houses, or wigwams, were sometimes many together, in towns; but mostly moveable, and occasionally fixed near springs, or other wa­ters, for conveniency of hunting, fishing, basket-making, &c. built of poles, laid on forked sticks fixed in the ground, with bark, flags, or bushes, on the top and sides; having an opening to the south, and their fire in the middle. In the night they slept on the ground, with their feet towards the fire. Their cloathing was a coarse blanket, or skin, thrown over their shoulders, which covered to the knee, and a piece of the same tied round their legs; with part of a deer skin sewed round their feet, for shoes. When a company travelled together, Mode of travelling, &c. they generally followed each other, in a row singly, and in silence; scarcely ever two being seen abreast, or by the side of each other: the man went before with his bow and arrow; the woman followed after, not uncommonly with a child on her back, and other burdens besides; the woman generally carrying the luggage.

[Page 307]Their young men married at sixteen or seven­teen years of age, Their mar­riages, births, and burials. if before that time they had given a sufficient proof of their manhood, by a large return of skins. The girls married at about thirteen or fourteen, but resided with their mo­thers, for some years after marriage, to hoe the ground, bear burdens, &c. The young women were originally▪ very modest, but distinguished themselves, when at a marriageable state, or age, with a kind of worked mats, or red, or blue bays, interspersed with small rows of white and black wampum, put round the head, down to near the middle of the forehead. Both the young and old women were highly offended at indecent expres­sions, unless corrupted with strong liquor. Their marriage ceremony was sometimes thus:—the re­lations and friends being present, the bridegroom delivered a bone to the bride, and she gave him an ear of Indian corn; meaning, that he was to pro­vide flesh meat, and she, bread. It was not unu­sual, notwithstanding, to change their mates upon disagreement; the children went with the party that loved them most, the expence being of no moment to either; but in case of difference, or disagreement, on this head, the man was allowed the first choice, when the children were divided, or when there was but one; but, for the most part, agreeable to the Indian rule, in such cases, partus sequitur ventrem, the children, or young, go with the mother; which is as reasonable among them, as among cattle, since the whole burden of bringing up falls on her. They commonly washed their children in cold water, Manage­ment of their chil­dren, &c. as soon as born; and to make their limbs strait, they tied them to a board, and hung them on their backs, when they travelled. Their children usually walked alone at nine months old. From their infancy they were formed with care to endure hardships, [Page 308] to bear derision, and even blows, patiently—at least, with a composed countenance.

Their small knowledge of numbers appeared in their manner of counting, which was by tens, that is, Their skill and ingenu­ity in some things, &c. two tens, three tens, four tens, &c. but when the number was above their comprehension, they pointed to the stars, to the hairs of their head, &c. and they kept reckoning of time by moons. Their ingenuity appeared in several of their mechanic inventions and performance; as, in their manner of pointing their arrows, with a sharp, flinty stone; and in their making of their axes, of the same materials, for cutting their wood; which are often found, and dug up in the fields, with other kinds of their implements. They got fire by rubbing certain pieces of wood together of different sorts, turning the end of a hard piece upon the side of one which was soft and dry. By the means of fire and their stone axes, they felled large trees, and afterwards scooped them into bowls and other utensils. They were very studious in observing the virtues of roots and herbs, by which they usually cured themselves of diseases, both by outward and inward applications; besides which they frequently used sweating and the cold bath. *

Their go­vernment.Their government, in these parts, was monar­chical and successive, or hereditary; but mostly on the mother's side, to prevent a spurious issue; that is, the children of him who reigns will not succeed, but his brother by the mother, or the [Page 309] children of his sister; whose sons were to reign; and after them, the male children of her daugh­ters; for no women inherited.

Notwithstanding this mode of succession of their kings, yet, for extraordinary reasons, it was some­times altered; of which appears an instance in S. Smith's history of New Jersey, in the case of the old king Ockanickon, who died at Burlington, in that province, about the year 1681: before his death he altered the succession; and instead of Sheoppy and Swampis, who, in regular order, were to have succeeded him, he, for reasons in his speech there given, appointed his brother's son, Jahku [...] to succeed him, giving him some ex­cellent advice on the occasion. This king, as there related, soon after this, made a good and pious exit; and his remains were interred in the Quakers' burying ground, at that place, being at­tended to the grave with solemnity by the Indians, in their manner, and with great respect by many of the English settlers; to whom he had been a true friend.

That formality, which, in the European style, Of their religion, &c. or acceptation of the term, constitutes what is commonly called religion, seems to have made but little appearance among them, though probably they had some customs no less irrational and ridi­culous, in the eye of reason; but they were ac­quainted with the principle of justice and truth; which, by their conduct, they demonstrated, in a high degree, so far as the most judicious among the first and early English settlers observed, and inform us. And it were to be wished that what notions they had of a Deity, and their actions relative to their duty to him, had not, in part, been misre­presented by any; who, by attempting to give an account of what they did not, or could not, fully understand, have supplied that deficiency with [Page 310] conjectures, perhaps without design of misrepre­sentation, and thereby, in some things, disguised, or obscured, what was really known respecting some of them, in this case.

The Indi­ans averse to Europe­an customs, &c.It is well known they were very much averse to European religion and customs, unless in such things as they could comprehend, and clearly un­derstand were for their real benefit; yet, in this, sometimes their passions prevailed over their better understanding; instance, their drunkenness, &c. But though the hoped and desired success did not so fully attend the labours bestowed on them, and the means used, both by William Penn himself, in person, and by divers others of the more pious and early settlers, whose good example was very remarkable, with the later endeavours since con­tinued, to inform the judgment of the Indians, in these provinces, in religious affairs, to acquaint them with the principles and advantage of Chris­tianity, to restrain them from some things, ac­knowledged by themselves to be manifestly perni­cious, particularly from abusing themselves with strong liquor, by law, as well as advice, &c. so much as might reasonably have been wished, or expected; yet these very labours and means were far from being useless, or entirely without good effect; for the consequence declared that the In­dians, in general, were sensible of the kind regard paid them, and of the good intended thereby; which they shewed and proved by their future conduct, and steady friendship; as appears in the preceding history, though they generally refused, in a formal manner, to embrace European manners, religion and opinions: "For, governed by their own customs, S. Smith. and not by laws, creeds, &c. they greatly revered those of their ancestors, and fol­lowed them so implicitly, that a new thought, or action, seldom took place among them."

[Page 311]They are thought (says William Penn) to have believed in a God and immortality; See Willi­am Penn's account of the Indians. and seemed to aim at a public worship: in performing this, they sometimes sat in several circles, one within ano­ther; the action consisted of singing, jumping, shouting, and dancing; which they are said to have used, mostly as a tradition from their ances­tors, rather than from any knowledge, or enquiry of their own into the serious parts of its origin.

They said the great King, who made them, dwelt in a glorious country to the southward; and that the spirits of the best should go thither, and live again. Their most solemn worship was a sacrifice of the first fruits; in which they burned the first and fattest buck, and feasted together upon what else they had collected. In this sacri­fice they broke no bones of any creature, which they ate; but after they had done, they gathered upon together, and burned them very carefully. They distinguished between a good and evil Manetta, or Spirit; worshipping the former for the good, they hoped; and, it is said, some of them, the latter, that they might not be afflicted with the evil, which they feared; so slavishly dark are some of them represented to have been in their understandings! But whether this last be true, in a general sense, or peculiar only to some parts, it was certainly not the case at all among the Indians within the limits of these provinces, or, at least, very much concealed from the first and early settlers of them.

But in late years it is less to be admired that the Indians, in these provinces, and their vicinity, Reasons for the Indians' aversion to Christia­nity, &c. have shewn so little regard to the Christian religion but rather treated it, as well as its professors, with contempt and abhorrence, when it is duly con­sidered what kind of Christians those generally are, with whom they mostly deal and converse; [Page 312] as, the Indian traders, and most of the inhabitants of the back counties of this and the neighbouring provinces, who have chiefly represented the pro­fessors of Christianity among them, for many years! * viz. such of the lowest rank, and least informed, of mankind, who have flowed in from Germany, Ireland, and the jails of Great Britain, and settled next them, as well as those, who flee from justice in the settled, or better inhabited parts of the country, and retire among them, that they might be out of the reach of the laws, &c. the least qualified to exhibit favourable ideas of this kind; but it is most certain they have done the contrary; insomuch that, it were to be wished the cause of the late unhappy Indian war within the limits of these provinces, did not take its rise, in no small degree, from the want of common justice, in the conduct of too many of these peo­ple towards them: for notwithstanding the general ignorance of the Indians in many things, especi­ally of European arts and inventions, yet in things [Page 313] of this kind they rely more on experience, than theory; and they mostly formed their judgment of the English, or Europeans, and of their religion and customs, not from the words, but from the actions and manners of those, with whom they most conversed and transacted business. *

[Page 314] Indians not destitute of a sense of God and true reli­gion.For, however ignorant and averse to European refinement, and ways of thinking, on religious subjects, the Indians, in general, might appear to have been, yet, as in all other nations of man­kind, it is most certain there were some among them of a more exalted way of thinking, and en­lightened [Page 315] lightened understandings, who, notwithstanding the great absurdities, among the generality, were not without some degree of a just sense and ac­knowledgment of the providential care and regard of the Almighty Creator over the human race, both in a general and particular capacity, and, even, of divine grace and influence on the human mind, and that independent of foreign information, or instruction: of this their immediate sense and understanding of mental objects, which, is most manifest, many of them possessed, even of the highest nature, are very demonstrative; besides, part, at least, of their traditions, from their an­cestors, whose prime original, so far as it is founded in truth, must necessarily have first arisen from the divine Intelligence, though communicated in dif­ferent degree to different parts of the human race, [Page 316] and though much of such tradition may be mixt with imagination and absurdity.

Religion of the Indians.The following letter of Conrad Weiser to a friend, respecting the Indians, on this subject, is inform­ing. The author was born in Germany, and was many years Indian interpreter for the province; and consequently was well acquainted with these people: he was highly esteemed by both the En­glish and Indians, as a person of integrity, skill and ability, i [...] the discharge of divers important trusts, which had been committed to him by both parties, for a long series of years: the letter trans­lated from the German language, is thus expressed, viz.

Esteemed Friend,

Conrad Weiser's letter re­specting it.I write this, in compliance with thy request, to give thee an account of what I have observed among the Indians, in relation to their belief and confidence in a Divine Being, according to the observations I have made, from 1714, in the time of my youth, to this day, (about the year 1746).

If, by the word religion, people mean an as­sent to certain creeds, or the observance of a set of religious duties; as, appointed prayers, singings, preaching, baptism, &c. or, even, Heathenish worship, then it may be said, the Five Nations, and their neighbours, have no religion. But, if, by religion, we mean an attraction of the soul to God, whence proceeds a confidence in, and hunger af­ter, the knowledge of him, then this people must be allowed to have some religion among them, not­withstanding their sometimes savage deportment. For we find among them some tracts of a confi­dence in God alone; and, even, sometimes, though but seldom, a vocal calling upon him: I shall give one or two instances of this, that fell under my own observation.

[Page 317]In the year 1737, I was sent, the first time, to Onondago, at the desire of the Governor of Virginia. I departed in the latter end of February, very unexpectedly, for a journey of five hundred English miles, through a wilderness, where there was neither road nor path, and at such a time of the year, when creatures (animals) could not be met with, for food. There were with me a Dutch­man and three Indians. After we had gone one hundred and fifty miles on our journey, we came to a narrow valley, about half a mile broad, and thirty long; both sides of which were encompas­sed with high mountains; on which the snow laid about three feet deep: in it ran a stream of water, also about three feet deep; which was so crooked, that it kept a continued winding course from one side of the valley to the other. In order to avoid wading so often through the water, we endea­voured to pass along on the slope of the moun­tain; the snow being three feet deep, and so hard frozen, on the top, that we could walk upon it: but we were obliged to make holes in the snow with our hatchets, that our feet might not slip down the mountain; and thus we crept on. It happened that the old Indian's foot slipt; and the root of a tree, by which he held, breaking, he slid down the mountain, as from the roof of a house; but happily he was stopped in his fall, by the string, which fastened his pack, hitching on the stump of a small tree. The other two Indians could not go to his aid, but our Dutch fellow-tra­veller did; yet not without visible danger of his own life. I also could not put a foot forward, till I was helped; after this we took the first oppor­tunity to descend into the valley; which was not till after we had laboured hard for half an hour with hands and feet. Having observed a tree ly­ing directly off, from where the Indian fell, when we were got into the valley again, we went back [Page 318] about one hundred paces, where we saw, that if the Indian had slipt four or five paces further, he would have fallen over a rock, one hundred feet perpendicular, upon craggy pieces of rocks below. The Indian was astonished, and turned quite pale; then with out-stretched arms, and great earnest­ness he spoke these words: "I thank the great Lord and Governor of this world, in that he has had mercy upon me, and has been willing that I should live longer." Which words I, at that time, put down in my journal: this happened on the 25th of March, 1737.

In the 9th of April following, while we were yet on our journey, I found myself extremely weak, through the fatigue of so long a journey, with the cold and hunger, which I had suffered; there having fallen a fresh snow about twenty inches deep, and we being yet three days journey from Onondago, in a frightful wilderness; my spirit failed, my bo­dy trembled and shook; I thought I should fall down and die; I stept aside, and sat down under a tree, expecting there to die. My companions soon missed me; the Indians came back, and found me sitting there. They remained awhile silent; at last, the old Indian said, "My dear companion, thou hast hitherto encouraged us, wilt thou now quite give up? remember that evil days are better than good days: for when we suffer much, we do not sin; sin will be driven out of us by suffering: but good days cause men to sin; and God cannot extend his mercy to them; but contrarywise, when it goeth evil with us, God hath compassion upon us." These words made me ashamed; I rose up, and travelled as well as I could.

The next year I went another journey to Onondago, in company with Joseph Spanhenberg and two others. It happened that an Indian came to us in the evening, who had neither shoes, stock­ings, [Page 319] shirt, gun, knife, nor hatchet; in a word, he had nothing but an old torn blanket, and some rags. Upon enquiring whither he was going, he answered to Onondago. I knew him, and asked him how he could undertake a journey of three hundred miles so naked and unprovided, having no provisions, nor any arms, to kill creatures, for his sustenance? He answered, he had been among enemies, and had been obliged to save himself by flight; and so had lost all. This was true, in part; for he had disposed of some of his things among the Irish, for strong liquors. Upon fur­ther talk, he told me very chearfully; "That God fed every thing, which had life, even, the rattle snake itself, though it was a bad creature; and that God would also provide, in such a man­ner, that he should get alive to Onondago; he knew for certain that he should go thither; that it was visible God was with the Indians, in the wilderness; because they always cast their care upon him; but that, contrary to this, the Euro­peans always carried bread with them." He was an Onondago Indian; his name was Onontagketa; the next day we travelled in company; and the day following I provided him with a knife, hatchet, flint, and tinder, also shoes and stockings, and sent him before me, to give notice to the council, at Onondago, that I was coming; which he truly performed, being got thither three days before us.

Two years ago I was sent by the Governor to Shamokin, on account of the unhappy death of John Armstrong, the Indian trader, (about 1744). After I had performed my errand, there was a feast pre­pared; to which the Governor's messengers were invited: there were about one hundred persons pre­sent, to whom, after we had, in great silence, devour­ed a fat bear, the eldest of the chiefs made a speech, in which he said, "That, by a great misfortune, three of their brethren, the white men, had been [Page 320] killed by an Indian; that nevertheless the sun was not set, (meaning there was no war); it had only been somewhat darkened by a small cloud, which was now done away; he that had done evil was like to be punished, and the land to remain in peace: therefore he exhorted his people to thank­fulness to God; and thereupon he began to sing with an awful solemnity, but without expressing any words; the others accompanied him with their voices: after they had done, the same Indian, with great earnestness, or fervour, spoke these words; "Thanks, thanks, be to thee, thou great Lord of the world, in that thou hast again caused the sun to shine, and hast dispersed the dark cloud; —the Indians are thine.

Account of some religi­ous Indians in 1760.One more instance may be mentioned on this subject, which has come under my own observa­tion and personal knowledge. In the summer of the year 1760, a number of religious Indians paid a visit to the Quakers in Philadelphia, on a religi­ous account. They were mostly of the Minusing tribe, and came from a town called Mahackloosing, or Wyalusing, on, or near the east branch of Sus­quahanna river, in Pennsylvania, about two hun­dred miles north westward from the city. Their chief man, whom the rest of the company styled their minister, was named Papunehung, or Papou­nan; and their interpreter, Job Chillaway, an In­dian.

On their arrival, they waited on Governor Ha­milton, to pay him their respects, and to deliver three prisoners, whom they had redeemed; hav­ing themselves absolutely refused to join with the other Indians, in the savage war, which raged about that time; though their visit was principally on a different account.

They had a public conference with the Govern­or, in the state-house, on the occasion, in the [Page 321] presence of many citizens; wherein Papounan ex­pressed the design of their visit was principally to the Quakers, on a religious account; that they desired to do justice, to love God, and to live in peace; requesting, at the same time, that none of his company should be permitted to have any spirituous liquors, &c. He refused the presents, offer­ed by the Governor, and gave him the reasons; further saying: "I think on God, who made us; I want to be instructed in his worship and service; I am a great lover of peace, and have never been concerned in war affairs; I have a sincere remem­brance of the old friendship between the Indians and your forefathers, and shall ever observe it." After mentioning some other things, and expressing himself further on the view, or design, of their vi­sit, on a religious account, he said, "Though what he had mentioned respecting religious affairs might appear trivial to some, who thought differ­ent from him, yet he was fixed in his mind re­specting them; that their young men agreed with him, and wanted to love God, and to desist from their former bad course of life;" further declaring, "I am glad I have an opportunity of mentioning these several affairs in the presence of such a large auditory of young and old people; the great God observes all that passes in our hearts, and hears all that we say one to another," &c. The notes, &c. on the occasion, were taken from the [...]nter­preter by Secretary Peters.

He then finished with a solemn act of public thanksgiving and prayer to God, with great devo­tion and energy, in the Indian language (not being able to speak nor understand English). The un­usualness, force and sound of the Indian language, on such an occasion, with the manifest great sin­cerity, fervour and concern of the speaker, seemed to strike the whole auditory in an uncommon manner, as well as the Indians themselves; who, [Page 322] all the while, behaved with a gravity and deport­ment becoming the occasion, and appeared to unite heartily with him, in his devotion.

They were kindly treated by the Governor, and remained in town afterwards several days, visiting and conferring with divers of the Friends, or Qua­kers, and attending their religious meetings, while they staid; who behaved towards them in a kind, hospitable and friendly manner. They repeatedly expressed their great dislike and abhorrence of war, as arising from a bad spirit, admiring that the Christians were such great warriors, rather than lovers and cultivators of peace, &c. They kept themselves entirely from strong liquor, and uniformly observed a sober, orderly and commend­able behaviour, often expressing their satisfaction with what they heard from the Friends.

From the account, they gave of themselves, they had been of this mind for several years be­fore this time; and, as far as appeared, and was understood by those they visited, principally from an immediate sense of divine goodness, manifested in their minds, without any instrumental means, preaching, or information from other persons; yet, it was but lately, that in a more especial manner they had been thus disposed, and that Pa­pounan had been induced to preach among them; in which service he was afterwards joined by two or three other Indians. They appeared very earnest and sincere in promoting true piety; which they re­presented, according to their apprehension of it, to be the effect of an internal operation of the di­vine influence on the mind; whereby it became changed from a bad to a good state: this they em­phatically expressed by the heart becoming soft, and filled with good, &c.

The interpreter gave the following a count of Papunehung's change, or conversion, viz. "He [Page 323] was formerly a drunken man; but the death of his father bringing sorrow over his mind, he fell into a thoughtful, melancholic state; in which his eyes were turned to behold the earth, and consider the things which are thereon; from seeing the folly and wickedness, which prevailed, his sorrow increased; and it was given him to believe, there was a great power, which had created all these things. Upon which his mind was turned from beholding this lower world, to look towards him, who had created it; and strong desires were raised in his heart after the further knowledge of his Creator: nevertheless the Almighty was not yet pleased to be found, or known, by him. But his desires increasing, he forsook the town, and went into the woods, in great bitterness of spirit. He was missed by the other Indians, who feared some casualty might have happened to him, but after searching for him, he was not found. At the end of five days it pleased God to appear to him, to his comfort; and to give him a sight not only of his own inward state, but also an acquaint­ance, or knowledge, into the works of nature: so that he apprehended a sense was given him of the virtues and natures of several herbs, roots, plants, trees, with the different relation they had one to another; and he was made sensible that man stood in the nearest relation to God, of any part of the creation. It was at this time that he was more particularly made sensible of his duty to God. He came home rejoicing, and endeavoured to put in practice what he apprehended was required of him," &c.

These Indians made a second visit to the Qua­kers in the next following summer, on the same account, and behaved in the same regular and be­coming manner as before. They maintained an orderly public worship, in their way, at stated times: at some of which they were visited by several [Page 324] of the Friends. Papunehung, their chief preacher, in his discourses, at such times, principally ad­vised and exhorted them to circumspection, and brotherly love, in their conduct; that it might be manifest they retained a true sense of their Crea­tor's goodness and favour continued to them; and in his public prayers and addresses to his Maker, he acknowledged, and returned thanks for, his mercy, in still affording them a sense of his com­passion and loving kindness, requesting a continu­ance and increase thereof; that they might jointly know, in the end, a place of rest, where love would prevail and have the dominion. When they were not dispersed, as in their hunting season, it appeared, they constantly met in this manner, in the morning, before sun-rise, and in the even­ing, after sun-set.

The purport of more of Papunehung's expres­sions was, "That it was an affair of much sor­row to him, that men should make so bad use of the breath of life, which God had breathed into them; and which ought continually to be im­proved to his honour, and the mutual benefit of mankind; that it was not well to speak of things, which related to the Almighty, only from the root of the tongue; (meaning, in a superfi­cial, or insensible, manner) but, in order that such words should be good, they must proceed from the good principle in the heart; that he had, for many years, felt the good spirit in his heart; but, wanting to try and prove it, in order to come to some certainty, he remained in an unsettled state, till about four years ago, when he received an assurance, that this love was good, and that he needed no further enquiry about it; and being past all doubt, that this was the right way, he had endeavoured to walk steadily therein since that time; this spirit was a spirit of love; and that it was his daily prayer, that it might continu­ally [Page 325] abide with him. That when he felt it preva­lent in his heart, he was so directed, as to speak what was right, and prevented from saying any wrong thing; that by reason of men not keeping to this love, which their Maker hath given them, in their hearts, the evil spirit gets possession there, and destroys all that is good in them; and this is the cause why men dislike one another, grow an­gry with, and endeavour to kill, one another; but when we follow the leadings of the good spi­rit, it causes our hearts to be tender, to love one another, to look upon all mankind as one, and so to become as one family," &c.

That strict amity between the Indians and the first and early English settlers of Pennsylvania and New Jersey, and their successors, for above seventy years, with the means of fixing and preserving that friend­ship, have already been occasionally mentioned in the course of the preceding history. It was about the year 1754, when a very different conduct be­gan to exhibit itself, in some of the Indians, Com­mencement of the In­dian war in 1754, &c. situ­ated north westward of the settled parts of Penn­sylvania, very contrary to what before had been the uniform practice of that people, in this pro­vince.

Hostilities commenced; and many of the fron­tier inhabitants suffered, in consequence of a sa­vage war. The affair was considered as very ex­traordinary, and caused much speculation in such persons, as were but little acquainted with the na­ture and management of Indian affairs, about that time, in the province; that these people, who had ever shewed themselves kind and steady friends 86 [Page 326] to the English, for such a long series of years, as ever since their first arrival in the country, should now become their enemies, and join with the French against them: and many, who had been continually flocking into the province, in later years, having from their inexperience and igno­rance, too despicable an opinion of that people, and treating them accordingly, were by this con­duct foolishly enraged against the whole species indiscriminately; insomuch that, in the latter part of the year 1763, calling to their aid the madness of the wildest enthusiasm, with which, under pretence of religion, certain most furious zealots, among the preachers of a numerous sect, in the province, could inspire their hearers, to cover their barbarity, a number of, not improperly nam­ed, armed demi-savages, inhabitants of Lancaster county, principally from the townships of Pax­tang and Donnegal, and their neighbourhood, committed the most horrible massacre, that ever was heard of in this, or perhaps, any other pro­vince, with impunity! * and under the notion of [Page 327] extirpating the Heathen from the earth, Massacre of the Cone­stogoe Indi­ans, &c. as Joshua did of old, that these saints might possess the land alone, they murdered the remains of a whole tribe of peaceable, inoffensive, helpless Indians, who were British subjects, young and old, men, wo­men and children, situated on Conestogoe manor, [Page 328] in the same county; where they had been placed by the government, in former time; and had ever since continued in strict and inviolable friend­ship with the English; being then far within the set­tled parts of the province, and entirely innocent, as to the war: of whom mention has already been made, in the preceding history, respecting their [Page 329] last compact with William Penn, in the year 1701; and in the treaties held with them since by Go­vernor Keith, &c.

"The bloody scene was compleated in the town of Lancaster itself; where the remainder of the tribe, which had escaped the first slaughter, taking refuge, declaring their innocence, and cry­ing for mercy and protection, were through the connivance, if not the encouragement, of the Christian-professing Magistrates, and other princi­pal persons of that town, all inhumanly butchered, in cold blood, even infants at the breast, by the same party of armed ruffians, at mid-day, without opposition, or the least molestation!—to the last­ing infamy of the inhabitants of that place, who had power sufficient to prevent it!"

With hands imbrued in innocent blood, and taking courage from their unopposed success and cruelty, the insurgents now greatly increased in number, and proceeded towards Philadelphia, with avowed intention to cut off a party of inno­cent and friendly Indians there; consisting of those of Wyalusing, before mentioned, and some others; who had thrown themselves under the protection of the government, to the number of about one hundred and forty. By their conduct, they ap­peared to depend on the secret assistance of a num­ber of their brethren, the same kind of saints, in that city; who, afterwards, by many of them advocating their cause and proceedings, with other strong symptoms, appeared to have been, either, in some manner, privately connected with them, or concerted and directed the whole tragical and bloody insurrection.

This lawless banditti advanced, in many hun­dreds, armed, as far as Germantown, within about six miles of the city, threatening death and slaugh­ter to all, who should dare to oppose them; and, [Page 330] in all probability, they would have effected their bloody purpose, had they not met with such a pro­per and vigorous opposition from the government, and the inhabitants of Philadelphia, as they seem­ed not to expect; which put a stop to their career. But so far was the contagion spread, and so deeply had the spirit of faction infected the minds of ma­ny, that the weakness of the government was not able to punish these murderers, nor to chastise the insurgents! a sorrowful presage of an approaching change in that happy constitution, which had so long afforded a peaceable asylum to the unjustly oppressed and distressed, by means of the great influx and increase of such kind of people into it, of later years, as experience has abundantly demonstrated a rod of iron is more proper to rule, than such a mild establishment, as is better adapted to promote the prosperity of the virtuous and good, than properly to chastise the most pro­fligate of mankind; more calculated to make men happy, than to punish the wicked and ungoverna­ble, according to their demerits.

But there were many in the province, who very well knew the cause of this revolt of the Indians, and of the sorrowful consequences of it; which, it was not in their power, at that time, to prevent. The management of Indian affairs was put into new hands; and after the death of James Logan, * if not some time before, a very different conduct was too much practised towards that people, from that which formerly had never failed to gain and preserve their friendship and alliance.

The Quakers, whom the Indians regarded from the beginning, above any other people in the pro­vince, were excluded from the Proprietary agency, to which the management of their affairs was [Page 331] chiefly committed; though they were, for the above reason, of all persons the most proper to be concerned, or to act, in it.

But there were several causes, which admini­stered to the unhappy rupture, which may be seen, Causes of the Indian war, &c. in 1754, &c. as mentioned in a treatise, published in London, in 1759, written in Pennsylvania, entitled, "An en­quiry into the causes of the alienation of the Delaware and Shawanese Indians, from the British interest," &c. And, in the whole, it is certain they had been too much neglected; of which the French, then at war with the English, made their advantage.

The principal causes of the quarrel and aliena­tion of these Indians were asserted to be,

First, The abuses committed in the Indian trade; which had been, more or less, of long continuance, and very difficult to be properly regu­lated, or redressed; though doubtless a great part of them might have been better guarded against, and prevented, than they really were. *

[Page 332] Secondly, Their being, as they insisted in later years, unjustly deprived, or dispossessed, of part of their lands. *

[Page 333] Thirdly, The death of Weekweely, or Wekahe­lah, the Delaware chief, who was hanged in New Jersey, many years ago, which they could not forget, and say, it was only for accidentally killing a man. *

[Page 334] Fourthly, The imprisonment of some Shawanese warriors, in Carolina, in time of peace; where the chief man of the party died.

[Page 335] Fifthly, The instigations of the French; who made an artful use of their complaints, or discon­tents, &c. to incite them against the English in the late war, &c.

These were the chief causes, though there were others, alledged both by the Delawares, the Shaw­anese, and the Six Nations, in the divers treaties, held with them, by the government of Pennsylva­nia, in different parts of the province, between the years 1755 and 1763: wherein, as they are printed, may be seen, in part, as well as in the definitive treaty of Colonel Bradstreet with them, Causes and means of the peace in 1763 and 1764. near lake Erie, in 1764, how a reconciliation was effected: I say, in part; for the Quakers, who, as before observed, had the least share in these public transactions, as to appearance, being, con­trary to ancient custom, excluded from the Pro­prietary agency, by which all treaties and public transactions with them, in the province, were di­rected and managed, more especially respecting land affairs; which appeared to be the principal cause of the quarrel, were nevertheless, in fact, the prime movers of the peace, and the first and chief promoters of redressing the Indians' wrongs, or complaints, so far as in them lay, in their re­stricted capacity: they formed a society among themselves, particularly for that good purpose, called The friendly association, for gaining and pre­serving peace with the Indians, by pacific measures; * constituted trustees, and had a treasurer; and by a voluntary contribution among themselves, of [Page 336] many thousand pounds, to which divers well disposed persons, among the more religious Germans, liberally contributed (an expense, which ought to have been, either from a different quarter, or, at least, of a more general, and public nature) which, with the Governor's consent, or approbation, first had, they applied in such prudent manner, by presents, and redressing their grievances, together with their way of friendly behaviour and sincerity, which the Indians had long experienced, they dis­posed them to hearken to terms of peace and re­conciliation, made way for the succeeding treaties, with their recovery and return from the French interest, &c. which afterwards ensued; as, in part, appears in the aforesaid treatise, or enquiry, &c. as well as in the printed Indian treaties; and in the journals of Christian Frederick Post; which last, as they are somewhat curious and informing in the nature of Indian affairs, are, therefore, inserted in the appendix. *

For, to pretend to conquer those savages, when united in opposition, by a regular army, in the woods, without something of this nature, would be as absurd as the attempt of the giants, in the fable, to effect, by mere strength, what would more properly and only be attainable by the means of wisdom and good policy; according to the speech of the Scythian Ambassador to Alexander the Great; and the truth of the Roman adage, "parum fit bellum foris, nisi sit consilium domi," in its fullest extent, is no less applicable, in dealing with this people, than it was formerly experienced to be, by the greatest conquerors and rulers of the world, in their management of other nations.

[Page 337]

PART IV.

Religious state Pennsylvania.—Variety and har­mony of the religious sects in the province.—Their proportion in Philadelphia.—Mennonists,—Dunk­ards,—Swenckfelders,—Moravians.—Conclusion. —Thomas Makin's account of Pennsylvania, in a Latin Poem, in 1729, addressed to J. Logan.

IT has already been observed that the civil con­stitution of Pennsylvania was originally founded on such a generous plan of liberty, that the freedom allowed by it, of thinking on religious subjects, Religious liberty one cause of Pennsylva­nia's im­provement, &c. and of worshipping the Almighty, according to the best of men's understandings, without being deprived either of their natural rights, as men, or of their civil liberties, as subjects of government, on that account, has not a little contributed to the great and rapid increase and prosperity of the province, above any other of the British colonies in Ameri­ca; and, in proportion to its age, and other cir­cumstances, rendered it far superior, in real worth and importance; so, in giving an account of its general state, after the conclusion of the war, in 1761, some representation, at least, of the various religious societies, or sects, of which its inhabitants mostly consist, becomes proper and necessary.

There is a greater number of different religious societies in this province, than, perhaps, Numerous sects in Pennsylva­nia. in any other, throughout the British dominions besides; and in regard to disputes, on religious subjects, and the consequences of an universal toleration of all the varieties of opinion, in religion, though so widely different, and so contrary and opposite to [Page 338] one another, elsewhere much dreaded, it is appre­hended there is not more real harmony any where known, in this respect, even, under the most des­potic hierarchies, than in Pennsylvania. Here are the Quakers, Names of divers of them. who were principally the first settlers, and, in effect, the makers of the province; and who, in general, are already described, in the Introduction: * The Episcopalians, according to the manner of the Church of England; and the Ger­man and Swedish Lutherans: The Presbyterians and Independants, of various kinds, or sects; and the German Calvinists: The Church of Rome and the Jews: The Baptists of different kinds; with those among the Germans, called Mennonists, and Dunk­ards, or Dumplers; the Moravians and Swencksel­ders; besides the Aborigines of America, &c.

Their har­mony and concord one with ano­ther.All these, for a considerable series of years, have, in general, from the example of the Qua­kers, who were providentially the cause of that liberty, which they all there enjoy, and who ap­pear never to have persecuted any other people, for religion, maintained such harmony and con­cord among themselves, as approaches nearer to that universal love and charity, which Christianity teaches, and which its votaries, in general, profess, at least, in theory, than has ever been known to arise from any contrary conduct, or intolerant au­thority, so predominant in many other countries.

For, notwithstanding their seeming so extremely to differ one from another, in religious sentiments and customs; and that some of their opinions and practices doubtless are very absurd, and probably more or less so under every profession, or form; [Page 339] in which an absolute uniformity is not to be ex­pected, in the human race; Uniformity of mind, like that of the body, not to be expected, &c. neither is it more rea­sonable to be so, than that men should all be of one and the same size, age, understanding and ca­pacity; yet by the constitution of the civil govern­ment, as they are not here permitted to oppress one another, on that account, so, in general, among the more thinking and intelligent, in every sect, or society, a firm persuasion seems to prevail, that they all have one and the same thing, happiness, in view; and that their difference arises from opinion and custom only, respecting the mode of obtaining it; which notion has such a tendency to moderate and temper their way of thinking on religious matters, as, in great measure to occasion that for­bearance and charity, which appears in their con­duct to each other; a surer characteristic of true Christianity, and best Philosophy, than the practice of many, who make great profession of superior attainments of science and knowledge, and who shew much greater zeal for what they esteem to be truth, and place more stress on opinion, creeds, or beliefs, than in practice and charity, than is to be found in Pennsylvania.

The Quakers, in the city of Philadelphia, Of the Quakers, &c. com­pose, probably, about one seventh part of its inha­bitants. The rest of that society at present have their residence principally in the first, or older counties of Philadelphia, Bucks, Chester, New­castle, &c. and in the year 1770, they had between sixty and seventy meeting houses, for divine wor­ship, in the province, and lower counties on Dela­ware. But of late they have been much exceeded in number by other societies, complexly taken, though they generally are esteemed among the wealthiest, and most substantial of the inhabitants.

The Church of England has several places of worship in the city, as before mentioned, in the [Page 340] description of it and its public edifices; Of the dif­ferent reli­gious socie­ties, &c. (page 279) and also in divers other parts of the province; and the German Lutherans have large congregati­ons in Philadelphia, Lancaster, &c. but the Pres­byterians and Independants are supposed, by far, to be more numerous than any other particular religious society, taking in the Dutch, or German Calvinists; several of the back counties being principally peopled by them; they have flowed in, of late years, from the north of Ireland, in very large numbers, besides their great internal increase and still greater industry, than that of many others, to make proselytes. *

The Roman Catholics have a chapel in Philadel­phia, and another at Lancaster; a number among the Germans are also of that community. The Jews are but few, and those chiefly in the city. The English Baptists are not very numerous in Pennsylvania; they have a meeting house in the [Page 341] city, and some others in different parts of the country: they appear, in general, especially of late years, to differ very little, both in principle and practice, from the Presbyterians, save in those of baptism only. *

It has already been mentioned that some Ger­mans very early settled in Pennsylvania; Great num­ber of Ger­mans, &c. but that afterwards they flocked into it, in much greater numbers; insomuch that, of late years, it is sup­posed near one-third part of the inhabitants of the province consisted of these people, and of their descendants. They have mostly been of the lower rank, but very industrious, useful, and well adapt­ed for the improvement of a wilderness, under proper government and restriction.

There are several different professions of religion among them, in the province; some of which ap­pear more remarkable than others, for a simplicity of manners, and less known to many; of such, therefore, I shall more particularly give such brief account, as partly I find of them, and partly ac­cording to my own observation: first,

Of the Mennonists.

THE Mennonists of Pennsylvania take their name from Menno Simon, of the Netherlands, Of the Mennonists one of the leaders of that society or sect of the Bap­tists, in the sixteenth century; who took their rise in Germany soon after, or about, the time of the reformation. But, it is said, they themselves derive the origin of their religious profession and [Page 342] practice from that of the Christian Church, in Thessalonia, in the time of the Apostles, &c.

Among the articles of their faith, in which they appear to be very rigid, using great plainness in speech and dress, are, in substance, the follow­ing, viz.

Some arti­cles of their faith.1. Of God. They confess one only God, Father, Son and Holy Ghost.

2. Of Baptism. They confess baptism into faith; but no infant baptism.

3. They confess an eucharist, to be kept with common bread and wine, in remembrance of the sufferings and death of Christ.

4. Of Marriage. They confess a wedlock, of two believing persons; and no external marriage ceremony, by punishment of excommunication, &c.

5. Of taking Oaths. They confess that no Chris­tian may take an oath; or, in his evidence go be­yond yea and nay, though he have the truth on his side; but must rather chuse to die.

6. Of bearing Arms. No Christian must, in any wise, withstand with arms, or take the sword, &c.

In their claim to an­tiquity, they have suffer­ed much persecution, &c.They say their church has always from the be­ginning (though under almost continual oppression and persecution) insisted on the above confession, with many other articles, even, from the time of the Apostles; from which the violence of persecu­tion and death, which at different times they en­dured, never could compel them to depart; in­stancing the ten persecutions, till 310 years after Christ; and afterwards till the year 1210, &c. when great numbers of them suffered death, chiefly in Europe, for not admitting infant baptism▪ but only a baptism into their faith, in their own mode, and likewise for refusing to take an oath and bear arms; and for adhering to other articles of [Page 343] their faith; for which they suffered such heavy persecutions, that they were reduced to a small number, till the time of the reformation, when, from the year 1520 to 1530, they began to flou­rish again, to the no small mortification of the Romish clergy; who gave them the name of Ana­baptists; and used their endeavours, first, by per­suasion, to draw them over, and then by a terri­ble persecution, throughout all the emperor's do­minions, by banishments, prisons, torture, They are persecuted in Germany and death, in various modes; all which they encoun­tered, and suffered with inflexible fortitude, ra­ther than depart from their tenets. That this persecution began in 1524, and continued about one hundred years. Of which they give many cruel instances, particularly in Austria, at Hem­b [...]rn, and in the Palatinate about Alsom; where, in the year 1529, several hundreds of them were, in a short time, by the count Palatine, Mennonists persecuted in Switzer­land, &c. executed by fire and sword. And after this they suffered in Switzerland; particularly at Inrich and Bern; where several of their teachers were beheaded; of whom one Haslebacker is mentioned thus to have suffered at the latter place; and many of them are said to have been starved to death by hunger.

Though these Mennonists of Pennsylvania appear to be a species or sect, They dis­claim the conduct at Munster, &c. of those who went under the general name of Baptists, or Anabaptists for­merly in Germany and the Netherlands, yet, in both their writings and practice, they seem highly to disapprove or reprobate and condemn, the wild actions and extravagances, done at Munster, &c. by these people in 1533, in opposition to the ma­gistracy and government; in consequence of which many thousands of persons lost their lives, in dif­ferent parts of Germany.

They moreover say, that in the seventeenth centu­ry, they suffered severe persecution in Switzerland, [Page 344] and some other places; They suffer again in Switzer­land, &c. and that in the year 1670, some of their society were chained together, and sent to the gallies, on account of their religion; others shipped and banished their country, being branded with the mark of a bear (the arms of the canton): that, in the year 1710, a barge, full of these prisoners, was carried down the Rhine, to be transported beyond the sea; but when they came to Holland, the government of that republic declared, they would have no such prisoners in their country; and they set them all at liberty.

Many of these people, who were dispersed in divers parts of the German provinces, especially in the Palatinate, and places adjacent, having met together, entered into conditions, and, by paying a great tribute, They ob­tain a tem­porary re­lief, &c. they obtained an exemption from taking oaths, from bearing arms, and from having their children baptised; and gained the liberty of upholding public worship, in their own way: but notwithstanding this, they were grossly imposed upon and abused, for the exercise of their consci­ences; being, in time of war, obliged to have their houses filled with wicked crews of soldiers, and to endure many other grievances and distresses. These things caused their looking out for another country; and, in time, a way was opened for their removal to Pennsylvania.

William Penn in­forms them of Pennsyl­vania, &c. William Penn, both in person and writing, pub­lished in Germany, first gave them information that there was liberty of conscience in Pennsylvania; and that every one might live there without mo­lestation. Some of them about the year 1698, others in 1706, 1709 and 1711, partly for consci­ence sake, and partly for their temporal interest, re­moved thither; where they say, they found their expectation fully answered, enjoying liberty of conscience, according to their desire, with the be­nefits of a plentiful country. With this they ac­quainted [Page 345] their friends in Germany; in consequence of which many of them, in the year 1717, &c. removed to Pennsylvania.

The Mennonists are settled chiefly near Lancaster, and in some parts of the neighbouring counties. Their pre­sent resi­dence and general cha­racter. They are sober, industrious people, of good eco­nomy, sound morals, and very useful members of the general community; and are supposed to consist of several thousand persons, within the province. * Their articles of faith, respecting oaths and war, are founded on the same principles, as those of the Quakers, in these points, viz. the plain and absolute prohibition thereof, as under­stood by them, in the New Testament.

Of the Dunkards, or Dumplers.

THOSE people, in Pennsylvania, called Dun­kards, Tunkers, or Dumplers, are another species of German Baptists. Dunkards more singu­lar, &c. They are singular in some of their opinions and customs; and perhaps more so in their manner of living, and personal appearance, than any others of that name in the province, particularly those who reside at a place, called by them, Ephrata, in Lancaster county.

They also hold it not becoming a follower of Jesus Christ to bear arms, or fight; because, Their opi­nion on fighting and swearing. say they, their true master has forbid his disciples to resist evil; and because he also told them, not to swear at all, they will by no means take an oath; but adhere close to his advice, in the affirmation of yea and nay.

[Page 346] Of the ori­gin of the Dunkards,As to their origin, they allow of no other, than that, which was made by Jesus himself, when he was baptised by John in Jordan. They have a great esteem for the New Testament, valuing it higher than the other books; and when they are asked about the articles of their faith, they say, they know of no others but what are contained in this book; and therefore can give none.

and of their present so­ciety, &c.The rise, or collection of their present society they s [...]en [...] to date about the year 1705; many of them were educated among the German Calvanists, but lest them, and, on account of their religious way of thinking and practice, several being ba­nished from their homes, and otherwise persecuted, they resorted to Swarzenan, in the county of Witgensteen and Creyfield, in the dutchy of Cleves, belonging to the king of Prussia; where they had liberty of meeting, without being disturbed. To these places they collected from several parts; as from Switzerland, Strasburg, the Palatinate, Sile­sia, &c,

They as­sume their present form, &c.They agreed on their exterior form of religion at Swarzenan aforesaid; the manner of their bap­tism of immersion, or plunging into water (from whence the name Dumpler, in their language) instead of the vulgar method of sprinkling, was established among them; as being not only more consistent with that, which Christ himself suffered from John the Baptist, but also more agreeable to the practice of many of the primitive Christians.

Manner of their hold­ing the eu­charist, &c.They hold what is called the Eucharist, in com­memoration of the sufferings of Christ, at night, as, they say, Christ himself kept it; washing, at the same time one another's feet, agreeable to his example and command. They meet together to worship on the first day of the week, in confi­dence of his promise, who said, "Where two or three are gathered together, in my name, there am I [Page 347] in the midst of them:" but those at Ephrata keep the seventh day of the week, for sabbath: they pro­fess a spiritual worship; and they have been re­markable, at the place last mentioned, for their f [...]e singing at their devotion. They say, they have suffered great persecution in Europe; They have suffered persecution, &c. of which they give particular accounts; and as ap­pears in a manuscript, from which part of this ac­count of them is taken.

They removed from the places before menti­oned into Pennsylvania, When they removed to Pennsylva­nia, chiefly between the years 1718 and 1734; a few of them still remaining at Creyfield in Friezland.

They are a quiet, inoffensive people, Their cha­racter, resi­dence, &c. not nu­merous, * and seemingly, at present, on the de­cline, especially at Ephrata before mentioned▪ where they have a kind of a monastry, about fif­teen miles distant from Lancaster, and sixty miles west north west from Philadelphia.

Here more particularly they dress in a kind of uniform, consisting of a triangular, or round, Their dress and manner of living, &c. at Ephrata. white, and sometimes grey cloth, or linen cap, on the head, a little similar to a bonnet; with a loose garment of the same stuff and colour, hanging over them; in imitation of the fashion of the eastern Christians formerly. They wear their beards, and have a solemn steady pace, when they walk, keeping right forward with their eyes fixed on the ground, and do not usually turn to give an answer, when asked a question. Their burying place here they call the Valley of Achor; and here it has been their custom to live on a common stock, composed of the fruits of all their labours, and we gifts of such as join them. They eat no flesh, drink no wine, use no tobacco, nor sleep on beds, [Page 348] in this place, as other people do; and the men and women live in different apartments, or, in separate large houses, containing many distinct apartments; and it has been their practice, for those of each house, to meet every two hours, both day and night, to join in prayer; but, it is said, they have lately abated of this rigour.

Their whole method in this place seems to be a kind of monastic life, much according to its ori­ginal simplicity; and if any of them marry, after they come hither, such are not permitted to live longer here, but still remain members of the soci­ety; and, in general, another of their customs it, to receive no interest for money lent, on pain of excommunication, &c.

Of the Swenckfelders.

Swenckfel­ders.THE people, who bear the name of Swenck­felders, in Pennsylvania, are so called from Caspar Swenckfeld, of Ossing; who, at the time of the reformation, in the sixteenth century, was a teach­er of note. He was born in Silesia, and of noble birth. Vid. God­fried Ar­nold's hist. of the church. The sect, which he gathered, was from the beginning tolerated, under several of the Ger­man emperors, in their arch-dukedom of Silesia, espe­cially the principalities of Taur and Lignitz, for about two hundred years successively, and in seve­ral other places, though not without envy of the Romish clergy, who instigated some of the inferior Magistrates so much to distress them about the years 1590 and 1650, as to cause what they thought a pretty severe persecution. After this they en­joyed peace till the reign of the emperor Charles the Sixth. But about the year 1725, through the instigation of the clergy, they were again molested; wherefore, despairing of obtaining the continua­tion of their former tranquillity, in that country, for which they had endeavoured in vain, most of [Page 349] [...], a [...]ter frequent [...]ions, [...] [...] rassed and persecuted in Germany appearing before the clergy, arrests and imprisonments, heavy fines, and penalties, threats and menaces, taking away their children to catechise, and instruct them in the Roman Catholic doctrine, constituting Roman Ca­tholic executors, for the widows, and guardians for orphans, and many other hard proceedings, which they endured, found themselves obliged to leave their real estates and habitations behind them, and emigrate to some other country.

They found a place of shelter in Upper Lusatia, in Saxony, under the Senate of Gorlitz: as also unexpectedly under Count Zinzindorf, which they enjoyed about eight years; after which this tolera­tion was discontinued.

They then enquired for another place of safety, under some of the Protestant princes of Germany, but upon considering the great uncertainty of the long continuance of any toleration there, and hav­ing got intelligence of the province of Pennsylva­nia, and of the privileges there enjoyed, &c. they resolved to remove thither. Some of them came over in the year 1733, but the greatest part in 1734, and some families afterwards. *

[Page 350] Their opi­nion on oaths and war, &c.In regard to oaths and war, they agree with the Mennonists, and give the same reasons, as they and the Quakers, in these respects: they say, they have been much misrepresented, and charged with ne­glecting the use of the sacred scriptures, and those religious ceremonies, called sacraments. The first of which charges they deny, as entirely untrue; their disuse of the second, they say, hath not, nor doth happen from contempt, but merely from conscientious motives. They, and their [...], Schwenckfeldius, are charged with sundry other things, which, they say, will appear entirely un­true to any, who will be at the trouble of searching the theological works, left by him.

Residence and charac­ter.These people are not numerous in the province, they are settled chiefly in the county of Berks, and are an industrious, frugal people, of exemplary morals, and a general good character.

[Page 351]

Of the Unitas Fratrum, or United Brethren, com­monly called Moravians.

IT is said, the first emigration of the Moravi­ans, from Moravia, First design of the Mo­ravians in quitting their coun­try, &c. a country adjacent to Bohe­mia, from which they were named, was with a view of going to Pennsylvania, for the sake of an uninterrupted enjoyment of civil and religious pri­vileges; but, having found a place of retreat, in Upper Lusatia, which they thought would be agreeable to their minds, they, for a time, fixed their residence there.

After this, in the year 1733, the colony of Georgia was talked of in Holland; which induced their ordinary, Count Zinzindorf, to correspond with the English resident, at Copenhagen, upon that subject; in consequence of which the Brethren concluded to send some of their people thither; and agreed with the trustees, among other things, that they should be exempted from taking an oath, and bearing arms. But afterwards, perceiving that this gave umbrage to some persons, from whom they did not expect it, they resolved to pursue their former intention, and to go to Pennsylvania, which they accordingly performed, Time of their re­moving to Pennsylva­nia. in the years 1739 and 1740; where, applying themselves to agriculture, they have since made considerable settlements, especially on the western branch of Delaware river, called Lehi, in Northampton county, at a place named by them, Bethlehem, with the circumjacent villages and farms of Nazareth, Guadenthal, Friedenshal, and elsewhere.

Their settlements about Bethlehem, though so lately begun, are superior, in some respects, Their set­tlements about Beth­lehem, &c. to any in the province. Here their excellent skill, industry, regular management and economy have been very conspicuous and remarkable. The town itself, is pleasantly situated upon a hill, or [Page 352] elevated ground, on the north side of the Lehi, with a fine descent to the river. It consists of private houses, improved and ornamented by di­vers large and spacious buildings, of a more pub­lic, or general kind, for the use of the society, which are called quoir houses: these are distinctly appropriated for the use of the different pa [...] of their community, at that place; as, for the chil­dren, single men, single women, widows, and widowers, &c. separated in these large houses; be­sides the congregational inn, which has been reputed one of the best in Pennsylvania, for the entertain­ment of strangers, &c.

Customs and econo­my, &c.They are very methodical in their customs, and exhibit great skill and perseverance in what they undertake; aiming in common life, to make them­selves agreeable, to avoid singularity, and to ap­prove themselves honest, in the hearts of all peo­ple; though in part of their dress, especially the female sex, in these places, they appear to use a particular, plain uniform; and their mode of language, or discourse, seems to be somewhat affected, or peculiar to themselves.

They have, from time to time, received suc­cours from Europe, and are now increased to a considerable number. Besides these settlements, they have a meeting house in Philadelphia, and another at Lancaster, besides their fine settlement at Litz, Their other settlements, &c. in Lancaster county. They have likewise made settlements in the government of New York and New Jersey, and on the river Dan, which runs into the Roanoake, in North Carolina.

In Pennsylvania, at present, the Moravians, or United Brethren, consist of a mixture of some English, and other people, from different coun­tries, besides Germans and aborigines of America; for they likewise have a number of the Indians, in the province, under their care and tuition.

[Page 353]They use great variety of music, at their devo­tion; and have strong picturesque representations of Christ's passion, &c. in their place of worship, at Bethlehem; and, as a remarkable policy seems to run through their whole system, Remarka­ble policy in their sys­tem, &c. whereby it ap­pears, in some cases, adapted to operate, in the strongest manner, on the human passions; so, in the more civil part of their constitution and trans­actions, in this province, an admirable order and economy, to more than common perfection, has been very conspicuous.

But their method of educating their children and youth, to answer the end designed, Education of their youth. has been more so; and perhaps, exceeded by no other peo­ple in the province: an affair of very great im­portance, in whatever view we take it: the low­est, or most ignorant and uninformed part of the rational creation, perhaps, doth not excel the most knowing and sagacious of the brutal kind, so much as one part of the human species exceeds the other, in superior knowledge, wisdom and fe­licity, by means of an early and good education, a wise and virtuous institution of youth, in its most extensive acceptation? For, though God has given talents to men, yet it is in their power to improve or debase them, and to apply them to proper or improper objects, by the means which God has given; and how much this depends on education, information and early habit, is suffici­ently manifest to such as are enough acquainted with the subject, and with mankind.

As to the religious tenets, or creed, Rule of their doc­trine, &c. of the Moravians, they acknowledge the Bible to be their only rule, Vid. A compendi­ous manual, &c. "In the most simple sense, and in every respect; and that so perfectly, that while disputants are solicitous to seek and find, or make, that to be sense there, which they have heard, the Brethren receive all, according to the letter; nay, [Page 354] all that is written therein is truth to them, even, that part, which is looked upon by others, as contradictory, without being first explained."

Their bishops, teachers, &c. by an established rule, at stated times, every week, wash the feet of all, they call to the Lord's Supper; in per­forming which they are methodical, and use a particular ceremony, Their great industry, &c. &c. But their zeal and in­dustry for propagating the gospel in foreign na­tions, which never heard it before, has been very remarkable and extraordinary for these latter times, &c.

Of the ori­gin of their religion, &c.They date their religion, as most religious soci­eties do, from the first establishment of true reli­gion in the world, in general terms. They do not pretend to any warrantable account of their origin; having, as they imagine, the fate of most other institutions; that is, to be lost in uncertainty; but, that their congregation flourished in the 15th century, at Litz, i. e. fifty years before the refor­mation, and was then a Sclavonian congregation, which sprung from the old Bulgarian Christians; that George Podebrad, regent of Bohemia, who, as they say, partly from his own motion and love, and partly at the intercession of the arch-bishop of Prague, being in the like circumstances with him, established at Litz, on the borders of Bohemia, a congregation, to serve God in quietness and peace, without being so easy a prey to the Roman Catho­lics; to whom the king and primate of the realm were outwardly gone over. This they did so much the rather, as those Brethren differed from the Taborites, in the principle of defending reli­gion by the force of arms; professing prayer, in spiritual things, to be the best weapon of Chris­tians, against their enemies.

Foreign places of residence, &c.They are said originally to have consisted of scattered Bohemians and Moravians; but the Wal­denses, [Page 355] as they imagine, taking refuge among [...]m, lea [...]ned their language, and, in a while, be­came loft in their nation; that gaining ground, they became a people, considerable enough to be denominated a national, or more properly, a gene­ral church; for it consisted of subjects, under se­veral different princes; that they sought protec­tion, and gained settlements, in Poland, England, Prussia, Wertemburg, and Saxony; that Poland, by degrees, became their chief residence; that, in England, the Walloons, Germans, nay, all fo­reign Protestants, were disposed by Edward the Sixth, under their bishop, John a Lasco, as su­perintendant of all foreign Protestants; that in time, it becoming too tedious to distinguish them by the different names of the countries, to which they belonged, they assumed the general name of Unitas Fratrum, or United Brethren, compre­hending all their different divisions, under that denomination.

By this name they were acknowledged by Great Britain in the year 1737 and 1739; and by seve­ral other nations and states about the same time. In the latter of which years they received a general toleration, by an act of the British parliament, They are favoured by the British parliament, &c. en­couraging them to settle in the American planta­tions, &c. by allowing them to take a solemn af­firmation, instead of an oath, and dispensing with their not being concerned in military affairs, on payment of a rate assessed, &c.

[Page 356]

CONCLUSION.

Conclusion respecting variety of religious opinions, &c.AS it is not my intention to say any thing fur­ther, respecting the more generally well known forms of the other religious societies, in the pro­vince, which, at different times, have resulted from a variety of opinion, on the subject of reli­gion, I shall, therefore, only observe, that, so long as different degrees of light and knowledge are communicated to men, while custom and edu­cation vary among them, and while the capacity and opportunity to receive instruction are unequal and various in individuals, according to their dif­ferent abilities and situations in the world, so long it cannot reasonably be expected that all people should see or think exactly alike, or possess an uni­formity of understanding, in objects merely intel­lectual, more especially such as are only known to exist in opinion, or belief: for as our bodies dif­fer in shape, size and capacity, and vary in their properties and qualities, so is it in respect to the minds of men▪ which are as various as the flowers of the field; and, when duly considered, have no less real beauty, in their variety: it is as un­reasonable to expect, or attempt, an absolute uni­formity of the one as of the other; and compul­sion, in such case, would be no less tyrannical and absurd, than the use of Procrustes's bed; for the nature of all sects, in religion, is to keep up the difference.

But, as wisdom is better than strength, and the cause above the effect, so the power of reason and persuasion alone, on the intelligent and rational mind, is the most adequate and proper to rectify the erroneous, or less informed understanding, in objects entirely of a mental or intellectual na­ture; in which a difference of thinking may not be inconsistent with reason and truth; for perhaps, [Page 357] as light and knowledge increase and advance among mankind, the greater will be the variety of sentiment? Which, so long as it is free, may have the more effectual tendency to discuss and discriminate truth from error, and that not incom­patible with an unity of principle, even, in reli­gious subjects; provided that men, instead of wickedly making religion an engine of power, for one part of the community to oppress the other, would keep within the bounds of mental pursuits only, in their pretensions to things of this kind, and clear of all selfish and ambitious news, artifice, and party-design; this has ever been instanced in the wisest and most civilized na­tions, and in the progress of arts and sciences. For, though the first principles of things are but few, and these all ultimately terminate in unity, yet like the rays of light, from the solar luminary, which reflect an infinite variety of appearances, and so much the more, the less they are obscured and ob­structed, so the greater the diversity of effect from these principles, the more is the eternal wisdom displayed, in any one part of the creation.

In regard to the final issue of the various opini­ons of a religious nature, among mankind, with their Creator, and of the many different customs arising from them, (than the lowest and most absurd of which, as well as the most rational and sublime, perhaps, nothing shews more the weakness of the human race, and its absolute dependance on a Superior Being) why may we not conclude, that, as a person of superior wisdom and sagacity, or of better information than others, sometimes observes and considers the disagreements and dis­putes, between persons of different judgment, or education, and inferior knowledge, but of sin­cere mind and intention, whether in the low and common affairs of life, or on things of a superior [Page 358] and mental nature, on which they seem so widely to differ in opinion, that, by their manner of ma­naging their arguments, or disputes, they would probably never agree; nay, instead of uniting▪ sometimes their opposition of sentiment may render them so much the more positive and tenacious of their different opinions, as to become highly in­censed against each other (which is often the case with the more ignorant) because they do not un­derstand the subjects of dispute all alike; yet, by his greater penetration and understanding of the affair in dispute, he plainly perceives they all mean, or in­tend, the same thing, in the main; and their views all center to one point, or what appears to them right, (though if left to themselves they would probably never agree) that they all are proportionably right; and, when properly understood, differ only either in circumstantials, or on account of their various degrees of understanding and conception, or ac­cording to such information as each is possessed of, or by reason of the different mediums of edu­cation and custom, through which they see; whence he may pity their ignorance, and perhaps blame their animosity, which arises from it; but cannot justly censure them for any thing, that is providenti­ally out of their power: so, who will deny that the great Creator of mankind, who sees and knows all things, looks down upon his creatures, whom he has proportionably endowed with reason, and the proper means of answering the end of their existence, and, in his great wisdom, beholds how zealous they are to please him, and obtain felicity; which they all aim at, according to the different degrees of knowledge, capacity and ability afford­ed them? I say, who will venture to deny, not­withstanding their great disparity, disagreement, seeming inconsistency and the many contrary cus­toms, used by men, for that purpose (divers of which to one another, and not without reason, [Page 359] may appear very absurd and improper for the end designed thereby); that in his wisdom and mercy, which are over all his works, he commiserates all, [...] the most wise, affectionate and true parent of his offspring? For, according to the divine model above, it is in degree here below; as wisdom (which is the real sent of the Almighty) prevails, ignorance vanishes; and as that superior happiness, and true Christian charity, which are the conse­quences of the former, gain ground, among men, in the same proportion must mankind necessarily approach to, or partake of, the supreme love and perfection; which ever take place of all vio­lence, cruelty and wrath, the infernal dregs, and genuine offspring of the latter; whose habitation is only in the regions of darkness and sorrow, the reward of false conception and error; which ne­ver can be the situation of the perfectly happy, the end of all true religion.

[Page 360]

Extract from two short Latin poems, inscribed to James Logan, Esquire, by Thomas Makin; one of which is dated 1728, the other 1729; the former is intitled, "Encomium Pennsylvaniae;" the latter, which is here principally retained, "In laudes Pensilvaniae poema, seu, descriptio Pensilvaniae:" found among James Logan's pa­pers, many years after his disease: they seem to have been written chiefly for amusement in his old age, &c.

DESCRIPTIO PENNSYLVANIAE, ANNO 1729.

Haec habet, & regio memorabile nomen, habebit
Auctior auctoris tempus in omne sui;
Qui fuit illustri proavorum stemmate natus,
Sed virtute magis nobilis ipse suâ.
Praecipuè illustrem sua se sapientia fecit;
Vixit apud claros dignus honore viros:
Qui quamvis obiit, tamen usque memoria vivet;
Nomini [...] atque sui fama perennis erit.
Semer honos nomenque suum laudesque manebunt,
Hujus, qui terrae nobilis auctor erat.
Haec sua Proprietas; hinc Pennsylvania primùm,
Haec fuit ex domini nomine dicta sui.
Rege sibi Carolo concessa suisque Secundo,
Pro claris meritis officioque patris.
Zonae terra subest alternae, ubi veris & aestûs,
Autumni gelidae sunt hiemisque vices.
Hîc ter quinque dies numerat longissimus horas,
Cum sol in cancro sidere transit iter.
Hîc tamen interdum glacialis frigora brumae
Et calor aestivus vix toleranda premunt.
Saepe sed immodicum boreale refrigerat aestum
Flamen, & australis mitigat aura gelu.
Hîc adeo inconstans est, & variabile caelum,
Una ut non rarò est aestus hiemsque die.
Saepe prior quamvis nitido sit sole serena,
Postera sit multis imbribus atra dies.
Vis adeo interdum venti violenta ruentis,
Ut multa in sylvis sternitur arbor humi.
[Page 362]
Hanc sera gens Indi terram tenuere coloni;
Moribus at nunc est mitior usque bonis;
Pacis amans, Anglis concordi faedere juncti;
Cura quibus pactam non violare fidem.
Hi fugiunt rixas, & noxia semina litis,
Et leges ultro justitiamque colunt.
Hi spernunt artes, durum fugiuntque laborem;
Hos vacuos curis libera vita juvat.
Hi venatores sylvas & tesqua frequentant,
Quaerentes ubi sit praeda reperta ferae;
Unde sibi pelles, epulaeque parantur inemptae;
Utile sunt pelles, merx pretiosa bonum.
Devia rura diu longè latèque pererrant,
Et bene nota sibi semper ubique via est.
Durior interea exercet vigilantia nuptas;
Officium quibus est farra parare domi.
Hae bajulant fa [...]es graves humerisque pusillis,
Et longum faciunt nunc patienter iter;
Nunc findunt lignum, fissoque ex vimine corbes
Texunt; has urget sedulus usque labor:
Nunc hae corna legunt, & humi nascentia fragra;
Nunc pisces capiunt insidiis & aves.
Indorum juvenes ullum gustare liquorem
Non licet (exemplar nobile) praeter aquam.
Mollibus in lectis Indi requiescere nolunt,
Nunc humus est lectus, nunc sibi nuda teges.
Pellibus antiquo, qui more fuere ferinis
Induti, nunc est gausape vestis iis.
Semper & incedunt capitis velamine nudi,
Sed sutae pelles crura pedesque tegunt,
Et quamvis cutis est fuscae color omnibus idem,
Forma decora tamen corporis estque vigor.
Hi lenocinium sugiunt & scorta pudici;
Faedera conjugii non violare solent.
Hos docet ore loqui facilis natura diserto;
Linguae grande loquens est idioma suae.
O gens Indorum, vos terque quaterque beati!
Nulla quibus requiem sollicitudo vetat!
Non regio haec Indos armis subigendo tenetur;
Sed certa emptori conditione data est,
Vivitur hîc igitur tuto sine militis usu;
Et sibi securus propria quisque tenet.
Hîc locus est multis felix, ubi sedibus aptis,
Sors optata dedit, non sine pace frui.
[Page 364]Dira sed infelix, heu! bella N [...]v' Anglia sensit,
Indis quie semper gens malifida fuit.
Sed semel hîc rumor mendax clamavit, ad arma,
Incola cui nimium credulus omnis erat.
Haec malesana die fuit acta, tragaedia quâdam,
Cum convenerunt undique turba frequens▪
Scilicet ut major fieret commotus in urbe,
Notior & multis rumor ubique foret;
Usque adeo fuit hâc confusus in urbe tumultus,
Ut neque tunc leges, ordo nec ullus erat,
Hîc removere sua instanti properabat ab hoste,
Ille nihil contra jussit ab urbe vehi.
Sed quodcunque sibi voluit dementia talis
Haec damno multis est memoranda dies:
Vespere sed tandem fuit hoc stratagema retectum;
Fabula tunc istam finiit acta diem.
Fertilis hîc frugum tellus, optataque rerum
Usibus humanis copia semper adest.
Hîc bene cultus ager laetis ornatur aristis,
Et solito messis tempore fervet opus.
Quaevis sylva feris, &c piscibus amnis abundat;
Fertque suum fructûs quaelibet arbor onus.
Hîc oviumque greges errant, armenta b [...]umque,
Errat & hîc proles multiplicata suûm.
Hîc saliunt damae, lepores, celeresque s [...]iuri,
(Quae sunt immunis praeda cüique ferae)
Hîc latet in sylvis ursus, panthera, lupusque,
Qui pecus innocuum saepe vorare solent.
Hîc habitat latebras furto notissima vulpes;
Callida quae praedam nocte dieque capit,
Rarior at nunc haec proles inimica futura est,
Quae segetive nocent, lanigerove gregi.
Lex fuit hic etenem tales bene cauta necandi,
Erret ut in sylvis tutius omne pecus.
Amphibia hîc & non desunt animalia quaedam,
Terra quibus vitam praebet & unda parem;
Merx quorum pelles tantum venalis habetur;
Utile non aliquod turpe cadaver habet.
Hîc avis est quaedam dulci celeberrima voce,
Quae variare sonos usque canendo solet.
Hîc avis est quaedam minima & pulcherrima plumis,
Sugere quae flores usque volando solet.
Unde fugam muscae in morem properare videtur,
Ta [...]quam non oculis aspicienda diu.
[Page 366]Hîc avis est quaedam rubro formosa colore,
Gutture quae plumis est maculata nigris.
Hîc avis est repetens, Whip, Whip, Will, voce jocosâ;
Quae tota verno tempore nocte canit
Hîc & aves aliae, quotquot generantur ab ovis,
Scribere jam quarum nomina inane foret.
Innumerae volitare solent hîc saepe columbae;
Unde frequens multis obvia praeda datur.
Hîc aestate solet tanquam äere gaudeat alto,
Tollere se ex summis saepe acipenser aquis.
Qui salit ac resilit toties, (mirabile visu)
In cymbas ingens praeda aliquando cadit.
Regius hic piscis minimè pretious habetur;
Rarior est at ubi, carior est & ibi.
Fossores varias hîc invenere fodinas;
Unde metalla patent, quae latuere diu.
Floribus hîc sylvae variis ornantur & herbis;
In quibus & virtus & medicina latet.
Hîc muscae quaedam tanquam lampyrades alis,
Aestiva nitidis undeque nocte volant.
Hîc lapis est (Magnes) quo non pretiosior ullus,
Per latum nautis, qui mare monstrat iter.
Hîc lapides linum * pars assimilare videtur,
Quae non exusta est, nec fit in igne minor
Sed merx praecipuè, regio quam praebet emendam,
Est venale quidem semper ubique bonum:
Scilicet omne bonum Cereris quod copia praebet;
Quodque onus hîc multis navibus esse solet.
Hujus fama loci multos alicunde vocavit,
Libertas quibus est dulcis amorque lucri.
Hue alienigenae veniunt, venientque quotannis,
Omnibus usque adeo libera terra placet.
Censibus hîc nemo nimium vexatur iniquis;
Unusquisque rei pro ratione licet.
Hîc venatori sylvas licet ire per omnes;
Quamque capit praedam vendicat esse suam.
Omnibus hîc etiam capiendi copia pisces,
Retibus aut hamis quolibet amne datur.
Qualis in Europa concessa licentia non est,
Commoda ubi curat quisque tenere sua.
[Page 368]Per maris huc primum venere perîcla Britanni;
Deinde ahi patriam deseruere suam.
Adveniunt multi, Germuna & Hibernica proles,
Quos huc saepe nimis navis onusta vehit,
Hanc terram sibi non acquisivere Britanni;
Si licet externis omnibus esse locum.
Sed quanto fit agri major cultura quotannis,
Hinc tanto rerum copia major erit.
Arboribus scissis tellurem scindit arator;
Nascitur hinc sparso semine laeta seges.
Dulcis aquae per rura fluunt hîc undique fontes,
Unde pecus gaudet pingue levare sitim.
Florida limosae fiunt hîc prata paludes;
Terra ferax est, quae nuper eremus erat.
Legislatores, electi ad jura quotannis,
Conveniunt quoties constituenda libet.
Publica nostra salus aequo moderamine legum
Servatur; leges dant que cüique suum.
Quisque suo meritas hîc dat pro crimine paenas;
Lex parcit nullis intemerata reis;
Atque Magistratus justè recteque gerendi
Quique potestatem jusque minister habet.
Sed licet imprimis ideo lex ipsa statuta est,
Puniat ut vitium, justitiamque colat;
Heu! quoties virtus legis corrumpitur auro,
Pauperis &, quovis judice, causa perit!
Eloquar, an sileam? si quando pecunia desit,
Lex perit, & nihili justus habetur inops!
Si tibi lis fuerit cum quovis aurea dante
Plurima (crede mihi) munera, victus eris!
Aerea cum Danaen inclusam turris haberet,
Semper ut infelix innuba virgo foret;
Quàm facilè tegulas prorumperet aureus imber!
Quid non vis▪ auri vincit, amorque Jovis?
Non ergo mirum est hominum si vendere leges
Auri non aequus pectora cogat amor.
Cum fera saevit hiems glacie, fluvialis & unda,
Atque latet tellus undique tecta nive;
Circumclusa ratis, si non foret anchora, fixa est,
Dum rigidum solvat mitior aura gelu.
Et quamvis Boreas gelido bacchatur ab arcto,
Inturbata tamen fluminis unda silet.
Ludere jam cessat summis acipenser ab undis,
Atque alii pisces ima profunda petunt.
[Page 370]Sed glacie ruptâ
or sectâ.
lino piscator & hamo,
Ex alto pisces gurgite saepe capit.
Usque adeo interdum fuit hîc durabile frigus,
Trans fluvium vidi plaustra onerata vehï.
Hìc tamen interdum totius tempore brumae
Navibus haec amnis pervia praebet iter:
Cymbaque remigio velox, veloque frequenter
Advehit & revehit quâ via ducit onus.
Usque adeo incerta est hiâc & variabilis aura,
Alternasque vices frigus & aestus habet.
Pulchra duos inter sita stat Philadelphia rivos;
Inter quos duo sunt millia longa viae.
Delawar hic major, Sculkil minor ille vocatur;
Indis & Suevis notus uterque diu.
Aedibus ornatur multis urbs limite longo,
Quae parva emicuit tempore magna brevi.
Hîc plateas mensor spatiis delineat aequis,
Et domui recto est ordine juncta domus.
Quinque sacrae hâc aedes una numerantur in urbe,
Altera non etiam distat ab urbe procul.
Ex quibus una alias est quae supereminet omnes;
Cujus nondum ingens perficiatur opus.
Praecinit hîc sacros divina melodia psalmos:
Et vox totius succinit inde chori.
Elevet hoc hominum mentes, & mulceat aures,
Sed cor devotum psallit in aure Dei.
Basis huic posita est excelsae firma futurae
Turris, ubi dicunt aera sonora fore.
Hîc in gymnasiis linguae docentur & artes
Ingenuae; multis doctor & ipse fui.
Una schola hîc alias etiam supereminet omnes
Romano & Graeco quae docet ore loqui.
Hîc spatiosa
or speciosa.
domus tantae bene convenit urbi,
In quâ quotidie venditur omne penus.
Hujus & e summis majori voce quotannis
Electus praetor regulus urbis adest.
Hîc portus multis statio est bene nota carinis,
Curvo ubi dente tenax anchora mordet humum.
Hîc mercaturae faciunt plerique perîclum;
Quisque sibi lucrum quaerit ubique suum.
Artisices adsunt etiam, quos exigit usus,
Qui sese excercent qualibet arte suâ.
Multa per hos pendent omnes insignia vicos,
Quod venale domum monstrat habere merum.
[Page 272]Nunc sub nave canunt hilares encomia vini
Nautae; nunc tutos anchora fixa tenet:
Nunc sub sole sitim gaudent restinguere siccam,
Nectoreum rorem, siccus ut ipse bibit.
Nunc & fonte libet puros haurire liquores,
Qui pretio nullo nocte dieque fluunt.
Vinea cum patinâ laetis florente corymbis,
Indicat hospitium semper adesse bonum.
Scribere sed nimis est insignia nomina cuncta,
Quae jam descripsi sint meminisse satis.
Providus in morem formicae alimenta reponit
Rusticus hiberni frigoris usque memor.
Aestivo reputans quodumque labore lucratur,
Quae mox insequitur, longa vorabit hyems.
Stramine tecta replet Cerealibus horrea donis
Impiger, & curat condere quicquid habet:
Despicit exoticas que dapes, vestesque superbas,
Contentus modicis vivere pace suis.
Esuriens dulces epulas depromit inemptas,
Et proprio vestis vellere texta placet.
Parva humilisque domus, latos quae prospicit agros,
Parta vel empta, sibi sufficit atque suis.
Utilis est illi, si non opulenta supella;
Res sapiens omnes utilitate probat.
O! mihi si liceat sylvas habitare beatas,
Et modico victu, non sine pace, frui.
THOMAS MAKIN,
[Page]

Note, Thomas Makin appears to have been one of the most early settlers in the province of Pennsylvania from —for, in the year 1689, he was second master ( George Keith being the first) of the Friends' public grammar school, in Philadelphia; which was the first of the kind in the province, and instituted about that time. He was some­times clerk of the Provincial Assembly; which, in early time, was long held in the Friends' meeting house. The English version is made by the transcriber, R. P.

A DESCRIPTION OF PENNSYLVANIA, ANNO 1729.

First, Pennsylvania's memorable name,
From Penn, the Founder of the country, came;
Sprung from a worthy and illustrious race,
But more en [...]bled by his virtuous ways.
High in esteem among the great he stood;
His wisdom made him lovely, great and good.
Tho' he be said to die, he will survive;
Thro' future time his memory shall live:
This wise Proprietor, in love and praise,
Shall grow and flourish to the end of days.
With just propriety, to future fame,
Fair Pennsylvania shall record his name.
This, Charles the Second did, at first command,
And for his father's merits gave the land:
But his high virtue did its value raise
To future glory, and to lasting praise.
Beneath the temp'rate zone the country lies,
And heat and cold with grateful change supplies.
To fifteen hours extends the longest day,
When sol in cancer points his fervid ray:
Yet here the winter season is severe;
And summer's heat is difficult to bear.
But western winds oft cool the scorching ray,
And southern breezes warm the winter's day.
Yet oft, tho' warm and fair the day begun,
Cold storms arise before the setting sun:
Nay, oft so quick the change, so great its pow'r,
As summer's heat, and winter, in an hour!
So violent the wind, that oft the ground
With rooted trees is cover'd wide and round.
[Page 363]
A savage Indian race here first was known;
But milder now, in life and manners, grown.
To friendship's laws they faithfully adhere;
And love the English with a mind sincere.
Of jars and baneful strife they shun the cause;
And practise justice uncompell'd by laws.
A life of ease, and void of care, they chuse;
But labour, and the toilsome arts, refuse.
Thro' woods and forests wide, they hunting stray,
In search of beasts, their much beloved prey.
Their skins, for cloaths, their flesh, for food is sought;
Warm raiment, and delicious food, unbought.
Thro' devious wilds, and woody deserts, they
Oft wander far, but never lose their way.
But more laborious in domestic care,
The female sex their corn and bread prepare;
Long journeys these, in patience, persevere;
And heavy loads upon their bodies bear.
With unremitted labor, too, the same
Their wooden vessels make, and baskets frame.
Wild fruits and strawberries by them are sought;
And fish and fowl by various methods caught,
All stronger drink than water from the lake,
The Indian youth forbidden are to take.
No feather bed, nor easy couch they keep;
Upon the ground, or shaggy skin they sleep.
For cloathing, first warm skins they did possess;
But now coarse linen hides their nakedness.
Where'er they go their heads are always bare;
But skins upon their feet and legs they wear.
Tho' brown, or copper colour, marks them all,
Yet are their bodies proper, strait and tall.
Chaste in their lives, unlawful lusts they fly;
Scarce ever known to break the marriage tie.
With native eloquence their speech abounds,
Untaught, with figures grand, and lofty sounds.
O happy Indians! bless'd with joy and peace;
No future cares of life disturb your ease!
On just and equal terms the land was gain'd,
No force of arms has any right obtain'd:
'Tis here without the use of arms, alone,
The bless'd inhabitant enjoys his own;
Here many, to their wish, in peace enjoy
Their happy lots, and nothing doth annoy.
[Page 365]But sad New England's diff'rent conduct show'd
What dire effects from injur'd Indians flow'd!
Yet once to arms false rumor called here;
To which the vulgar most inclined were.
'Twas on a certain day the plot began;
Deluded crowds together madly ran:
By artful means the stratagem was laid,
And great commotion thro' the city made;
So wild the tumult and so great the fear,
No law nor order was observed there:
While from th' approaching foe to haste away,
One urg'd, another orders gave, to stay.
This strange affair, whatever was design'd,
For loss to many, will be kept in mind.
The ev'ning did the plot's design betray;
The farce was ended with the closing day.
This fruitful land all plenty doth produce;
And never fails to answer human use.
Here yellow Ceres loads the joyful fields;
And golden crops the happy harvest yields.
With beasts the woods, with fish the streams abound;
The bending trees with plenteous fruits are crown'd.
Here flocks and herds in flow'ry pastures stray;
Their num'rous young around them feed and play.
The squirrels, rabbits, and the timid deer
To beasts of prey are yet exposed here:
The bear, the panther, and the wolf devour
Th' innocuous flocks, which seldom are secure.
Here dwells the crafty fox, which, night and day,
Invents his wiles, to catch th' unwary prey.
But now these noxious beasts, which much annoy
The growing grain, and tender flocks destroy,
Are by a law diminish'd, with their breed,
And in the woods more safe the cattle feed.
Amphibious animals here too are found;
Which both in water live, and on the ground;
These for their skins alone are ever priz'd,
And lose their lives; their carcase is despis'd.
'Tis here the mocking bird extends his throat,
And imitates the birds of ev'ry note;
'Tis here the smallest of the feather'd train,
The humming bird, frequents the flow'ry plain.
Its motion quick seems to elude the eye;
It now a bird appears, and now a fly.
[Page 367]The various woodpeckers here charm the sight;
Of mingled red, of beauteous black and white.
Here's whip-per-will; a bird, whose fanci'd name
From its nocturnal note imagin'd, came.
Here, in the fall, large flocks of pigeons fly,
So num'rous, that they darken all the sky.
Here other birds of ev'ry kind appear,
Whose names would be too long to mention here.
Large sturgeons num'rous crowd the Delaware;
Which, in warm weather, leap into the air;
So high, that (strange to tell!) they often fly
Into the boats, which on the river ply!
That royal fish is little valu'd here;
But where more scarce, 'tis more esteem'd and dear.
Here num'rous mines of many kinds are found,
And precious metals, treasured in the ground.
The verdant woods, roots, herbs, and flow'rs produce,
For many virtues fam'd for human use.
Here insects are, which many much admire,
Whose plumes in summer ev'nings shine like fire.
Here too the magnet's found, whose wond'rous pow'r
Directs the seamen to each distant shore.
Here is the stone-like flax * of wond'rous fame,
For not consuming in the burning flame!
But the chief produce of this happy land
Is always good, and ever in demand:
And bounteous Ceres' rich redundant stores
Are shipp'd abroad to many distant shores.
Its fame to distant regions far has spread,
And some for peace, and some for profit, led;
Born in remotest climes, to settle here,
They leave their native soil, and all that's dear;
And still will flock from far, here to be free;
Such pow'rful charms has lovely liberty!
Here high unequal taxes have no place;
A just proportion ev'ry person pays.
Th' extensive woods abound with various game,
Where all may freely take, and use the same.
In ev'ry flowing stream, all persons may
Take plenteous fish, and freely use the prey.
Such privilege in Europe is unknown;
Where ev'ry man is bounded with his own.
[Page 369]'Twas hither first the British cross'd the main;
Thence many others left their native plain:
Hibernia's sons forsake their native home;
And from Germania crowded vessels come.
Not for themselves alone the British care;
Since ev'ry stranger may partake a share.
Hence still more culture shall the soil receive;
And ev'ry year increasing plenty give.
Clear'd from the woods, more fruitful lands they gain;
And yellow Ceres loads the extended plain.
Here bubbling fountains flow thro' ev'ry mead;
Where flocks and herds delight to drink and feed.
The marshy grounds improv'd rich meadows yield;
The wilderness is made a fruitful field.
The Legislators, chosen ev'ry year,
Proceed to act, as shall to them appear.
Here just administration of the laws
Make public good, and private right one cause.
All crimes are punish'd, as their natures are;
The laws unwrested no offenders spare.
All civil magistrates have pow'r and trust,
To act, in office, what is right and just.
Tho' first it was th' intention of the laws
To punish vice, and favour virtue's cause;
Yet, by the pow'r of gold how oft is lost
The poor man's cause, and sacred justice crost!
Nay, may it not be said, for cursed gold,
Both law and justice oft are to be sold!
If with the rich, to law a poor man go,
Believe me, he shall have an overthrow!
For Danae fair had still remain'd a maid,
And in the brazen tow'r securely staid,
Had not the pow'r of gold unbarr'd the chain;
What cannot gold and pow'rful love
or Jove.
obtain!
What wonder then, if love of gold compel
The minds of men the right of law to sell?
When stormy winter whitens all below,
When woods and plains are clad in ice and snow,
The ships with icy chains are anchor'd fast,
Till the dissolving spring return at last;
Tho' boreas rage, and stormy tempests blow,
The streams are silent, and not seen to flow;
The fish then near the surface cease to play,
And to the bottom safely make their way.
[Page 371]But yet thro' holes, which in the ice are made,
With hook and line goes on the fisher's trade.
Sometimes the ice so strong and firm we know,
That loaded waggons on the rivers go!
But yet so temp'rate are some winters here,
That in the streams no bars of ice appear;
And all the season boats and shipping may,
With oar and sail divide the liquid way;
So various and uncertain is the clime,
For heat and cold extreme, in little time!
Fair Philadelphia next is rising seen,
Between two rivers plac'd, two miles between;
The Delaware and Sculkil, new to fame,
Both ancient streams, yet of a modern name.
The city, form'd upon a beauteous plan,
Has many houses built, tho' late began;
Rectangular the streets, direct and fair;
And rectilinear all the ranges are.
Five houses here for sacred use are known,
Another stands not far without the town.
Of these appears one in a grander style;
But yet unfinish'd is the lofty pile.
Here psalms divine melodious accents raise,
And choral symphony sweet-songs of praise;
To raise the mind, and sooth the pious ear;
But God devoted minds doth always hear.
A lofty tow'r is founded on this ground,
For future bells to make a distant sound.
Here schools, for learning, and for arts, are seen,
In which to many I've a teacher been:
But one, in teaching, doth the rest excel,
To know and speak the Greek and Latin well.
Here too, one spacious building we behold,
Where all provisions brought are daily sold;
From whose high steps too, loudly is proclaim'd
The annual Magistrate, the Mayor nam'd.
Here, in safe harbour, num'rous vessels moor,
At anchor some, and some along the shore.
In commerce many cross the stormy main,
To distant countries, in pursuit of gain.
All necessary trades here get employ,
And useful arts, which large rewards enjoy.
Here signs, thro' all the streets, are hung in view,
Where entertainment may be had, [...]o [...]hew.
[Page 373]The merry sailors, while they land their wares,
The praise of Bacchus sing, and ease their cares;
Yet often from the spring the draught is sought,
Which here to all doth freely flow unbought;
But where fair ivy crowns the flowing bowl,
There dwells the large, the hospitable soul.
More things, at present, I forbear to name;
Because too long;—these are enough for fame.
Except the country swains' distinguish'd praise
Demand the notice of my closing lays).
The farmer, provident, amidst his cares,
For winter, like the prudent ant, prepares;
Foreknowing, all that summer doth produce,
Is only for consuming winter's use.
He fills his barns and cellars with good cheer,
Against that dreary season of the year.
He scorns exotic foods, and gaudy dress,
Content to live on homely fare, in peace;
Sweet to his taste his unbought dainties are;
And his own home-spun he delights to wear.
His lowly dwelling views his large domain,
Improv'd in part, where peace and plenty reign.
Plain furniture, but useful, he doth chuse;
And wisely values ev'ry thing for use.
In these blest shades may I delight to be;
Here little is enough, with peace, for me.
[Page]

APPENDIX TO THE History of Pennsylvania. PART I.

CONTAINING,
  • No. I. Certain Conditions, or Concessions, in 1681.
  • No. II. William Penn's Frame of Government and Laws, &c. published in 1682.
  • No. III. The Charter of 1683.
  • No. IV. The Charter of 1696.
  • No. V. Address of the Assembly to William Penn, with his answer, in 1701.
  • No. VI. Charter of the City of Philadelphia, in 1701.

No. I.

Certain conditions, or concessions, agreed upon by William Penn, Proprietary and Governor of the province of Pennsylvania, and those who are the adventurers and purchasers in the same province, the eleventh of July, one thousand six hundred and eighty-one.

I. THAT so soon as it pleaseth God that the abovesaid persons arrive there, a certain quantity of land, or ground plat, shall be laid out, for a large town or city, in the most convenient place, upon the river, for health and navigation; and every purchaser and adventurer shall, by lot, have so much land therein as will answer to the proportion, which he hath bought, or taken up, [Page 2] upon rent: but it is to be noted, that the surveyors shall consider what roads or high-ways will be necessary to the cities, towns, or through the lands. Great roads from city to city not to contain less than forty feet, in breadth, shall be first laid out and declared to be for high-ways, before the dividend of acres be laid out for the purchaser, and the like observation to be had for the streets in the towns and cities, that there may be convenient roads and streets preserved, not to be encroached upon by any planter or builder, that none may build irregularly to the damage of another. In this, custom governs.

II. That the land in the town be laid out together after the pro­portion of ten thousand acres of the whole country, that is, two hundred acres, if the place will bear it: however, that the pro­portion be by lot, and entire, so as those that desire to be toge­ther, especially those that are, by the catalogue, laid together, may be so laid together both in the town and country.

III. That, when the country lots are laid out, every purchaser, from one thousand, to ten thousand acres, or more, not to have above one thousand acres together, unless in three years they plant a family upon every thousand acres; but that all such as purchase together, lie together; and, if as many as comply with this con­dition, that the whole be laid out together.

IV. That, where any number of purchasers, more or less, whose number of acres amounts to five or ten thousand acres, de­sire to sit together in a lot, or township, they shall have their lot, or township, cast together, in such places as have convenient har­bours, or navigable rivers attending it, if such can be found; and in case any one or more purchasers plant not according to agreement, in this concession, to the prejudice of others of the same township, upon complaint thereof made to the Governor, or his Deputy, with assistance, they may award (if they see cause) that the complaining purchaser may, paying the survey money, and purchase money, and interest thereof, be entitled, enrolled and lawfully invested, in the lands so not seated.

V. That the proportion of lands, that shall be laid out in the first great town, or city, for every purchaser, shall be after the proportion of ten acres for every five hundred acres purchased, if the place will allow it.

VI. That notwithstanding there be no mention made, in the se­veral deeds made to the purchasers; yet the said William Penn does accord and declare, that all rivers, rivulets, woods, and un­derwoods, waters, watercourses, quarries, mines, and minerals, [Page 3] (except mines royal) shall be freely and fully enjoyed, and wholly by the purchasers, into whose lot they fall.

VII. That, for every fifty acres, that shall be allotted to a ser­vant, at the end of his service, his quit-rent shall be two shillings per annum, and the master, or owner of the servant, when he shall take up the other fifty acres, his quit-rent, shall be four shil­lings by the year, or, if the master of the servant (by reason in the indentures he is so obliged to do) allot out to the servant fifty acres in his own division, the said master shall have, on demand, allotted him, from the Governor, the one hundred acres, at the chief rent of six shillings per annum.

VIII. And, for the encouragement of such as are ingenious and willing to search out gold and silver mines in this province, it is hereby agreed, that they have liberty to bore and dig in any man's property, fully paying the damage done; and in case a discovery should be made, that the discoverer have one-fifth, the owner of the soil (if not the discoverer) a tenth part, the Governor two-fifths, and the rest to the public treasury, saving to the king the share reserved by patent.

IX. In every hundred thousand acres, the Governor and Proprie­tary, by lot, reserveth ten to himself, what shall lie but in one place.

X. That every man shall be bound to plant, or man, so much of his share of land as shall be set out and surveyed, within three years after it is so set out and surveyed, or else it shall be lawful for new comers to be settled thereupon, paying to them their sur­vey money, and they go up higher for their shares.

XI. There shall be no buying and selling, be it with an Indian, or one among another, of any goods to be exported, but what shall be performed in public market, when such placed shall be set apart, or erected, where they shall pass the public stamp, or mark. If bad ware, and prized as good, or deceitful in propor­tion or weight, to forfeit the value, as if good and full weight and proportion, to the public treasury of this province, whether it be the merchandize of the Indian, or that of the planters.

XII. And forasmuch, as it is usual with the planters to over­reach the poor natives of the country, in trade, by goods not be­ing good of the kind, or debased with mixtures, with which they are sensibly aggrieved, it is agreed, whatever is sold to the Indians, in consideration of their furs, shall be sold in the market place, and there suffer the test, whether good or bad; if good, to pass; if not good, not to be sold for good, that the natives may not be abused, nor provoked.

[Page 4]XIII. That no man shall, by any ways or means, in word, or deed, affront, or wrong any Indian, but he shall incur the same penalty of the law, as if he had committed it against his fellow planter, and if any Indian shall abuse, in word, or deed, any planter of this province, that he shall not be his own judge upon the Indian, but he shall make his complaint to the Governor of the province, or his Lieutenant, or Deputy, or some inferior Magistrate near him, who shall, to the utmost of his power, take care with the king of the said Indian, that all reasonable satisfaction be made to the said injured planter.

XIV. That all differences, between the planters and the natives, shall also be ended by twelve men, that is, by six planters and six natives; that so we may live friendly together as much as in us lieth, preventing all occasions of heart-burnings and mischief.

XV. That the Indians shall have liberty to do all things relating to improvement of their ground, and providing sustenance for their families, that any of the planters shall enjoy.

XVI. That the laws, as to slanders, drunkenness, swearing, cursing, pride in apparel, trespasses, distresses, replevins, weights, and measures, shall be the same as in England, till altered by law in this province.

XVII. That all shall mark their hogs, sheep and other cattle, and what are not marked within three months after it is in their possession, be it young or old, it shall be forfeited to the Governor, that so people may be compelled to avoid the occasions of much strife between planters.

XVIII. That, in clearing the ground, care be taken to leave one acre of trees for every five acres cleared, especially to preserve oak and mulberries, for silk and shipping.

XIX. That all ship-masters shall give an account of their coun­tries, names, ships, owners, freights and passengers, to an officer to be appointed for that purpose, which shall be registered within two days after their arrival, and if they shall refuse so to do, that then none presume to trade with them, upon forfeiture thereof; and that such masters be looked upon as having an evil intention to the province.

XX. That no person leave the province, without publication being made thereof, in the market place, three weeks before, and a certificate from some Justice of the Peace, of his clearness with his neighbours and those he dealt with, so far as such an assurance can be attained and given: and if any master of a ship shall, con­trary hereunto, receive and carry away any person, that hath not [Page 5] given that public notice, the said master shall be liable to all debts owing by the said person, so secretly transported from the province.

Lastly, That these are to be added to, or corrected, by and with the consent of the parties hereunto subscribed.

WILLIAM PENN.
  • Sealed and delivered in the presence of
    • WILLIAM BOELHAM,
    • HARBERT SPRINGET,
    • THOMAS PRUDYARD.
  • Sealed and delivered in the presence of all the Propri­etors, who have hereunto subscribed, except Thomas Farrinborrough and John Goodson, in presence of
    • HUGH CHAMBERLEN,
    • R. MURRAY,
    • HARBERT SPRINGET,
    • HUMPHRY SOUTH,
    • THOMAS BARKER,
    • SAMUEL JOBSON,
    • JOHN JOSEPH MOORE,
    • WILLIAM POWEL,
    • RICHARD DAVIE,
    • GRIFFITH JONES,
    • HUGH LAMBE,
    • THOMAS FARRINBORROUGH,
    • JOHN GOODSON.

No. II.

The frame of the government of the province of Pensilvania, in America: together with certain laws agreed upon in England, by the Governor and divers freemen of the aforesaid province. To be further explained and confirmed there, by the first provincial Coun­cil, that shall be held, if they see meet.

THE PREFACE.

WHEN the great and wise God had made the world, of all his creatures, it pleased him to chuse man his Deputy to rule it: and to sit him for so great a charge and trust, he did not only qualify him with skill and power, but with integrity to use them justly. This native goodness was equally his honour and his hap­piness; and whilst he stood here, all went well; there was no need of coercive or compulsive means; the precept of divine love [Page 6] and truth, in his bosom, was the guide and keeper of his innocency. But lust prevailing against duty, made a lamentable breach upon it; and the law, that before had no power over him, took place upon him, and his disobedient posterity, that such as would not live conformable to the holy law within, should fall under the reproof and correction of the just law without, in a judicial ad­ministration.

This the Apostle teaches in divers of his epistles: "The law (says he) was added because of transgression:" In another place, "Knowing that the law was not made for the righteous man; but for the disobedient and ungodly, for sinners, for unholy and prophane, for murderers, for whoremongers, for them that defile themselves with mankind, and for manstealers, for lyers, for per­jured persons," &c. but this is not all, he opens and carries the matter of government a little further: "Let every soul be sub­ject to the higher powers; for there is no power but of God. The powers that be are ordained of God: whosoever therefore resisteth the power, resisteth the ordinance of God. For rulers are not a terror to good works, but to evil; wilt thou then not be afraid of the power? do that which is good, and thou shalt have praise of the same." "He is the minister of God to thee for good." "Wherefore ye must needs be subject, not only for wrath, but for conscience sake."

This settles the divine right of government beyond exception, and that for two ends: first, to terrify evil doers; secondly, to cherish those that do well; which gives government a life beyond corruption, and makes it as durable in the world, as good men should be. So that government seems to me a part of religion it­self, a thing sacred in its institution and end. For, if it does not directly remove the cause, it crushes the effects of evil, and is as such, (though a lower, yet) an emanation of the same Divine Pow­er, that is both author and object of pure religion; the difference lying here, that the one is more free and mental, the other more corporal and compulsive in its operations: but that is only to evil doers; government itself being otherwise as capable of kindness, goodness and charity, as a more private society. They weakly err, that think there is no other use of government, than correc­tion, which is the coarsest part of it: daily experience tells us, that the care and regulation of many other affairs, more soft, and daily necessary, make up much the greatest part of government; and which must have followed the peopling of the world, had Adam never fell, and will continue among men, on earth, under the highest attainments they may arrive at, by the coming of the [Page 7] blessed Second Adam, the Lord, from heaven. Thus much of go­vernment in general, as to its rise and end.

For particular frames and models, it will become me to say little; and comparatively I will say nothing. My reasons are:—

First, That the age is too nice and difficult for it; there being nothing the wits of men are more busy and divided upon. It is true, they seem to agree to the end, to wit, happiness; but, in the means, they differ, as to divine, so to this human felicity; and the cause is much the same, not always want of light and knowledge, but want of using them rightly. Men side with their passions against their reason, and their sinister interests have so strong a bias upon their minds, that they lean to them against the good of the things they know.

Secondly, I do not find a model in the world, that time, place, and some singular emergences have not necessarily altered; nor is it easy to frame a civil government, that shall serve all places alike.

Thirdly, I know what is said by the several admirers of monar­chy, aristocracy and democracy, which are the rule of one, a few, and many, and are the three common ideas of government, when men discourse on the subject. But I chuse to solve the controversy with this small distinction, and it belongs to all three: Any govern­ment is free to the people under it (whatever be the frame) where the laws rule, and the people are a party to those laws, and more than this is tyranny, oligarchy, or confusion.

But, lastly, when all is said, there is hardly one frame of go­vernment in the world so ill designed by its first founders, that, in good hands, would not do well enough; and story tells us, the best, in ill ones, can do nothing that is great or good; witness the Jewish and Roman states. Governments, like clocks, go from the motion men give them; and as governments are made and moved by men, so by them they are ruined too. Wherefore go­vernments rather depend upon men, than men upon governments. Let men be good, and the government cannot be bad; if it be ill, they will cure it. But, if men be bad, let the government be never so good, they will endeavour to warp and spoil it to their turn.

I know some say, let us have good laws, and no matter for the men that execute them: but let them consider, that though good laws do well, good men do better: for good laws may want good men, and be abolished or evaded by ill men; but good men will never want good laws, nor suffer ill ones. It is true, good laws have some awe upon ill ministers, but that is where they have not power to escape or abolish them, and the people are generally wise and [Page 8] good: but a loose and depraved people (which is to the question) love laws and an administration like themselves. That, therefore, which makes a good constitution, must keep it, viz. men of wis­dom and virtue, qualities, that because they descend not with worldly inheritances, must be carefully propagated by a virtuous education of youth; for which after ages will owe more to the care and prudence of founders, and the successive magistracy, than to their parents, for their private patrimonies.

These considerations of the weight of government, and the nice and various opinions about it, made it uneasy to me to think of publishing the ensuing frame and conditional laws, foreseeing both the censures, they will meet with, from men of differing humours and engagements, and the occasion they may give of dis­course beyond my design.

But, next to the power of necessity, (which is a solicitor, that will take no denial) this induced me to a compliance, that we have (with reverence to God, and good conscience to men) to the best of our skill, contrived and composed the frame and laws of this government, to the great end of all government, viz. To support power in reverence with the people, and to secure the people from the abuse of power; that they may be free by their just obedience, and the magistrates honourable, for their just administration: for liberty without obedience is confusion, and obedience without liberty is slavery. To carry this evenness is partly owing to the constitution, and partly to the magistracy: where either of these fail, govern­ment will be subject to convulsions; but where both are wanting, it must be totally subverted: then where both meet, the government is like to endure. Which I humbly pray and hope God will please to make the lot of this of Pensilvania. Amen.

WILLIAM PENN.

THE FRAME, &c.

TO all people, to whom these presents shall come. WHEREAS king Charles the Second, by his letters patents, under the great seal of England, for the consideration therein mentioned, hath been graciously pleased to give and grant unto me William Penn (by the name of William Penn, Esquire, son and heir of Sir Wil­liam Penn deceased) and to my heirs and assigns forever, all that tract of land, or province, called Pensilvania, in America, with divers great powers, preheminences, royalties, jurisdictions, and authorities, necessary for the well-being and government thereof: Now know ye, that for the well-being and government of the [Page 9] said province, and for the encouragement of all the freemen and planters, that may be therein concerned, in pursuance of the pow­ers aforementioned, I, the said William Penn, have declared, granted and confirmed, and by these presents, for me, my heirs and assigns, do declare, grant and confirm unto all the freemen, planters and adventurers of, in and to the said province, these liberties, franchises and properties, to be held, enjoyed and kept by the freemen, planters and inhabitants of the said province of Pensilvania for ever.

Imprimis. That the government of this province shall, accord­ing to the powers of the patent, consist of the Governor and free­men of the said province, in form of a provincial Council and General Assembly, by whom all laws shall be made, officers cho­sen, and public affairs transacted, as is hereafter respectively de­clared, that is to say—

II. That the freemen of the said province shall, on the twenti­eth day of the twelfth month, which shall be in this present year one thousand six hundred eighty and two, meet and assemble in some fit place, of which timely notice shall be before hand given by the Governor or his Deputy; and then, and there, shall chuse out of themselves seventy-two persons of most note for their wis­dom, virtue and ability, who shall meet, on the tenth day of the first month next ensuing, and always be called, and act as, the provincial Council of the said province.

III. That, at the first choice of such provincial Council, one-third part of the said provincial Council shall be chosen to serve for three years, then next ensuing; one-third part, for two years then next ensuing; and one-third part, for one year then next ensuing such election, and no longer; and that the said third part shall go out accordingly: and on the twentieth day of the twelfth month, as aforesaid, yearly for ever afterwards, the freemen of the said province shall, in like manner, meet and assemble together, and then chuse twenty-four persons, being one-third of the said number, to serve in provincial Council for three years: it being intended, that one-third part of the whole provincial Council (always consisting, and to consist, of seventy-two persons, as afore­said) falling off yearly, it shall be yearly supplied by such new yearly elections, as aforesaid; and that no one person shall continue therein longer than three years: and, in case any member shall decease before the last election during his time, that then at the next election ensuing his decease, another shall be chosen to supply his place, for the remaining time, he was to have served, and no longer.

[Page 10]IV. That, after the first seven years, every one of the said third parts, that goeth yearly off, shall be uncapable of being cho­sen again for one whole year following: that so all may be sitted for government, and have experience of the care and burden of it.

V. That the provincial Council, in all cases and matters of moment, as their arguing upon bills to be passed into laws, erect­ing courts of justice, giving judgment upon criminals impeached, and choice of officers, in such manner as is herein after menti­oned; not less than two-thirds of the whole provincial Council shall make a quorum; and that the consent and approbation of two-thirds of such quorum shall be had in all such cases and mat­ters of moment. And moreover that, in all cases and matters of lesser moment, twenty-four Members of the said provincial Coun­cil shall make a quorum, the majority of which twenty-four shall, and may, always determine in such cases and causes of lesser mo­ment.

VI. That, in this provincial Council, the Governor, or his De­puty, shall or may, always preside, and have a treble voice; and the said provincial Council shall always continue, and sit upon its own adjournments and committees.

VII. That the Governor and provincial Council shall prepare and propose to the General Assembly, hereafter mentioned, all bills, which they shall, at any time, think fit to be passed into laws, within the said province; which bills shall be published and affixed to the most noted places, in the inhabited parts thereof, thirty days before the meeting of the General Assembly, in order to the passing them into laws, or rejecting of them, as the General As­sembly shall see meet.

VIII. That the Governor and provincial Council shall take care, that all laws, statutes and ordinances, which shall at any time be made within the said province, be duly and diligently executed.

IX. That the Governor and provincial Council shall, at all times, have the care of the peace and safety of the province, and that nothing be by any person attempted to the subversion of this frame of government.

X. That the Governor and provincial Council shall, at all times, settle and order the situation of all cities, ports, and market towns in every county, modelling therein all public buildings, streets and market places, and shall appoint all necessary roads, and high-ways in the province.

XI. That the Governor and Provincial shall, at all times, have power to inspect the management of the public treasury, and [Page 11] punish those who shall convert any part thereof to any other use, than what hath been agreed upon by the Governor, provincial Council and General Assembly.

XII. That the Governor and provincial Council, shall erect and order all public schools, and encourage and reward the authors of useful sciences and laudable inventions in the said province.

XIII. That, for the better management of the powers and trust aforesaid, the provincial Council shall, from time to time, divide itself into four distinct and proper committees, for the more easy administration of the affairs of the province, which divides the se­venty-two into four eighteens, every one of which eighteens shall consist of six out of each of the three orders, or yearly elections, each of which shall have a distinct portion of business, as fol­loweth: First, a committee of plantations, to situate and settle cities, ports, and market towns, and high-ways, and to hear and decide all suits and controversies relating to plantations. Secondly, A committee of justice and safety, to secure the peace of the province, and punish the mal-administration of those who subvert justice, to the prejudice of the public, or private, interest. Thirdly, A committee of trade and treasury, who shall regulate all trade and commerce, according to law, encourage manufac­ture and country growth, and defray the public charge of the province. And, Fourthly, A committee of manners, education and arts, that all wicked and scandalous living may be prevented, and that youth may be successively trained up in virtue and useful knowledge and arts: the quorum of each of which committees be­ing six, that is, two out of each of the three orders, or yearly elections, as aforesaid, make a constant and standing Council of twenty-four, which will have the power of the provincial Council, being the quorum of it, in all cases not excepted in the fifth arti­cle; and in the said committees, and standing Council of the province, the Governor, or his Deputy, shall, or may preside, as aforesaid; and in the absence of the Governor, or his Deputy, if no one is by either of them appointed, the said committees or Council shall appoint a President for that time, and not otherwise; and what shall be resolved at such committees, shall be reported to the said Council of the province, and shall be by them resolved and confirmed before the same shall be put in execution; and that these respective committees shall not sit at one and the same time, except in cases of necessity.

XIV. And, to the end that all laws prepared by the Governor and provincial Council aforesaid, may yet have the more full con­currence of the freemen of the province, it is declared, granted [Page 12] and confirmed, that, at the time and place or places, for the choice of a provincial Council, as aforesaid, the said freemen shall yearly chuse Members to serve in a General Assembly, as their represent­atives, not exceeding two hundred persons, who shall yearly meet, on the twentieth day of the second month, which shall be in the year one thousand six hundred eighty and three following, in the capital town, or city, of the said province, where, during eight days, the several Members may freely confer with one another; and, if any of them see meet, with a committee of the provincial Council (consisting of three out of each of the four committees aforesaid being twelve in all) which shall be, at that time, pur­posely appointed to receive from any of them proposals, for the alterations or amendment of any of the said proposed and pro­mulgated bills: and on the ninth day from their so meeting, the said General Assembly, after reading over the proposed bills by the Clerk of the provincial Council, and the occasions and motives for them being opened by the Governor or his Deputy, shall give their affirmative or negative, which to them seemeth best, in such manner as herein after is expressed. But not less than two-thirds shall make a quorum in the passing of laws, and choice of such officers as are by them to be chosen.

XV. That the laws so prepared and proposed, as aforesaid, that are assented to by the General Assembly, shall be enrolled as laws of the province, with this stile: By the Governor, with the assent and approbation of the freemen in provincial Council and General Assembly.

XVI. That, for the establishment of the government and laws of this province, and to the end there may be an universal satis­faction in the laying of the fundamentals thereof; the General Assembly shall, or may, for the first year, consist of all the free­men of and in the said province; and ever after it shall be yearly chosen, as aforesaid; which number of two hundred shall be en­larged as the country shall increase in people, so as it do not ex­ceed five hundred, at any time; the appointment and proportion­ing of which, as also the laying and methodizing of the choice of the provincial Council and General Assembly, in future times, most equally to the divisions of the hundreds and counties, which the country shall hereafter be divided into, shall be in the power of the provincial Council to propose, and the General Assembly to resolve.

XVII. That the Governor and the provincial Council shall erect, from time to time, standing courts of justice, in such places and number as they shall judge convenient for the good government of the said province. And that the provincial Coun­cil [Page 13] shall, on the thirteenth day of the first month, yearly, elect and present to the Governor, or his Deputy, a double number of persons, to serve for Judges, Treasurers, Masters of Rolls, within the said province, for the year next ensuing; and the freemen of the said province, in the county courts, when they shall be erect­ed, and till then, in the General Assembly, shall, on the three and twentieth day of the second month, yearly, elect and present to the Governor, or his Deputy, a double number of persons, to serve for Sheriffs, Justices of the Peace, and Coroners, for the year next ensuing; out of which respective elections and pre­sentments, the Governor or his Deputy shall nominate and com­missionate the proper number for each office, the third day after the said presentments, or else the first named in such presentment, for each office, shall stand and serve for that office the year en­suing.

XVIII. But forasmuch as the present condition of the province requires some immediate settlement, and admits not of so quick [...] revolution of officers; and to the end the said province may, with all convenient speed, be well ordered and settled, I, William Penn, do therefore think fit to nominate and appoint such persons for Judges, Treasurers, Masters of the Rolls, Sheriffs, Justices of the Peace, and Coroners, as are most fitly qualified for those employments; to whom I shall make and grant commissions for the said offices, respectively, to hold to them, to whom the same shall be granted, for so long time as every such person shall well behave himself in the office, or place, to him respectively granted, and no longer. And upon the decease or displacing of any of the said officers, the succeeding officer, or officers, shall be chosen, as aforesaid.

XIX. That the General Assembly shall continue so long as may be needful to impeach criminals, fit to be there impeached, to pass bills into laws, that they shall think fit to pass into laws, and till such time as the Governor and provincial Council shall declare that they have nothing further to propose unto them, for their assent and approbation: and that declaration shall be a dismiss to the General Assembly for that time; which General Assembly shall be, notwithstanding, capable of assembling together upon the summons of the provincial Council, at any time during that year, if the said provincial Council shall see occasion for their so assembling.

XX. That all the elections of members, or representatives of the people, to serve in provincial Council and General Assembly, and all questions to be determined by both, or either of them, [Page 14] that relate to passing of bills into laws, to the choice of officers, to impeachments by the General Assembly, and judgment of crimi­nals upon such impeachments by the provincial Council, and to all other cases by them respectively judged of importance, shall be re­solved and determined by the ballot; and unless on sudden and indispensible occasions, no business in provincial Council, or its respective committees, shall be finally determined the same day that it is moved.

XXI. That, at all times, when, and so often as it shall happen that the Governor shall, or may, be an infant, under the age of one and twenty years, and no guardians, or commissioners, are appointed, in writing, by the father of the said infant, or that such guardians, or commissioners, shall be deceased; that during such minority, the provincial Council shall, from time to time, as they shall see meet, constitute and appoint guardians, or commis­sioners, not exceeding three; one of which three shall preside as deputy, and chief guardian, during such minority, and shall have and execute, with the consent of the other two, all the power of a Governor, in all the public affairs and concerns of the said pro­vince.

XXII. That, as often as any day of the month, mentioned in any article of this charter, shall fall upon the first day of the week, commonly called the Lord's Day, the business appointed for that day, shall be deferred till the next day, unless in case of emergency.

XXIII. That no act, law, or ordinance whatsoever, shall, at any time hereafter, be made or done by the Governor of this province, his heirs, or assigns, or by the freemen in the provin­cial Council, or the General Assembly, to alter, change, or dimi­nish the form, or effect, of this charter, or any part, or clause thereof, or contrary to the true intent and meaning thereof, with­out the consent of the Governor, his heirs, or assigns, and six parts of seven of the said freemen in provincial Council and Ge­neral Assembly.

XXIV. And lastly, that I, the said William Penn, for myself, my heirs and assigns, have solemnly declared, granted and con­firmed, and do hereby solemnly declare, grant and confirm, that neither I, my heirs, nor assigns, shall procure or do any thing or things, whereby the liberties, in this charter contained and expres­sed, shall be infringed or broken; and if any thing be procured by any person or persons contrary to these premises, it shall be held of no force or effect. In witness whereof, I, the said Willi­am Penn, have unto this present charter of liberties set my hand [Page 15] and broad seal, this five and twentieth day of the second month, vulgarly called April, in the year of our Lord one thousand six hundred and eighty-two.

WILLIAM PENN.

Laws agreed upon in England, &c.

I. That the charter of liberties, declared, granted and confirm­ed the five and twentieth day of the second month, called April, 1682, before divers witnesses, by William Penn, Governor and chief Proprietor of Pensilvania, to all the freemen and planters of the said province, is hereby declared and approved, and shall be for ever held for fundamental in the government thereof, accord­ing to the limitations mentioned in the said charter.

II. That every inhabitant in the said province, that is or shall be, a purchaser of one hundred acres of land, or upwards, his heirs and assigns, and every person who shall have paid his passage, and taken up one hundred acres of land, at one penny an acre, and have cultivated ten acres thereof, and every person, that hath been a servant, or bonds-man, and is free by his service, that shall have taken up his fifty acres of land, and cultivated twenty thereof, and every inhabitant, artificer, or other resident in the said pro­vince, that pays sco [...] and lot to the government; shall be deemed and accounted a freeman of the said province: and every such person shall, and may, be capable of electing, or being elected, representatives of the people, in provincial Council, or General Assembly, in the said province.

III. That all elections of members, or representatives of the people and freemen of the province of Pensilvania, to serve in provincial Council, or General Assembly, to be held within the said province, shall be free and voluntary: and that the elector, that shall receive any reward or gift, in meat, drink, monies, or otherwise, shall forfeit his right to elect; and such person as shall directly or indirectly give, promise, or bestow any such reward as aforesaid, to be elected, shall forfeit his election, and be thereby incapable to serve as aforesaid: and the provincial Council and General Assembly shall be the sole judges of the regu­larity, or irregularity of the elections of their own respective Members.

IV. That no money or goods shall be raised upon, or paid by, any of the people of this province by way of public tax, custom or contribution, but by a law, for that purpose made; and whoever shall levy, collect, or pay any money or goods contrary [Page 16] thereunto, shall be held a public enemy to the province, and a betrayer of the liberties of the people thereof.

V. That all courts shall be open, and justice shall neither be sold, denied nor delayed.

VI. That, in all courts all persons of all persuasions may freely appear in their own way, and according to their own manner, and there personally plead their own cause themselves; or, if unable, by their friend: and the first process shall be the exhibition of the complaint in court, fourteen days before the trial; and that the party, complained against, may be fitted for the same, he or she shall be summoned, no less than ten days before, and a copy of the complaint delivered him or her, at his or her dwelling house. But before the complaint of any person be received, he shall so­lemnly declare in court, that he believes, in his conscience, his cause is just.

VII. That all pleadings, processes and records in courts, shall be short, and in English, and in an ordinary and plain character, that they may be understood, and justice speedily administered.

VIII. That all trials shall be by twelve men, and as near at may be, peers or equals, and of the neighbourhood, and men without just exception; in cases of life, there shall be first twenty-four re­turned by the Sheriffs, for a grand inquest, of whom twelve, at least, shall find the complaint to be true; and then the twelve men, or peers, to be likewise returned by the Sheriff, shall have the final judgment. But reasonable challenges shall be always ad­mitted against the said twelve men, or any of them.

IX. That all fees in all cases shall be moderate, and settled by the provincial Council, and General Assembly, and be hung up in a table in every respective court; and whosoever shall be con­victed of taking more, shall pay two-fold, and be dismissed his employment; one moiety of which shall go to the party wronged.

X. That all prisons shall be work-houses, far felons, vagrants, and loose and idle persons; whereof one shall be in every county.

XI. That all prisoners shall be bailable by sufficient sureties, unless for capital offences, where the proof is evident, or the pre­sumption great.

XII. That all persons wrongfully imprisoned, or prosecuted at law, shall have double damages against the informer, or prose­cutor.

XIII. That all prisons shall be free, as to fees, food and lodging.

[Page 17]XIV. That all lands and goods shall be liable to pay debts, ex­cept where there is legal issue, and then all the goods, and one-third of the land only.

XV. That all wills, in writing, attested by two witnesses, shall be of the same force, as to lands, as other conveyances, being le­gally proved within forty days, either within or without the said province.

XVI. That seven years quiet possession shall give an unquestion­able right, except in cases of infants, lunatics, married women, or persons beyond the seas.

XVII. That all briberies and extortions whatsoever shall be se­verely punished.

XVIII. That all fines shall be moderate, and saving men's con­ [...]enements, merchandize, or wainage.

XIX. That all marriages (not forbidden by the law of God, as to nearness of blood and affinity by marriage) shall be encouraged; but the parents, or guardians, shall be first consulted, and the marriage shall be published before it be solemnized; and it shall be solemnized by taking one another as husband and wife, before credible witnesses; and a certificate of the whole, under the hands of parties and witnesses, shall be brought to the proper register of that county, and shall be registered in his office.

XX. And, to prevent frauds and vexatious suits within the said province, that all charters, gifts, grants, and conveyances of land (except leases for a year or under) and all bills, bonds, and speci­alties above five pounds, and not under three months, made in the said province, shall be enrolled, or registered in the public enrol­ment office of the said province, within the space of two months next after the making thereof, else to be void in law, and all deeds, grants, and conveyances of land (except as aforesaid) within the said province, and made out of the said province, shall be en­rolled or registered, as aforesaid, within six months next after tho making thereof, and settling and constituting an enrolment office or registry within the said province, else to be void in law against all persons whatsoever.

XXI. That all defacers or corrupters of charters, gifts, grants, bonds, bills, wills, contracts, and conveyances, or that shall de­face or falsify any enrolment, registry or record, within this pro­vince, shall make double satisfaction for the same; half whereof shall go to the party wronged, and they shall be dismissed of all places of trust, and be publicly disgraced as false men.

[Page 18]XXII. That there shall be a register for births, marriages, bu­rials, wills, and letters of administration, distinct from the other registry.

XXIII. That there shall be a register for all servants, where their names, time, wages, and days of payment shall be registered.

XXIV. That all lands and goods of felons shall be liable, to make satisfaction to the party wronged twice the value; and for want of lands or goods, the felons shall be bondmen to work in the common prison, or work-house, or otherwise, till the party injured be satisfied.

XXV. That the estates of capital offenders, as traitors and murderers, shall go, one-third to the next of kin to the sufferer, and the remainder to the next of kin to the criminal.

XXVI. That all witnesses, coming, or called, to testify their knowledge in or to any matter or thing, in any court, or before any lawful authority, within the said province, shall there give or deliver in their evidence, or testimony, by solemnly promising to speak the truth, the whole truth, and nothing but the truth, to the matter, or thing in question. And in case any person so called to evidence, shall be convicted of wilful falsehood, such person shall suffer and undergo such damage or penalty, as the person, or persons, against whom he or she bore false witness, did, or should, undergo; and shall also make satisfaction to the party wronged, and be publicly exposed as a false witness, never to be credited in any court, or before any Magistrate, in the said province.

XXVII. And, to the end that all officers chosen to serve within this province, may, with more care and diligence, answer the trust reposed in them, it is agreed, that no such person shall en­joy more than one public office, at one time.

XXVIII. That all children, within this province, of the age of twelve years, shall be taught some useful trade or skill, to the end none may be idle, but the poor may work to live, and the rich, if they become poor, may not want.

XXIX. That servants be not kept longer than their time, and such as are careful, be both justly and kindly used in their service, and put in fitting equipage at the expiration thereof, according to custom.

XXX. That all scandalous and malicious reporters, backbiters, defamers and spreaders of false news, whether against Magistrates or private persons, shall be accordingly severely punished, as ene­mies to the peace and concord of this province.

[Page 19]XXXI. That, for the encouragement of the planters and trad­ers in this province, who are incorporated into a society, the pa­tent granted to them by William Penn, Governor of the said pro­vince, is hereby ratified and confirmed.

XXXII. * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *

XXXIII. That all factors or correspondents in the said pro­vince, wronging their employers, shall make satisfaction, and one-third over, to their said employers: and in case of the death of any such factor or correspondent, the committee of trade shall take care to secure so much of the deceased party's estate as be­longs to his said respective employers.

XXXIV. That all Treasurers, Judges, Masters of the Rolls, Sheriffs, Justices of the Peace, and other officers and persons whatsoever, relating to courts, or trials of causes, or any other service in the government; and all Members elected to serve in provincial Council and General Assembly, and all that have right to elect such Members, shall be such as profess faith in Jesus Christ, and that are not convicted of ill fame, or unsober and dis­honest conversation, and that are of twenty-one years of age, at least; and that all such so qualified, shall be capable of the said several employments and privileges, as aforesaid.

XXXV. That all persons living in this province, who confess and acknowledge the one Almighty and eternal God, to be the Creator, Upholder and Ruler of the world; and that hold them­selves obliged in conscience to live peaceably and justly in civil so­ciety, shall, in no ways, be molested or prejudiced for their reli­gious persuasion, or practice, in matters of faith and worship, nor shall they be compelled, at any time, to frequent or maintain any religious worship, place or ministry whatever.

XXXVI. That, according to the good example of the primitive Christians, and the ease of the creation, every first day of the week, called the Lord's day, people shall abstain from their com­mon daily labour, that they may the better dispose themselves to worship God according to their understandings.

XXXVII. That as a careless and corrupt administration of jus­tice draws the wrath of God upon magistrates, so the wild­ness and looseness of the people provoke the indignation of God against a country: therefore, that all such offences against God, [...] swearing, cursing, lying, prophane talking, drunkenness, drinking of healths, obscene words, incest, sodomy, rapes, whore­dom, [Page 20] fornication, and other uncleanness (not to be repeated) all treasons, misprisions, murders, duels, felony, sedition, maims, forceable entries, and other violences, to the persons and estates of the inhabitants within this province; all prizes, stage-plays, cards, dice, Maygames, gamesters, masques, revels, bull-baitings, cock-fightings, bear-baitings, and the like, which excite the peo­ple to rudeness, cruelty, looseness, and irreligion, shall be respec­tively discouraged, and severely punished, according to the ap­pointment of the Governor and freemen in provincial Council and General Assembly; as also all proceedings contrary to these laws, that are not here made expressly penal.

XXXVIII. That a copy of these laws shall be hung up in the provincial Council, and in public courts of justice: and that they shall be read yearly at the opening of every provincial Council and General Assembly, and court of justice; and their assent shall be testified, by their standing up after the reading thereof.

XXXIX. That there shall be, at no time, any alteration of any of these laws, without the consent of the Governor, his heirs, or assigns, and six parts of seven of the freemen, met in provincial Council and General Assembly.

XL. That all other matters and things not herein provided for, which shall, and may, concern the public justice, peace or safety of the said province; and the raising and imposing taxes, customs, duties, or other charges whatsoever, shall be, and are, hereby re­ferred to the order, prudence and determination of the Governor and freemen, in provincial Council and General Assembly, to be held, from time to time, in the said province.

[Page 21]

No. III.

The Frame of the Government of the Province of Pennsyl­vania and Territories thereunto annexed, in America. 1683.

TO all persons, to whom these presents may come. 1683. Whereas, king Charles the Second, by his letters patents, 2d mo. 2d. under the great seal of England, bearing date the fourth day of March, in the thirty and third year of the king, for divers considerations therein mentioned, hath been graciously pleased to give and grant unto me, William Penn (by the name of William Penn, Esquire, son and heir of Sir William Penn, deceased) and to my heirs and assigns for ever, all that tract of land, or province, called Pennsylvania, in America, with divers great powers, preheminencies, royalties, jurisdictions and authorities, necessary for the well-being and government thereof. And, whereas, the king's dearest brother James, duke of York and Albany, &c. by his deeds of feoffment, under his hand and seal, duly perfected, bearing date the four and twentieth day of August, one thousand six hundred eighty and two, did grant unto me, my heirs and assigns, all that tract of land, lying and being from twelve miles northward of Newcastle, upon Delaware river, in Ameri­ca, to Cape Hinlopen, upon the said river and bay of Delaware southward, together with all royalties, fran­chises, duties, jurisdictions, liberties and privileges there­unto belonging.

Now know ye, That for the well-being and good go­vernment of the said province and territories thereunto annexed, and for the encouragement of all the freemen and planters, that may be therein concerned, in pursu­ance of the rights and powers aforementioned, I, the said William Penn, have declared, granted, and confirmed, and by these presents, for me, my heirs and assigns, do declare, grant and confirm unto all the freemen, plant­ers and adventurers of, in and to the said province and territories thereof, these liberties, franchises and proper­ties, so far as in me lieth, to be held, enjoyed and kept by the freemen, planters and adventurers of and in the [Page 22] said province of Pennsylvania, and territories thereunto annexed, for ever.

Number of [...] Assembly▪ Imprimis, That the government of this province and [...] thereof, shall, from time to time, according to the powers of the patent and deeds of feoffment afore­said, consist of the Proprietary and Governor, and free­men of the said province and territories thereof, in form of provincial Council and General Assembly; which provincial Council shall consist of eighteen persons, be­ing three out of each county, and which Assembly shall consist of thirty-six persons, being six out of each coun­ty, men of most note for their virtue, wisdom and abi­lity; by whom all laws shall be made, officers chosen, and public affairs transacted, as is hereafter limited and declared.

Elections regulated.II. There being three persons already chosen for every respective county of this province and territories thereof, to serve in the provincial Council, one of them for three years; one for two years, and one for one year; and one of them to go off yearly, in every county; that on the tenth day of the first month yearly, for ever after, the freemen of the said province and territories thereof, shall meet together, in the most convenient place, in every county of this province and territories thereof, then and there to chuse one person, qualified as afore­said, in every county, being one-third of the number to serve in provincial Council, for three years; it being intended, that one-third of the whole provincial Coun­cil, consisting and to consist of eighteen persons, falling off yearly, it shall be yearly supplied with such yearly elections, as aforesaid; and that one person shall not continue in longer than three years; and in case any member shall decease before the last election, during his time, that then, at the next election ensuing his decease, another shall be chosen to supply his place for the remain­ing time he was to have served, and no longer.

Rotation.III. That, after the first seven years, every one of the said third parts, that goeth yearly off, shall be incapable of being chosen again for one whole year following, that so all that are capable and qualified, as aforesaid, may be fitted for government, and have a share of the care and burden of it.

[Page 23]IV. That the provincial Council in all cases and mat­ters of moment, Quorum settled. as their arguing upon bills to be passed into laws, or proceedings about erecting of courts of justice, sitting in judgment upon criminals impeached, and choice of officers, in such manner as is herein after expressed, not less than two-thirds of the whole shall make a quorum; and that the consent and approbation of two-thirds of that quorum shall be had in all such cases, or matters, of moment: and that, in all cases and mat­ters of lesser moment, one-third of the whole shall make a quorum, the majority of which shall and may always determine in such cases and causes of lesser moment.

V. That the Governor and provincial Council shall have the power of preparing and proposing to the Assembly, Bills to be prepared, &c. hereafter mentioned, all bills, which they shall see need­ful, and that shall, at any time, be past into laws, within the said province and territories thereof, which bills shall be published and affixed to the most noted place, in every county of this province and territories thereof, twenty days before the meeting of the Assembly, in or­der to passing them into laws.

VI. That the Governor and provincial Council shall take care that all laws, statutes and ordinances, which shall, Executive power in Governor and Coun­cil. at any time, be made within the said province and terri­tories, be duly and diligently executed.

VII. That the Governor and provincial Council shall, Care of the public safe­ty, &c. at all times, have the care of the peace and safety of this province and territories thereof; and that nothing be, by any person, attempted, to the subversion of this frame of government.

VIII. That the Governor and provincial Council shall, Appointing of towns and roads, &c. at all times, settle and order the situation of all cities, and market towns, in every county, modelling therein all public buildings, streets and market places; and shall appoint all necessary roads and highways, in this province and territories thereof.

IX. That the Governor and provincial Council shall, Inspecting the Trea­sury. at all times, have power to inspect the management of the public treasury, and punish those who shall convert any part thereof to any other use, than what hath been agreed upon by the Governor, provincial Council and Assembly.

[Page 24] Erecting of schools.X. That the Governor and provincial Council shall erect and order all public schools, and encourage and reward the authors of useful sciences and laudable inven­tions in the said province and territories thereof.

One-third of the Council with the Governor, &c.XI. That one-third part of the provincial Council, residing with the Governor, from time to time, shall with the Governor have the care of the management of pub­lic affairs, relating to the peace, justice, treasury and improvement of the province and territories, and to the good education of youth, and sobriety of the manners of the inhabitants therein, as aforesaid.

Restriction of the Go­vernor's power, &c.XII. That the Governor, or his Deputy, shall always preside in the provincial Council, and that he shall, at no time, therein perform any public act of state whatso­ever, that shall, or may, relate unto the justice, trade, treasury, or safety of the province and territories afore­said, but by and with the advice and consent of the pro­vincial Council thereof.

Elections regulated, &c.XIII. And to the end that all bills prepared and agreed by the Governor and provincial Council, as aforesaid, may yet have the more full concurrence of the freemen of the province and territories thereof, it is declared, granted and confirmed, that, at the time and place in every county for the choice of one person to serve in provincial Council, as aforesaid, the respective Members thereof, at their said meeting, shall yearly chuse out of themselves six persons of most note, for virtue, wis­dom and ability, to serve in Assembly, as their repre­sentatives, who shall yearly meet on the tenth day of the third month, in the capital town or city of the said province, unless the Governor and provincial Council shall think fit to appoint another place to meet in, where, during eight days, the several Members may confer freely with one another; and if any of them see meet, with a committee of the provincial Council, which shall be, at that time, purposely appointed, to receive from any of them proposals for the alterations, or amendments, of any of the said proposed and promulgated bills; and, on the ninth day from their so meeeting, the said As­sembly, after their reading over the proposed bills, by the Clerk of the provincial Council, and the occasions and motives for them being opened by the Governor or his Deputy, shall, upon the question by him put, give [Page 25] their affirmative or negative, which to them seemeth best, in such manner as is hereafter expressed: but not less than two thirds shall make a quorum in the passing of all bills into laws, and choice of such officers as are by them to be chosen.

XIV. That the laws so prepared and proposed, Stile of the laws. as afore­said, that are assented to by the Assembly, shall be enrolled as laws of this province and territories thereof, with this stile, By the Governor, with the assent and approbation of the freemen in provincial Council and Assembly met, and from henceforth the meetings, sessions, acts, and pro­ceedings of the Governor, provincial Council and As­sembly, shall be stiled and called, The meeting, sessions and proceedings of the General Assembly of the province of Pennsylvania, and the territories thereunto belonging.

XV. And that the representatives of the people in provincial Council and Assembly, may, in after ages, Number of Represent­atives to be altered, &c. bear some proportion with the increase and multiplying of the people, the number of such representatives of the people may be, from time to time, increased and en­larged, so as at no time, the number exceed seventy-two for the provincial Council, and two hundred for the As­sembly; the appointment and proportion of which num­ber, as also the laying and methodizing of the choice of such representatives in future time, most equally to the division of the country, or number of the inhabitants, is left to the Governor and provincial Council to propose, and the Assembly to resolve, so that the order of pro­portion be strictly observed, both in the choice of the Council and the respective committees thereof, viz. one third to go off, and come in yearly.

XVI. That from and after the death of this present Governor, the provincial Council shall, Courts of justice, &c. together with the succeeding Governor, erect, from time to time, standing courts of justice, in such places and number as they shall judge convenient for the good government of the said province and territories thereof; and that the provincial Council shall, on the thirteenth day of the se­cond month then next ensuing, elect and present to the Governor, or his Deputy, a double number of persons, to serve for Judges, Treasurers, and Masters of the Rolls, within the said province and territories, to continue so long as they shall well behave themselves, in those capa­cities [Page 26] respectively; and the freemen of the said province, in an Assembly met on the thirteenth day of the third month, yearly, shall elect and then present to the Go­vernor, or his Deputy, a double number of persons to serve for Sheriffs, Justices of the Peace, and Coroners, for the year next ensuing; out of which respective elections and presentments, the Governor, or his Deputy, shall nomi­nate and commissionate the proper number for each of­fice, the third day after the said respective presentments; or else the first named in such presentment, for each office, as aforesaid, shall stand and serve in that office, the time before respectively limited; and in case of death or de­fault, such vacancy shall be supplied by the Governor and provincial Council in manner aforesaid.

Continu­ance of the Assembly.XVII. That the Assembly shall continue so long as may be needful to impeach criminals, fit to be there im­peached, to pass such bills into laws as are proposed to them, which they shall think fit to pass into laws, and till such time as the Governor and provincial Council shall declare, that they have nothing further to propose unto them, for their assent and approbation, and that declara­tion shall [...] dismiss to the Assembly, for that time; which Assembly shall be, notwithstanding, capable of as­sembling together, upon the summons of the Governor and provincial Council, at any time, during that year, if the Governor and provincial Council shall see occasion for their so assembling.

Manner of voting, &c.XVIII. That all the elections of members, or repre­sentatives of the people to serve in provincial Council and Assembly, and all questions to be determined by both, or either of them, that relate to choice of officers, and all, or any other personal matters, shall be resolved or determined by the ballot, and all things relating to the preparing and passing of bills into laws, shall be openly declared and resolved by the vote.

Guardians to be ap­pointed by the Council, &c.XIX. That, at all times, when the Proprietary and Governor shall happen to be an infant, and under the age of one and twenty years, and no guardians or com­missioners are appointed in writing, by the father of the said infant, or that such guardian shall be deceased, that during such minority, the provincial Council shall, from time to time, as they shall see meet, constitute and ap­point guardians and commissioners, not exceeding three, [Page 27] one of which shall preside as deputy, and chief guardian, during such minority, and shall have and execute, with the consent of one of the other two, all the power of a Governor, in all public affairs and concerns of the said province and territories thereof, according to charter; which said guardian so appointed, shall also have the care and oversight of the estate of the said minor, and be yearly accountable and responsible for the same to the provincial Council, and the provincial Council to the mi­nor, when of age, or to the next heir, in case of the mi­nor's death, for the trust before expressed.

XX. That as often as any days of the Month menti­oned in any article of this charter, Public busi­ness not to be done on the Lord's day, &c. shall fall upon the first day of the week, commonly called the Lord's day, the business appointed for that day, shall be deferred un­til the next day, unless in cases of emergency.

XXI. And, for the satisfaction and encouragement of all aliens, I do give and grant, that, if any alien, Aliens' estates to descend to their heirs, &c. who is, or shall be a purchaser, or who doth, or shall, inhabit in this province or territories thereof, shall decease at any time before he can well be naturalized, his right and inte­rest therein shall notwithstanding descend to his wife and children, or other his relations, be he testate, or intes­tate, according to the laws of this province and terri­tories thereof, in such cases provided, in as free and ample manner, to all intents and purposes, as if the said alien had been naturalized.

XXII. And that the inhabitants of this province and territories thereof may be accommodated with such food and sustenance, as God, in his providence, Privilege of hunting, &c. hath freely afforded, I do also further grant to the inhabitants of this province and territories thereof, liberty to fowl and hunt upon the lands they hold, and all other lands therein not inclosed; and to fish, in all waters in the said lands, and in all rivers and rivulets in, and belonging to, this province and territories thereof, with liberty to draw his or their fish on shore on any man's lands, so as it be not to the detriment, or annoyance of the owner thereof, except such lands as do lie upon inland rivulets that are not boatable, or which are, or may be hereafter erected into m [...]nors.

XXIII. And that all the inhabitants of this province and territories thereof, whether purchasers or others, Quiet pos­session granted, &c. [Page 28] may have the last worldly pledge of my good and kind intentions to them and theirs, I do give, grant and con­firm to all and every one of them, full and quiet posses­sion of their respective lands, to which they have any lawful or equitable claim, saving only such rents and ser­vices for the same, as are, or customarily ought to be, reserved to me, my heirs or assigns.

Charter how altera­ble, &c.XXIV. That no act, law, or ordinance whatsoever, shall, at any time hereafter, be made or done by the Proprietary and Governor of this province, and territo­ries thereunto belonging, his heirs or assigns, or by the freemen in provincial Council or Assembly, to alter, change or diminish the form or effect of this charter, or any part or clause thereof, contrary to the true intent and meaning thereof, without the consent of the Pro­prietary and Governor, his heirs or assigns, and six parts of seven of the said freemen in provincial Council and Assembly met.

Confirma­tion.XXV. And lastly, I, the said William Penn, Proprie­tary and Governor of the province of Pennsylvania, and territories thereunto belonging, for me, my heirs and as­signs, have solemnly declared, granted and confirmed, and do hereby solemnly declare, grant and confirm, that neither I, my heirs nor assigns, shall procure, or do, any thing or things, whereby the liberties, in this char­ter contained and expressed, shall be infringed or broken: and if any thing be procured, by any person or persons, contrary to these premises, it shall be held of no force or effect. In witness whereof, I, the said William Penn, at Philadelphia, in Pennsylvania, have unto this present charter of liberties set my hand and broad seal, this se­cond day of the second month, in the year of our Lord one thousand six hundred eighty and three, being the five and thirtieth year of the king, and the third year of my government.

WILLIAM PENN.

This within charter, which we have distinctly heard read and thankfully received, shall be by us inviolably kept, at Philadelphia, the second day of the second month, one thousand six hundred eighty and three.

The Members of the provincial Council present,
  • William Markham,
  • John Moll,
  • William Clark,
  • William Biles,
  • [Page 29]William Haige,
  • Christopher Taylor,
  • John Simcock,
  • William Clayton,
  • Francis Whittwel,
  • Thomas Holme,
  • James Harrison,
  • John Richardson,
  • Philip Thomas Lenmar, Secr. Gov.
  • Richard Ingelo, Cl. Coun.
The Members of the Assembly present,
  • Casparus Harman,
  • John Darby,
  • Benjamin Williams,
  • William Guest,
  • Valentine Hollingsworth,
  • James Boyden,
  • Bennony Bishop,
  • John Beazor,
  • John Harding,
  • Andrews Bringston,
  • Simon Irons,
  • John Wood,
  • John Curtis,
  • Daniel Brown,
  • William Futcher,
  • John Kipshaven,
  • Alexander Molestine,
  • Robert Bracy, senior,
  • Thomas Bracy,
  • William Yardly,
  • John Hastings,
  • Robert Wade,
  • Thomas Hassald,
  • John Hart,
  • Robert Hall,
  • Robert Bedwell,
  • William Simsmore,
  • Samuel Darke,
  • Robert Lucas,
  • James Williams,
  • John Blunston,
  • John Songhurst,
  • John Hill,
  • Nicholas Waln,
  • Thomas Fitzwater,
  • John Clows,
  • Luke Watson,
  • Joseph Phipps,
  • Dennis Rotchford,
  • John Brinklair,
  • Henry Bowman,
  • Cornelius Verhoofe,
  • John Southworth, Cl. Synod.
Some of the inhabitants of Philadelphia present,
  • William Howell,
  • Edmund Warner,
  • Henry Lewis,
  • Samuel Miles.
[Page 30]

No. IV.

The Frame of Government of the Province of Pennsylvania, and the territories thereunto belonging, passed by Governor Markham, November 7, 1696.

1696.WHEREAS the late king Charles the Second, in the three and thirtieth year of his reign, by letters pa­tent under the great seal of England, 9th mo. 7th. did, for the con­siderations therein mentioned, grant unto William Penn, his heirs and assigns, for ever, this colony, or tract of land, thereby erecting the same into a province, called Pennsylvania, and constituting him, the said William Penn, absolute Proprietary thereof, vesting him, his De­puties and Lieutenants, with divers great powers, pre-eminences, royalties, jurisdictions and authorities, ne­cessary for the well-being and good government of the said province. And whereas the late duke of York and Albany, &c. for valuable considerations, did grant unto the said William Penn, his heirs and assigns, all that tract of land which hath been cast, or divided into three coun­ties, now called Newcastle, Kent, and Sussex, together with all royalties, franchises, duties, jurisdictions, liber­ties and privileges thereunto belonging; which last men­tioned tract being intended as a beneficial and requisite addition to the territory of the said Proprietary, he, the said Proprietary and Governor, at the request of the freemen of the said three counties, by their deputies, in Assembly met, with the representatives of the freemen of the said province at Chester, alias Upland, on the sixth day of the tenth month, 1682, did (with the advice and consent of the Members of the said Assembly) enact, that the said three counties should be annexed to the pro­vince of Pennsylvania, as the proper territories thereof: and whereas king William and the late queen Mary, over England, &c. by their letters patent and commission, un­der the great seal of England, dated the twenty-first day of October, in the fourth year of their reign, having, (for the reasons therein mentioned) taken the government of this said province and territories into their hands, and under their care and protection, did think fit to consti­tute [Page 31] Benjamin Fletcher, Governor of New York, to be their Captain General, and Governor in Chief, over this province and country. And whereas also the said king and queen afterwards, by their letters patent, under the great seal of England, dated the twentieth day of Au­gust, in the sixth year of their reign, have thought fit, upon the humble application of the said William Penn, to restore them to the administration of the government of the said province and territories; and that so much of their said commission as did constitute the said Benjamin Fletcher, their Captain General and Governor in Chief of the said province of Pennsylvania, country of New­castle, and the territories and tracts of land depending thereupon, in America, together with all the powers and authorities thereby granted for the ruling and governing their said province and country, should, from the publi­cation of the said last recited letters patent, cease, deter­mine and become void; and accordingly the same are hereby declared void; whereupon the said William Penn did commissionate his kinsman, William Markham, Go­vernor under him, with directions to act according to the known laws and usages of this government.

Now forasmuch as the former frame of government, Elections appointed. modelled by act of settlement, and charter of liberties, is not deemed, in all respects, suitably accommodated to our present circumstances, therefore it is unanimously desired that it may be enacted, And be it enacted by the Governor aforesaid, with the advice and consent of the representatives of the freemen of the said province and territories, in Assembly met, and by the authority of the same, that this government shall, from time to time, consist of the Governor, or his Deputy, or Deputies, and the freemen of the said province, and territories thereof, in form of a Council and Assembly; which Council and Assembly shall be men of most note for virtue, wisdom and ability; and shall, from and after the tenth day of the first month next, consist of two per­sons out of each of the counties of this government, to serve as the people's representatives in Council; and of four persons out of each of the said counties, to serve as their representatives in Assembly; for the electing of which representatives, it shall and may be lawful to and for all the freemen of this province and territories afore­said, to meet together on the tenth day of the first month [Page 32] yearly hereafter, in the most convenient and usual place for election, within the respective counties, then and there to chuse their said representatives as aforesaid, who shall meet on the tenth day of the third month yearly, in the capital town of the said province, unless the Go­vernor and Council shall think fit to appoint another place.

Qualifica­tion of electors.And, to the end it may be known who those are, in this province and territories, who ought to have right of, or to be deemed freemen, to chuse, or be chosen, to serve in Council and Assembly, as aforesaid, Be it enacted by the authority aforesaid, That no inhabitant of this province or territories, shall have right of electing, or being elected as aforesaid, unless they be free denizens of this government, and are of the age of twenty-one years, or upwards, and have fifty acres of land, ten acres where­of being seated and cleared, or be otherwise worth fifty pounds, lawful money of this government, clear estate, and have been resident within this government for the space of two years next before such election.

Solemn af­firmation instead of an oath.And whereas divers persons within this government, cannot, for conscience sake, take an oath, upon any ac­count whatsoever, Be it therefore enacted by the autho­rity aforesaid, That all and every such person and per­sons, being, at any time hereafter, required, upon any lawful occasion, to give evidence, or take an oath, in any case whatsoever, shall, instead of swearing, be per­mitted to make his, or their solemn affirmation, attest, or declaration, which shall be adjudged, and is hereby enacted and declared to be of the same force and effect, to all intents and purposes whatsoever, as if they had taken an oath; and in case any such person or persons shall be lawfully convicted of having wilfully and cor­ruptly affirmed, or declared any matter or thing, upon such solemn affirmation or attest, shall incur the same penalties and forfeitures, as by the laws and statutes of England are provided against persons convicted of wilful and corrupt perjury.

Declaration of officers, &c.And be it further enacted by the authority aforesaid, That all persons who shall be hereafter either elected to serve in Council and Assembly, or commissionated or ap­pointed to be Judges, Justices, Masters of the Rolls, Sheriffs, Coroners, and all other officers of state and trust, within this government, who shall conscientiously [Page 33] scruple to take an oath, but when lawfully required, will make and subscribe the declaration and profession of their Christian belief, according to the late act of parli­ament, made in the first year of king William, and the late queen Mary, entitled, An act for exempting their majesties' Protestant subjects, dissenting from the Church of England, from the penalty of certain laws, shall be adjudged, and are hereby declared to be qualified to act in their said respective offices and places, and thereupon the several officers herein mentioned, shall, instead of an oath make their solemn affirmation or declaration in manner and form following; that is to say,

The form of Judges' and Justices' attest shall be in these words, viz.

Thou shalt solemly promise, that as Judge, or Justice, Forms of officers' at­tests. according to the Governor's commission to thee directed, thou shalt do equal right to the poor and rich, to the best of thy knowledge and power, according to law, and after the usages and constitutions of this govern­ment; thou shalt not be of council of any matter or cause depending before thee, but shalt well and truly do thy office in every respect, according to the best of thy understanding.

The form of the attests to be taken by the Masters of the Rolls, Secretaries, Clerks, and such like officers, shall be thus, viz.

Thou shalt well and faithfully execute the office of, &c. according to the best of thy skill and knowledge; taking such fees only, as thou oughtest to receive by the laws of this government.

The form of the Sheriffs' and Coroners' attest, shall be in these words, viz.

Thou shalt solemnly promise, that thou wilt well and truly serve the King and Governor in the office of the Sheriff (or Coroner) of the county of, &c. and preserve the King and Governor's rights, as far forth as thou canst, or mayest; thou shalt truly serve, and return, all the writs and precepts to thee directed; thou shalt take no bailiff, nor deputy, but such as thou wilt answer for; thou shalt receive no writs, except from such Judges and Justices, who, by the laws of this government, have authority to issue and direct writs unto thee; and thou shalt diligently and truly do and accomplish all things [Page 34] appertaining to thy office, after the best of thy wit and power, both for the King and Governor's profit, and good of the inhabitants within the said country, taking such fees only as thou oughtest to take by the laws of this government, and not otherwise.

The form of a Constable's attest shall be this, viz.

Thou shalt solemnly promise, well and duly, accord­ing to the best of thy understanding, to execute the office of a Constable for the town (or county) of P. for this ensuing year, or until another be attested in thy room, or thou shalt be legally discharged thereof.

The form of the Grand Inquest's attests shall be in these words, viz.

Thou shalt diligently enquire, and true presentment make, of all such matters and things as shall be given thee in charge, or come to thy knowledge, touching this present service; the King's counsel, thy fellows, and thy own, thou shalt keep secret, and in all things thou shalt present the truth, and nothing but the truth, to the best of thy knowledge.

This being given to the Foreman, the rest of the In­quest shall be attested thus, by three at a time, viz.

The same attestation that your Foreman hath taken on his part, you will well and truly keep on your parts.

The form of the attest to be given to the Traverse Jury, by four at a time, shall be thus, viz.

You solemnly promise, that you will well and truly try the issue of traverse between the lord the King, and A. B. whom you have in charge, according to your evi­dence.

In civil causes thus, viz.

You solemnly promise that you will well and truly try the issue between A. B. plaintiff, and C. D. defend­ant according to your evidence.

Provided always, and it is hereby intended, that no person shall be, by this act, excused from swearing, who, by the acts of parliament, for trade and navigation, are, or shall be required to take an oath.

Elections regulated.And, that elections may not be corruptly managed, on which the good of the government so much depends, [...] further enacted by the authority aforesaid, That [Page 35] all elections of the said representatives shall be free and voluntary, and that the electors, who shall receive any reward, or gift, for giving his vote, shall forfeit his right to elect for that year; and such person or persons, as shall give, or promise, any such reward to be elected, or that shall offer to serve for nothing, or for less wages than the law prescribes, shall be thereby rendered inca­pable to serve in Council, or Assembly, for that year; and the representatives so chosen, either for Council or Assembly, shall yield their attendance accordingly, and be the sole judges of the regularity, or irregularity of the elections of their respective Members: and if any person, or persons, chosen to serve in Council, or Assem­bly, shall be wilfully absent from the service he or they are so chosen to attend, or be deceased, or rendered in­capable, then, and in all such cases, it shall be lawful for the Governor, within ten days after knowledge of the same, to issue forth a writ to the Sheriff of the county, for which the said person, or persons, were cho­sen, immediately to summons the freemen of the same to elect another member in the room of such absent, de­ceased, or incapable person or persons; and in case any Sheriff shall misbehave himself, in the management of any of the said elections, he shall be punished accord­ingly, at the discretion of the Governor and Council, for the time being.

Be it further enacted by the authority aforesaid, Regulation of Assem­blymen's wages, &c. That every member now chosen, or hereafter to be chosen, by freemen as aforesaid, to serve in Council, and the Speaker of the Assembly, shall be allowed five shillings by the day, during his and their attendance; and every Member of Assembly shall be allowed four shillings by the day, during his attendance on the service of the As­sembly; and that every Member of Council and Assem­bly shall be allowed towards their travelling charges after the rate of two pence each mile, both going to, and coming from, the place, where the Council and Assem­bly is, or shall be, held; all which sums shall be paid yearly out of the county levies, by the county receivers respectively.

And be it further enacted by the authority aforesaid, Governor to preside in Council. That the Governor, or his Deputy; shall always preside in the Council, and that he shall, at no time, perform [Page 36] any public act of state whatsoever, that shall, or may relate unto the justice, treasury or trade of the province and territories, but by and with the advice and consent of the Council thereof, or major part of them that shall be present.

Officers to give secu­rity.And be it further enacted by the authority aforesaid, That all the Sheriffs and Clerks of the respective coun­ties of the said province, and territories, who are, or shall be, commissionated, shall give good and sufficient security to the Governor, for answering the king and his people, in matters relating to the said offices respectively.

And be it further enacted by the authority aforesaid, That the Council, Quorum settled. in all cases and matters of moment, as about erecting courts of justice, sitting in judgment upon persons impeached, and upon bills and other mat­ters, that may be, from time to time, presented by the Assembly, not less than two-thirds shall make a quorum; and that the consent and approbation of the majority of that quorum shall be had in all such cases and matters of moment; and that in cases of less moment, not less than one third of the whole shall make a quorum; the majority of which shall, and may, always determine in all such mat­ters of lesser moment, as are not above specified: and in case the Governor's power shall hereafter happen to be in the Council, a President shall then be chosen out of themselves by two-thirds, or the major part of them; which President shall therein preside.

Powers of Governor and Coun­cil,Be it further enacted by the authority aforesaid, That the Governor and Council shall take care that all the laws, statutes and ordinances, which shall at any time be made within the said province and territories, be duly and diligently executed.

In preserv­ing the peace,Be it further enacted by the authority aforesaid, That the Governor and Council shall, at all times, have the care of the peace of this province and territories thereof, and that nothing be, by any persons, attempted to the subversion of this frame of government.

Concerning towns,And be it further enacted by the authority aforesaid, That the Governor and Council, for the time being, shall, at all times, settle and order the situation of all cities, and market towns, modelling therein all public buildings, streets and market places; and shall appoint all public landing places, of the towns of this province [Page 37] and territories: and if any man's property shall be judged by the Governor and Council to be commodious for such landing place, in the said towns, Landings, and that the same be by them appointed as such, that the owner shall have such reasonable satisfaction given him for the same as the Governor and Council shall see meet, to be paid by the said respective towns.

Be it further enacted by the authority aforesaid, That the Governor [...]d Council shall, at all times, Treasury. have power [...] inspect the management of the public treasury, and punish those who shall convert any part thereof to any other use, than what hath been agreed upon by the Go­vernor, Council and Assembly.

Be it further enacted by the authority aforesaid, Public houses, &c. That the Governor and Council shall erect and order all pub­lic houses, and encourage and reward the authors of useful sciences and laudable inventions in the said pro­vince, and territories thereof.

And be it further enacted by the authority aforesaid, That the Governor and Council shall, from time to time, Trade and education, &c. have the care of the management of all public affairs, relating to the peace, safety, justice, treasury, trade, and improvement of the province and territories, and to the good education of youth, and sobriety of the man­ners of the inhabitants therein, as aforesaid.

And be it further enacted by the authority aforesaid, That the representatives of the freemen, Power of the Assem­bly, &c. when met in Assembly, shall have power to prepare and propose to the Governor and Council all such bills as they or the major part of them, shall, at any time, see needful to be passed into laws, within the said province and terri­tories.

Provided always, That nothing herein contained shall debar the Governor and Council from recommending to the Assembly all such bills as they shall think sit to be passed into laws; and that the Council and Assembly may, upon occasion, confer together in committees, when desired; all which proposed and prepared bills, or such of them, as the Governor, with the advice of the Council, shall, in open Assembly, declare his assent unto, shall be the laws of this province and territories thereof, and published accordingly, with this stile, Stile of the laws, &c. By the Govern­or, with the assent and approbation of the freemen in General [Page 38] Assembly met; a true transcript, or duplicate whereof, shall be transmitted to the king's privy council, for the time being, according to the said late king's letters pa­tent.

Adjourn­ments, &c.And be it further enacted by the authority aforesaid, That the Assembly, shall sit upon their own adjournments, and committees, and continue, in order to prepare and propose bills, redress grievances, and impeach criminals, or such persons as they shall think fit to be there impeach­ed, until the Governor and Council, for the time being, shall dismiss them; which Assembly shall, notwithstand­ing such dismiss, be capable of Assembling together up­on summons of the Governor and Council, at any time during that year; two-thirds of which Assembly, in all cases, shall make a quorum.

Majority to determine.And be it enacted by the authority aforesaid, That all elections of representatives for Council and Assembly, and all questions to be determined by them, shall be by the major part of votes.

Lord's day.Be it further enacted by the authority aforesaid, That as oft as any days of the month, mentioned in any arti­cle of this act, shall fall upon the first day of the week, commonly called the Lord's day, the business appointed for that day, shall be deferred till the next day, unless in cases of emergency.

Be it further enacted by the authority aforesaid, That if any alien, Alien lands to descend, &c. who is, or shall be a purchaser of lands, or who doth, or shall inhabit in this province, or territories thereof, shall decease at any time before he can well be denizised, his right and interest therein shall notwith­standing descend to his wife and children, or other, his relations, be he testate, or intestate, according to the laws of this province and territories thereof, in such cases provided, in as free and ample manner, to all in­tents and purposes, as if the said alien had been deni­zised.

And that the people may be accommodated with such food and sustenance as God, in his providence, hath freely afforded, Liberty to fish, hunt, &c. Be it enacted by the authority aforesaid, That the inhabitants of this province and territories thereof, shall have liberty to fish and hunt, upon the lands they hold, or all other lands therein, not inclosed, and to fish in all waters in the said lands, and in all rivers and rivu­lets, [Page 39] in and belonging to this province and territories thereof, with liberty to draw his, or their fish upon any man's land, so as it be not to the detriment or annoyance of the owner thereof, except such lands as do lie upon inland rivulets, that are not boatable, or which hereafter may be erected into manors.

Be it further enacted by the authority aforesaid, Possession quieted. That all inhabitants of this province and territories, whether purchasers, or others, and every one of them, shall have full and quiet enjoyment of their respective lands and tenements, to which they have any lawful or equitable claim, saving only such rents and services for the same, as are, or customarily ought to be, reserved to the lord, or lords of the fee thereof, respectively.

Be it further enacted by the authority aforesaid, This act not to be alter­ed, unless, &c. That no act, law, or ordinance whatsoever, shall, at any time hereafter, be made or done, by the Governor of this province, and territories thereunto belonging, or by the freemen, in Council, or Assembly, to alter, change or diminish the form and effect of this act, or any part, or clause thereof, contrary to the true intent and meaning thereof, without the consent of the Governor, for the time being, and six parts of seven of the said freemen, in Council, and Assembly met. This act to continue, and be in force, until the said Proprietary shall signify his pleasure to the contrary, by some instrument, under his hand and seal, in that behalf.

Provided always, and it is hereby enacted, That nei­ther this act, nor any other act, or acts whatsoever, Former privileges re­served. shall preclude, or debar the inhabitants of this province and territories, from claiming, having and enjoying any of the rights, privileges and immunities, which the said Proprietary, for himself, his heirs, and assigns, did formerly grant, or which of right belong unto them, the said inhabitants, by virtue of any law, char­ter or grants whatsoever, any thing herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding.

[Page 40]

No. V.

The Address of the Assembly to the Proprietary, concerning property, September 20, 1701.

May it please the Governor,

WE, the representatives of the freemen of the province and territories, in Assembly met, having taken into serious considera­tion some articles concerning our privileges in property, incited by an address to this house from the inhabitants of this place, and encouraged by thyself, in setting forth thy care of us, and pro­mises of compliance therewith, do humbly offer the following heads for confirmation, requesting they may be granted the peo­ple of the province and territories, and ascertained to them in a charter.

I. Imprimis, That, in case the Proprietary go for England, due care be taken that he be represented here by persons of integrity, and considerable known estates, who may have full power and authority, not only to grant and confirm lands, &c. as if he were personally present, but also to make satisfaction to those who have short, as well as receive what may be due from those who have too much over measure, according to former agreement.

II. That before the Proprietary go for England, he grant us such an instrument as may absolutely secure and defend us in our estates and properties, from himself, his heirs and assigns, for ever, or any claiming under him, them, or any of them, as also to clear all Indian purchases and others.

III. That, whereas there hath been great delay in the confirm­ation of land, and granting of patents, due care may be taken by the Proprietary, that no such delays may be for the future; and that the ten acres in the hundred may be allowed, according to the Proprietary's engagements.

IV. That no Surveyor, Secretary, or any other officer under the Proprietary, presume to exact or take any fees, but what were, are, or shall be allowed by the laws of this province, under severe penalties.

V. That no person, or persons, shall, or may, at any time hereafter, be liable to answer any complaint, matter or thing what­soever, relating to property, before the Governor, or his Council, or in any other place, but in the ordinary courts of justice.

[Page 41]VI. That the ancient records made before the Proprietary's first arrival here, be lodged in such hands as the Assembly shall judge to be most fit.

VII. That a patent office, and all actual Surveyors thereby em­ployed, may be modelled according to the law of Jamaica, and such security taken, as may render the people's interest safe.

VIII. That, whereas the Proprietary formerly gave the pur­chasers an expectation of a certain tract of land, which is since laid out, about two miles long, and one mile broad, whereon to build the town of Philadelphia, and that the same should be a free gift; which since has been clogged with divers rents and reserva­tions contrary to the first design and grant, and to the great dissa­tisfaction of the inhabitants: we desire the Governor to take it into consideration, and make them easy therein.

IX. That the land, lying back of that part of the town already built, remain for common, and that no leases for the future, to make inclosures to the damage of the public, until such time as the respective owners shall be ready to build or improve thereon; and that the islands and flats near the town, be left to the inhabi­tants of this town to get their winter fodder.

X. That the streets of the town be regulated and bounded, and that the ends of the streets on Delaware and Sculkil be unlimited, and left free to be extended on the river as the inhabitants shall see meet; and that public landing places at the Blue Anchor and Penny Pot house be confirmed free to the inhabitants of this town, not infringing any man's property.

XI. That the Justices may have the licensing and regulating or­dinaries and drinking houses, as in England; and as by thy letter, dated November 5, 1697, did order.

XII. That the letters of feoffment for the soil of the three lower counties, from the Duke of York, be recorded in the terri­tories.

XIII. That all lands, in the said counties not yet taken up, may be disposed of at the old rent, of a bushel of wheat a hun­dred.

XIV. That the thousand acres of land, formerly promised by the Governor to the town of Newcastle, for common, be laid out and patented for that use.

XV. That the bank lots at Newcastle be granted to those that have the front lots, to low-water mark; or so far as they may im­prove, at a bushel of wheat a lot.

[Page 42]XVI. That all the bay marshes be laid out for common, except such as are already granted.

XVII. That all patents hereafter to be granted to the territories, be on the same conditions, as the warrants or grants were obtained.

XVIII. That the division lines between the counties of Newcastle and Chester be ascertained, allowing the bounds according to the Proprietary's letters patent from the king.

XIX. That the twenty-second article in the old charter, con­cerning fishing and fowling, be confirmed.

XX. That the inhabitants or possessors of land may have liberty to purchase off their quit-rents, as formerly promised.

XXI. That the bill of property passed at Newcastle, 1700, be in­serted in the charter, with such amendments as shall be agreed on.

Signed by order of the House, JOSEPH GROWDON, Speaker.

The answer of the Proprietary and Governor to the preceding address of the Assembly, head by head.

To the first I shall appoint those, in whom I can confide, whose powers shall be sufficient and public for the security of all con­cerned; and I hope they shall be of honest character, without just exception, to do that which is right between you and me.

II. Much of it is included in my answer to the first; however, I am willing to execute a public instrument, or charter to secure you in your properties, according to purchase, and the law of property made lately at Newcastle, excepting some corrections, or amendments, absolutely necessary, therein.

III. I know of no wilful delays, and shall use my endeavours to prevent any for the future, and am very willing to allow the ten acres per cent. for the ends proposed by the law, and not otherwise.

IV. I am willing that reasonable fees to officers shall be ascer­tained by law, or their services left to a quantum meruit; for I hope you do not think they should be maintained at my charge.

V. I know of no person, that has been obliged to answer be­fore the Governor and Council, in such cases; but I conceive that disputes about unconfined properties must lie before the Pro­prietary, though not before his Council, as judges.

VI. The records concern me, as well as the people, and are, or shall be, in the hands of men of good fame, and to keep them only during good behaviour; but those of this county of Phila­delphia, [Page 43] that chiefly concern the people, are in so great disorder, by razures, blots and interlineations, that you would do well to use some method in time, for their rectification.

VII. If the Jamaica law will improve our regulation, as it doth augment the fees, I am content we copy after it.

VIII. You are under a mistake, in fact; I have tied you to no­thing, in the allotment of the city, which the first purchasers, then present, did not readily seem to comply with, and I am sorry to find their names to such an address, as that presented to you, who have got double lots, by my re-aplotment of the city, from fifty to one hundred and two feet front lots; and if they are willing to refund the fifty-two feet, I shall, as you desire, be easy in the quit-rents, although this matter solely refers to the first purchasers, and to me as Proprietary.

IX. You are under a misapprehension, to think that a fourth part of the land, laid out for a city, belongs to any body but my­self, it being reserved for such as were not first purchasers, who might want to build in future time; and when I reflect upon the great abuse, done in my absence, by destroying of my timber and wood, and how the land is over-run with brush, to the injury and discredit of the town, it is small encouragement to grant your re­quest; however, I am content that some land be laid out for the ac­commodation of the town, till inhabitants present to settle it under regulations that shall be thought most conducing to the end de­sired, about which, I shall consult with those persons chiefly con­cerned therein; and for the rest of the ninth article, about the islands, I know not which you mean, nor on what terms desired, [...] being an independant property from the town, if not from the province.

X. About the ends of streets, and other public landings of this town, I am willing to grant the ends of streets, when and where improved, and the other according to your request.

XI. I am contented that no licences be granted to any ordinary keepers, but such as the Justices shall recommend, nor suffer them longer, than the Magistrates find they behave well.

XII. I do not understand it; for I had no letters of feoffment, but deeds, which were recorded by Ephraim Harman, at Newcas­tle, and by John West, to the best of my memory, at New York, and since confirmed by the order of Council, for the line, as well as otherwise, and a most formal possession and obedience given me in pursuance thereof.

[Page 44]XIII. I think this an unreasonable article, either to limit me in that which is my own, or to deprive me of the benefit of raising in proportion to the advantage, which time gives to other men's properties; and the rather, because I am yet in disburse for that long and expensive controversy with the Lord Baltimore, promised to be defrayed by the public, as appears by the minutes of Council.

XIV. I allow it, according to what I lately expressed at New­castle, and it is not my fault it has not been done sooner.

XV. According to their own proposals, at Newcastle, I shall gratify their desire, viz. that the same revert to me, after a cer­tain time, if not improved.

XVI. This I take for a high imposition; however, I am willing that they all lye in common and free, until otherwise disposed of, and shall grant the same from time to time, in reasonable portions, and upon reasonable terms, especially to such as shall engage to drain and improve the same; having always a regard to back in­habitants, for their accommodations.

XVII. I cannot well understand it; therefore it must be ex­plained.

XVIII. It is my own inclination, and I desire and expect the representatives of Newcastle and Chester forthwith, or before they leave the town, to attend me about the time and method of do­ing it.

XIX. They shall have liberty to fish, fowl and hunt, upon their own lands, and upon all other lands that are mine untaken up.

XX. If it should be my lot to lose a public support, I must de­pend upon my rents for a supply; and therefore must not easily part with them; and many years are elapsed since I made that offer, that was not excepted.

XXI. I agree that the law of property, made at Newcastle, shall be inserted in the charter, with requisite amendments.

[Page 45]

No. VI.

The Charter of the City of Philadelphia.

WILLIAM PENN, 1701. Octbr. 25. Proprietary and Governor of the province of Pennsylvania, &c. to all, to whom these presents shall come, sends greeting.

Know ye, Philadel­phia incor­porated at the request of the inha­bitants. That at the humble request of the inhabit­ants and settlers of this town of Philadelphia, being some of the first adventurers and purchasers within this pro­vince, for their encouragement, and for the more imme­diate and entire government of the said town, and better regulation of trade therein, I have, by virtue of the King's letters patents, under the great seal of England, erected the said town into a borough, and by these pre­sents do erect the said town and borough of Philadelphia into a city, which said city shall extend the limits and bounds, as it is laid out between Delaware and Schuylkill. Bounds.

And I do, for me, my heirs and assigns, grant and ordain, that the streets of the said city shall for ever continue, as they are now laid out and regulated; Streets to continue as laid out be­fore, &c. and that the end of each street, extending into the river De­laware, shall be and continue free for the use and service of the said city, and the inhabitants thereof; who may improve the same for the best advantage of the city, and build wharves so far out into the river there, as the Mayor, Aldermen, and Common Council, herein after mentioned, shall see meet.

And I do nominate Edward Shippen, First May­or, to be the present Mayor, who shall so continue until another be chosen, as is herein after directed.

And I do hereby assign and name Thomas Story, Recorder. to be the present Recorder, to do and execute all things, which unto the office of Recorder of the said city doth or may belong.

And I do appoint Thomas Farmer to be the present Sheriff, Sheriff and Clerk. and Robert Ashton to be the present Town-clerk and Clerk of the peace, and Clerk of the court and courts.

[Page 46] Aldermen.And I do hereby name, constitute and appoint Joshua Carpenter, Griffith Jones, Anthony Morris, Joseph Wilcon, Nathan Stanbury, Charles Read, Thomas Masters, and William Carter, citizens and inhabitants of the said city, to be the present Aldermen of the said city of Philade­phia.

Common Council-men.And I do also nominate and appoint John Parsons, William Hudson, William Lee, Nehemiah Alien, Thomas Paschall, John Budd, junr. Edward Smout, Samuel Buck­ley, James Atkinson, Pentecost Teague, Francis Cook, and Henry Badcocke, to be the twelve present Common Coun­cil-men of the said city.

Incorporat­ing clause.And I do by these presents, for me, my heirs and successors, give, grant and declare, that the said Mayor, Recorder, Aldermen, and Common Council-men, for the time being, and they, which hereafter shall be May­or, Recorder, Aldermen, and Common Council-men, within the said city, and their successors for ever hereaf­ter be, and shall be, by virtue of these presents, one body corporate and politic in deed, and by the name of the Mayor and Commonalty of the city of Philadelphia, in the province of Pennsylvania: and them by the name of Mayor and Commonalty of the city of Philadelphia, one body politic and corporate in deed and in name, I do, for me, my heirs and successors, fully create, con­stitute and confirm, by these presents; and that by the name of Mayor and Commonalty of the city of Phila­ladelphia, Power to hold lands, &c. be, and at all times hereafter shall be, persons able and capable, in law, to have, get, receive and pos­sess lands and tenements, rents, liberties, jurisdictions, franchises, and hereditaments, to them and their succes­sors, in fee simple, or for term of life, lives, years, or otherwise; and also goods, chattels, and other things of what nature, kind or quality soever.

And to sell and dispose of the same &c.And also to give, grant, lett, sell, and assign the same lands, tenements, hereditaments, goods, chattels, and to do and execute all other things about the same, by the name aforesaid; and also that they be, and shall be for ever hereafter persons able and capable in law, to sue and be sued, plead and be impleaded, answer and be answered unto, defend and be defended, in all or any the courts and other places, and before any Judges, Jus­tices and other persons whatsoever within the said pro­vince, in all manner of actions, suits, complaints, pleas, [Page 47] causes, and matters whatsoever, and of what nature or kind soever.

And that it shall and may be lawful to and for the said Mayor and Commonalty of the said city of Philadelphia, and their successors, for ever hereafter, Seal. to have and use one common seal, for the sealing of all businesses touch­ing the said corporation, and the same, from time to time, at their will and pleasure to change or alter.

And I do, for me, my heirs and successors, give, Power of chusing a Mayor yearly. and by these presents, grant full power and authority unto the Mayor, Recorder and Common Council of the said city of Philadelphia, or any five or more of the Aldermen, and nine or more of the Common Council-men, the Mayor and Recorder for the time being, or either of them being present, on the first third day of the week, in the eighth month yearly for ever hereafter, publicly to meet at a convenient room or place within the said city, to be by them appointed for that purpose, and then and there nominate, elect and chuse one of the Alder­men to be Mayor for that ensuing year.

And also to add to the number of Aldermen and Com­mon Council-men, such and so many of those, And of adding to their num­ber, &c. that by virtue of these presents shall be admitted freemen of the said city, from time to time, as they the said Mayor, Aldermen and Common Council shall see occasion.

And that such person, who shall be elected Mayor, Mayor to be qualified before the Governor. as aforesaid, shall within three days next after such election, be presented before the Governor of this province or his Deputy for the time being, and there shall subscribe the declarations and profession of his Christian belief, ac­cording to the late act of parliament made in the first year of king William's reign, intitled, "An act for ex­empting their majesties' subjects, dissenting from the Church of England, from the penalty of certain laws;" and then and there the Mayor so p [...]esented, shall make his solemn affirmation and engagement for the due execu­tion of his office.

And that the Recorder, Sheriff, Aldermen, Recorder, &c. quali­fied before the Mayor. and Com­mon Council men, and all other officers of the said city, before they, or any of them shall be admitted to execute their respective offices, shall make and subscribe the said declarations and profession aforesaid, before the Mayor for the time being, and at the same time, shall be attested [Page 48] for the due execution of their offices respectively; which declarations, promises and attestations, the Mayor of the said city for the time being, is hereby empowered to take and administer accordingly.

Mayor, Re­corder and Aldermen, to be Ju­stices, &c.And that the Mayor, Recorder and Aldermen of the said city, for the time being, shall be Justices of the Peace, and Justices of Oyer and Terminer; and are hereby impowered to act within the said city and liberties thereof accordingly, as fully and amply as any Justice or Justices of the Peace, or Oyer and Terminer, can or may do, within the said province.

To have power to hear and enquire into all crimes, &c.And that they, or any four or more of them (whereof the Mayor and Recorder of the said city, for the time being, shall be two) shall and may for ever hereafter have power and authority, by virtue of these presents, to hear and enquire into all, and all manner of, treasons, murders, manslaughters, and all manner of felonies and other crimes and offences, capital and criminal, whatso­ever, according to the laws of this province, and of the kingdom of England, with power also to hear and deter­mine all petty larcenies, routs, riots, unlawful assemblies; and to try and punish all persons that shall be convicted for drunkenness, swearing, scolding, breaking the peace, or such like offences, which are by the laws of this pro­vince to be punished by fine, imprisonment or whipping; with power also to award process against all rioters and breakers of the peace, and to bind them, and all other offenders, and persons of evil fame, to the peace or good behaviour, as any Justice or Justices of the Peace can do, without being accountable to me or my heirs, for any fines or amerciaments to be imposed for the said offences, or any of them.

To hold a court of re­cord quar­terly, &c.And I do hereby impower them, or any four of them (whereof the Mayor and Recorder, for the time being, shall be two) with the city Sheriff, and town Clerk, to hold and keep a court of record quarterly, or oftener, if they see occasion, for the enquiring, hearing and de­termining of the pleas and matters aforesaid; and upon their own view, or after a legal procedure in some of those courts, to cause all nuisances and encroachments in the streets of the said city to be removed, and punish the parties concerned, as the law and usage, in such cases, shall require.

[Page 49]And I do by these presents assign and appoint, that the present Mayor, Recorder and Aldermen herein be­fore mentioned, be the present Justices of the Peace, and Oyer and Terminer, within the said city; and that they, and all others, that shall be Mayors, Recorders and Aldermen of the said city, for the time being, shall have full power and authority, and are hereby empow­ered and authorized, without any further or other com­mission, to be Justices of the Peace, and of Oyer and Terminer, within the said city for ever; Mayor and Recorder to be of the qourum of the county courts, &c. and shall also be Justices of the Peace, and the Mayor and Recorder shall be of the quorum of the Justices of the County Courts, Quarter Sessions, Oyer and Terminer, and Gaol Delivery, in the said county of Philadelphia; and shall have full power to award process, bind to the peace or behaviour, or commit to prison, for any matter or cause arising without the said city, and within the body of the aforesaid county, as occasion shall require; and to cause calendars to be made of such prisoners, which, together with all recognizances, and examinations taken before them for or concerning any matter or cause not determinable by them, shall be duly returned to the Judges or Justices of the said county, in their respective courts, where the same shall be cognizable.

And that it may be lawful to and for the said Mayor and Commonalty, and their successors, To erect a gaol and court-house &c. when they see occasion, to erect a gaol or prison and court-house with­in the said city.

And that the Mayor and Recorder, for the time being, To take re­cognizance of debts, &c. shall have, and by these presents, have power to take recognizance of debts there according to the statute of merchants, and of action burnel; and to use and affix the common seal thereupon, and to all certificates con­cerning the same.

And that it shall be lawful to and for the Mayor of the said city, for the time being, And to ap­point a Clk. of the Mar­ket. for ever hereafter to nominate, and, from time to time, to appoint the Clerk of the market, who shall have assize of bread, wine, beer, wood and other things; and to do, execute, and perform all things belonging to the Clerk of the market within the said city.

And I will that the Coroners, to be chosen by the county of Philadelphia for the time being, Of Coro­ner's, &c. shall be Coro­ner [Page 50] of the said city and liberties thereof; but that the freemen and inhabitants of the said city shall, from time to time, as often as occasion may be, have equal liberty with the inhabitants of the said county, to recommend or chuse persons to serve in the respective capacities of Coroners and Sheriffs for the county of Philadelphia, who shall reside within the said city.

Water Bai­liff, &c.And that the Sheriff of the said city and county, for the time being, shall be the Water Bailiff, who shall, and may, execute and perform all things belonging to the office of Water Bailiff, upon Delaware river, and all other navigable rivers and creeks within the said province.

Power to remove the Mayor, &c.And in case the Mayor of the said city, for the time being, shall, during the time of his mayoralty, misbe­have himself, or misgovern in that office, I do hereby impower the Recorder, Aldermen and Common Coun­cil-men, or five of the Adermen, and nine of the Com­mon Council-men of the said city of Philadelphia, for the time being, to remove such Mayor from his office of mayoralty; and in such case, or in case of the death of the said Mayor, for the time being, that then another sit person shall, within four days next after such death or removal, be chosen in manner as above directed for electing of Mayors, in the place of him so dead or re­moved.

Eldest Al­derman to act as May­or, &c.And lest there should be a failure of justice or govern­ment in the said city, in such interval, I do hereby ap­point, that the eldest Alderman, for the time being, shall take upon him the office of a Mayor there, and shall exercise the same till another Mayor be chosen as aforesaid; and in case of the disability of such eldest Alderman, then the next in seniority, shall take upon him the said office of Mayor, to exercise the same as aforesaid.

Power to remove the Recorder, &c.And in case the Recorder, or any of the Aldermen or Common Council-men of, or belonging to, the said city, for the time being, shall misbehave himself, or themselves in their respective offices and places, they shall be removed, and others chosen in their stead, in manner following, that is to say, the Recorder for the time being, may be removed (for his misbehaviour) by the Mayor and two-thirds of the Aldermen and Com­mon Council-men respectively; and in case of such re­moval, [Page 51] or of the death of the Recorder, then to chuse another sit person, skilled in the law, to be the Recorder there, and so to continue during pleasure as aforesaid.

And the Alderman so misbehaving himself may be re­moved by the Mayor, Recorder and nine of the Alder­men and Common Council-men; Alderm [...]n, &c. and in case of such removal, or death, then within four days after, to chuse a sit person or persons to supply such vacancies; and the Common Council-men, Constables and Clerk of the market, for misbehaviour, shall be removed, and others chosen, as is directed in the case of Aldermen.

And I do also, for me and my successors, by these presents, grant to the said Mayor and Commonalty, Penalties on refusing to serve, &c. and their successors, that, if any of the citizens of the said city shall be hereafter nominated, elected and chosen to the office of Mayor, Aldermen and Common Council-men, as aforesaid, and having notice of his, or their election, shall refuse to undertake and execute that of­fice, to which he is so chosen, that then, and so often, it shall, and may, be lawful for the Mayor and Recorder, Aldermen and Common Council-men, or the major part of the Aldermen and Common Council-men, for the time being, according to their discretion, to impose such moderate fines upon such refusers, so as the Mayor's fine exceed not forty pounds, the Alderman's five and thirty pounds, and Common Council-men twenty pounds, and other officers proportionably to be levied by distress and sale, by warrant under the common seal, or by other lawful ways, to the use of the said corporation.

And in such cases it shall be lawful to chuse others, to supply the defects of such refusers, in manner as is above directed for elections.

And that it shall and may be lawful to and for the Mayor, Recorder, and at least, three Aldermen for the time being, from time to time, so often as they shall find occasion, to summon a Common Council of the said city.

And that no Assembly, or meeting of the said citizens shall be deemed or accounted a Common Council, A Com­mon Coun­cil, what, &c. unless the said Mayor and Recorder, and at least three of the Aldermen, for the time being, and nine of the Com­mon Council-men, be present.

[Page 52] Power to add to their number,And also that the said Mayor, Recorder and Common Council-men, for the time being, from time to time, at their Common Council, shall have power to admit such and so many freemen into their corporation and society as they shall think fit.

To make laws and ordinances, &c.And to make (and they may make, ordain, constitute, and establish) such and so many good and reasonable laws, ordinances and constitutions (not repugnant to the laws of England and this government) as to the greater part of them, at such Common Council assembled (where the Mayor and Recorder, for the time being, are to be always present) shall seem necessary and convenient for the government of the said city.

And the same laws, ordinances, orders, and constitu­tion so to be made, To execute them, &c. to put in use and execution accord­ingly, by the proper officers of the said city; and at their pleasure to revoke, alter and make anew, as occa­sion shall require.

And to im­pose mulcts, &c.And also impose such mulcts and amerciaments upon the breakers of such laws and ordinances, as to them, in their discretion, shall be thought reasonable; which mulcts, as also all other fines and amerciaments, [...] set, or imposed, by virtue of the powers granted, shall be levied, as above is directed in case of fines, to the use of the said corporation, without rendering any account thereof to me, my heirs and successors; with power, to the Common Council aforesaid, to mitigate, remit or re­lease such fines and mulcts, upon the submission of the parties. Provided always, that no person, or persons, hereafter, shall have right of electing or being elected, by virtue of these presents, to any office or place judi­cial or ministerial, Who may elect or be elected, &c. nor shall be admitted freemen of the said city, unless they be free denizens of this province, and are of the age of twenty-one years or upwards, and are inhabitants of the said city, and have an estate of inheritance or freehold therein, or are worth fifty pounds in money or other stock, and have been resident in the said city for the space of two years, or shall purchase their freedom of the Mayor and Commonalty aforesaid.

Market days.And I do further grant to the said Mayor and Com­monalty of the said city of Philadelphia, that they and their successors shall, and may for ever hereafter hold and keep within the said city, in every week of the [Page 53] year, two market days, the one upon the fourth day of the week, and the other on the seventh day of the week, in such place or places as is, shall, or may be appointed for that purpose, by the said Commonalty, or their suc­cessors, from time to time.

And also two fairs therein every year, Two fairs. the one of them to begin on the sixteenth day of the third month, called May, yearly, and so to be held in and about the market place, and continue for that day and two days next fol­lowing; and the other of the said fairs to be held in the aforesaid place on the sixteenth day of the ninth month, yearly, and for two days next after.

And I do, for me, my heirs and assigns, Philadel­phia consti­tuted a port. by virtue of the king's letters patent, make, erect and constitute the said city of Philadelphia to be a port or harbour for dis­charging and unlading of goods and merchandize out of ships, boats and other vessels, and for lading and ship­ping them in, or upon such and so many places, keys and wharffs there, as by the Mayor, Aldermen and Com­mon Council of the said city, shall, from time to time, he thought most expedient, for the accommodation and service of the officers of the customs, in the management [...] the king's affairs, and preservation of his duties, as well as for the conveniency of trade.

And I do ordain and declare, that the said port, or harbour, shall be called the port of Philadelphia, Extent of the port. and shall extend and be accounted to extend into all such creeks, rivers and places within this province, and shall have so many wharffs, keys, landing places, and mem­bers belonging thereto, for landing and shipping of goods, as the said Mayor, Aldermen and Common Council, for the time being, with the approbation of the chief officer or officers of the king's customs, shall, from time to time, think fit to appoint.

And I do also ordain, that the landing places now and heretofore used at the Penny-pot-house and Blue Anchor, Landing places, &c. saving to all persons their just and legal rights and pro­perties, in the land so to be open; as also the swamp be­tween Budd's buildings and the Society-hill, shall be left open and common for the use and service of the said city and all others, with liberty to dig docks, and make har­bours for ships and vessels, in all, or any part of the said swamp.

[Page 54]And I do hereby grant, that all the vacant land within the bounds and limits of the said city shall remain open, as a free common, Vacant land to remain open, for pasture, &c. or pasture, for the use of the inhabi­tants of the said city, until the same shall be gradually taken in, in order to build or improve thereon, and not otherwise. Provided always, that nothing herein con­tained, shall debar me, or my heirs, in time to come, from fencing in all the vacant lands, that lie between the center meeting house and the Schuylkill, which I in­tend shall be divided from the land by me allotted for Delaware side, by a strait line along the broad street from Edward Shippen's land, through the center square [...] Daniel Pegg's land; nor shall the fencing, or taking in of any of the streets, happening to be within that in­closure on Schuylkill, be deemed or adjudged to be an en­croachment, where it shall not interfere, or stop any of the streets, or passages, leading to any of the houses built, or to be built, on that side, any thing herein con­tained to the contrary notwithstanding.

To be con­strued in fa­vor of the corporation.And I do grant, that this present charter shall, in all courts of law and equity be construed and taken most favourably and beneficially for the said corporation.

In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand, and caused my great seal to be affixed, dated at Philadelphia, the five and twentieth day of October, Date. anno Domini one thou­sand seven hundred and one, and in the thirteenth year of the reign of king William the Third, over England, &c. and the one and twentieth year of my government.

WILLIAM PENN,
[Page]

APPENDIX TO THE History of Pennsylvania. PART II.

CONTAINING,
  • No VII. Friendly Association's Address to Governor Denny, in 1757.
  • No VIII. and IX. Christian Frederick Post's Journal among the Indians, &c. 1758.

No. VII.

To William Denny, Esquire, Lieutenant Governor and Commander in Chief of the province of Pennsylvania, &c.

The Address of the Trustees and Treasurer of the Friendly Asso­ciation, for regaining and preserving peace with the Indians by pacific measures,

Respectfully sheweth,

THAT on consideration of the answer given by the Governor to our offer of contributing towards the expence of the ensuing treaty with the Indians, we apprehend it to be necessary to lay be­fore him a true state of the motives, which induced us to use our endeavours to promote a reconciliation with them; of the manner, in which we proceeded before and since the Governor's arrival in this province, and of some reasons we have for desiring to see that the grounds of their complaints are carefully and im­partially enquired into and considered, and such measures pursued, [Page 56] for satisfying them as the present melancholy circumstances of this province immediately require: and we doubt not, if the Governor will be pleased to attend to, and impartially consider, what we shall offer, he will be fully convinced that our conduct hath been con­sistent with the profession, we make, of acting on those principles, of fearing God, honouring the king, and promoting peace among men.

We, therefore, beg leave to inform the Governor, that soon after the first accounts were brought of the mischief done by the Indians, on the frontiers of Virginia, some of the people called Quakers, residing in Philadelphia, seriously considering the fatal consequences of losing that interest and friendship our predecessors had obtained, by their upright dealing and hospitable treatment of the Indians, in the first settlement of this province; and appre­hending [...] general neglect of them, which had, for some time, been obvious, would terminate to the public disadvantage, deter­mined to improve every future opportunity of manifesting some regard to them; and several companies of Indians, of different tribes, coming to this city on divers occasions, they were visited by some of us, invited to our houses, and on their going away, presented with some small matters, necessary for them, in their way of living; and the grateful manner in which they received these instances of regard, and the lively remembrance, they ap­peared to retain, of the friendship, which subsisted between their ancestors, and the first settlers of this province, afforded us real satisfaction, and some grounds to hope our good intentions would not be disappointed.

During the following winter, the frequent melancholy ac­counts of the barbarous murders, committed by the Indians, on the western and northern frontiers of this province, filled the minds of people in general, with a spirit of indignation and re­sentment against them, and no opportunity presented of publicly manifesting the earnest concern we had, to use our utmost endea­vours, in a manner consistent with our peaceable principles, to prevent the impending desolation; the calamity became general, and every one was deeply interested in the measures taken for en­quiring into the causes, which induced our ancient steady friends to become our enemies: yet this being the proper business of those then concerned in the administration of the government, we waited the event of their proceedings, having just grounds to hope, that the knowledge some of them had of several matters, which might probably have contributed to this unhappy rupture, * [Page 57] together with the repeated applications of the Assembly of the province, would have excited them to pursue every rational me­thod of making such an enquiry, and obtaining an amicable ad­justment of all differences with these Indians, and of thereby averting the melancholy consequences of continuing to expose them immediately to the artifices of the French, who would not fail to take advantage of our misunderstanding with them: but the spring of another year returned, and the public remained un­acquainted with such measures being pursued; great military preparations were indeed made and sorts erected in many parts of the frontiers, but the desolation and distress of the province in­creased, and the sanguine expectations of the people, who had, at first, hoped by these means to defend themselves, were remark­ably disappointed. Governor Morris, nevertheless, determining to issue a declaration of war against the Delawares and Shawanese, many of the people called Quakers residing in Philadelphia, met together and presented an address to him, earnestly beseeching, "That every measure which had been pursued, and whatever remained possible to be done, to prevent so lamentable an extre­mity, might be strictly and impartially reviewed and considered; that full enquiry might be made, whether some apprehensions these Indians had conceived of a deviation from the integrity of con­duct towards them, conspicuous in the first establishment, might not unhappily have contributed, in some degree, to the alteration of their conduct towards us; that full time might be allowed for these Indians, who remained well affected towards us, to use and report the effect of their endeavours to reconcile our enemies to us, and that, by the Governor's care, to guard against involv­ing the innocent with the guilty, such clear demonstrations of Christian tenderness might be given, as might tend to the engag­ing other neighbouring Indians in the desirable work of restoring peace and tranquillity; and, at the same time, offering, though a much larger part of their estates should be necessary, than the heaviest taxes of a war could be expected to require, by voluntary grants chearfully to contribute towards the obtaining peace, in the same manner as the unhappy experience of several of the most martial neighbouring colonies had, after long and bloody wars, testified it must at last, if ever, be obtained."

Governor Morris was pleased to give a civil answer to this ad­dress; but thought it necessary to proceed immediately to a decla­ration of war: a few days after which, some of us having the opportunity of a free conference with Conrad Weiser, who had, as provincial interpreter, been long concerned in public transac­tions with the Indians; we were thereby confirmed in our appre­hensions, [Page 58] that some dissatisfaction, respecting their lands, had tended to the alienating their friendship from us; and that he thought the only method, to save the province from ruin, was to endeavour for a peace with them, by pacific measures; and the next day a Delaware Indian, from the Jerseys, was sent to one of us, with a letter from Conrad Weiser, recommending him, as a person worthy of some notice from us, and fit to be employed on a message to the Delawares, when an opportunity of sending one could be obtained; and there being, at that time, a number of the Chiefs of the Six Nation Indians in town, some of us thought it necessary to take some friendly notice of them; but being de­termined to avoid giving any occasion of offence, before we had any conversation with them, two of us waited on Governor Mor­ris, and informed him, "That as he had issued his declaration of war, we thought it our duty to acquiesce therein; but, as there were some friendly Indians in town, we were disposed to take some notice of them, and to endeavour, by a friendly conver­sation, to manifest our good disposition towards them, and engage their good offices on any occasion, which might be improved for the public welfare; and we, at the same time, assured the Go­vernor if any thing should occur, which had a prospect of tend­ing to the public interest, or might be worthy of his notice, he should be fully acquainted therewith." The Governor expressed his approbation of our design, and gave us full liberty to prose­cute our intentions, and the next day some of these Indian Chiefs, with Conrad Weiser and Andrew Montour, the provincial interpre­ters, and D. Claus, General Johnson's Secretary, dined at one of our houses; and after dinner, had some conversation on the happy state of the first settlers of this province, and the unhappy rup­ture, which had lately happened.

The free and hearty acknowledgments of pleasure and gratitude, from these Indians, fully evidenced their good disposition towards us, and induced Conrad Weiser to declare, he had not lately heard them express themselves with so much openness, and earnestly to urge our improving this opportunity; and, in order to it, he advised the calling together as many of our ancient men, of the survivors of the first settlers, as we could collect, and to give the Indians another meeting, in which the substance of that conversation might be repeated, and enforced on their minds, by presenting them with a belt of wampum.

Governor Morris was immediately informed of what had passed; and as there appeared some prospect of improving this disposition of the Indians to the public benefit, he was assured, that if he would advise and direct the manner of proceeding, nothing more [Page 59] was desired by us than under his direction to proceed therein, in such manner as would be most agreeable to him, most effectually answer the purpose intended, and demonstrate that we did not act from views of private advantage thereby: and lest the differences then subsisting, between him and the Assembly, about the raising money for the public services, should discourage, or retard his en­gaging therein; he was told, that whatever sum of money should be wanting, even, to the amount of £. 5,000, he should be im­mediately supplied with, and by every part of our conduct, should find our hearty concern for the public welfare to be our principal motive.

Our purposes appeared acceptable to the Governor; about twenty of us, with the same interpreters, had two conferences with the Indians; and the most material parts of what they said were immediately communicated to the Governor; and the pro­posal * of sending three messengers to the Delawares and Shawa­nese being approved of by him, the necessary provision was made for their setting out, and proper company provided, for their safe conduct through the improved part of the province; and when they were ready to proceed on their journey, the Governor being waited on for the passes, and requested to direct what signal they should give, on their return, to distinguish them from enemies; while the passes lay before him ready to be signed, he suddenly appeared to change his intentions, and signified his resolution to consult his Council, on the occasion. The minutes of our con­versation with these Indians, being examined and signed by the three interpreters, were immediately, after this, delivered to the Governor; and, his Council being summoned, we were informed, they soon agreed, that, as he had so lately declared war, any of­fers of peace from him would be unseasonable, and that the me­thod first proposed of the messengers going with such instructions, as they had received from their own chiefs, was most fit to be pur­sued. The next day the Indian chiefs setting out in the stage boat for New York, after they were gone, the messengers refused to per­form the service they had undertaken, and the day following, the Governor, in consequence of some intelligence received from the Governor of New York, concluded to send the messengers in his own name.

To prevent any misrepresentations of our conduct, as well as to engage the friendship of gentlemen, from whom we hoped to receive more hearty assistance, than we had from those, on whom [Page 60] we had hitherto depended, copies of the minutes of our conversations with the Indians, and their answers, were immediately sent to the Governor of New York, and to General Johnson, and an earnest application for their assistance, in engaging the Indians of the Six Nations to promote the restoration of peace, with an offer of chearfully defraying the expences thereof, Governor Hardy was so kind as to send such an answer as evidenced his hearty concern for the public welfare; and laid us under sensible obligations; and we never received the least hint, from General Johnson, of his disapprobation of any part of our conduct therein. Under these circumstances, we had reason to apprehend that our intention was approved of, and the speedy return of the messengers with an agreeable answer, confirmed us in a resolution to continue our en­deavours to engage as many of our fellow-subjects, as possible, to concur with us therein.

The messengers being sent the second time, on their return brought with them the Indian king, Teedyuscung, and some of his people, to Easton, and repeatedly informed us of the necessity of our personal attendance there, and manifest thereby, and by contributing towards the expences of a suitable present, the sin­cerity of our professions of regard to them; and they were not willing to go back to the Indians, without us.

We, therefore, being informed that Governor Morris had re­solved to meet them at Easton, * that the provincial treasury was exhausted, and that the Proprietaries' agents refused to contribute towards the necessary expences, and appeared averse to the pro­motion of these pacific measures, a considerable number of us thought it necessary to enter into a subscription, towards raising a fund, to supply the deficiency of what ought, in justice, to be contributed by the Proprietaries, on this occasion; and a consider­able sum was immediately subscribed, and Governor Morris in­formed of our inclination to attend the treaty, and to make some addition to the present provided at the public expence. From the time of the first messengers arriving at Teaogon, the hostilities on our northern frontiers ceased, and a stop being put to the cruel devastations that had been committed, an acceptable respite was obtained for our distressed fellow subjects, which afforded us real pleasure and satisfaction; so that all the malicious calumnies and aspersions (which then were uttered) were not sufficient to divert us from the steady prosecution of our purpose. Governor Morris being at Easton some time before us, immediately after our arrival there, some of us waited on him, to repeat our desires of promot­ing [Page 61] the public interest, and contributing any assistance in our power, in such manner as might be most agreeable to him; he re­ceived us civilly, and expressed his approbation of our design. At the Governor's lodgings we first saw Teedyuscung the Delaware chief, to whom we were before utterly strangers: on our coming [...]n he immediately expressed his regard for, and confidence in, the Quakers; * and declared, "He would not proceed to any business, unless we were present;" and confirmed it so evidently by his sub­sequent conduct, at that time, and the ensuing treaty, that we could not, without unjustifiable neglect of our duty, decline con­tributing our utmost endeavours to improve this disposition to the interest of our country, so far as we might be able to do it, con­sistent with our respective stations in life.

Governor Morris was afterwards pleased to accept of the pre­sent provided by us, and to deliver it to the Indians, in our name.

After the conclusion of this treaty, Governor Morris thought a necessary to send Capt. Newcastle on a message to the Indians, [...] or near fort Johnson: but before he was set out, Governor Denny arrived, and succeeded in the government of this province, and we always apprehended, that, in his name, and by his authority, Capt. Newcastle went on that message, as we never interfered there­in, in any manner whatever, and were not informed the particular business he was charged with. On Captain Newcastle's return, we found by conversing with him, he had given some offence to Ge­neral Johnson, and we have since had cause to apprehend that some gentlemen in higher stations, have been informed, that we had sent Newcastle on this message, and given him matters in charge, to be privately transacted with the Indians, after it was known to us that the king had, by a special commission, autho­rized Sir William Johnson to negotiate all matters of a public con­cern with them; but as we had not given any occasion for such a charge, nor were any way concerned in sending that message, it affords us a particular pleasure, that the Governor has given us to favourable an opportunity of clearing ourselves from this unjust [...]ensure, and we hope that this ingenuous account of our conduct, in the course of this business before the Governor's arrival, will fully evince that we proceeded therein on just motives, and with the regard due from us to the Governor of this province.

It is well known to the Governor, that on his arrival here, some of us waited on him, and one of us assured him of our sin­cere [Page 62] desire to proceed in contributing our assistance towards the restoration of peace, in a manner most agreeable to him, and con­sistent with our characters and stations. He was then pleased to declare his approbation of our purpose; and when we waited on him with our address, before the second treaty of Easton, the Go­vernor, by his answer, * declared his approbation of our pro­ceedings, and his being willing to receive the present we prepared, and invited us to attend the treaty: we had reason to conclude, that our conduct there had given the Governor no occasion of offence; as, after the business was finished, on our acknowledging his integrity and candour in the public transactions there; he gave us such an answer as fully expressed his being well pleased with us; and the Secretary and Provincial Interpreter very libe­rally declared their satisfaction and approbation of our conduct; and the latter fully testified that we had thereby evidently pro­moted the public interest, and been instrumental in bringing the business so far towards the desired issue.

From that time till the late treaty at Lancaster, we know of no part of our proceedings, which could displease the Governor, un­less our application to the Secretary, for an inspection of the re­cords, in his office, had that unexpected effect. Lest that sh [...]ld be the case, and the intention and manner of that application [...]e misrepresented by any of the Proprietaries' Agents, and others en­gaged with them in the measures, which have contributed to the present unhappy circumstances of this province, we think it neces­sary to inform the Governor, that this province was settled on terms very different from most of the other colonies; the first ad­venturers were men of substance and reputation, who purchased the lands of the Proprietor; and as he obliged himself, and his heirs, by an express covenant, contained in their original deeds, "To clear the land from all titles, claims, or demands of the Indian natives, or any other persons whatsoever;" they agreed to pay an annual quit-rent, more than sufficient to enable him to satisfy the Indians, and obtain a peaceable possession of the land; and during the lives of our first Proprietor, and the first settlers, we believe this was faithfully performed, and so large a balance remained, towards making further purchases, as the settlement of the coun­try increased, that any attempt to elude the original intention and agreement of honestly purchasing the land of the people, who had a native right in it, will be ever condemned by all impartial and honest men.

[Page 63]At the second treaty, at Easton, the Governor, by his candid and ingenuous treatment of the Indians (as the Mohawks since aptly expressed it) "Put his hand into Teedyuscung's bosom, and was to successful as to draw out the secret; which neither Sir William Johnson, nor the Six Nations could do." From that time it was generally known, that one cause of the alienation of their friend­ship was some injustice they had received, or supposed to be done them, in the purchases and running out of their lands. They complained of divers kinds of frauds, which had been committed, repeatedly urged, that an impartial enquiry should be made into the grounds of their complaints, by searching all our records, and by the strong motives of a regard to our temporal and eternal in­terest, urged the Governor to give liberty to all persons and friends to search into those matters. Thus we thought ourselves under the strongest obligations to make all the enquiry in our power, into the true state of the Indian claims, whether or not such care had been taken to purchase, and pay them for the lands, as the Proprietaries' Agents had constantly asserted. The right many of us who hold large tracts of land under the first settlers, the Go­vernor's repeated declarations, both in public and private, that those matters should be honestly and fully enquired into, and the Indians' injunctions that this should be done, not only by the per­sons thus complained of, or their Agents, but by others likewise interested therein, united in engaging our particular attention, and gave us a reasonable prospect of meeting with the Governor's ap­probation; and though the Secretary refused to permit us to pro­ceed therein, by inspecting the records in his office, we still had cause to think our farther application to the necessary and import­ant concern of regaining peace, was not contrary to the Govern­or's inclination, as on our informing him of our intention to at­tend the treaty at Lancaster, and our willingness to contribute to­wards the expenses of the present, to be given to the Indians there, the Governor with the utmost readiness expressed his approbation of our proposal; and we are not conscious of having, at that treaty, or since, given the least occasion for the alteration of his conduct towards us; which from the answer now received, and the conversion consequent thereon, we have occasion to observe.

We have no views inconsistent with the honour of our gracious king, and the interest of our country, both which we sincerely endeavour to promote; we have heartily desired that people of every denomination, in the province, would unite in the same good purpose, and particularly in this business, that the same har­mony and good understanding, which subsisted between the first settlers of the province and the natives, might be revived and [Page 64] maintained, and we have happily succeeded with several religious societies, who have raised funds, and are ready to apply them to­wards restoring peace: and, if the complaints of the Indians ap­pear to be just, and the Proprietaries and their Agents should re­fuse to make them such satisfaction as, in justice, they ought to have, rather than the lives of our fellow-subjects should be sacri­ficed, their properties destroyed, and so large a part of the king's dominions laid waste, they will freely join with us, in contributing towards the satisfying such just claims of the Indians, or at least, to pacify them, till the immediate authority of the king, of whose justice and paternal care we have not the least doubt, can be in­terposed, and justice, equity and mercy be again restored and maintained amongst us.

And, if we are now so happy as to convince the Governor of the integrity of our intentions and conduct, we shall have reason to hope, he will concur with us, in taking the first opportunity of convincing the nobleman he has named, that it must be from some unjust representations, that he was induced to think, "We had presumed to treat with foreign princes, or by acting as medi­ators, between the government and an independent people, in­vaded the king's prerogative royal." We apprehend, our duty to God and the king has engaged us in this business; and some of the good effects thereof have already appeared; we, therefore, now again offer the Governor, to contribute something considera­ble towards the present necessary to be made to the Indians, at the ensuing treaty, and by our personal attendance to improve the confidence and good opinion these people have of us, to the pub­lic benefit.

Should the Governor persist in refusing to accept our present, we assure him, we shall not, by any part of our conduct, give any just occasion to charge us with a disrespectful conduct towards him, and we desire our attendance, at the treaty, may not be con­sidered as such. The business to be transacted there is of so much consequence to the lives, liberties, and properties of the people of this province, that should we omit to attend there, and depend on the Governor and the King's Agent, receiving all their infor­mation, on this important occasion, from the Proprietaries' Agents and others, who have, for some years past, been concerned in the transacting Indian affairs, we should be deficient of our duty, as Christians and Englishmen, denominations, we hold more dear to us, than any other titles, or appellations, whatsoever.

Signed on behalf, and by appointment of the said Trustees and Treasurer, by ABEL JAMES, Clerk.
[Page 65]

No. VIII.

The first journal of Christian Frederick Post, from Philadelphia to the Ohio, on a message from the government of Pennsylvania to the Delaware, Shawanese, and Mingo Indians, settled there, and formerly in alliance with the English; in order to prevail on them to withdraw from the French interest; in the year 1758. London, printed for John Wilkie, &c. 1759; with the notes, &c.

CHRISTIAN FREDERICK POST was a plain, honest, re­ligiously disposed German, and one of the Moravian brethren; who, from a conscientious opinion of duty, formerly had lived among the Mohiccon Indians, with a view to convert them to Christianity.

He had married twice among them, and lived with them seven­teen years. It was a dangerous undertaking; and though he was an illiterate person, and his narrative seemingly artless and un­couth, yet being a man of sincerity, acquainted with the Indian manners, and the importance of the affair, at that time, being very interesting, the Indian custom of treating on public affairs may thereby partly appear, and be entertaining. The event shewed the propriety of using reason, and friendly treatment, or true po­licy, towards the Indians, in preference to force, or violence, when it may be done: the former of which had so long been suc­cessfully used by the more early settlers of Pennsylvania, and the latter so lately attended with unhappy consequences, &c.

THE JOURNAL, &c.

July the 15th, 1758.—This day I received orders from his ho­nour, the Governor, to set out on my intended journey, and pro­ceeded as far as German Town, where I found all the Indians drunk. * Willamegicken returned to Philadelphia, for a horse, that was promised him.

—16th. This day I waited for the said Willamegicken till near noon, and when he came, being very drunk, * he could proceed no further, so that I left him, and went to Bethlehem.

[Page 66] July 17th. I arrived at Bethlehem, and prepared for my journey.

—18th. I read over both the last treaties, that at Easton, and that at Philadelphia, and made myself acquainted with the particu­lars of each.

—19th. With much difficulty I persuaded the Indians to leave Bethlehem, and travelled this day no further than Hayes's, having a hard shower of rain.

—20th. Arrived at fort Allen.

—21st. I called my company together, to know if we should proceed. They complained they were sick, and must rest that day. This day, I think, Teedyuscung laid many obstacles in my way, and was very much against my proceeding: he said, he was afraid I should never return; and that the Indians would kill me. About dinner time two Indians arrived from Wyoming, with an account that Teedyuscung's son, Hans Jacob, was returned, and brought news from the French and Allegheny Indians. Teedyuscung then called a Council, and proposed that I should only go to Wyoming, and return, with the message his son had brought, to Philadelphia. I made answer, that it was too late, that he should have proposed that in Philadelphia; for that the writings containing my orders were so drawn, as obliged me to go, though I should lose my life.

—22d. I desired my companions to prepare to set out, upon which Teedyuscung called them all together in the fort, and pro­tested against my going. His reasons were, that he was afraid the Indians would kill me, or the French get me; and if that should be the case he should be very sorry, and did not know what he should do. I gave for answer, "that I did not know what to think of their conduct. It is plain, said I, that the French have a public road * to your towns, yet you will not let your own flesh and blood, the English, come near them; which is very hard: and if that be the case, the French must be your masters." I ad­ded, that, if I died in the undertaking, it would be as much for the Indians as the English, and that I hoped my journey would be of this advantage, that it would be the means of saving the lives of many hundreds of the Indians: therefore, I was resolved to go forward, taking my life in my hand, as one ready to part with it for their good. Immediately after I had spoken thus, three rose up and offered to go with me the nearest way; and we concluded to go through the inhabitants, under the Blue mountains to sort Au­gusta, on Susquahanna; where we arrived the 25th.

It gave me great pain to observe many plantations deserted and laid waste; and I could not but reflect on the distress, the poor [Page 67] owners must be drove to, who once lived in plenty; and I prayed the Lord to restore peace and prosperity to the distressed.

At fort Augusta we were entertained very kindly, had our horses shod, and one being lame, we exchanged for another. Here we received, by Indians from Diahogo, * the disagreeable news that our army was, as they said, entirely cut off at Ticonderoga, which dis­couraged one of my companions, Lappopetung's son, so much, that he would proceed no further. Shamokin Daniel here asked me, if I thought he should be satisfied for his trouble in going with me. I told him every body, that did any service for the province, I thought, would be paid.

—27th. They furnished us here with every necessary for our journey, and we set out with good courage. After we rode about ten miles, we were caught in a hard gust of rain.

—28th. We came to Wekeeponall, where the road turns off for Wyoming, and slept this night at Queenashawakee.

—29th. We crossed the Susquahanna over the Big Island. My companions were now very fearful, and this night went a great way out of the road, to sleep without fire, but could not sleep for the musquetoes and vermin.

—30th & 31st. We were glad it was day, that we might set out. We got upon the mountains, and had heavy rains all night. The heavens alone were our covering, and we accepted of all that was poured down from thence.

August 1st. We saw three hoops on a bush; to one of them there remained some long white hair. Our horses left us, I suppose, not being fond of the dry food on the mountains: with a good deal of trouble we found them again. We slept this night on the same mountain.

—2d. We came across several places where two poles, painted red, were stuck in the ground by the Indians, to which they tye the prisoners, when they stop at night, in their return from their incursions. We arrived this night at Shinglimuhee, where was another of the same posts. It is a disagreeable and melancholy fight, to see the means they make use of, according to their savage way, to distress others.

—3d. We came to a part of a river called Tobeco, over the mountains, a very bad road.

[Page 68] August 4th. We lost one of our horses, and with much dif­ficulty found him, but were detained a whole day on that account.

I had much conversation with Pisquetumen; * of which I think to inform myself further when I get to my journey's end.

—5th. We set out early this day, and made a good long stretch, crossing the big river Tobeco, and lodged between two mountains. I had the misfortune to lose my pocket book with three pounds five shillings, and sundry other things. What writings it con­tained were illegible to any body but myself.

—6th. We passed all the mountains, and the big river, Wesha­waucks, and crossed a fine meadow two miles in length, where we slept that night, having nothing to eat.

—7th. We came in sight of fort Venango, belonging to the French, situate between two mountains, in a fork of the Ohio river. I prayed the Lord to blind them, as he did the enemies of Lot and Elisha, that I might pass unknown. When we arrived, the fort being on the other side of the river, we hallooed, and desired them to fetch us over; which they were afraid to do; but shewed us a place where we might ford. We slept that night within half gun shot of the fort.

—8th. This morning I hunted for my horse, round the fort, within ten yards of it. The Lord heard my prayer, and I passed unknown till we had mounted our horses to go off, when two Frenchmen came to take leave of the Indians, and were much sur­prised at seeing me, but said nothing.

By what I could learn of Pisquetumen, and the Indians, who went into the fort, the garrison consisted of only six men, and an officer blind of one eye. They enquired much of the Indians concerning the English, whether they knew of any party coming to attack them, of which they were very apprehensive.

—9th. Heavy rains all night and day: we slept on swampy ground.

—10th. We imagined we were near Kushkushkee; and having travelled three miles, we met three Frenchmen, who appeared ve­ry shy of us, but said nothing more than to enquire, whether we knew of any English coming against fort Venango.

After we travelled two miles farther, we met with an Indian, and one that I took to be a runagade English Indian trader; he spoke good English, was very curious in examining every thing, [Page 69] particularly the silver medal about Pisquitumen's neck. He ap­peared by his countenance to be guilty. We enquired of them where we were, and found we were lost, and within twenty miles of fort Duquesne. We struck out of the road to the right, and slept between two mountains; and being destitute of food, two went to hunt, and the others to seek a road, but to no purpose.

—11th. We went to the place were they had killed two deers, and Pisquetumen and I roasted the meat. Two went to hunt for the road, to know which way we should go: one came back, and had found a road; the other lost himself.

—12th. The rest of us hunted for him, but in vain; so, as we could not find him, we concluded to set off, leaving such marks, that, if he returned, he might know which way to follow us; and we left him some meat. We came to the river Conaquonashon, where was an old Indian town. We were then fifteen miles from Kushkushkee.

There we stopt, and sent forward Pisquetumen with four strings of wampum to apprize the town of our coming, * with this message:

"Brother, thy brethren are come a great way, and want to see thee, at thy fire, to smoak that good tobacco, which our good grandfathers used to smoak. Turn thy eyes once more upon that road, by which I came. § I bring thee words of great consequence from the Governor, and people of Pennsylvania, and from the king of England. Now I desire thee to call all the kings and captains from all the towns, that none may be missing. I do not desire that my words may be hid, or spoken under cover. I want to speak loud, that all the Indians may hear me. I hope thou wilt bring me on the road, and lead me into the town. I blind the French, that they may not see me, and stop their ears, that they may not hear the great news I bring you."

About noon we met some Shawanese, that used to live at Wyo­ming. They knew me, and received me very kindly. I saluted them, and assured them the government of Pennsylvania wished them well, and wished to live in peace and friendship with them. Before we came to the town, two men came to meet us and lead [Page 70] us in. King Beaver shewed us a large house to lodge in. * The peo­ple soon came and shook hands with us. The number was about sixty young able men. Soon after king Beaver came and told his people, "Boys, hearken, we sat here without ever expecting again to see our brethren the English; but now one of them is brought before you, that you may see your brethren, the English, with your own eyes; and I wish you may take it into consideration." Afterwards he turned to me and said,

"Brother, I am very glad to see you, I never thought we should have had the opportunity to see one another more; but now I am very glad, and thank God, who has brought you to us. It is a great satisfaction to me." I said, "Brother, I rejoice in my heart, I thank God, who has brought me to you. I bring you joyful news from the Governor and people of Pennsylvania, and from your children, the Friends: and, as I have words of great consequence I will lay them before you, when all the kings and captains are called together from the other towns. I wish there may not be a man of them missing, but that they may be all here to hear."

In the evening king Beaver came again, and told me, they had held a council, and sent out to all their towns, but it would take five days before they could all come together. I thanked him for his care. Ten captains came and saluted me. One said to the others; "We never expected to see our brethren the English again, but now God has granted us once more to shake hands with them, which we will not forget." They sat by my fire till midnight.

—14th. The people crowded to my house; it was full. We had much talk. Delaware George said, he had not slept all night, so much had he been engaged on account of my coming. The French came, and would speak with me. There were then fifteen of them building houses for the Indians. The captain is gone with fifteen to another town. He can speak the Indian tongue well. The Indians say he is a cunning fox; that they get a great deal of goods from the French; and that the French cloath the Indians every year, men, women and children, and give them as much powder and lead as they want.

—15th. Beaver king was informed, that Teedyuscung had said he had turned the hatchet against the French, by advice of the Allegany Indians; this he blamed, as they had never sent him such advice. But being informed it was his own doing, without any persuasion of the Governor, he was easy on that head. De­laware [Page 71] Daniel prepared a dinner, to which he invited me, and all the kings and captains; and when I came, he said, "Brother, we are as glad to see you among us, as if we dined with the Go­vernor and people in Philadelphia. We have thought a great deal since you have been here. We never thought so much before." * I thanked them for their kind reception; I said, it was something great, that God had spared our lives, to see one another again, in the old brother-like love and friendship. There were in all thirteen, who dined together.

In the evening they danced at my fire, first the men, and then the women, till after midnight.

On the 16th, the king and the captains called on me privately. They wanted to hear what Teedyuscung had said of them, and beg­ged me to take out the writings. I read to them what Teedyuscung had said, and told them, as Teedyuscung had said he would speak so loud, that all at Allegheny, and beyond, should hear it, I would conceal nothing from them. They said, they never sent any such advice (as above mentioned) to Teedyuscung, nor ever sent a mes­sage at all to the government; and now the French were here, their captain would come to hear, and this would make disturbance. I then told them I would read the rest, and leave out that part, and they might tell the kings and captains of it, when they came together.

— 17th. Early this morning they called all the people toge­ther to clean the place, where they intended to hold the council, it being in the middle of the town. Kushkushkee is divided into four towns, each at a distance from the others; and the whole consists of about ninety houses, and two hundred able warriors.

About noon two public messengers arrived from the Indians at fort Duquesne and the other towns. They brought three large belts and two bundles of strings; there came with them a French captain, and fifteen men. The two messengers insisted that I should go with them to fort Duquesne; that there were Indians of eight nations, who wanted to hear me; that if I brought good news, they inclined to leave off war, and live in friendship with the En­glish. The above messengers being Indian captains, were very [Page 72] surly. When I went to shake hands with one of them, he gave me his little finger; the other withdrew his hand entirely; upon which I appeared as stout as either, and withdrew my hand as quick as I could. Their rudeness to me was taken very ill by the other cap­tains, who treated them in the same manner in their turn.

I told them my order was to go to the Indian towns, kings and captains, and not to the French; that the English were at was with the French, but not with those Indians, who withdrew from the French, and would be at peace with the English.

King Beaver invited me to his house to dinner, and afterwards he invited the French captain, and said before the Frenchman, that the Indians were very proud to see one of their brothers, the En­glish, among them; at which the French captain appeared low spi­rited, and seemed to eat his dinner with very little appetite.

[...] Indian kings and captains called me aside, [...] [...]esir [...] [...] them the writings that I had. First I read part of the Easton treaty [...] them; but they presently stopped me, and would not hear it; I then began with the articles of peace made with the Indians there. They stopped me again, and said, they had nothing to say to any treaty, or league, of peace, made at Easton, nor had any thing to do with Teedyuscung; that, if I had nothing to say to them from the government, or Governor, they would have nothing to say to me; and farther said, they had hitherto been at war with the English, and had never expected to be at peace with them again; and that there were six of their men now gone to war against them with other Indians; that had there been peace between us, those men should not have gone to war. I then shewed them the belts and strings from the Governor; and they again told me to lay aside Teedyuscung, and the peace made by him; for that they had nothing to do with it. * I desired them to suffer me to produce my papers, and I would read what I had to say to them.

—18th. Delaware George is very active in endeavouring to esta­blish a peace. I believe he is in earnest. Hitherto they have all treated me kindly.

In the afternoon, all the kings and captains were called together, and sent for me to their council. King Beaver first add [...]ssed him­self to the captains; and afterwards spoke to me, as follows:

[Page 73]"Brother, you have been here now five days by our fire. * We have sent to all the kings and captains, desiring them to come to our [...]re and hear the good news you brought. Yesterday they sent two captains to acquaint us, they were glad to hear our English bro­ther was come among us, and were desirous to hear the good news he brought; and since there are a great many nations that went to see ou [...] brother, they have invited [...] their fire, that they may hear us all. Now, brother, we have but one great fire; so, brother, by this string we will take you in our arms, and de­liver you into the arms of the other kings, and when we have called all the nations there, we will hear the good news, you have brought." Delivers four strings.

King Beaver, Shingas, and Delaware George, spoke as follows:

"Brother, we alone cannot make a peace; it would be of no signification; for, as all the Indians, from the sun-rise to the sun­set, are united in a body, it is necessary that the whole should join in the peace, or it can be no peace; and we can assure you, all the Indians, a great way from this, even beyond the lakes, are desirous of, and wish for a peace with the English, and have desired [...]s, as we are the nearest of kin, if we see the English incline to a peace, to hold it fast."

On the 19th, all the people gathered together, men, women, and children; and king Beaver desired me to read to them the news I had brought, and told me that all the able men would go with me to the other town. I complied with his desire, and they ap­peared very much pleased at every thing, till I came to that part respecting the prisoners. This they disliked; for, they say, it appears very odd and unreasonable that we should demand prison­ers before there is an established peace; such an unreasonable de­mand makes us appear as if we wanted brains.

—20th. We set out from Kushkushkee, for Sankonk; my com­pany consisted of twenty-five horsemen and fifteen foot. We ar­rived at Sankonk, in the afternoon. The people of the town were much disturbed at my coming, and received me in a very rough manner. They surrounded me with drawn knives in their hands, in such a manner, that I could hardly get along; running up against me; with their breasts open, as if they wanted some pre­tence to kill me. I saw by their countenances they sought my death. Their faces were quite distorted with rage, and they went so far as to say, I should not live long; but some Indians, with whom I was formerly acquainted, coming up, and saluting me in a friendly manner, their behaviour to me was quickly changed.

[Page 74]On the 21st, they sent Messengers to Fort Duquesne, to let them know I was there, and invited them to their fire. In the after­noon, I read them all my message, the French [...] sent; for [...] still continued with [...] upon which they were [...] kind to me. In the evening, [...] ar [...]ive [...] here fro [...] [...] ­kushkee. The men here now about one hundred and twenty.

—22d. Arrived about twenty Shawanese and Mingos. I read to them the message; at which they seemed well pleased. Then the two kings came to me, and spoke in the following manner:

"Brother, we, the Shawanese and Mingos, have heard your message; the messenger we sent to Fort Duquesne, is returned, and tells us, there are eight different nations there, who want to hear your message; we will conduct you there, and let both the Indians and French hear what our brothers, the English, have to say."

I protested against going to Fort Duquesne, but all in vain; for they insisted on my going, and said that I need not fear the French, for they would carry me in their bosoms, i. e. engage for my safety.

—23d. We set off for Fort Duquesne, and went no farther this night than Log's town, where I met with four Shawanese, who lived in Wyoming when I did. They received me very kindly, and called the prisoners to shake hands with me, as their country­man, and gave me leave to go into every house to see them, which was done in no other town besides.

—24th. They called to me, and desired that I would write to the general for them. The jealousy natural to the Indians is not to be described; for though they wanted me to write for them, they were afraid I would, at the same time, give other information, and this perplexed them.

We continued our journey to the fort; and arrived in sight, on this side the river, in the afternoon, and all the Indian chiefs immediately came over; they called me into the middle, and king Beaver presented me to them, and said, "Here is our English brother, who has brought great news." Two of them rose up and signified they were glad to see me. But an old deaf Onondago Indian rose up and signified his displeasure. This Indian is much disliked by the others; he had heard nothing yet, that had passed, he has lived here a great while, and constantly lives in the fort, and is mightily attached to the French; he spoke as follows, to the De­lawares;

[Page 75]"I do not know this Swannock; * it may be that you know him. I, the Shawanese, and our father do not know him. I stand here (st [...]mping his foot) as a man on his own ground; therefore, I, [...] [...]wanese and my f [...]ther [...] like that a [...] ground." Then there was [...] [...]ound; § after that was over, one of the Delawares rose up, and spoke in opposition to him that spoke last, and delivered himself as follows:

"That man speaks not as a man; he endeavours to frighten us, by saying this ground is his; he dreams; he and his father have certainly drank too much liquor; they are drunk; pray let them go to sleep till they be sober. You do not know what your own nation does, at home; how much they have to say to the Swannocks. You are quite rotten. You stink. You do no­thing but smoke your pipe here. Go to sleep with your father, and when you are sober we will speak to you."

After this the French demanded me of the Indians. They said it was a custom among the white people when a messenger came, even if it was the Governor, to blind his eyes, and lead him into the fort, to a prison, or private room. They, with some of the Indians insisted very much on my being sent into the fort, but to no purpose; for the other Indians said to the French: "It may be a rule among you, but we have brought him here, that all the Indians might see him, and hear what our brothers the English have to say; and we will not suffer him to be blinded and carried into the fort." The French still insisted on my being delivered to them; but the Indians desired them, to let them hear no more about it; but to send them one hundred loaves of bread; for they were hungry.

—25th. This morning early they sent us over a large bul­lock, and all the Indian chiefs came over again, and counselled a great deal among themselves; then the Delaware, that handled the old deaf Onondago Indian so roughly yesterday, addressed him­self to him, in this manner; "I hope, to day, you are sober. I [Page 76] am certain you did not know what you said yesterday. You en­deavoured to frighten us; but know, we are now men, and not so easily frightened. You said something yesterday of the Shawanese; see here what they have sent you," (presenting him with a large roll of tobacco.)

Then the old deaf Indian rose up, and acknowledged he had been in the wrong; he said, that he had now cleaned himself, * and hoped they would forgive him.

Then the Delaware delivered the message, that was sent by the Shawanese, which was, "That they hoped the Delawares, &c. would be strong, in what they were undertaking; that they were extremely proud to hear such good news from their brothers, the English; that whatever contracts they made with the English, the Shawanese would agree to; that they were their brothers, and that they loved them."

The French whispered to the Indians, as I imagined, to insist on my delivering what I had to say, on the other side of the water. Which they did to no purpose, for my company still insisted on a hearing on this side the water. The Indians crossed the river to council with their Fathers. 33 My company desired to know whe­ther they would hear me or no. This afternoon three hundred Canadians arrived at the fort, and reported that six hundred more were soon to follow them, and forty battoes laden with amunition. Some of my party desired me not to stir from the fire; for that the French had offered a great reward for my scalp, and that there were several parties out on that purpose. Accordingly I stuck constantly as close to the fire, as if I had been chained there.

—26th. The Indians, with a great many of the French officers, came over to hear what I had to say. The officers brought with them a table, pens, ink and paper. I spoke in the middle of them with a free conscience, and perceived by the look of the French, they were not pleased with what I said; the particulars of which were as follows; I spoke in the name of the government and peo­ple of Pensilvania.

"Brethren at Allegheny, We have a long time desired to see and hear from you; you know the road was quite stopt; and we did not know how to come through. We have sent many messen­gers to you; but we did not hear of you; now we are very glad [Page 77] we have found an opening to come and see you, and to speak with you, and to hear your true mind and resolution. We salute you very heartily." A string, No. 1.

"Brethren at Allegheny, Take notice of what I say. You know that the bad spirit has brought something between us, that has kept us at a distance one from another; I now, by this belt, take every thing out of the way, that the bad spirit has brought between us, and all the jealousy and fearfulness we had of one another, and whatever else the bad spirit might have poisoned your heart and mind with, that nothing of it may be left. More­over let us look up to God, and beg for his assistance, that he may put into our hearts what pleases him, and join us close in that bro­therly love and friendship, which our grandfathers had. We assure you of our love towards you." A belt of eleven rows.

"Brothers at Allegheny, Hearken to what I say; we began to hear of you from Wellemeghihink, who returned from Allegheny. We heard you had but a slight confused account of us; and did not know of the peace, we made twelve months past, in Easton. It was then agreed, that the large belt of peace should be sent to you at Allegheny. As these our two old friends from Allegheny, who are well known to many here, found an opening to come to our council fire, to see with their own eyes, to sit with us face to face, to hear with their own ears, every thing that has been trans­acted between us; it gives me and all the people of the province great pleasure to see them among us. And I assure all my brethren at Allegheny, that nothing would please me, and all the people of the province better, than to see our countrymen the Delawares well settled among us." A belt.

"Hearken, my brethren at Allegheny. When we began to make peace with the Delawares, twelve months ago, in behalf of ten other nations, we opened a road, and cleared the bushes from the blood, and gathered all the bones, on both sides, together; and when we had brought them together, in one heap, we could find no place to bury them: we would not bury them as our grandfa­thers did. They buried them under ground, where they may be found again. We prayed to God, that he would have mercy on us, and take all these bones away from us, and hide them, that they might never be found any more; and take from both sides all the remem­brance of them out of our heart and mind. And we have a firm confidence, that God will be pleased to take all the bones and hide them from us, that they may never be remembered by us, while we live, nor our children, nor grand children, hereafter. The hatchet was buried on both sides, and large belts of peace [Page 78] exchanged. Since we have cleared every thing from the heart, and taken every thing out of the way; now, my brethren at Allegheny, every one that hears me, if you will jo [...] with us, in that brotherly love and friendship, which our grand-fathers had, we assure you, that all past [...]iences shall be forgotten, and never more talked of by us, our children and grand children hereafter. This belt as­sures you of our sincerity, and honest and upright heart towards you." A belt of seven rows.

"Hearken, brethren at Allegheny. I have told you that we really made peace with part of your nation, twelve months past; I now by this belt open the road from Allegheny to our council fire, where your grandfathers kept good councils with us, that all may pass without molestation or danger. You must be sensible, that unless a road be kept open, people at variance can never to­gether to make up their differences. Messengers are free in all na­tions throughout the world, by a particular token. Now, bre­thren at Allegheny, I desire you will join with me in keeping the road open, and let us know in what manner we may come free to you, and what the token shall be. I join both my hands to yours, and will do all in my power to keep the road open." A belt of seven rows.

"Now, brethren at Allegheny, Hear what I say. Every one that lays hold of this belt of peace, I proclaim peace to them from the English nation, and let you know that the great king of England does not incline to have war with the Indians; but he wants to live in peace and love with them, if they will lay down the hatchet, and loave off war against him."

"We love you farther, we let you know that the great king of England has sent a great number of warriors into this country, not to go to war against the Indians, in their towns, no, not at all; these warriors are going against the French; they are on the march to the Ohio, to revenge the blood they have shed. And by this belt I take you by the hand, and lead you at a distance from the French, for your own safety, that your legs may not be stained with blood. Come away on this side of the mountain, where we may oftener converse together, and where your own flesh and blood lives. We look upon you as our countrymen, that sprung out of the same ground with us; we think, therefore, that it is our duty to take care of you, and we in brotherly love advise you to come away with your whole nation, and as many of your friends as you can get to follow you. We do not come to hurt you, we love you, therefore we do not call you to war, that you may be slain; what be­nefit will it be to you to go to war with your own flesh and blood? [Page 79] We wish you may live without fear or danger with your women and children." The large peace bel [...].

"Brethren, I have almost finished what I had to say, and hope it will be to your satisfaction; my wish is, that we may join close together in that old broth [...] [...] love and friendship, which our grandfathers had; so that all the nations may hear and see us, and have the benefit of it; and if you have any uneasiness, or com­plaint, in your heart and mind, do not keep it to yourself. We have opened the road to the council fire, therefore, my brethren, come and acquaint the Governor with it; you will be readily heard, and full justice will be done you." A belt.

"Brethren, One thing I must bring to your remembrance. You know, if any body loses a little child, or some body takes it from him, he cannot be easy, he will think on his child by day and night; since our flesh and blood is in captivity, in the Indian towns, we desire you will rejoice the country's heart, and bring them to me; I shall stretch out my arms to receive you kindly." A string.

After I had done, I left my belts and strings still before them. The Delawares took them all up, and laid them before the Min­goes; * upon which they rose up, and spoke as follows:

"Chau, What I have heard pleases me well; I do not know why I go to war against the English. Noques, what do you think? You must be strong. I did not begin the war, therefore, I have little to say; but whatever you agree to, I will do the same." Then he addressed himself to the Shawanese, and said, "You brought the hatchet to us from the French, and persuaded us to strike our brothers the English; you may consider (laying the belts, &c. before them) wherefore you have done this."

The Shawanese acknowledged they received the hatchet from the French, who persuaded them to strike the English; that they would now send the belts to all the Indians, and in twelve days would meet again.

Present at this council, three hundred French and Indians. They all took leave, and went over again to the fort, but my com­panions, who were about seventy in number.

Shamokin Daniel, who came with me, went over to the fort by himself, (which my companions disapproved of) and counselled with the Governor; who presented him with a laced coat and hat, a blanket, shirts, ribbons, a new gun, powder, lead, &c. When he returned he was quite changed, and said, "See here, you [Page 80] fools, what the French have given me. I was in Philadelphia, and never received a farthing;" and, directing himself to me, he said, "The English are fools, and so are you." In short, he behaved in a very proud, saucy and imperious manner. He further said, "The English never give the Indians any powder, and that the French would have given him a horseload, if he would have taken it; see that young man there, he was in Philadelphia and never got on thing; I will take him over to the French, and get some cloathing for him."

Three Indians informed me, that as soon as the French got over, they called a council, with their own Indians, among whom there happened accidentally to be a Delaware captain, who was privately invited by one of his acquaintance to hear what the French had to say; and when they were assembled, the French spoke, as fol­lows:

"My children, now we are alone, hearken to what I have to say. I perceive the Delawares are wavering; they incline to the English, and will be faithful to us no longer. Now all their chiefs are here, and but a handful, let us cut them off, and then we shall be troubled with them no longer." Then the Tawaas an­swered, "No, we cannot do this thing; for though there is but a handful here, the Delawares are a strong people, and are spread to a great distance, and whatever they agree to must be."

This afternoon, in council, on the other side of the river, the French insisted that I must be delivered up to them, and that it was not lawful for me to go away; which occasioned a quarrel be­tween them and the Indians, who immediately came away and crossed the river to me; and some of them let me know that Da­niel had received a string from the French, to leave me there; but it was to no purpose, for they would not give their consent; and then agreed that I should set off before day the next morning.

—27th. Accordingly I set out before day, with six Indians, and took another road, that we might not be seen; the main body told me, they would stay behind, to know whether the French would make an attempt to take me by force; that if they did, they, the Indians, would endeavour to prevent their crossing the river, and coming secretly upon me. Just as I set off the French fired all their great guns, it being Sunday (I counted nineteen) and concluded they did the same every Sabbath. We passed through three Shawanese towns; the Indians appeared very proud to see me return, and we arrived about night at Sawcunk, where they were likewise very glad to see me return. Here I met with the two captains, who treated me so uncivilly before; they now [Page 81] received me very kindly, and accepted of my hand, and apolo­gized for their former rude behaviour. Their names are Kuckque­ [...] and Killbuck. They said.

"Brother, we, in behalf of the people of Sawcunk, desire that you will hold fast what you have begun, and be strong. * We are but little and poor, and therefore cannot do much. You are rich, and must go ou [...] and be strong. We have done all in our power towards bringing about a peace: we have had a great quar­rel about you with the French; but we do not mind them. Do you make haste, and be strong, and let us see you again." The said Killbuck is a great captain and conjurer; he desired me to men­tion him to the Governor, and ask him if he would be pleased to send him a good saddle by the next messenger; and that he would do all in his power for the service of the English.

—28th. We set out from Sawcunk, in company with twenty, for Kushkushkee; on the road Shingas addressed himself to me, and asked, if I did not think, that, if he came to the English, they would hang him, as they had offered a great reward for his head. He spoke in a very soft and easy manner. I told him that was a great while ago, it was all forgotten and wiped clean away; that the English would receive him very kindly. Then Daniel inter­rupted me, and said to Shingas, "Do not believe him, he tells nothing but idle lying stories. Wherefore did the English hire one thousand two hundred Indians to kill us." I protested it was false; he said, G—d d—n you for a fool; did you not see the wo­man lying in the road that was killed by the Indians, that the En­glish hired? I said, "Brother do consider how many thousand Indians the French have hired to kill the English, and how many they have killed along the frontiers." Then Daniel said, "D—n you, why do not you and the French sight on the sea? You come here only to cheat the poor Indians, and take their land from them." Then Shingas told him to be still; for he did not know what he said. We arrived at Kushkushkee before night, and I informed Pisquetumen of Daniel's behaviour, at which he appeared sorry.

—29th. I dined with Shingas; he told me, though the En­glish had set a great price on his head, he had never thought to revenge himself, but was always very kind to any prisoners that were brought in; and that he assured the Governor, he would do all in his power to bring about an established peace, and wished he could be certain of the English being in earnest.

[Page 82]Then seven chiefs present said, when the Governor sends the next messenger, let him send two or three white men, at least, to confirm the thing, and not send such a man as Daniel; they did not understand him; he always speaks, said they, as if he was drunk; and if a great many of them had not known me, they should not know what to think; for every thing I said he contradicted. I assured them I would faithfully inform the Governor of what they said, and they should see, as messengers, other guise Indians than Daniel, for the time to come; and I farther informed them, that he was not sent by the Governor, but came on his own accord; and I would endeavour to prevent his coming again. Daniel de­manded of me his pay, and I gave him three dollars; and he took as much wampum from me as he pleased, and would not suffer me to count it. I imagined there was about two thousand.

About night, nine Tawaas past by here, in their way to the French Fort.

—30th and 31st. The Indians feasted greatly, during which time, I several times begged of them to consider and dispatch me.

September 1st. Shingas, King Beaver, Delaware George, and Pisquetumen, with several other captains said to me,

"Brother, We have thought a great deal since God has brought you to us; and this is a matter of great consequence, which we cannot readily answer; we think on it, and will answer you as soon as we can. Our feast hinders us; all our young men, wo­men and children are glad to see you; before you came, they all agreed together to go and join the French; but since they have seen you, they all draw back; though we have great reason to be­lieve you intend to drive us away, and settle the country; or else, why do you come to fight in the land that God has given us?"

I said, we did not intend to take the land from them; but only to drive the French away. They said, they knew better; for that they were informed so by our greatest traders; and some Justices of the Peace had told them the same, and the French, said they, tell us much the same thing,—"that the English intend to destroy us, and take our lands from us; but, that they are only come to defend us and our lands;" but the land is ours, and not theirs; therefore, we say, if you will be at peace with us, we will send the French home. It is you that have begun the war, and it is ne­cessary that you hold fast, and be not discouraged, in the work of peace. We love you more than you love us; for when we take any prisoners from you, we treat them as our own children. We are poor, and yet we clothe them as well as we can, though you see our children are as naked as at the first. By this you may see [Page 83] that our hearts are better than yours. It is plain that you white people are the cause of this war; why do not you and the French fight in the old country, and on the sea? Why do you come to fight on our land? This makes every body believe, you want to take the land from us by force, and settle it. *

I told them, "Brothers, as for my part, I have not one foot of land, nor do I desire to have any; and if I had any land, I had ra­ther give it to you, than take any from you. Yes, brothers, if I die, you will get a little more land from me; for I shall then no longer walk on that ground, which God has made. We told you that you should keep nothing in your heart, but bring it before the council fire, and before the Governor, and his council; they will readily hear you; and I promise you, what they answer they will stand to. I further read to you what agreements they made about Wioming, and they stand to them."

They said, "Brother, your heart is good, you speak always sin­cerely; but we know there are always a great number of people that want to get rich; they never have enough: look, we do not want to be rich, and take away that which others have. God has given you the tame creatures; we do not want to take them from you, God has given to us the deer, and other wild creatures, which we must feed on; and we rejoice in that which springs out of the ground, and thank God for it. Look now, my brother, the white people think we have no brains in our heads; but that they are great and big, and that makes them make war with us: we are but a little handful to what you are; but remember, when you look for a wild turkey you cannot always find it, it is so little it hides itself under the bushes: and when you hunt for a rattle­snake, you cannot find it; and perhaps it will bite you before you see it. However, since you are so great and big, and we so little, do you use your greatness and strength in compleating this work of peace. This is the first time that we saw or heard of you, since the war begun, and we have great reason to think about it, since [Page 84] such a great body of you comes into our lands *. It is told us, that you and the French contrived the war, to waste the Indians between you; and that you and the French intended to divide the land be­tween you: this was told us by the chief of the Indian traders; and they said further, brothers, this is the last time we shall come among you; for the French and English intend to kill all the Indians, and then divide the land among themselves.

Then they addressed themselves to me, and said, "Brother, I suppose you know something about it; or has the Governor stopped your mouth, that you cannot tell us?"

Then I said, "Brothers, I am very sorry to see you so jealous. I am your own flesh and blood, and sooner than I would tell you any story that would be of hurt to you, or your children, I would suffer death: and if I did not know that it was the desire of the Governor, that we should renew our old brotherly love and friend­ship, that subsisted between our grandfathers, I would not have undertaken this journey. I do assure you of mine and the people's honesty. If the French had not been here, the English would not have come; and consider, brothers, whether, in such a case, we can always sit still."

Then they said, "It is a thousand pities we did not know this sooner; if we had, it would have been peace long before now."

Then I said, "My brothers, I know you have been wrongly persuaded by many wicked people; for you must know, that there are a great many Papists in the country, in French interest, who appear like gentlemen, and have sent many runaway Irish papist ser­vants among you, who have put bad notions into your heads, and strengthened you against your brothers the English.

"Brothers, I beg that you would not believe every idle and false story, that ill-designing people may bring to you against us your brothers. Let us not hearken to what lying and foolish people may bring to you, against us your brothers. Let us not hearken to what lying and foolish people say, but let us hear what wise and good people say; they will tell us what is good for us and our children."

Mem. There are a great number of Irish traders now among the Indians, who have always endeavoured to spirit up the Indians against the English; which made some, that I was acquainted with from their infancy, desire the chiefs to enquire of me, for that they were certain I would speak the truth.

[Page 85] Pisquetumen now told me, we could not go to the General, that it was very dangerous, the French having sent out several scouts to wait for me on the road. And further, Pisquetumen told me, it was a pity the Governor had no ear *, to bring him intelligence; that the French had three ears, whom they rewarded with great presents; and signified, that he and Shingas would be ears, at the service of his honour, if he pleased.

—2d. I bade Shingas to make haste and dispatch me, and once more desired to know of them, if it was possible for them to guide me to the General. Of all which they told me they would consi­der; and Shingas gave me his hand, and said, "Brother, the next time you come, I will return with you to Philadelphia, and will do all in my power to prevent any body's coming to hurt the English more."

—3d. To-day I found myself unwell, and made a little tea, which refreshed me: had many very pretty discourses with George. In the afternoon they called a council together, and gave me the following answer in council; the speaker addressing the Governor and people of Pennsylvania:

"Brethren, It is a great many days since we have seen and heard you. I now speak to you in behalf of all the nations, that have heard you heretofore.

"Brethren, it is the first message which we have seen or heard from you. Brethren, you have talked of that peace and friend­ship which we had formerly with you. Brethren, we tell you to be strong, and always remember that friendship, which we had formerly. Brethren, we desire you would be strong, and let us once more hear of our good friendship and peace, we had former­ly. Brethren, we desire that you make haste, and let us hear of you again; for, as yet, we have not heard you rightly.

Gives a string.

"Brethren, near what I have to say: look, brethren, we, who have now seen and heard you, we, who are present, are part of all the several nations, that heard you some days ago; we see that you are sorry we have not that friendship, we formerly had.

[Page 86]"Look, brethren, we at Allegheny are likewise sorry, we have not that friendship with you, which we formerly had. Brethren, we long for that peace and friendship we had formerly. Brethren, it is good that you desire that friendship, that was formerly among our fathers and grandfathers. Brethren, we will tell you, you must not let that friendship be quite lost, which was formerly between us.

"Now, brethren, it is three years since we dropt that peace and friendship, which we formerly had with you. Brethren, it was dropt, and lay buried in the ground, where you and I stand, in the middle between us both. Brethren, I see you have digged up, and revived, that friendship, which was buried in the ground; and now you have it, hold it fast. Do be strong, bre­thren, and exert yourselves, that that friendship may be well esta­blished and finished between us. Brethren, if you will be strong, it is in your power to finish that peace and friendship well. There­fore, brethren, we desire you to be strong and establish it, and make known to all the English this peace and friendship, that it may embrace all and cover all. As you are of one nation and co­lour, in all the English governments, so let the peace be the same with all. Brethren, when you have finished this peace, which you have begun; when it is known every where amongst your brethren, and you have every where agreed together on this peace and friendship, then you will be pleased to send the great peace belt to us at Allegheny.

"Brethren, when you have settled this peace and friendship, and finished it well, and you send the great peace-belt to me, I will send it to all the nations of my colour, they will all join to it, and we all will hold it fast.

"Brethren, when all the nations join to this friendship, then the day will begin to shine clear over us. When we hear once more of you, and we join together, then the day will be still, and no wind, or storm, will come over us, to disturb us.

"Now, brethren, you know our hearts, and what we have to say; be strong; if you do what we have now told you, and in this peace all the nations agree to join. Now, brethren, let the king of England know what our mind is as soon as possibly you can." * Gives a belt of eight rows.

[Page 87]I received the above speech and belt from the underwritten, who are all captains and counsellors.

  • BEAVER, KING,
  • DELAWARE GEORGE,
  • PISQUETUMEN,
  • TASUCAMIN,
  • AWAKANOMIN,
  • CUSHAWMEKWY,
  • KEYHEYNAPALIN,
  • CAPTAIN PETER,
  • MACOMAL,
  • POPAUCE,
  • WASHAOCAUTAUT,
  • COCHQUACAUKEHLTON,
  • JOHN HICKOMEN, and
  • KILL BUCK.

Delaware George spoke as follows:

"Look, brothers, we are here of three different nations. I am of the Unami nation: I have heard all the speeches that you have made to us with the many other nations.

"Brothers, you did let us know, that every one that takes hold of this peace-belt, [...]ou would take them by the hand, and lead them to the council fire, where our grandfathers kept good coun­cils. So soon as I heard this, I took hold of it.

"Brother, I now let you know that my heart never was parted from you. I am sorry that I should make friendship with the French against the English. I now assure you my heart sticks close to the English interest. One of our great captains, when he heard it, immediately took hold of it as well as myself. Now, Bro­ther, I let you know that you shall soon see me by your council fire, and then I shall hear from you myself, the plain truth, in every respect.

"I love that which is good, like as our grandfathers did: they chose to speak the sentiments of their mind: all the Five Nations know me, and know that I always spoke truth; and so you shall find, when I come to your council fire." Gives a string.

The above Delaware George had in company with him,

  • CUSHAWMEKWY,
  • KEHKEHNOPATIN,
  • CAPTAIN PETER,
  • JOHN PETER,
  • STINFEOR.

—4th. Present, Shingas, King Beaver, Pisquetumen, and se­veral others. I asked what they meant by saying, "They had not rightly heard me yet." They said,

[Page 88]"Brother, you very well know that you have collected all your young men about the country, which makes a large body; * and now they are standing before our doors; you come with good news, and fine speeches. Brother, this is what makes us jealous, and we do not know what to think of it: if you had brought the news of peace before your army had begun to march, it would have caused a great deal more good. We do not so readily be­lieve you, because a great many great men and traders have told us, long before the war, that you and the French intended to join and cut all the Indians off. These were people of your own colour, and your own countrymen; and some told us to join the French; for that they would be our fathers: besides, many runaways have told us the same story; and some we took prisoners told us how you would use us, if you caught us: therefore, brother, I say, we cannot conclude, at this time, but must see and hear you once more." And further they said,

"Now, brother, you are here with us, you are our flesh and blood, speak from the bottom of your heart, will not the French and English join together to cut off the Indians? Speak, brother, from your heart, and tell us the truth, and let us know who were the beginners of the war."

Then I delivered myself thus:

"Brothers, I love you from the bottom of my heart. I am extremely sorry to see the jealousy so deeply rooted in your hearts and minds. I have told you the truth; and yet, if I was to tell it you a hundred times, it seems you would not rightly believe me. My Indian brothers, I wish you would draw your hearts to God, that he may convince you of the truth.

"I do now declare, before God, that the English never did, nor never will, join with the French to destroy you. As far as I know, the French are the beginners of this war. Brothers, about twelve years ago, you may remember, they had war with the English, and they both agreed to articles of peace. The English gave up C [...]p [...] Breton in Acadia, but the French never gave up the part of that country, which they had agreed to give up; and, in a very little time, made their Children strike the English. This was the first cause of the war. Now, brothers; if any body strike you three times, one after another, you still sit still and consider: they strike you again, then, my brothers, you say, it is time, and you will rise up to defend yourselves. Now, my brothers, this is exactly the case between the French and English. Consider farther, [Page 89] my brothers, what a great number of our poor back inhabitants have been killed since the French came to the Ohio. The French are the cause of their death, and if they were not there, the English would not trouble themselves to go there. They go no where to war, but where the French are. Those wicked people that set you at variance with the English, by telling you many wicked sto­ries, are papists in French pay: besides, there are many among us, in the French service, who appear like gentlemen, and buy Irish papist servants, and promise them great rewards to run away to you and strengthen you against the English, by making them appear as black as devils."

This day arrived here two hundred French and Indians, on their way to fort Duquesne. They staid all night. In the middle of the night king Beaver's daughter died, on which a great many guns were fired in the town.

—5th. It made a general stop in my journey. The French said to their Children, they should catch me privately, or get my scalp. The commander wanted to examine me, as he was going to fort Duquesne. When they told me of it, I said, as he was going to fort Duquesne, he might enquire about me there: I had nothing at all to say, or do with the French: they would tell them every particular they wanted to know in the fort. They all came into the house where I was, as if they would see a new creature.

In the afternoon there came six Indians, and brought three Ger­man prisoners, and two scalps of the Catabaws.

As Daniel blamed the English, that they never paid him for his trouble, I asked him whether he was pleased with what I paid him. He said, no. I said, "Brother, you took as much as you pleased." I asked you, whether you was satisfied; you said, yes. I told him, I was ashamed to hear him blame the country so. I bid him, "You shall have for this journey whatever you desire, when I reach the inhabitants."

—6th. Pisquetumen, Tom Hickman and Shingas told me,

"Brother, it is good that you have stayed so long with us; we love to see you, and wish to see you here longer; but since you are so desirous to go, you may set off to morrow: Pisquetumen has brought you here, and he may carry you home again: you have seen us, and we have talked a great deal together, which we have not done for a long time before. Now, Brother, we love you, but cannot help wondering why the English and French do not make up with one another, and tell one another not to fight on our land."

[Page 90]I told them, "Brother, if the English told the French so a thou­sand times, they never would go away. Brother, you know so long as the world has stood there has not been such a war. You know when the French lived on the other side, the war was there, and here we lived in peace. Consider how many thousand men are killed, and how many houses are burned since the French lived here; if they had not been here it would not have been so; you know we do not blame you; we blame the French; they are the cause of this war; therefore, we do not come to hurt you, but to chastise the French."

They told me, that at the great council, held at Onondago, among the Five Nations, before the war began ( Conrad Weiser was there, and wrote every thing down) it was said to the Indians at the Ohio, that they should let the French alone there, and leave it entirely to the Five Nations; the Five Nations would know what to do with them. Yet soon after two hundred French and Indians came and built Fort Duquesne.

King Beaver and Shingas spoke to Pisquetumen,

"Brother, you told us that the Governor of Philadelphia and Teedyuscung took this man out of their bosoms, and put him into your bosom, that you should bring him here; and you have brought him here to us; and we have seen and heard him; and now we give him into your bosom, to bring him to the same place again, before the Governor; but do not let him quite loose; we shall rejoice when we shall see him here again." They desired me to speak to the Governor, in their behalf, as follows:

"Brother, we beg you to remember our oldest brother, Pisque­tumen, and furnish him with good cloathes, and reward him well for his trouble; for we all shall look upon him when he comes back."

—7th. When we were ready to go, they began to council which course we should go, to be safest; and then they hunted for the horses, but could not find them; and so we lost that days journey.

It is a troublesome cross and heavy yoke to draw this people: They can punish and squeeze a body's heart to the utmost. I sus­pect the reason they kept me here so long was by instigation of the French. I remember somebody told me, the French told them to keep me twelve days longer, for that they were afraid I should get back too soon, and give information to the general. My heart has been very heavy here, because they kept me for no purpose. The Lord knows how they have been counselling about my life; but they did not know who was my protector and deliverer: I believe [Page 91] my Lord has been too strong against them; my enemies have done what lies in their power.

—8th. We prepared for our journey on the morning, and made ourselves ready. There came some together and examined me what I had wrote yesterday. I told them, I wondered what need they had to concern themselves about my writing. They said, if they knew I had wrote about the prisoners, they would not let me go out of the town. I told them what I writ was my duty to do. "Brothers, I tell you, I am not afraid of you, if there were a thousand more. I have a good conscience before God and man. I tell you I have wrote nothing about the prisoners. I tell you, Brothers, this is not good; there's a bad spirit in your heart, which breeds that jealousy; and it will keep you ever in fear, that you will never get rest. I beg you would pray to God, for grace to resist that wicked spirit, that breeds such wicked jealousies in you; which is the reason you have kept me here so long. How often have I begged of you to dispatch me? I am ashamed to see you so jealous; I am not, in the least, afraid of you. Have I not brought writings to you? and what, do you think I must not carry some home, to the Governor? or, shall I shut my mouth, and say nothing? Look into your own hearts, and see if it would be right or wrong, if any body gives a salutation to their friends, and it is not returned in the same way. You told me many times how kind you were to the prisoners, and now you are afraid that any of them should speak to me."

They told me, they had cause to be afraid; and then made a draught, and shewed me how they were surrounded with war. Then I told them, if they would be quiet, and keep at a distance, they need not fear. Then they went away, very much ashamed, one after another. I told my men, that we must make haste and go; and accordingly we set off, in the afternoon, from Kushkush­kee, and came ten miles.

—9th. We took a little foot-path hardly to be seen. We lost it, and went through thick bushes, till we came to a mire, which we did not see, till we were in it; and Tom Hickman fell in, and almost broke his leg. We had hard work before we could get the horse out again. The Lord helped me, that I got safe from my horse. I and Pisquetumen had enough to do to come through. We passed many such places: it rained all day; and we got a double portion of it, because we received all that hung on the bushes. We were as wet as if we were swimming all the day; and at night we laid ourselves down in a swampy place to sleep, where we had nothing but the heavens for our covering.

[Page 92]—10th. We had but little to live on. Tom Hickman shot a deer on the road. Every thing here, upon the Ohio, is extremely dear, much more so than in Pennsylvania: I gave for one dish of corn four hundred and sixty wampum. They told me that the Governor of fort Duquesne kept a store of his own, and that all the Indians must come and buy the goods of him; and when they come and buy, he tells them, if they will go to war, they shall have as much goods as they please. Before I set off, I heard fur­ther, that a French captain who goes to all the Indian towns * came to Sacunck, and said, "Children, will you not come and help your father against the English?" They answered, "Why should we go to war against our brethren? They are now our friends." "O! Children," said he, "I hope you do not own them for friends." "Yes," said they, "We do; we are their friends, and we hope they will remain ours." "O! Children, said he, you must not believe what you have heard, and what has been told you by that man." They said to him, "Yes, we do believe him more than we do you: it was you that set us against them; and we will by and by have peace with them:" and then he spoke not a word more, but returned to the fort. So, I hope, some good is done: praised be the name of the Lord.

—11th. Being Monday, we went over Antigoc: we went down a very steep hill, and our horses slipt so far, that I expected, every moment, they would fall heels over head. We found fresh Indian tracts on the other side of the river. We crossed Allegheny river, and went through the bushes upon a high hill, and slept upon the side of the mountain, without fire, for fear of the ene­my. It was a cold night, and I had but a thin blanket to cover myself.

—12th. We made a little fire, to warm ourselves in the morning. Our horses began to be weary with climbing up and down these steep mountains. We came this night to the top of a mountain, where we found a log-house. Here we made a small fire, just to boil ourselves a little victuals. The Indians were very much afraid, and lay with their guns and tomhocks on all night. They heard somebody run and whisper in the night. I slept very sound, and in the morning they asked me, if I was not afraid the enemy Indians would kill me. I said, "No, I am not afraid of the Indians, nor the devil himself: I fear my great Creator, God." "Aye, they said, you know you will go to a good place when you die, but we do not know that: that makes us afraid."

[Page 93]—13th. In the afternoon we twice crossed Chowatin, and came to Ponchestanning, an old deserted Indian town, that lies on the same creek. We went through a bad swamp, where were very thick sharp thorns, so that they tore our cloaths and flesh, both hands and face, to a bad degree. We had this kind of road all the day. In the evening we made a fire, and then they heard something rush, in the bushes, as though they heard somebody walk. Then we went about three gun-shot from our fire, and could not find a place to lie down on, for the innumerable rocks; so that we were obliged to get small stones to fill up the hollow places in the rocks, for our bed; but it was very uneasy; almost shirt and skin grew together. They kept watch one after another all night.

—14th. In the morning, I asked them what made them afraid. They said, I knew nothing; the French had set a great price on my head; and they knew there was gone out a great scout to lie in wait for me. We went over great mountains and a very bad road.

—15th. We came to Susquehanna, and crossed it six times, and came to Catawaweshink, where had been an old Indian town. In the evening there came three Indians, and said they saw two Indian tracks, which came to the place where we slept, and turned back, as if to give information of us to a party; so that we were sure they followed us.

—16th and 17th. We crossed the mountain.

—18th. Came to the Big Island, where having nothing to live on, we were obliged to stay to hunt.

—19th. We met 20 warriors, who were returning from the inhabitants, with five prisoners and one scalp; six of them were Delawares, the rest Mingoes. We sat down all in one ring to­gether. I informed them where I had been, and what was done; they asked me to go back a little, and so I did, and slept all night with them. I informed them of the particulars of the peace pro­posed; they said, "If they had known so much before, they would not have gone to war. Be strong; if you make a good peace, then we will bring all the prisoners back again." They killed two deer, and gave me one.

—20th. We took leave of each other, and went on our journey, and arrived the 22d at fort Augusta, in the afternoon, very weary and hungry; but greatly rejoiced of our return from this tedious journey.

[Page 94]There is not a prouder, or more high minded people, in them­selves, than the Indians. They think themselves the wisest and prudentest men in the world; and that they can over-power both the French and English when they please. The white people are, in their eyes, nothing at all. They say, that through their conjur­ing craft they can do what they please, and nothing can withstand them. In their way of sighting they have this method, to see that they first shoot the officers and commanders; and then, they say, we shall be sure to have them. They also say, that if their conju­rers run through the middle of our people, no bullet can hurt them. They say too, that when they have shot the commanders, the soldiers will all be confused, and will not know what to do. They say of themselves, that every one of them is like a king and captain, and fights for himself. By this way they imagine they can overthrow any body of men, that may come against them. They say, "The English people are fools; they hold their guns half man high, and then let them snap; we take sight and have them at a shot, and so do the French; they do not only shoot with a bullet, but big swan shot." They say, the French load with a bullet and six swan-shot. They further say, "We take care to have the first shot at our enemies, and then they are half dead before they begin to fight."

The Indians are a people full of jealousy, and will not easily trust any body; and they are very easily affronted, and brought into jealousy; then afterwards they will have nothing at all to do with those they suspect; and it is not brought so easy out of their minds; they keep it to their graves, and leave the seed of it in their children and grand children's minds; so, if they can, they will revenge themselves for every imagined injury. They are a very distrustful people. Through their imagination and reason they think themselves a thousand times stronger than all all other peo­ple. Fort du Quesne is said to be undermined. The French have given out, that, if we overpower them, and they should die, we should certainly all die with them. When I came to the fort, the garrison, it was said, consisted of about one thousand four hun­dred men; and I am told they will now be full three thousand French and Indians, They are almost all Canadians, and will cer­tainly meet the general before he comes to the fort, in an ambush. You may depend upon it the French will make no open field-battle, as in the old country, but lie in ambush. The Canadians are all hunters. The Indians have agreed to draw back; but how far we may give credit to their promises the Lord knows. It is the best way to be on our guard against them, as if they really could with one thousand overpower eight thousand.

[Page 95]Thirty-two nights I lay in the woods; the heavens were any covering. The dew came so hard sometimes, that it pinched close to the skin. There was nothing that laid so heavy on my heart, as the man that went along with me. He thwarted me in every thing I said or did; not that he did it against me, but against the country, on whose business I was sent; I was afraid he would overthrow what I went about. When he was with the English he would speak against the French, and when with the French against the English. The Indians observed that he was a false fellow, and desired me, that I would not bring him any more, to transact any business between the English and them; and told me, it was through his means I could not have the liberty to talk with the prisoners.

Praise and glory be to the Lamb, that has been slain, and brought me through the country of dreadful jealousy and mistrust, where the prince of this world has his rule and government over the children of disobedience.

The Lord has preserved me through all the dangers and difficul­ties, that I have ever been under. He directed me according to his will, by his holy spirit. I had no one to converse with but him. He brought me under a thick, heavy, and dark cloud, into the open air; for which I adore, praise and worship the Lord my God, that I know has grasped me in his hands, and has forgiven me for all sins, and sent and washed my heart with his most precious blood; that I now live not for myself, but for him that made me; and to do his holy will is my pleasure. I own that, in the children of light, there dwells another kind of spirit, than there does in the children of this world; therefore, these two spirits cannot rightly agree in fellowship.

CHRISTIAN FREDERICK POST.
[Page 96]

No. IX.

The second journal of Christian Frederick Post, on a message from the Governor of Pennsylvania, to the Indians on the Ohio, in the latter part of the same year:

Containing his further negotiation with these people, to accomplish the design of his former journey, and procure a peace with them; in which he met with fresh difficulties and dangers, occasioned by the French influence, &c.

But the Indians, being acquainted with his honest simplicity, and calling to mind their former friendship with the inhabitants of Pennsylva­nia, so far paid a regard to his sincerity, as to listen to the terms proposed; and in consequence thereof the French were obliged to aban­don the whole Ohio country to General Forbes, after destroying with their own hands their strong fort of Duquesne.

October 25th, 1758. HAVING received the orders of the honourable Governor Denny, I set out from Easton to Bethlehem, and arrived there about three o'clock in the afternoon; I was em­ployed most of the night, in preparing myself with necessaries, &c. for the journey.

—26th. Rose early, but my horse being lame, though I tra­velled all the day, I could not, till after night, reach to an inn, about ten miles from Reading.

—27th. I set out early, and about seven o'clock in the morn­ing came to Reading, and there found Captain Bull, Mr. Hays, and the Indians just mounted, and ready to set out on their journey; they were heartily glad to see me; Pisquetomen stretched out his arms, and said, "Now, Brother, I am glad I have got you in my arms, I will not let you go, I will not let your go again from me, you must go with me:" and I likewise said the same to him, and told him, "I will accompany you, if you will go the same way as I must go." And then I called them together, in Mr. Weiser's house, and read a letter to them, which I had received from the Governor, which is as follows, viz.

[Page 97]

To Pisquetomen and Thomas Hickman, to Totiniontonna and Shickalamy, and to Isaac Still.

Brethen, Mr. Frederick Post is come express from the general, who sends his compliments to you, and desires you would come by the way of his camp, and give him an opportunity of talking with you.

By this string of wampum I request of you to alter your intended rout by way of Shamokin, and to go to the general, who will give you a kind reception. It is a nigher way, in which you will be better supplied with provisions, and can travel with less fa­tigue and more safety.

WILLIAM DENNY.

To which I added, "Brethren, I take you by this string, * by the hand, and lift you from this place, and lead you along to the general."

After which they consulted among themselves, and soon resolved to go with me. We shook hands with each other, and Mr. Hays immediately set out with them; after which, having with some difficulty procured a fresh horse, in the king's service, I set off about noon with captain Bull; and when we came to Conrad Wei­ser's plantation, we found Pisquetomen lying on the ground very drunk, which obliged us to stay there all night; the other Indians were gone eight miles farther on their journey.

—28th. We rose early, and I spoke to Pisquetomen a great deal; he was very sick, and could hardly stir; when we overtook the rest, we found them in the same condition; and they seemed dis­couraged, from going the way to the general; and wanted to go through the woods. I told them, I was sorry to see them waver­ing, and reminded them, that when I went to their towns, I was not sent to the French, but when your old men insisted on my go­ing to them, I followed their advice, and went; and as the gene­ral is, in the king's name, over the provinces, in matters of war [Page 98] and peace, and the Indians, at Allegheny *, want to know, whether all the English governments will join in the peace with them; the way to obtain full satisfaction is to go to him, and there you will receive another great belt to carry home; which I desire you seriously to take into consideration. They then resolved to go to Harris's fer­ry, and consider about it as they went;—we arrived there late in the night.

—29th. In the morning, the two Cayugas being most desir­ous of going through the woods, the others continued irresolute ; upon which I told them, "I wish you would go with good cou­rage, and with hearty resolution," and repeated what I had said to them yesterday, and reminded them, as they were messengers, they should consider what would be the best for their whole nation; "consult among yourselves, and let me know your true mind and determination;" and I informed them, I could not go with them, unless they would go to the general, as I had messages to deliver him. After which, having consulted together, Pesquitomen came and gave me his hand, and said, "Brother, here is my hand, we have all joined to go with you, and we put ourselves under your protection to bring us safe through, and to secure us from all dan­ger." We came that night to Garlisle and found a small house without the fort, for the Indians to be by themselves, and hired a woman to dress their victuals, which pleased them well.

—30th. Setting out early, we came to Shippensburg, and were lodged in the fort, where the Indians had a house to themselves.

—31st. Set out early; in our passing by Chambers Fort, some of the Irish people, knowing some of the Indians, in a rash man­ner exclaimed against them, and we had some difficulty to get them off clear. At fort London we met about sixteen of the Cherokees, who came in a friendly manner to our Indians, enquiring for Bill Sockum, and shewed the pipe they had received from the Shawa­nese, and gave it, according to their custom, to smoak out of, and said, they hoped they were friends of the English. They knew me. Pesquitomen begged me to give him some wampum, that he might speak to them: I gave him 400 white wampum, and he then said to them:—"We formerly had friendship one with another; we are only messengers, and cannot say much, but by these strings we let you know we are friends, and we are about settling a peace with the English, and wish to be at peace also with you, and all [Page 99] other Indians."—And informed them further, they came from a treaty, which was held at Easton, between the Eight United Na­tions, and their confederates, and the English; in which peace was established; and shewed them the two messengers from the Five Nations, who were going, with them, to make it known to all the Indians to the westward. Then the Cherokees answered and said; "they should be glad to know how far the friendship was to reach; they, for themselves, wished it might reach from the sun-rise to the sun-set; for, as they were in friendship with the English, they would be at peace with all their friends, and at war with their ene­mies."

Nov. 1. We reached fort Littleton, in company with the Che­rokees, and were lodged, in the fort; they, and our Indians, in dis­tinct places; and they entertained each other with stories of their warlike adventures.

—2d. Pesquitomen said to me, "you have led us this way, through the fire; if any mischief should befal us, we shall lay it entirely to you; for we think it was your doing, to bring us this way; you should have told us at Easton, if it was necessary we should go to the general."

I told him, "that I had informed the great men, at Easton, that I then thought it would be best not to let them go from thence, till they had seen the general's letter; and assured them that it was agreeable to the general's pleasure."

—3d. Pesquitomen began to argue with captain Bull and Mr. Hays, upon the same subject, as they did with me, when I went to them with my first message; which was, "that they should tell them, whether the general would claim the land as his own, when he should drive the French away? or, whether the English thought to settle the country? We are always jealous the English will take the land from us. Look, brother, what makes you come with such a large body of men, and make such large roads into our country; we could drive away the French ourselves, without your coming into our country."

Then I desired captain Bull and Mr. Hays to be careful how they argued with the Indians; and be sure to say nothing, that might affront them; for it may prove to our disadvantage, when we come amongst them. This day we came to Rays-town, and with much difficulty got a place to lodge the Indians by themselves, to their satisfaction.

—4th. We intended to set out, but our Indians told us, the Cherokees had desired them to stay that day, as they intended to hold a council; and they desired us to read over to them the go­vernor's [Page 100] message; which we accordingly did. Pesquitomen, finding Jenny Frazer there, who had been their prisoner, and escaped, spoke to her a little rashly. Our Indians, waiting all the day, and the Cherokees not sending to them, were displeased.

—5th. Rose early, and, it raining smartly, we asked our In­dians, if they would go; which they took time to consult about.

The Cherokees came and told them, the English had killed about thirty of their people, for taking some horses; which they resent­ed much; and told our Indians they had better go home, than go any farther with us, lest they should meet with the same. On hearing this, I told them how I had heard it happened; upon which our Indians said, they had behaved like fools, and brought the mischief on themselves.

Pesquitomen, before we went from hence, made it up with Jen­ny Frazer, and they parted good friends; and though it rained hard, we set out at 10 o'clock, and got to the foot of the Alleghenny, and lodged at the first run of water.

—6th. One of our horses went back; we hunted a good while for him. Then we set off, and found one of the worst roads that ever was travelled until Stoney creek. Upon the road we overtook a great number of pack horses; whereon Pesquitomen said, "Brother, now you see, if you had not come to us before, this road would not be so safe as it is; now you see, we could have destroyed all this people on the road, and great mischief would have been done, if you had not stopt, and drawn our people back."— We were informed that the general was not yet gone to fort Du­quesne, wherefore Pesquitomen said, he was glad, and expressed, "If I can come to our towns before the general begins the attack, I know our people will draw back, and leave the French."—We lodged this night at Stoney creek.

—7th. We arose early, and made all the haste we could on our journey; we crossed the large creek, Rehempalin, near Lawrel hill. Upon this hill we overtook the artillery; and came, before sun set, to Loyal Hanning. We were gladly received in the camp by the general, and most of the people. We made our fire near the other Indian camps; which pleased our people. Soon after some of the officers came, and spoke very rashly to our Indians, in respect to their conduct to our people; at which they were much displeased, and answered as rashly, and said, "they did not under­stand such usage; for they were come upon a message of peace; if we had a mind to war, they knew how to help themselves; and that they were not afraid of us."

[Page 101]—8th. At eleven o'clock the general called the Indians toge­ther, the Cherokees and Catawbas being present; he spake to them in a kind and loving manner, and bid them heartily welcome to his camp, and expressed his joy to see them, and desired them to give his compliments to all their kings and captains:—He desired them that had any love for the English nation, to withdraw from the French; for if he should find them among the French, he must treat them as enemies, as he should advance with a large army very soon, and cannot wait longer on account of the winter sea­son. After that he drank the king's health, and all that wish well to the English nation; then he drank king Beaver's, Shingas', and all the warrior's healths, and recommended us (the messengers) to their care; and desired them to give credit to what we should say. After that we went to another house with the general alone; and he shewed them the belt, and said, he would furnish them with a writing, for both the belt and string; and after a little dis­course more, our Indians parted in love, and well satisfied. And we made all necessary preparation for our journey.

—9th. Some of the colonels and chief commanders wonder­ed how I came through so many difficulties, and how I could rule and bring these people to reason, making no use of gun or sword. I told them, it is done by no other means than by faith. Then they asked me, if I had faith to venture myself to come safe through with my companions. I told them, it was in my heart to pray for them, "you know that the Lord has given many promises to his servants, and what he promises, you may depend upon, he will perform."—Then they wished us good success. We waited till almost noon for the writing of the general. We were escorted by an hundred men, rank and file, commanded by captain Haselet; we passed through a tract of good land, about six miles on the old trading path, and came to the creek again, where there is a large fine bottom, well timbered; from thence we came upon a hill, to an advanced breast work, about ten miles from the camp, well situated for strength, facing a small branch of the aforesaid creek; the hill is steep down, perpendicular about twenty feet, on the south side; which is a great defence; and on the west side the breast-work about seven feet high, where we encamped that night: Our Indian companions heard that we were to part in the morning, and that twelve men were to be sent with us, and the others, part of the company, to go towards fort Duquesne. Our Indians desired that the captain would send twenty men, instead of twelve; that if any accident should happen, they could be more able to defend themselves in returning back; "for we know, say they, the enemy will follow the smallest party." It began to rain. [Page 102] Within five miles from the breast-work we departed from captain Haselet; he kept the old trading path to the Ohio. Lieutenant Hays was ordered to accompany us to the Alleghenny river * with fourteen men. We went the path that leads along, the Loyal Hanning creek, where there is a rich fine bottom, land well tim­bered, good springs and small creeks. At four o'clock we were alarmed by three men, in Indian dress; and preparation was made on both sides, for defence. Isaac Still shewed a white token, and Pesquitomen gave an Indian [...]lloo; after which they threw down their bundles, and ran away as fast as they could. We afterwards took up their bundles, and found that it was a small party of our men, that had been long out. We were sorry that we had scared them; for they lost their bundles with all their food. Then, I held a conference with our Indians, and asked them, if it would not be good, to send one of our Indians to Log stown and fort Duquesne, and call the Indians from thence, before we arrive at Kushkush­king. They all agreed it would not be good, as they were but mes­sengers; it must be done by their chief men. The wolves made a terrible music this night.

—11th. We started early, and came to the old Shawanese town, called Keckkeknepolin, grown up thick with weeds, briars and bushes, that we scarcely could get through. Pesquitomen led us upon a steep hill, that our horses could hardly get up; and Tho­mas Hickman's horse tumbled, and rolled down the hill like a wheel; on which he grew angry, and would go no further with us, and said, he would go by himself: It happened we found a path on the top of the hill. At three o'clock we came to Kiske­meneco, an old Indian town, a rich bottom, well timbered, good fine English grass, well watered, and lays waste since the war be­gan. We let our horses seed here, and agreed that lieutenant Hays might go back with his party; and as they were short of provisions, we, therefore, gave them a little of ours, which they took very kind of us. Thomas Hickman could find no other road, and came to us again a little ashamed; we were glad to see him; and we went about three miles farther, where we made a large fire. Here the Indians looked over their presents, and grumbled at me; they thought, if they had gone the other way by Shamokin, they would have got more. Captain Bull spoke in their favour against me. Then I said to them, "I am ashamed to see you grumble about presents; I thought you were sent to establish a peace." Though I confess I was not pleased that the Indians were so slightly fitted out from Easton, as the general had nothing to [Page 103] give them, in the critical circumstances he was in, fit for their pur­pose.

—12th. Early in the morning, I spoke to the Indians of my company, "Brethren, you have now passed through the heart of the country back and forward, likewise through the midst of the army, without any difficulty or danger; you have seen and heard a great deal. When I was among you, at Alleghenny, you told me, I should not regard what the common people would say, but only hearken to the chiefs; I should take no bad stories along. I did accordingly; and when I left Alleghenny I dropt all evil reports, and only carried the agreeable news, which was pleasing to all that heard it. Now, brethren, I beg of you to do the same, and to drop all evil reports, which you may have heard of bad people, and only to observe and keep what you have heard of our rulers, and the wise people, so that all your young men, women and children, may rejoice at our coming to them, and may have the benefit of it."

They took it very kindly. After awhile they spoke in the fol­lowing manner to us, and said, "Brethren, when you come to Kushkushking, you must not mind the prisoners, and have nothing to do with them. Mr. Post, when he was first there, listened too much to the prisoners; the Indians were almost mad with him for it, and would have confined him for it; for, they said, he had wrote something of them."

As we were hunting for our horses, we found Thomas Hickman's horse dead, which rolled yesterday down the hill. At one o'clock we came to the Alleghenny, to an old Shawano town, situated under a high hill on the east, opposite an island of about one hundred acres, very rich land, well timbered. We looked for a place to cross the river, but in vain; we then went smartly to work, and made a raft; we cut the wood, and carried it to the water side. The wolves and owls made a great noise in the night.

—13th. We got up early, and boiled some chocolate for breakfast, and then began to finish our rafts; we cloathed ourselves as well as we could in Indian dress; it was about two o'clock in the afternoon, before we all got over to the other side, near an old Indian town. The Indians told us, we should not call Mr. Bull, captain, their young men would be mad that we brought a warrior there. We went up a steep hill, good land, to the creek Cowe­wanick, where we made our fire. They wanted to hunt for meat, and looked for a road. Captain Bull shot a squirrel, and broke his gun. I cut fire wood, and boiled some chocolate for supper. The others came home, and brought nothing. Pesquitomen wanted [Page 104] to hear the writing from the general, which we read to them, to their great satisfaction. This was the first night we slept in the open air. Mr. Bull took the tent along with him. We discoursed a good deal of the night together.

—14th. We rose early, and thought to make good progress on our way. At one o'clock Thomas Hickman shot a large buck; and, as our people were hungry for meat, we made our camp there, and called the water Buck run. In the evening we heard the great guns fire from fort Duquesne. Whenever I looked to­wards that place, I felt a dismal impression, the very place seemed shocking and dark. Pesquitomen looked his things over, and found a white belt, sent by the commissioners of trade, * for the Indian affairs. We could find no writing concerning the belt, and did not know what was the signification thereof: They seemed much con­cerned to know it.

—15th. We arose early, and had a good day's journey; we passed these two days through thick bushes of briars and thorns; so that it was very difficult to get through. We crossed the creek Paquakonink; the land is very indifferent. At twelve o'clock we crossed the road from Venango to fort Duquesne. We went west to­wards Kushkushking, about sixteen miles from the fort. We went over a large barren plain, and made our lodging by [...] Pesquitomen told us▪ we must send a messenger, to let them know of our coming, as the French live amongst them; he desired [...] string of wampum; I gave him three hundred and fifty. We concluded to go within three miles of Kushkushking, to their [...] gar cabbins, and to call their chiefs there. In discourse, Mr. Bull told the Indians, the English should let all the prisoners stay amongst them, that liked to stay.

—16th. We met two Indians on the road, and sat down with them to dinner. They informed us that no body was at home, at Kushkushking; that one hundred and sixty, from that town, were gone to war against our party. We crossed the above men­tioned creek; good land, but hilly. Went down a long valley to Beaver creek, through old Kushkushking, a large spot of land, about three miles long; they both went with us to the town; one of them rode before us, to let the people in the town know of our coming; we found there but two men, and some women. Those, that were at home, received us kindly. Pesquitomen de­sired us to read the message to them that were there.

[Page 105]—17th. There were five Frenchmen in the town; the rest were gone to war. We held a council with Delaware George, delivered him the string and presents, that were sent to him; and informed him of the general's sentiments, and what he desired of them; upon which he agreed, and complied to go with Mr. Bull, to the general. Towards night Keckkenepalin came home from the war, and told us the disagreeable news, that they had fallen in with that party, that had guided us; they had killed Lieutenant Hays, and four more, and took five prisoners, the others got clear off. They had a skirmish with them within twelve miles of fort Du­quesne. Further he told us, that one of the captives was to be burnt, which grieved us. By the prisoners they were informed of our arrival; on which they concluded to leave the French, and to hear what news we brought them. In the evening they brought a prisoner to town. We called the Indians together, that were at home, and explained the matter to them, and told them, as their own people had desired the general to give them a guide to conduct them safe home, and by a misfortune, your people have fallen in with this party, and killed five and taken five prisoners; and we are now informed that one of them is to be burnt; "Consider, my brethren, if you should give us a guide, to bring us safe on our way home, and our [...] should fall in with you, how hard you would take it."

They said, "Brother, it is a hard matter, and we are sorry it hath happened [...]." I answered, "Let us therefore spare no pains to relieve them from any cruelty." We could scarce find a mes­senger, that would undertake to go to Sawcung, where the prisoner was to be bunt. We promised to one named Compass, 500 black wampum, and Mr. Hays gave him a shirt and a dollar, on which he promised to go. We sent him as a messenger. By a string of wampum I spoke these words, "Brethren, consider the messengers are come home with good news, and three of your brethren, the English, with them. We desire you would pity your own young men, women and children, and use no hardships towards the cap­tives, as having been guiding our party."

Afterwards the warriors informed us, that their design had not been to go to war, but that they had a mind to go to the general, and speak with him; and on the road the French made a division among them, that they could not agree; after which they were discovered by the Cherokees and Catawbas, who sled, and left their bundles, where they found an English colour. So Kekeuscung told them he would go before them to the general, if they would fol­low low him; but they would not agree to it; and the French per­suaded them to fall upon the English at Loyal-hanning; they ac­cordingly [Page 106] did, and as they were driven back, they fell in with that party, that guided us, which they did not know. They seemed very sorry for it.

—18th. Captain Bull acted as commander, without letting us know any thing, or communicating with us. He and George re [...]eved a prisoner from the warriors, by what means I do not kn [...]w. When the warriors were met, he then called us first to [...], and to hear what they had to say. The Indian that de­livered the prisoner to Bull and George, spoke as follows:

"My brethren, the English are at such a distance from us, as if they were under ground, that I cannot hear them. I am very glad to hear from you such good news; and I am very sorry that it happened so, that I went to war. Now I let the general know, he should consider his young men, and if you should have any of us, to set them at liberty, so as we do to you.

Then Pesquitomen said, "As the Governor gave these three messengers into my bosom, so I now likewise, by this string of wampum, give Bull into Delaware George's bosom, to bring him safe to the general." Mr. Bull sat down with the prisoner, who gave him some intelligence in writing; at which the Indians grew very jealous, and asked them what they had to write there? I wrote a letter to the general by Mr. Bull. In the afternoon Mr. Bull, Delaware George, and Kesk [...]epalen set out for the camp. To­wards night they brought in another prisoner. When Mr. Bull and company were gone, the Indians took the same prisoner, whom Mr. Bull had relieved, and bound him and carried him to another town, without our knowledge. I a thousand times wished Mr. Bull had never meddled in the affair, fearing they would ex­ceedingly punish, and bring the prisoner to confession of the con­tents of the writing.

—19th. A great many of the warriors came home. The French had infused bad notions into the Indians, by means of the letters, they found upon Lieutenant Hays, who was killed, which they falsely interpreted to them, viz. That, in one letter it was wrote, that the general should do all that was in his power to con­quer the French, and, in the mean time the messengers to the Indians should do their utmost to draw the Indians back, and keep them together in conferences, till he, the general, had made a conquest of the French, and afterwards he should fall upon all Indians, and destroy them. And, that, if we should lose our lives, the English would carry on the war, so long as an Indian, or Frenchman was alive. Thereupon the French said to the Indians;

[Page 107]"Now you can see, my children, how the English want to de­ceive you, and if it would not offend you, I would go and knock these messengers on the head, before you should be deceived by them." One of the Indian captains spoke to the French and said, "To be sure it would offend us, if you should offer to knock them on the head. If you have a mind to go to war, go to the English army, and knock them on the head, and not these three men, that come with a message to us."

After this speech the Indians went all off, and left the French. Nevertheless it had enraged some of the young people, and made them suspicious; so that it was a precarious time for us. I said, "Brethren, have good courage, and be strong; let not every wind disturb your mind; let the French bring the letter here; for, [...] you cannot read, they may tell you thousands of false stories. We will read the letter to you. As Isaac Still * can read, he will tell you the truth."

After this all the young men were gathered together, Isaac Still being in company. The young men said, "One that had but half an eye could see that the English only intended to cheat them; and that it was best to knock every one of us messengers on the head."

Then Isaac began to speak and said, "I am ashamed to hear such talking from you; you are but boys like me; you should not talk of such a thing. There have been thirteen nations at Easton, where they have established a firm peace with the English; and I have heard that the Five Nations were always called the wisest; go tell them that they are fools, and cannot see; and tell them that you are kings, and wise men. Go and tell the Cayuga chiefs so, that are here; and you will become great men." Afterwards they were all still, and said not one word more.

—20th. There came a great many more together in the town, and brought Henry Osten, the serjeant, who was to have been burnt. They hallooed the war halloo; and the men and women beat him till he came into the house. It is a grievous and me­lancholy sight to see our fellow mortals so abused. Isaac Still had a long discourse with the French captain; who made himself [Page 108] great, by telling how he had fought the English at Loyal-Hanning. Isaac rallied him, and said he had seen them scalp horses, and take others for food. The first he denied, but the second he owned. Isaac ran the captain quite down, before them all. The French captain spoke with the two Cayugas; at last the Cayugas spoke very sharp to him, so that he grew pale, and was quite silent.

These three days past was precarious time for us. We were warned not to go far from the house; because the people who came from the slaughter, having been driven back, were possessed with a murdering spirit; which led them as in a halter, in which they were catched, and with bloody vengeance were thirsty and drunk. This afforded a melancholy prospect. Isaac Still was himself du­bious of our lives. We did not let Mr. Hays know of the dang­er. I said, "As God hath stopped the mouth of the lions, that they could not devour Daniel, so he will preserve us from their fury, and bring us through." I had a discourse with Mr. Hays concerning our message, and begged him he would pray to God for grace and wisdom, that he would grant us peace among this people. We will remain in stillness, and not look to our own credit. We are in the service of our king and country. This people are rebellious in heart; now we are here to reconcile them again to the General, Governor, and the English nation; to turn them again from their errors. And I wished that God would grant us his grace, whereby we may do it; which I hope and believe he will do. Mr. Hays took it to heart and was convinced of all; which much rejoiced me. I begged Isaac Still to watch over himself, and not to be discouraged; for I hoped the storm would soon pass by.

In the afternoon all the captains gathered together in the middle town; they sent for us, and desired we should give them informa­tion of our message. Accordingly we did. We read the message with great satisfaction to them. It was a great pleasure both to them and us. The number of captains and counsellors were six­teen. In the evening messengers arrived from fort Duquesne, with a string of wampum from the commander; upon which they all came together in the house where we lodged. The messengers delivered their string, with these words from their father, the French King:

"My children, come to me, and hear what I have to say. The English are coming with an army to destroy both you and me. I there­fore desire you immediately, my children, to hasten with all the young men; we will drive the English and destroy them. I, as a father, will tell you always what is best." He laid the string before one of the captains. After a little conversation, the captain stood up [Page 109] and said; "I have just heard something of our brethren the En­glish, which pleaseth me much better. I will not go. Give it to the others, may be they will go." The messenger took up again the string and said, "He won't go, he has heard of the English." * Then all cried out, "yes, yes, we have heard from the English." He then threw the string to the other fire place, where the other captains were; but they kicked it from one to another, as if it was a snake. Captain Peter took a stick, and with it slung the string from one end of the room to the other, and said, "Give it to the French captain, and let him go with his young men; he boasted much of his fighting; now let us see his fighting. We have often ventured our lives for him; and had hardly a loaf of bread, when we came to him; and now he thinks we should jump to serve him." Then we saw the French captain mortified to the uttermost; he looked as pale as death. The Indians discoursed and joked till midnight; and the French captain sent messengers at midnight to fort Duquesne.

—21st. We were informed that the general was within twenty miles of fort Duquesne. As the Indians were afraid the English would come over the river Ohio, I spoke with some of the captains, and told them that, "I supposed the general intended to surround the French, and therefore must come to this side the river; but we assure you that he will not come to your towns to hurt you." I begged them to let the Shawanese at Logstown, know it, and gave them four strings of 300 wampum, with this message; "Brethren, we are arrived with good news, waiting for you; we desire you to be strong, and remember the ancient friendship your grandfa­thers had with the English. We wish you would remember it, and pity your young men, women and children, and keep away from the French; and if the English should come to surround the French, be not afraid. We assure you they won't hurt you,"

—22d. Kittiuskund came home, and sent for us, being very glad to see us. He informed us, the general was within fifteen miles of the French fort; that the French had uncovered their houses, and laid the roofs round the fort to set it on fire, and made ready to go off, and would demolish the fort, and let the English have the bare ground; saying; "they are not able to build a strong fort this winter; and we will be early enough in the spring to destroy them. We will come with seventeen nations of Indians, and a great many French, and build a stone fort."

[Page 110]The Indians danced round the fire till midnight, for joy of their brethren, the English coming. There went some scouting parties towards the army. Some of the captains told me, that Shamokin Daniel, who came with me in my former journey, had fairly sold me to the French; and the French had been very much displeased, that the Indians had brought me away.

—23d. The liar raised a story, as if the English were divided into three bodies, to come on this side the river. They told us the Cayugas, that came with us, had said so. We told the Cayu­gas of it; on which they called the other Indians together; denied that they ever said so; and said, they were sent to this place from the Five Nations, to tell them to do their best endeavors to send the French off from this country; and when that was done, they would go and tell the general to go back over the mountains.

I see the Indians concern themselves very much about the affair of land; and are continually jealous, and afraid the English will take their land. I told them to be still and content themselves, "for there are some chiefs of the Five Nations with the army; they will settle the affair, as they are the chief owners of the land; and it will be well for you to come and speak with the general your­selves."

Isaac Still asked the French captain, whether it was true, that Daniel had sold me to the French? He owned it, and said, I was theirs, they had bought me fairly; and, if the Indians would give them leave, he would take me.

—24th. We hanged out the English flag, in spite of the French; on which our prisoners folded their hands, in hopes that their redemption was nigh, looking up to God, which melted my heart in tears, and prayers to God, to hear their prayers, and change the times, and the situation, which our prisoners are in, and under which they groan. "O Lord, said they, when will our redemp­tion come, that we shall be delivered, and return home?"—And if any accident happeneth, which the Indians dislike, the prisoners all tremble with fear, saying, "Lord, what will become of us, and what will be the end of our lives?" So that they often wish themselves rather under the ground, than in this life. King Beaver came home, and called us to his house, and saluted us in a friend­ly manner; which we, in like manner, did to him. Afterwards I spoke by four strings of 350 wampum, and said, as followeth:

"I have a salutation to you, and all your people, from the ge­neral, the governor, and many other gentlemen. Brother, it pleases me that the day is come to see you and your people. We have warmed ourselves by your fire, and waited for you, and [Page 111] thank you, that you did come home. We have good news of great importance; which we hope will make you, and all your people's hearts glad. By these strings I desire you would be pleased to call all your kings and captains, from all the towns and nations; so that they all may hear us, and have the benefit thereof, while they live, and their children after them."

Then he said, "As soon as I heard of your coming, I rose up directly to come to you." Then there came another message, which called me to another place, where six kings of six nations were met together. I sent them word, they should sit together a while, and smoke their pipes, and I would come to them. King Beaver said further,

"Brother, it pleaseth me to hear that you brought such good news; and my heart rejoices already at what you said to me. It rejoices me that I have now heard of you." I said, "Brother, you did well, that you first came here, before you went to the kings; as the good news we brought is to all nations, from the rising of the sun to the going down of the same; that want to be in peace and friendship with the English. So it will give them satisfaction, when they hear it." The French captain told us, that they would demolish the fort; and he thought the English would be to-day at the place.

—25th Shingas came home, and saluted us in a friendly man­ner, and so did Beaver, in our house; and then they told us, they would hear our message; and we perceived that the French captain had an inclination to hear it. We called Beaver and Shin­gas, and informed them, that all the nations, at Easton, had agreed with the governor, that every thing should be kept secret from the ears and eyes of the French. He said, "it was no matter, they were beaten already. It is good news, and if he would say any thing, we would tell him what friendship we have together." Accordingly they met together, and the French captain was pre­sent. The number consisted of about fifty.

King Beaver first spoke to his men, "Hearken, all you captains and warriors, here are our brethren, the English; I wish that you may give attention, and take notice of what they say. As it is for our good, that there may an everlasting peace be established, although there is a great deal of mischief done, if it pleaseth God to help us, we may live in peace again."

Then I began to speak by four strings to them, and said,

"Brethren, being come here to see you, I perceive your bodies are all stained with blood, and observe tears and sorrows in your eyes: With this string I clean your body from blood, and wipe [Page 112] and anoint your eyes with the healing oil, so that you may see your brethren clearly. And as so many storms have blown since we last saw one another, and we are at such a distance from you, that you could not rightly hear us as yet, I, by this string, take a soft feather, and with that good oil, our grandfathers used, open and clear your ears, so that you may both hear and understand what your brethren have to say to you. And by these strings I clear your throat from the dust, and take all the bitterness out of your heart, and clear the passage from the heart to the throat, that you may speak freely with your brethren, the English, from the heart."

Then Isaac Still gave the pipe, sent by the Friends *, filled with tobacco, and handed round, after their custom, and said:

"Brethren, here is the pipe, which your grandfathers used to smoke with, when they met together in councils of peace. And here is some of that good tobacco, prepared for our grandfathers from God:—When you shall taste of it, you shall feel it through all your body; and it will put you in remembrance of the good councils, your grandfathers used to hold with the English, your brethren, and that ancient friendship, they had together."

King Beaver rose, and thanked us first, that we had cleaned his body from the blood, and wiped the tears and sorrow from his eyes, and opened his ears, so that now he could well hear and un­derstand. Likewise he returned thanks for the pipe and tobacco, that we brought, which our grandfathers used to smoke. He said, —"When I tasted that good tobacco, I felt it all through my body, and it made me all over well."

Then we delivered the messages, as followeth:

Governor Denny's answer to the message of the Ohio Indians, brought by Frederick Post, Pesquitomen and Thomas Hickman.

"By this string, my Indian brethren of the United Nations and Delawares, join with me, in requiring of the Indian councils, to which these following messages shall be presented, to keep every thing private from the eyes and ears of the French." A string.

"Brethren, we received your message by Pesquitomen and Fre­derick Post, and thank you for the care you have taken of our mes­senger of peace, and that you have put him in your bosom, and protected him against our enemy, Onontio, and his children, and sent him safe back to our council fire, by the same man, that re­ceived him from us." A string.

[Page 113]"Brethren, I only sent Post to peep into your cabbins, and to know the sentiments of your old men, and to look at your faces, to see how you look. And I am glad to hear from him, that you look friendly; and that there still remain some sparks of love to­wards us. It is what we believed before hand, and therefore we never let slip the chain of friendship, but held it fast, on our side, and it has never dropt out of our hands. By this belt we desire that you will dig up your end of the chain of friendship, that you suffered, by the subt [...]ety of the French, to be buried." A belt.

"Brethren, it happened that the governor of Jersey was with me, and a great many Indian brethren, sitting in council at Easton, when your messengers arrived; and it gave pleasure to every one that heard it; and it will afford the same satisfaction to our neigh­boring governors, and their people, when they come to hear it. I shall send messengers to them, and acquaint them with what you have said.

"Your requesting us to let the king of England know your good dispositions we took to heart, and shall let him know it; and we will speak in your favor to his majesty, who has, for some time past, looked upon you as his lost children. And we can assure you, that, as a tender father over all his children, he will forgive what is past, and receive you again into his arms." A belt.

"Brethren, if you are in earnest to be reconciled to us, you will keep your young men from attacking our country, and killing, and carrying captive our back inhabitants: And will likewise give orders, that your people may be kept at a distance from Fort Du­quesne; that they may not be hurt by our warriors, who are sent by our king to chastise the French, and not to hurt you. Consider the commanding officer of that army treads heavy, and would be very sorry to hurt any of his Indian brethren." A large belt.

"And brethren, the chiefs of the United Nations, with their cousins, our brethren, the Delawares, and others now here, jointly with me send this belt, which has upon it two figures, that repre­sent all the English, and all the Indians, now present, taking hands, and delivering it to Pesquitomen; and we desire it may be likewise sent to the Indians, who are named at the end of these messages *; as they have all been formerly our very good friends and allies; and we desire they will all go from among the French to their own towns, and no longer help the French."

"Brethren on the Ohio, if you take the belts we just now gave you, in which all here join, English and Indians, as we do not [Page 114] doubt you will; then, by this belt, I make a road for you, and in­vite you to come to Philadelphia, to your first old council fire, which was kindled when we first saw one another; which fire we will kindle up again, and remove all disputes, and renew the old and first treaties of friendship. This is a clear and open road for you; fear, therefore, nothing, and come to us with as many as can be of the Delawares, Shawaness, or of the Six Nations: We will be glad to see you; we desire all tribes and nations of Indians, who are in alliance with you, may come. As soon as we hear of your coming, of which you will give us timely notice, we will lay up provisions for you along the road."

A large white belt, with the figure of a man, at each end, and streaks of black, representing the road from the Ohio to Philadelphia.

"Brethren, the Six Nation and Delaware chiefs join with me in those belts, which are tied together, to signify our union and friendship for each other; with them we jointly take the tomahawks out of your hands, and bury them under ground.

"We speak aloud, so as you may hear us; you see we all stand together, joined hand in hand." Two belts tied together.

"General Forbes to the Shawanese, and Delawares, on the Ohio.

"Brethren, I embrace this opportunity by our brother, Pesquito­men, who is now on his return home with some of your uncles, of the Six Nations, from the treaty of Easton, of giving you joy of the happy conclusion of that great council, which is perfectly agreea­ble to me; as it is for the mutual advantage of our brethren, the Indians, as well as the English nation.

"I am glad to find that all past disputes and animosities are now finally settled, and amicably adjusted; and I hope they will be for ever buried in oblivion, and that you will now again be firmly unit­ed in the interest of your brethren, the English.

"As I am now advancing, at the head of a large army, against his majesty's enemies, the French, on the Ohio, I must strongly re­commend to you to send immediate notice to any of your people, who may be at the French fort, to return forthwith to your towns; where you may sit by your fires, with your wives and children, quiet and undisturbed, and smoke your pipes in safety. Let the French fight their own battles, as they were the first cause of the war, and the occasion of the long difference, which hath subsisted between you and your brethren, the English; but I must entreat you to restrain your young men from crossing the Ohio, as it will be impossible for me to distinguish them from our enemies; which I expect you will comply with, without delay; lest, by your ne­glect thereof, I should be the innocent cause of some of our bre­thren's [Page 115] death. This advice take and keep in your own breasts, and suffer it not to reach the ears of the French.

"As a proof of the truth and sincerity of what I say, and to confirm the tender regard I have for the lives and welfare of our brethren, on the Ohio, I send you this string of wampum.

"I am, brethren and warriors, Your friend and brother, JOHN FORBES."

"Brethren, kings Beaver and Shingas, and all the warriors, who join with you:

"The many acts of hostility, committed by the French against the British subjects, made it necessary for the king to take up arms, in their defence, and to redress their wrongs, which have been done them; heaven hath favoured the justice of the cause, and given success to his fleets and armies, in different parts of the world. I have received his commands, with regard to what is to be done on the Ohio, and shall endeavour to act like a soldier, by driving the French from thence, or destroying them.

"It is a particular pleasure to me to learn, that the Indians, who inhabit near that river, have lately excluded a treaty of peace with the English; by which the ancient friendship is renewed with their brethren, and fixed on a firmer foundation than ever. May it be lasting and unmoveable as the mountains. I make no doubt but it gi [...]es you equal satisfaction, and that you will unite your en­deavours with mine, and all the governors of these provinces, to strengthen it: The clouds, that, for some time, hung over the En­glish, and their friends, the Indians on the Ohio, and kept them both in darkness, are now dispersed, and the chearful light now again shines upon us, and warms us both. May it continue to do so, while the sun and moon give light.

"Your people, who were sent to us, were received by us with open arms; they were kindly entertained, while they were here; and I have taken care that they shall return safe to you; with them come trusty messengers, whom I earnestly recommend to your protection; they have several matters in charge; and I desire you may give credit to what they say; in particular, they have a large belt of wampum, and by this belt we let you know, that it is agreed by me, and all the governors, that there shall be an everlasting peace with all the Indians, established as sure as the mountains, be­tween the English nation and the Indians, all over, from the sun rising to the sun setting; and as your influence on them is great, so you will make it known to all the different nations, that want [Page 116] to be in friendship with the English; and I hope, by your means and persuasions, many will lay hold on this belt, and immediately withdraw from the French: this will be greatly to their own inter­est and your honor, and I shall not fail to acquaint the great king of it: I sincerely wish it, for their good; for it will fill me with concern, to find any of you joined with the French; as in that case, you must be sensible I must treat them as enemies; howe­ver, I once more repeat, that there is no time to be lost; for I in­tend to march with the army very soon; and I hope to enjoy the pleasure of thanking you for your zeal, and of entertaining you in the fort ere long. In the mean time I wish happiness and pros­perity to you, your women and children.

"I write to you as a warrior should, that is, with candour and love, and I recommend secrecy and dispatch.

"I am, kings Beaver and Shingas, And brother warriors, Your assured friend and brother, JOHN FORBES.

"From my camp at Loyalhannon, Nov. 9, 1758."

The messages pleased, and gave satisfaction to all the hearers, except the French captain. He shook his head with bitter grief, and often changed his countenance. Isaac Still ran down the French captain with great boldness, and pointed at him saying, "There he sits." Afterwards Shingas rose up and said:

"Brethren, now we have rightly heard and understood you, it pleaseth me and all the young men, that hear it; we shall think of it, and take it into due consideration; and when we have consider­ed it well, then we will give you an answer, and send it to all the towns and nations, as you desired us."

We thanked them and wished them good success in their under­taking; and wished it might have the same effect upon all other nations, that may hereafter hear it, as it had on them. We went a little out of the house. In the mean time Isaac Still demanded the letter, which the French had falsely interpreted, that it might be read in public. Then they called us back, and I, Frederick Post, found it was my own letter, I had wrote to the general. I therefore stood up, and read it, which Isaac interpreted. The In­dians were well pleased, and took it as if it was written to them; thereupon they all said; "We always thought the French report [Page 117] of the letter was a lie; they always deceived us:" Pointing at the French captain; who, bowing down his head, turned quite pale, and could look no one in the face. All the Indians began to mock and laugh at him; he could hold it no longer, and went out. Then the Cayuga chief delivered a string, in the name of the Six Nations, with these words:

"Cousins, hear what I have to say; I see you are sorry, and the tears stand in your eyes. I would open your ears, and clear your eyes from tears, so that you may see, and hear what your uncles, the Six Nations, have to say. We have established a friend­ship with your brethren, the English. We see that you are all over bloody, on your body; I clean the heart from the dust, and your eyes from the tears, and your bodies from the blood, that you may hear and see your brethren, the English, and appear clean before them, and that you may speak from the heart with them."

Delivered four strings.

Then he shewed to them a string from the Cherokees, with these words:

"Nephews, we let you know, that we are exceeding glad that there is such a firm friendship established, on so good a foundation, with so many nations, that it will last for ever; and, as the Six Nations have agreed with the English, so we wish that you may lay hold of the same friendship. We will remind you, that we were formerly good friends. Likewise we let you know, that the Six Nations gave us a tomahawk, and, if any body offended us, we should strike him with it; likewise they gave me a knife, to take off the scalp. So we let you know, that we are desirous to hear very soon from you, what you determine. It may be we shall use the hatchet very soon, therefore I long to hear from you."

Then the council broke up. After a little while messengers arrived, and Beaver came into our house, and gave us the pleasure to hear, that the English had the field, and that the French had demolished and burnt the place entirely, and went off; that the commander is gone with two hundred men to Venango, and the rest gone down the river in battoes, to the lower Shawanese town, with an intention to build a fort there; they were seen yesterday passing by Sawcung.

We ended this day with pleasure and great satisfaction on both sides: the Cayuga chief said, he would speak further to them to­morrow.

—26th. We met together about ten o'clock. First, King Beaver addressed himself to the Cayuga chief, and said;

[Page 118]"My uncles, as it is customary to answer one another, so I thank you, that you took so much notice of your cousins, and that you have wiped the tears from our eyes, and cleaned our bodies from the blood; when you spoke to me I saw myself all over bloody; and since you cleaned me I feel myself quite pleasant through my whole body, and I can see the sun shine clear over us."

Delivered four strings.

He said further, "As you took so much pains, and came a great way through the bushes, I, by this string, clean you from the sweat, and clean the dust out of your throat, so that you may speak what you have to say from your brethren, the English, and our uncles, the Six Nations, to your cousins, I am ready to hear."

Then Petiniontonka, the Cayuga chief, took the belt with eight diamonds, * and said;

"Cousins, take notice of what I have to say; we let you know what agreement we have made with our brethren, the English. We had almost slipt and dropt the chain of friendship with our brethren, the English; now we let you know that we have renew­ed the peace and friendship with our brethren, the English; and we have made a new agreement with them. We see that you have dropt the peace and friendship with them. We desire you would lay hold of the covenant, we have made with our brethren, the English, and be strong. We likewise take the tomahawk out of your hands, that you received from the white people; use it no longer; fling the towahawk away; it is the white people's; let them use it among themselves; it is theirs, and they are of one colour; let them fight with one another, and do you be still and quiet in Kushkushking. Let our grandchildren, the Shawanese, like­wise know of the covenant, we established with our friends, the English, and also let all other nations know it."

Then he explained to them the eight diamonds, on the belt, signifying the five united nations, and the three younger nations, which join them: these all united with the English. Then he proceeded thus:

"Brethren," (delivering a belt with eight diamonds, the second belt) "we hear that you did not sit right; and when I came I found you in a moving posture, ready to jump towards the sun­set; so we will set you at ease, and quietly down, that you may sit well at Kushkushking; and we desire you to be strong; and if you will be strong, your women and children will see from day to day the light shining more over them; and our children and grand [Page 119] children will see that there will be an everlasting peace established. We desire you to be still; we do not know as yet, what to do; towards the spring you shall hear from your uncles what they con­clude; in the mean time do you sit still by your fire at Kushkush­king."

In the evening the devil made a general disturbance, to hinder them in their good disposition. It was reported they saw three Catawba Indians in their town; and they roved about all that cold night, in great fear and confusion. When I consider with what tyranny and power the prince of this world rules over this people, it breaks my heart over them; and I wish that God would have mercy upon them, and that their redemption may draw nigh, and open their eyes, that they may see what bondage they are in, and deliver them from the evil.

—27th. We waited all the day for an answer. Beaver came and told us, "They were busy all the day long," He said, "It is a great matter, and wants much consideration. We are three tribes, which must separately agree among ourselves; it takes time before we hear each agreement, and the particulars thereof." He desired us to read our message once more to them in private; we told them, we were at their service at any time; and then we ex­plained him the whole again. There arrived a messenger from Sawcung, and informd us that four of their people were gone to our camp, to see what the English were about; and that one of them climbing upon a tree was discovered by falling down; and then our people spoke to them; three resolved to go to the other side, and one came back and brought the news, which pleased the company. Some of the captains and counsellors were together; they said, that the French would build a strong fort, at the lower Shawanese town. I answered them, "Brethren, if you suffer the French to build a fort there, you must suffer likewise the English to come and destroy the place; English will follow the French, and pursue them, let it cost whatever it will; and wherever the French settle, the English will follow and destroy them."

They said, "We think the same, and would endeavour to prevent it, if the English only would go back, after having drove away the French, and not settle there." I said, "I can tell you no cer­tainty in this affair; it is best for you to go with us to the general, and speak with him. So much I know, that they only want to establish a trade with you; and you know yourselves that you can­not do without being supplied with such goods as you stand in need of; but, brethren, be assured you must entirely quit the French, and have no communication with them, else they will al­ways [Page 120] breed disturbance and confusion amongst you, and persuade your young people to go to war against our brethren, the English."

I spoke with them further about Venango, and said, "I believed the English would go there, if they suffered the French longer to live there. This speech had much influence on them, and they said; "We are convinced of all that you have said; it will be so." I found them inclined to send off the French from Venango; but they wanted first to know the disposition of the English, and not to suffer the French to build any where.

—28th. King Beaver arose early before the break of day, and bid all his people a good morning, desired them to rise early and prepare victuals; for they had to answer their brethren, the En­glish, and their uncles, and therefore they should be in a good humour and disposition. At ten o'clock they met together; Bea­ver addressed himself to his people, and said,

"Take notice all you young men and warriors to what we an­swer now: it is three days since we heard our brethren, the En­glish, and our uncles; and what we have heard of both is very good; and we are all much pleased with what we have heard. Our uncles have made an agreement, and peace is established with our brethren, the English, and they have shook hands with them; and we likewise agree in the peace and friendship, they have established be­tween them." Then he spoke to the French captain Canaquais, and said,

"You may hear what I answer; it is good news, that we have heard. I have not made myself a king. My uncles have made me like a queen, that I always should mind what is good and right, and whatever I agree with, they will assist me, and help me through. Since the warriors came amongst us, I could not follow that which is good and right; which has made me heavy; and since it is my duty to do that which is good, so I will endea­vour to do and to speak what is good, and not let myself be dis­turbed by the warriors."

Then he spoke to the Mingoes, and said,

"My uncles, hear me: It is two days since you told me, that you have made peace and friendship, and shook hands with our brethren, the English. I am really very much pleased with what you told me; and I join with you in the same; and, as you said, I should let the Shawanese and Delamattanoes know of the agree­ment, you have made with our brethren, the English, I took it to heart, and shall let them know it very soon."

He delivered a string.

[Page 121]"Look now, my uncles, and hear what your cousins say: you have spoke the day before yesterday to me. I have heard you. You told me, you would set me at Kushkushking easy down. I took it to heart; and I shall do so, and be still, and lay myself easy down, and keep my match-coat close to my breast. You told me, you will let me know in the next spring, what to do; so I will be still, and wait to hear from you."

Gave him a belt.

Then he turned himself to us, and gave us the following an­swers. First, to the general;

"Brother, by these strings I would desire, in a most kind and friendly manner, you would be pleased to hear me what I have to say, as you are not far off.

"Brother, now you told me you have heard of that good agreement, that has been agreed to, at the treaty at Easton; and that you have put your hands to it, to strengthen it, so that it may last for ever. Brother, you have told me, that after you have come to hear it, you have taken it to heart, and then you sent it to me, and let me know it. Brother, I would desire you would be pleased to hear me, and I would tell you, in a most soft, lov­ing and friendly manner, to go back over the mountain, and to stay there; for, if you will do that, I will use it for an argument, to argue with other nations of Indians. Now, brother, you have told me you have made a road clear, from the sun-set to our first old council fire, at Philadelphia, and therefore I should fear no­thing, and come into that road. Brother, after these far Indians shall come to hear of that good and wide road, that you have laid out for us, then they will turn and look at the road, and see no­thing in the way; and that is the reason, that maketh me tell you to go back over the mountain again, and to stay there; for then the road will be clear, and nothing in the way."

Then he addressed himself to the Governor of Pennsylvania, as follows;

"Brother, give good attention to what I am going to say; for I speak from my heart; and think nothing the loss of it, though the strings be small. *

"Brother, I now tell you what I have heard from you is quite agreeable to my mind; and I love to hear you. I tell you likewise, that all the chief men of Allegheny are well pleased with what you have said to us; and all my young men, women and children, that [Page 122] are able to understand, are well pleased with what you have said to me.

"Brother, you tell me that all the Governors of the several provinces have agreed to a well established and everlasting peace with the Indians; and you likewise tell me, that my uncles, the Six Nations, and my brethren, the Dalawares, and several other tribes of Indians join with you in it, to establish it, so that it may be everlasting; you likewise tell me, you have all agreed on a treaty of peace to last for ever; and for these reasons I tell you, I am pleased with what you have told me.

"Brother, I am heartily pleased to hear that you never let slip the chain of friendship out of your hands, which our grandfathers had between them, so that they could agree as brethren and friends in any thing.

"Brother, as you have been pleased to let me know of that good and desirable agreement, that you and my uncles and bre­thren have agreed to, at the treaty of peace, I now tell you I heartily join and agree in it, and to it; and now I desire you to go on steadily in that great and good work, you have taken in hand; and I will do as you desire me to do; that is, to let the other tribes of Indians know it, and more especially my uncles, the Six Nations, and the Shawanese, my grandchildren, and all other na­tions, settled to the westward.

"Brother, I desire you not to be out of patience, as I have a great many friends at a great distance; and I shall use my best en­deavours to let them know it as soon as possible; and as soon as I obtain their answer, shall let you know it."

Then he gave six strings all white.

In the evening arrived a messenger from Sackung, Netodwehe­ment, and desired they should make all the haste to dispatch us, and we should come to Sackung; for, as they did not know what is become of those three, that went to our camp, they were afraid the English would keep them, till they heard what was become of us, their messengers.

—29th. Before day break Beaver and Shingas came, and called us into their council. They had been all the night together. They said; "Brethren, now is the day coming, you will set off from here. It is a good many days since we heard you; and what we have heard is very pleasing and agreeable to us. It rejoices all our hearts; and all our young men, women and children, that are capable to understand, are really very well pleased with what they have heard; it is so agreeable to us, that we never received such good news before; we think God had made it so; he pities us, [Page 123] and has mercy on us. And now, brethren, you desire that I should let it be known to all other nations; and I shall let them know very soon. Therefore Shingas cannot go with you. He must go with me, to help me in this great work; and I shall send nobody, but go myself, to make it known to all nations."

Then we thanked them for their care; and wished him good success on his journey and undertaking: and, as this message had such a good effect on them, we hoped it would have the same on all other nations, when they came to hear it. I hoped that all the clouds would pass away, and the chearful light would shine over all nations: so I wished them good assistance and help on their journey. Farther, he said to us;

"Now we desire you to be strong; * because I shall make it my strong argument with other nations; but as we have given cre­dit to what you have said, hoping it is true, and we agree to it; if it should prove the contrary, it would make me so ashamed, that I never could lift up my head, and never undertake to speak any word more for the interest of the English."

I told them, "Brethren, you will remember that it was wrote to you by the general, that you might give credit to what we say; so I am glad to hear of you, that you give credit; and we assure you, that what we have told you is the truth; and you will find it so."

They said further, "Brethren, we let you know, that the French have used our people kindly, in every respect; they have used them like gentlemen, especially those that live near them. So they have treated the chiefs. Now we desire you to be strong; we wish you would take the same method, and use our people well: for the other Indians will look upon us; and we do not otherwise know how to convince them, and to bring them into the English interest, without your using such means as will convince them. For the French will still do more to keep them to their in­terest."

I told them, "I would take it to heart, and inform the Govern­or, and other gentlemen of it; and speak to them in their favour." Then they said, "It is so far well, and the road is cleared; but they thought we should send them another call, when they may come." I told them; "We did not know when they would have agreed with the other nations. Brother, it is you, who must give [Page 124] up the first notice when you can come; the sooner the better; and so soon as you send us word, we will prepare for you on the road." After this we made ready for our journey.

Ke [...]iushund, a noted Indian, one of the chief counsellors, told us in secret; "That all the nations had jointly agreed to defend their hunting place at Alleghenny, and suffer nobody to settle there; and as these Indians are very much inclined to the English interest, so he begged us very much to tell the Governor, General, and all other people not to settle there. And if the English would draw back over the mountain, they would get all the other nations into their interest; but if they staid and settled there, all the nations would be against them; and he was afraid it would be a great war, and never come to a peace again."

I promised to inform the Governor, General, and all other peo­ple of it, and repeated my former request to them, not to suffer any French to settle amongst them. After we had fetched our horses, we went from Kushkushking, and came at five o'clock to Sac­cung, in company with twenty Indians. When we came about half way, we met a messenger from fort Duquesne, with a belt from Thomas King, inviting all the chiefs to Saccung. We heard at the same time, that Mr. Croghn and Henry Montour would be there to day. The messenger was one of those three, that went to our camp; and it seemed to rejoice all the company; for some of them were much troubled in their minds, fearing that the En­glish had kept them, as prisoners, or killed them. In the evening we arrived at Saccung, on the Beaver creek. We were well re­ceived. The king provided for us. After a little while we visited Mr. Croghn and his company.

—30th. In the morning the Indians of the town visited us. About eleven o'clock about forty came together; when we read the message to them; Mr. Croghn, Henry Montour and Thomas King being present. They were all well pleased with the message. In the evening we came together with the chiefs, and explained the signification of the belts; which lasted till eleven o'clock at night.

December 1st. After hunting a great while for our horses, with­out finding them, we were obliged to give an Indian three hun­dred wampum for looking for them. We bought corn for four hundred and fifty wampum for our horses. The Indians met to­gether to hear what Mr. Croghn had to say. Thomas King spoke by a belt, and invited them to come to the general; upon which they all resolved to go.

[Page 125]In the evening the captains and counsellors came together, I and Isaac Still being present; they told us, that they had formerly agreed not to give any credit to any message, sent from the English by Indians; thinking, if the English would have peace with them, they would come themselves; "So soon, therefore, as you came, it was as if the weather changed; and a great cloud passed away; and we could think again on our ancient friendship with our bre­thren, the English. We have thought since that time, more on the English than ever before, a [...]though the French have done all, in their power, to prejudice our young men against the English. Since you now come the second time, we think it is God's work; he pities us, that we should not all die; and if we should not ac­cept of the peace offered to us, we think God would forsake us."

In discourse, they spoke about preaching, and said, "They wished many times to hear the word of God; but they were al­ways afraid the English would take that opportunity to bring them into bondage." They invited me to come and live amongst them; since I had taken so much pains in bringing a peace about between them and the English. I told them, "It might be, that when the peace was firmly established, I would come to proclaim the peace and love of God to them."

In the evening arrived a message, with a string of wampum, to a noted Indian, Ketiuscund, to come to Wenango, to meet the Una­mi chief, Quitahicung there; he said that a French Mohock had kil­led a Delaware Indian; and when he was asked why he did it? He said the French bid him do it.

—2d. Early before we set out, I gave 300 wampums to the Cayugas, to buy some corn for their horses; they agreed that I should go before to the general, to acquaint him of their coming, The Beaver creek being very high, it was almost two o'clock, in the afternoon, before we came over the creek; this land seems to be very rich. I, with my companion, Kekiuscund's son, came to Log's-town, situated on a hill. On the east end is a great piece of low land, where the old Logs-town used to stand. In the new Logs-town the French have built about thirty houses for the Indians. They have a large corn field on the south side, where the corn stands ungathered. Then we went farther through a large tract of fine land, along the river side. We came within eight miles of Pittsburg, where we lodged on a hill, in the open air. It was a cold night; and I had forgot my blanket, being packed upon Mr. Hays's horse. Between Saccung and Pittsburg, all the Shawanos towns are empty of people.

[Page 126]—3d. We started early, and came to the river by Pittsburg; we called that they should come over and fetch us; but their boats having gone adrift, they made a raft of black oak pallisadoes, which sunk as soon as it came into the water. We were very hungry, and staid on that island, where I had kept council with the Indians, in the month of August last; for all I had nothing to live on, I thought myself a great deal better off now, than at that time, having now liberty to [...]alk upon the island according to pleasure; and it seemed as if the dark clouds were dispersed.

While I waited here, I saw the general march off from Pitts­burg; which made me sorry, that I could not have the pleasure of speaking with him. Towards evening our whole party arrived: upon which they fired from the fort with twelve great guns; and our Indians saluted again three times round with their small arms. By accident some of the Indians found a raft hid in the bushes, and Mr. Hays, coming last, went over first with two Indians. They sent us but a small allowance; so that it would not serve each round. I tied my belt a little closer, being very hungry, and nothing to eat. * It snowed, and we were obliged to sleep without any shelter. In the evening they threw light balls from the fort; at which the Indians started, thinking they would fire at them; but seeing it was not aimed at them, they rejoiced to see them fly so high.

—4th. We got up early, and cleared a place from the snow, cut some fire wood, and hallooed till we were tired. Towards noon Mr. Hays came with a raft, and the Indian chiefs went over: he informed me of Colonel Bouquet's displeasure with the Indians answer to the general, and his desire that they should al­ter their mind, in insisting upon the general's going back; but the Indians had no inclination to alter their mind. In the afternoon some provision was sent over, but a small allowance. When I came over to the fort, the council with the Indians was almost at an end. I had a discourse with Colonel Bouquet about the affairs, disposition and resolution of the Indians.

I drew provision for our journey to fort Ligonier, and baked bread for our whole company: towards noon the Indians met to­gether in a conference. First king Beaver addressed himself to the Mohocks, desiring them to give their brethren an answer about [Page 127] settling at Pittsburg. The Mohocks said, "They lived at such a distance, that they could not defend the English there, if any ac­cident should befal them; but you, cousins, who live close here, must think what to do." Then Beaver said by a string:

"What this messenger has brought is very agreeable to us; and as our uncles have made peace with you, the English, and many other nations, so we likewise join, and accept of the peace offered to us; and we have already answered by your messenger, what we have to say to the general, that he should go back over the mount­ains; we have nothing to say to the contrary."

Neither Mr. Croghn nor Andrew Montour would tell Colonel Bouquet the Indians' answer. Then Mr. Croghn, Colonel Armstrong and Colonel Bouquet went into the tent by themselves, and I went upon my business. What they have further agreed I do not know; but when they had done, I called king Beaver, Shingas, and Kekeuscund, and said,

"Brethren, if you have any alteration to make, in the answer to the general, concerning leaving this place, you will be pleased to let me know." They said, they would alter nothing, "We have told them three times to leave the place and go back; but they insist upon staying here; if, therefore, they will be destroyed by the French and the Indians, we cannot help them."

Colonel Bouquet set out for Loyalhannon: The Indians got some liquor between ten and eleven o'clock. One Mohock died; the others fired guns three times over him; at the last firing one had accidentally loaded his gun with a double charge: this gun burst to pieces, and broke his hand clean off; he also got a hard knock on his breast; and in the morning at nine o'clock he died, and they buried them in that place, both in one hole.

—6th. It was a cold morning; we swam our horses over the river, the ice running violently. Mr. Croghn told me that the Indians had spoke, upon the same string that I had, to Colonel Bouquet, and altered their mind; and had agreed and desired that 200 men should stay at the fort. I refused to make any alteration in the answer to the general, till I myself did hear it of the Indi­ans; at which Mr. Croghn grew very angry. I told him I had already spoke with the Indians; he said, it was a d—d lie; and desired Mr. Hays to enquire of the Indians, and take down in writing what they said. Accordingly he called them, and asked them, if they had altered their speech, or spoke to Colonel Bou­quet on that string they gave me. Shingas and the other counsel­lor said, they had spoken nothing to Colonel Bouquet on the string [Page 128] they gave me, but what was agreed between the Indians at Kush­kushking. They said, Mr. Croghn and Henry Montour had not spoke and acted honestly and uprightly; they bid us not alter the least, and said, "We have told them three times to go back; but they will not go, insisting upon staying here. Now you will let the governor, general, and all people know, that our desire is, that they should go back, till the other nations have joined in the peace, and then they may come and build a trading house."

They then repeated what they had said the 5th instant. Then we took leave of them, and promised to inform the general, go­vernor, and all other gentle people of their disposition; and so we set out from Pittsburg, and came within fifteen miles of the breast-work; where we encamped. It snowed, and we made a little cabbin of hides.

—7th. Our horses were fainting, having little or no food. We came that day about twenty miles, to another breast-work; where the whole army had encamped on a hill; the water being far to fetch.

—8th. Between Pittsburg and fort Ligonier the country is hilly, with rich bottoms, well timbered, but scantily watered. We arrived at fort Ligonier in the afternoon, about four o'clock; where we found the general very sick; and therefore could have no opportunity to speak with him.

—9th. We waited to see the general; they told us he would march the next day, and we should go with him. Captain Sinclair wrote us a return for provisions for four days.

—10th. The general was still sick; so that he could not go on the journey.

—11th. We longed very much to go farther; and therefore spoke to Major Halket, and desired him to enquire of the general, if he intended to speak with us, or, if we might go; as we were in a poor condition, for want of linen, and other necessaries. He desired us to bring the Indians' answer, and our journal to the ge­neral. Mr. Hays read his journal to Major Halket and Governor Glen. They took memorandums, and went to the general.

—12th. They told us we should stay till the general went.

—14th. The general intended to go; but his horses could not be found. They thought the Indians had carried them off. They hunted all day for the horses, but could not find them. I spoke to Colonel Bouquet about our allowance being so small, that we could hardly subsist; and that we were without money; and [Page 129] desired him to let us have some money, that we might buy neces­saries. Provisions, and every thing is exceeding dear. One pound of bread cost a shilling; one pound of sugar four shillings, a quart of rum seven shillings and six pence, and so in propor­tion. Colonel Bouquet laid our matters before the general; who let me call, and excused himself, that his distemper had hindered him from speaking with me; and promised to help me in every thing I should want, and ordered him to give me some money. He said farther, that I often should call; and when he was alone he would speak with me.

—16th. Mr. Hays, being a hunting, was so lucky as to find the general's horses, and brought them home; for which the gene­ral was very thankful to him.

—17th. Mr. Hays, being desired by Major Halket to go and look for the other horses, went, but found none.

—18th. The general told me to hold myself ready, to go with him down the country.

—20th. After we had been out two days, to hunt for our horses, in the rain, we went again to day, and were informed, they had been seen in a lost condition; one laying on the hill, and the other standing; they had been hoppled together; but a person told us, he had cut the hopples. When we came home we found the horses; they having made home to the fort.

—22d. It was cold and stormy weather.

—23d. I hunted for our horses, and having found them, we gave them both to the king's commissary; they not being able to carry us farther.

The serjeant Henry Osten, being one of the company that guid­ed us, as above mentioned, and was that same prisoner, whom the Shavanos intended to burn alive, came to day to the fort. He was much rejoiced to see us, and said, "I thank you a thousand times for my deliverance from the fire; and think it not too much to be at your service my whole life time." He gave us intelligence that the Indians were, as yet, mightily for the English. His mas­ter had offered to set him at liberty, and bring him to Pittsburg if he would promise him ten gallons of rum; which he did; and he was brought safe to Pittsburg. Delaware George is still faithful to the English; and was very helpful to procure his liberty. Isaac Still, Shingas and Beaver are gone with the message to the nations living further off. When the French had heard that the garrison, at Pittsburg, consisted only of 200 men, they resolved to go down [Page 130] from Venango, and destroy the English fort. So soon as the Indians at Kushkushking, heard of their intention, they sent a message to the French, desiring them to draw back; for they would have no war in their country. The friendly Indians have sent out parties with that intention, that if the French went on, in their march towards the fort, they would catch them, and bring them to the English. They shewed to Osten the place, where eight French In­dian spies had lain near the fort. By their marks upon the place they learned that these eight were gone back, and five more were to come to the same place again. He told us further, that the Indians had spoke among themselves, that if the English would join them, they would go to Venango, and destroy the French there. We hear that the friendly Indians intend to hunt round the fort, at Pittsburg, and bring the garrison fresh meat. And upon this intelligence the general sent Captain Wedderholz with fifty men, to reinforce the garrison at Pittsburg.

—25th. The people in the camp prepared for a Christmas frolick; but I kept Christmas in the woods by myself.

—26th. To day an express came from Pittsburg to inform the general, that the French had called all the Indians in their interest together, and intended to come and destroy them there.

—27th. Towards noon the general set out; which caused a great joy among the garrison, which had hitherto lain in tents, but now being a smaller company, could be more comfortably lodged. It snowed the whole day. We encamped by a beaver dam, under Laurel Hill.

—28th. We came to Stony Creek, where Mr. Quichsell is stationed. The general sent Mr. Hays, express, to fort Bedford (Rays Town) and commanded him to see, if the place for en­campment, under the Allegheny mountain, was prepared; as also to take care that refreshments should be at hand, at his coming. It was stormy and snowed all the day.

—29th. On the road I came up with some waggons; and found my horses with the company; who had taken my horse up, and intended to carry the same away. We encamped on this side, under the Allegheny hill.

—30th. Very early I hunted for my horses, but in vain, and therefore was obliged to carry my saddle bags, and other baggage on my back. The burden was heavy, the roads bad; which made me very tired, and came late to Bedford; where I took my old lodging with Mr. Frazier. They received me kindly, and re­freshed me according to their ability.

[Page 131]—31st. This day we rested, and, contrary to expectation, preparation was made for moving further to-morrow. Mr. Hays, who has his lodging with the commander of that place, visited me:

January 1st. 1759. We set out early. I got my saddle bags upon a waggon; but my bed and covering I carried upon my back; and came that day to the crossing of Juniata; where I had poor lodgings, being obliged to sleep in the open air, the night being very cold.

—2d. We set out early. I wondered very much that the horses, in these slippery roads, came so well with the waggons over these steep hills. We came to fort Littleton; where I drew provisions; but could not find any who had bread, to exchange for flour. I took lodging in a common house. Mr. Hays arrived late.

—3d. We rose early. I thought to travel the nearest road to Shippen's Town, and therefore desired leave of the general to pro­secute my journey to Lancaster, and wait for his excellency there; but he desired me to follow in his company. It snowed, freezed, rained, and was stormy the whole day. All were exceeding glad that the general arrived safe at fort Loudon. There was no room in the fort for such a great company; I, therefore, and some others went two miles further, and got lodgings at a plantation.

—4th. I and my company took the upper road; which is three miles nearer to Shippen's town, where we arrived this even­ing. The slippery roads made me, as a traveller, very tired.

—5th. To day I staid here for the general. Mr. Hays went ten miles further, to see some of his relations. In the afternoon Israel Pemberton came from Philadelphia to wait upon the general.

—6th. I came to-day ten miles to Mr. Miller's, where I lodged, having no comfortable place in Shippen's town; all the houses being crowded with people.

—7th. They made preparation, at Mr. Millers, for the re­ception of the general; but he, being so well to-day, resolved to go as far as Carlisle. I could scarce find any lodging there. Henry Montour was so kind as to take me in his room.

—8th. I begged the general for leave to go to Lancaster, hav­ing some business, which he at last granted. I went to captain Sinclair for a horse, who ordered me to go to the chief justice of the town; who ought to procure one for me, in the province ser­vice. According to this order I went; but the justice told me, that he did not know how to get any horse; if I would go and look for one, he should be glad if I found any. But having no [Page 132] mind to run from one to another, I resolved to walk, a [...] I had done before: and so travelled along, and came about ten miles that day to a tavern keeper's, named Chesnut.

—9th. To-day I crossed the Susquahanna over the ice, and came within thirteen miles of Lancaster. It was slippery and heavy travelling.

—10th. It rained all the day. I arrived at three o'clock, in the afternoon, in Lancaster; and was quite refreshed, to have the favour to see my brethren.

THE END.
[Page]

INDEX TO THE History of Pennsylvania. VOLUME II.

  • Anno. 1709. ARRIVAL of Governor Gookin, &c. Page. 3
  • The Proprietor's letter by him to his friends in the province, &c. Page. 4, &c.
  • Assembly's address to the Governor, with the names of the Members, &c. Page 5 to 8
  • The Assembly's resentment against Go­vernor Evans imprudently continued in their address to Governor Gookin. Ibid.
  • Governor Gookin's first speech to the As­sembly, in reply to their address, &c. Page. 9 to 12
  • The Assembly insist on what they had be­fore advanced in their address; and blame the Secretary, James Logan. Page. 12
  • The Council's address to the Governor. Page. 12 to 16
  • The Assembly blame the Council, and present a remonstrance of grievances to the Governor. Page. 16 and 17
  • [Page 134]David Lloyd, Speaker of the Assembly, over which he had much influence, said to have been chief promoter of some of these disputes, &c. Page. 17
  • The Assembly not justifiable, in part of their conduct, so far as it tended to embarrass the government, and induce the Proprietary to dispose of it, &c. Page. 17 to 20
  • The Governor's speech to the Assembly; containing a requisition towards retak­ing Newfoundland, and the conquest of Canada, &c. Page. 20 to 22
  • The Governor's requisition, being of a military nature, occasions a difficulty with the Quakers; the consequences of whose principles against war, are preferable to those of war; more con­sistent with humanity, and the original design of settling the province of Penn­sylvania, by the Quakers, &c. Page. 22 to 26
  • The Assembly's conduct on the occasion, who vote a present to the Queen: a mode which might answer the inten­tion, &c. Page. 26 and 27
  • The Assembly excuse the smallness of the sum voted [...] but the Governor further urges a more generous contribution; which occasions more dispute; and the Assembly adjourn. Page. 28 and 29
  • Governor Gookin convenes the Assembly before their time, and lays several af­fairs of importance before them. Page. 29 and 30
  • The Assembly request Governor Gookin to call the late Governor and Secretary to account, &c.—They agree to aug­ment the sum before voted for the Queen's use;—expect a redress of [Page 135] grievances, and his concurrence to a number of bills; with their titles, &c. Page. 30 and 31
  • The Governor's reply, respecting the Quakers not bearing arms;—and in regard to Evans and Logan;—with his reasons for not assenting to the bill of courts;—but the Assembly adhere to their former opinion and method, &c. Page. 31 and 32
  • Part of the Governor's message to the Assembly, further discovering his re­straint from the Proprietor, in passing certain laws, without the consent of the Council, &c. Page. 32 to 34
  • The Assembly, being much disappointed, present a remonstrance to the Govern­or, wherein they complain bitterly a­gainst the Secretary, James Logan. Page. 34 and 35
  • Part of the Governor's speech to the new Assembly, mentioning Logan's charge against Lloyd, the Speaker, &c. Page. 36
  • They vindicate the former Assembly, &c. and shew their resentment against the Secretary, Logan. Page. 36 to 39
  • Petition of the Secretary, James Logan, to the Assembly, &c. with the extreme proceedings of the House against him. Page. 39 and 40
  • Warrant for apprehending and imprison­ing the Secretary Logan. Ibid.
  • The Governor's supersedeas to suppress, or prevent, the execution, &c. Page. 41
  • Discontinuance of further proceedings between the Governor and Assembly; —the Secretary goes to England, and survives the storm, &c. Page. 42
  • Party spirit early in the province: in­creased by the Proprietor's absence [Page 136] from it:—exaggerates what is amiss; and now endangers the government and constitution. Page. 43 to 45
  • Anno. 1710. William Penn's expostulatory letter to the Assembly, on the late transactions, &c. Page. 45 to 53
  • A new Assembly elected, consisting en­tirely of different Members, in Octo­ber, 1710, &c. Page. 53
  • Good agreement between the Governor and this Assembly; with the names of the Members, &c. Page. 54, &c.
  • Anno. 1711. Governor Gookin convenes the Assembly in consequence of an express from England, respecting the expedition to Canada. Page. 55
  • The Queen's letter to the Governor on the occasion. Ibid.
  • The Assembly vote 2000 l for the Queen's use, notwithstanding the con­stant extraordinary expence of the pro­vince with the Indians, &c. Page. 56
  • The Proprietor's desire to serve the peo­ple of the province, &c. Page. 57
  • Anno. 1712. The Proprietor agrees to dispose of the government of the province to Queen Anne;—but soon after, he being seiz­ed with an apoplexy, it was never ex­ecuted, &c. Page. 57 and 58
  • Proceedings between the Governor and Assembly, &c. Page. 58, &c.
  • Account of wine and rum imported this year. Page. 59
  • Anno. 1713. John Lowdon, &c. with the first settle­ment of New Garden in Chester Country. Ibid.
  • [Page 137]Memorial of Samuel Carpenter;—with the names of Members of Council in 1712. Page. 60
  • Anno. 1714. Change in the Assembly;—David Lloyd again Speaker;—but not agreeing with the Governor on the affairs before them, the Assembly adjourn till the latter part of their year, &c. Ibid.
  • Anno. 1715. Governor's writ for summoning the As­sembly in 1715;—altercation between the Governor and Assembly, &c. Page. 60 and 61
  • But they afterwards agree for dispatch of business, &c.—London Grove in Chester County first settled, &c. Page. 61 and 62
  • The Assembly's address to the Govern­or respecting tumults raised in Phila­delphia;—with the Governor's answer. Page. 63 to 69
  • Indian treaty held in Philadelphia, anno 1715. Ibid.
  • The Governor informs the Assembly of his intention to go to England, &c. Page. 69, &c.
  • Anno. 1716. The Assembly's address to King George the First, on his accession to the throne, &c. Joseph Growdon Speaker. Page. 70 to 72
  • The Governor disagrees with both the Council and Assembly, &c.—with the names of the Members, &c. Page. 72 and 73
  • The Assembly's long representation to Governor Gookin, containing a vari­ety of things. Page. 74 to 94
  • Anno. 1717. Governor Gookin takes his last leave of the Assembly;—being superseded by Sir William Keith. Page. 94
  • Governor Keith's first speech to the As­sembly, June, 1717;—with the As­sembly's address, and his reply. Page. 94 to 99
  • [Page 138]The government's apprehensions respect­ing the great influx of foreigners about this time. Page. 100
  • Death and memorial of Griffith Owen, one of the Council, &c. Ibid.
  • Anno. 1718. Address of the Governor and Assembly to the King respecting the settlement and state of the province;—and the necessity of the solemn affirmation of the Quakers being admitted there, in all things, instead of an oath, &c. Harmony between the Governor and Assembly, &c. Page. 101 to 104
  • Death and character of the Proprietor William Penn; wherein are obviated some objections against him, or his ad­ministration, &c. Page. 105 to 114
  • Manner of his leaving his estate and pro­perty;—with the dispute which hap­pened in consequence, &c. Page. 114 to 119
  • Conduct of the Governor and Assembly on their hearing of the Proprietor's decease. Page. 119
  • Memorial of Jonathan Dickinson, Speak­er of the Assembly. Ibid.
  • Names of the Members of Assembly. Page. 120
  • William Penn, junior, heir at law, claims the government. Ibid.
  • Anno. 1719. Governor Keith's speech to the Assem­bly, in consequence of said claim;—with a disagreement among the Indi­ans, &c. Page. 121
  • The Assembly's answer to the Governor's speech, &c. Page. 122 to 124
  • Government, &c. of Pennsylvania, af­terwards settled in favour of the [Page 139] younger branch of the Proprietor's family, &c. Page. 124
  • An important law, for the advancement of justice, receives the royal assent;— William Trent, &c. Page. 125
  • Anno. 1720. Governor Keith proposes to the Assem­bly to establish a Court of Chancery; to which they agree;—Vincent Cald­well and William Baldwin, &c. Page. 125 and 126
  • Governor Keith's proclamation for esta­blishing a Court of Chancery in Penn­sylvania; with the names of the Mas­ters in Chancery, &c. Page. 126 and 127
  • Anno. 1721. The disagreement among the Indians in­creasing, Governor Keith goes to Vir­ginia, on the occasion, &c. Page. 128
  • Extract of a printed Indian treaty, held by Governor Keith, &c. at Conestogoe in Pennsylvania, with divers Indian nations, &c. Page. 128 to 145
  • Governor Keith's concern for the public good, and the Assembly's acknowledg­ment of the same;—death and memo­rial of Anthony Morris. Page. 145 and 146
  • Anno. 1722. Barbarous murder of an Indian gives the Assembly much concern;—they ap­prove the Governor's conduct on the occasion, and are very anxious to pre­serve friendship with the Indians; with which the Governor heartily unites, &c.—names of the Members of Coun­cil, &c. Page. 146 to 149
  • Several useful laws passed; with the titles of some of them. Ibid.
  • Anno. 1722. Increase of law suits in the province;— low credit of its bread and flour, in the West Indies, &c—with the names [Page 140] of the Members of Assembly;—and number of writs annually, &c. Page. 150, &c.
  • Paper Money Scheme first introduced;—which occasions great diversity of sen­timent, and party dispute respecting it. Page. 151
  • Sentiments of several gentlemen and mer­chants on the proposed paper currency, delivered to the Assembly by Isaac Nor­ris and James Logan. Page. 152 to 162
  • Answer to the Sentiments, &c. presented to the House, &c. Ibid.
  • Further sentiments of the gentlemen, merchants, &c. Ibid, &c.
  • Governor Keith's sentiments, on the same subject, in writing, to the As­sembly. Page. 162 to 171
  • Anno. 1723. An act of Assembly is passed, for emit­ting 15,000 l on loan in paper bills of credit;—and before the end of the same year, another act, for 30,000 l more, &c, Page. 171 to 173
  • Extracts from Dr. Douglas and Govern­or Hutchinson's observations on paper money in New England, &c. Ibid.
  • Further account of the state of the Penn­sylvania paper currency, till the year 1749;—with that of the several rates of gold and silver in the province dur­ing the said time. Page. 173 to 177
  • Anno. 1724. Governor Keith a solicitor of popularity;—his administration beneficial to the country:—he breaks his instructions from the Proprietor—which causes a dispute in the province. Page. 177 to 179
  • Reasons given by Governor Keith, and his party, for his conduct;—with those given against it, in vindication of said [Page 141] instructions, by the friends of the Pro­prietaries. Page. 179 to 183
  • Anno. 1725. James Logan's paper, offered to the As­sembly, for terminating the above men­tioned dispute;—with the names of the Members of Assembly, in 1724 and 1725, and those of the Council about the same time, &c. Page. 184
  • Widow, Hannah Penn's answer to the Assembly's remonstrance, respecting the aforesaid instructions, &c. Page. 185 to 187
  • Further account respecting the Proprie­tor's instructions, &c. with mention of William Allen and Thomas Lightfoot. Page. 188 and 189
  • Establishment of the Quakers' solemn af­firmation instead of an oath, in Penn­sylvania. Page. 190 to 193
  • Forms of the declaration of fidelity to the King, of the abjuration and af­firmation of the Quakers in Pennsyl­vania. Ibid.
  • Address of the Quakers in Pennsylvania to the King expressive of their grati­tude, on the restoration, or establish­ment, of the solemn affirmation, &c. Page. 193 to 195
  • Speech of the deliverers of said address to the King, and the King's answer; —with an extract from an epistle of the Quakers in England addressed to their own society there on a similar oc­casion. Ibid.
  • The privilege of the Quakers in Pennsyl­vania of appearing in courts, in their own way, with their hats on their heads, interrupted, &c. Page. 196 to 198
  • The Quakers address and request to Go­vernor Keith, on the occasion; and his compliance with said request. Page. 198 to 201
  • [Page 142]Anno. 1726. Governor Keith, having displeased and opposed the Proprietary family, not­withstanding his popularity, and useful abilities, and his having benefited the province by his administration, is su­perseded in the government by Patrick Gordon, in 1726;—after which being elected a Member of Assembly, he af­terwards became disagreeable to the people, and returned to England, &c. Page. 201 and 202
  • Patrick Gordon, Esquire, succeeds to the government, and first meets the As­sembly in Sixth month, 1726;—his administration at first disturbed by the faction of Sir William Keith, &c. Page. 202
  • Prudent and prosperous administration of Governor Gordon, in general;—with the flourishing state of the province; its trade and produce during and about the same time;—mention of Robert Fletcher, &c. Page. 202 to 206
  • Anno. 1732. Thomas Penn, one of the Proprietors ar­rives in the province; the Assembly's address to him, with his answer. Page. 206 to 208
  • Commissioners appointed to mark and run the boundary lines between Mary­land and Pennsylvania with those of the territories of the latter;—with Dr. Douglas's account of this affair, &c. Page. 208 and 209
  • Description of the boundaries between Maryland and Pennsylvania, &c. which were not finally executed till the year 1762. Page. 209 to 211
  • Anno. 1734. John Penn the eldest of the Proprietors arrives in the province;—Assembly's address to him, with his answer. Page. 211 and 212
  • Anno. 1735. The Proprietor of Maryland applies to the King for a grant, or confirmation, of the territories and part of Pennsyl­vania, [Page 143] as being within the charter granted to his ancestors;—but he is op­posed by the Proprietors of Pennsylva­nia, and their friends, both in England and in the province, &c. Page. 212 and 213
  • The Assembly's address to John Penn, on his departure to England on this occasion; with his answer, &c. Page. 213 and 214
  • Anno. 1736. Governor Gordon dies in 1736;—and the government devolves on the Coun­cil, James Logan being President, till the arrival of George Thomas, Esquire, in 1738;—during which time the pub­lic affairs were well managed:—names of Members of Council;—Benjamin Franklin, &c. Page. 215
  • Anno. 1738. Administration of Governor Thomas;— he first meets the Assembly in Sixth month, 1738; and informs them his embarkation had been retarded by the conduct of the Lord Baltimore, &c.— with the grants of Assembly for the King's use, during his administration; —and Indian expenses, &c. Page. 215 and 216
  • Anno. 1739. Speech of Andrew Hamilton, Speaker of the Assembly, at his taking leave of the same, in 1739; respecting the constitution and prosperity of Penn­sylvania about that time, &c. Page. 217 to 220
  • Anno. 1741. Governor Thomas, having encouraged the enlisting of bought, or indented servants, in the province for soldiers, John Wright, a Member of Assembly, and Magistrate of Lancaster County, opposes the practice, in a speech be­fore the Assembly; for which he is re­moved from his office;—as well as some other Magistrates, on that ac­count, &c. Page. 220 and 221
  • [Page 144]Number of servants thus taken from their masters, who were indemnified for their loss by the Assembly, &c. with the names of the Members of Assembly, &c. Page. 220 and 221
  • Speech of John Wright to the Court and Grand Jury, on his removal from his office, at the Quarter Sessions, in Lan­caster;—with a short memorial of said John Wright. Page. 221 to 227
  • Assembly's address to the Proprietor, Thomas Penn, on his departure for England, with the Proprietor's answer, &c. Ibid.
  • Anno. 1742. Account of a riotous election at Phila­delphia, in 1742;—with the effects of much liberty and party spirit, &c.— Robert Jordan. Page. 227 to 230
  • Anno. 1747. Governor Thomas resigns the govern­ment;—though his administration was attended with some altercation and dis­agreement, between him and the As­sembly, in certain cases, yet it was, in general, well executed, and they part­ed friendly, &c. Page. 230
  • Names of Members of Council at differ­ent times. Ibid.
  • Anno. 1748. On Governor Thomas's resignation, the government devolves on the Council, Anthony Palmer being President, till the arrival of James Hamilton, of Phi­ladelphia, from England, Governor, &c. who resigned in 1754. Page. 231
  • Succession of later Governors till the year 1771. Page. 232 and 233
  • Memorials of John Kinsey, Israel Pember­ton, Michael Lightfoot and John Smith. Ibid.
  • Conclusion. Page. 234 to 236
[Page 145]

A View of the Province of Pennsylvania, and of the State in which it flourished chiefly between the years 1760 and 1770, in four parts, viz.

Part I. The seasons of the year, and tempera­ture of the weather; the nature of the land and soil; with the face of the country in general, both in Penn­sylvania and the adjacent provinces; as, the mountains, vallies, plains, rivers and creeks, &c.
Page. 237 to 257
Part II. The chorography, division into coun­ties, principal towns, produce and chief staple of the country, with its great increase and variety.—Trade and commerce, present inhabitants, with their great increase, &c.—City of Philadelphia, and other considera­ble towns, &c.—Internal police, and courts of judicature in Pennsylvania, with the public officers in 1772.
Page. 257 to 292
Part III. The Indians,—uncertainty of their ori­gin,—boundaries of the Six Nations, with their dependencies, and the In­dians on Ohio, &c—Account of the Six Nations, their customs and pro­perties, &c.—Of those of Pennsylva­nia and New Jersey; their general turn of mind, propensities, customs and habits.—Speech of an Indian Chief, in answer to a Swedish Mission­ary,—their religious sense of the De­ity.— Conrad Weiser's letter on the subject.—Account of some religious Indians in 1760, &c.— Infraction of the peace between the Indians, and the people of Pennsylvania, about the year 1754.— Massacre of the Cone­stogoe Indians, &c.—Causes of the [Page 146] Indian War, and means of the ensu­ing Peace in 1764.
Page. 292 to 337
Part IV. Religious State of Pennsylvania;—vari­ety and harmony of the religious sects in the province;—their proportion in Philadelphia.—The Mennonists, Dun­kards, Swenkfelders, and Moravians, —Conclusion.
Page. 337 to 360
Thomas Makin's account of Pennsylva­nia, a Latin poem, in 1729, addressed to James Logan.
Page. 360 to 373

APPENDIX.

  • No. I. Certain conditions, or concessions, in 1681.
  • II. First frame of government and laws of Pensylva­nia, &c. published in 1682.
  • III. The charter of 1683.
  • IV. The charter of 1696.
  • V. The Assembly's address to the Proprietors, with his answer, in 1701.
  • VI. The charter of the city of Philadelphia, in 1701.
  • VII. The Friendly Association's address to Governor Denny, in 1757.
  • VIII. and IX. Christian Frederick Post's journal of his two journeys among the Indians, &c.

ERRATA and EMENDATA in this Volume, viz.

Page. Line. Errata. Emendata.
4 Note, forasmuch as, for so much as.
156 16, bacause, because.
310 23, &c. so much as, &c. did not succeed so much a [...]

This keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above is co-owned by the institutions providing financial support to the Text Creation Partnership. This Phase I text is available for reuse, according to the terms of Creative Commons 0 1.0 Universal. The text can be copied, modified, distributed and performed, even for commercial purposes, all without asking permission.